<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?>
<items>
	<item>
		<title>Db Scheme Trustees Face Agenda Overload</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Pensions dashboard readiness and endgame planning are the leading challenges facing defined benefit (DB) pension scheme trustees over the next 12 months, according to new research from TPT Retirement Solutions (&ldquo;TPT&rdquo;), as trustees contend with a growing set of operational, governance, investment and strategic priorities.</p>

<p>The findings have been published in the first <a href="https://www.tpt.co.uk/news-insights/db-trustee-pulse-2026/">Insight Report from the TPT Retirement Solutions: DB Trustee Pulse 2026</a>, a new series based on an independent survey of 100 UK DB pension trustees representing schemes with assets ranging in size from &pound;100m to over &pound;10bn+.</p>

<p>Pensions dashboard readiness topped the trustee agenda, cited by 38% of respondents. Evaluating endgame options ranked second and was the fast-rising priority, with 31% of trustees citing it as a major challenge, compared with 16% in 2024. Other priorities followed closely including liquidity, collateral and cashflow management (30%), staying on top of member communications and expectations (28%), and navigating market volatility / investment performance (26%), all of which ranked similarly high (see Figure One).</p>

<p>Taken together, the findings point to a broader capacity issue. Trustees are no longer contending with a single overriding challenge. Rather, they are having to deal with an increasingly crowded agenda that requires them to progress long-term strategic decisions while simultaneously meeting an ever-expanding range of operational and governance demands.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_TPTDB2207261.jpg" style="height:314px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>Compared with TPT&rsquo;s 2024 DB Trustee Pulse Survey, some previously prominent challenges have eased. Notably, concerns around accessing different asset classes fell from 29% to 24%, while concerns over data quality declined from 21% to 16%, suggesting progress has been made in areas that previously required greater trustee attention.</p>

<div><strong>Differently sized schemes experiencing different pressures</strong></div>

<div>The research also reveals that the types of challenges faced by trustees differ by scheme size. Analysis shows that schemes with less than &pound;1bn in assets under management are more likely to flag endgame options as a challenge, cited by 42% of trustees in this category. Smaller-scheme trustees also show a greater concern around running costs, cited by 30%, and staffing capacity, cited by 26%.</div>

<p>However, for medium-to-large sized schemes with &pound;1bn or more in assets under management, pensions dashboard readiness is the most prominent challenge, selected by 39% of trustees in this category, followed by liquidity, collateral or cashflow management needs at 33%. Scheme administration, keeping pace with regulation and asset allocation all rank close behind, each cited by 26% of trustees in this group.</p>

<p><strong>Nicholas Clapp, Commercial Director, TPT Retirement Solutions, said: </strong>&ldquo;For a number of years, the industry conversation was dominated by funding, de-risking and endgame planning. Those priorities have not gone away, but there is now greater recognition of the growing practical realities trustees face in overseeing a pension scheme. Dashboards, governance, data, administration and implementation projects all compete for the same time and resource.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Katherine Lynas, Head of Consultant Relations, TPT Retirement Solutions, said: &ldquo;What we are seeing is that operational complexity is becoming a strategic issue. Trustees are evaluating endgame options while also thinking about how much governance, resource and ongoing management each route requires. That's why consolidation options that provide scale and simplicity are becoming increasingly important considerations.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/db-scheme-trustees-face-agenda-overload-26951.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Dc Pension Tracker For Q2 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Over the quarter (January to March 2026), the Aon UK DC Pension Tracker rose, which suggests the expected future living standard in retirement provided by defined contribution (DC) savings was higher than at the end of the previous quarter.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Aon DC Tracker</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AonDCTracker12207261.jpg" style="height:356px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: Aon UK DC Pension Tracker (1 January to 31 March 2026) </em></span>                   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Note, the sample savers used in the Aon DC Tracker were &rsquo;re-set&rsquo; to their original age and fund values at the year-end which results in the discontinuity (shown in grey in the chart above) as at 31 December 2025.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Tracker rose from 67.5 to 70.5 over the first quarter of 2026, driven predominantly by an increase in expected return assumptions pre-retirement and despite negative benchmark investment returns across major asset classes over the quarter.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This has resulted in an increase in expected retirement income for all savers, though younger savers have benefited the most (in percentage terms) from the higher future return assumptions pre-retirement, unlike older members who are closer to retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Savers' Positions (measured compared to the &lsquo;moderate' living standard)</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AonDCTracker22207261.jpg" style="height:440px; width:600px" /></div>

<div><em style="font-size:11px">Source: Aon UK DC Pension Tracker (1 January 2026 to 31 March 2026).</em></div>

<div>                 </div>

<div><strong>Second Pension Commission interim report highlights the scale of the adequacy challenge</strong></div>

<div>The publication of the Second Pensions Commission's interim report highlighted the scale of the UK&rsquo;s adequacy challenge, noting that around 4 in 10 of working age people are currently under-saving for retirement. While the report recognises the success of reforms introduced following the original Pensions Commission, including auto-enrolment and a strengthened State Pension, it makes it clear that significant challenges remain.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Automatic enrolment has been one of the most successful pensions policy reforms of recent decades, transforming workplace pension participation and bringing millions more people into long-term saving. However, for many employees, the statutory minimum contribution level has become the default savings target rather than a starting point, even though evidence shows that current contribution rates are often insufficient to deliver an adequate retirement income.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Commission also notes that approximately 45 percent of working-age adults &ndash; around 18 million people &ndash; are not contributing to a pension at all - despite many being in employment.  It also expects that 13 percent of the working age population will not meet the Minimum Retirement Living Standard. The report also highlights persistent inequalities in retirement outcomes, with women, carers, the self-employed and some ethnic minority groups facing particular barriers to building adequate retirement savings.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Matthew Arends, partner and head of UK Retirement Policy at Aon, said: </strong>&quot;The Second Pensions Commission delivered a clear message. Getting more people saving through auto-enrolment was a major achievement, but participation alone is no longer enough. With millions of people projected to fall short of an adequate retirement income, the focus must now shift towards ensuring people save enough, for long enough, and that they can turn those savings into sustainable retirement incomes. I would hope that the Commission's findings act as a catalyst for employers, pension schemes and policymakers and that they start to address these challenges now, rather than waiting for the final recommendations.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Latest update to the Pensions UIK Retirement Living Standards released</strong></div>

<div>June saw the latest update to Pensions UK&rsquo;s Retirement Living Standards - this will be reflected in next quarter&rsquo;s DC Tracker. The new figures reflect an increase in everyday costs - including food, essential household bills and social activities, which have pushed up the income required across all lifestyles at retirement.</div>

<div><br />
A minimum retirement lifestyle is now up 3.7 percent to &pound;13,900 a year for a one-person household, while a moderate lifestyle costs &pound;32,700 for one person (up 3.2 percent), and a comfortable lifestyle costs &pound;45,400 for one person (up 3.4 percent).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Matthew Arends said: </strong>&ldquo;The latest Retirement Living Standards remind us that the &lsquo;finish line&rsquo; for an adequate retirement continues to move as living costs change and expectations evolve. Savers have an important - and difficult - task in understanding their own target and whether their current level of savings can get them there.&rdquo;</div>

<div><br />
<strong>Movement over the first quarter of the year</strong></div>

<div>The increase in the Aon UK DC Pension Tracker over the first quarter of 2026 was primarily driven by an increase in future expected returns pre-retirement over the period. On an individual saver basis, movements over the quarter were positive at all ages.</div>

<div><em>The youngest saver saw an increase of around &pound;1,500 p.a. (4.3 percent) driven by an increase in expected future investment return assumptions pre-retirement, offset to a degree by negative investment performance over the quarter.</em></div>

<div><em>The 40-year-old saver saw the largest increase of around &pound;1,250 p.a. (or 3.1 percent) in their expected retirement income.  Again, this was driven by a rise in post-retirement expected future returns.  These were also marginally offset to a degree by a reduction in the expected future return post-retirement and by actual investment returns over the period.</em></div>

<div><em>Our 50-year-old saver saw an increase of around &pound;650 p.a. (or 1.8 percent) in their expected retirement income. Due to this saver&rsquo;s larger existing funds, negative performance over the quarter had a larger impact. However, this was offset by increases in expected future return assumptions pre- and post-retirement.</em></div>

<div><em>The oldest saver&rsquo;s income was broadly flat (an increase of around &pound;75 p.a. or 0.3 percent). This was as a result of an increase in expected future returns pre- and post-retirement being almost entirely offset by negative investment return over the quarter.  </em></div>

<div><em>Overall, the oldest saver is expected to be the worst off in retirement, albeit with a retirement income of around 150 percent of the &lsquo;minimum&rsquo; Retirement Living Standard. This excludes any defined benefit pension benefits they may have but which are not included in this projection. </em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/dc-pension-tracker-for-q2-2026-26953.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>No Single Automatic Enrolment Reform Protects Low Earners</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The final report in the research series, &lsquo;From Payslip to Pension: Life Course Impacts on Retirement Saving Among Low Earners&rsquo;, funded by a grant from the Nuffield Foundation, identifies that, due to the diversity of financial security and pensions adequacy risks different low earners face in working life and retirement, no single AE policy can account for all scenarios.(1)(2)</p>

<p>For low earners who spend a particularly large portion of their working life as low earners, the study states the Lower Earnings Limit (LEL) reduces their contributions to such a degree that increased minimum contribution rates are unlikely to compensate for it. For example, at age 22, low earners are projected to have a further 16 years of low earning across their working life if they are a woman, or 8 if they are a man. Other risk factors, such as low educational qualification levels or motherhood, may increase these figures further, increasing the impact of any change to the LEL. However, for other low earners who may be at risk of poverty, any contribution may be too much, and the removal of the LEL could increase their contribution significantly.</p>

<p>The research also shows how the impact of fiscal drag on AE thresholds has made its current aims unclear. Eroded by inflation since the last uprating in 2014, PPI analysis shows the Earnings Trigger is now &pound;4,300 (43%) lower in real terms, pushing employees and employers to make a greater contribution to a workplace pension. As low earners and employers face a range of cost of living and global economic pressures, the LEL is also 28% lower in real-terms, meaning a further &pound;1,750 of employees&rsquo; earnings are now subject to a workplace pension contribution since the last 2020 uprating.(3)(4)</p>

<p> The analysis notes that the real-terms decrease of AE thresholds reflects an implicit assumption that low earners will opt out if it is in their best interests to do so, in order to address immediate cost of living pressures, or other factors. This is despite the AE policy mechanisms of the Earnings Trigger and the LEL being originally designed to protect against low earners failing to opt-out of saving when potentially needed, the report states. Future AE reforms that explicitly outline assumptions about the capacity of low earners to opt-out when necessary, the assessment elaborates, would help clarify the wider policy direction.</p>

<p>The report comes as the Second Pensions Commission considers how AE might be reformed to increase pensions adequacy, with low earners highlighted as facing particularly high adequacy risks.</p>

<p><strong>Further key findings of the research series summarised in the report include:</strong></p>

<p>Saving may present immediate risks to low earners who are at risk of poverty, in debt, or in precarious or unstable employment. Even relatively small contributions under current AE policy may exacerbate hardships, and some AE reforms may increase these contributions.</p>

<p>Many individuals will spend a significant portion of their career as low earners, so any periods of higher earnings are unlikely to provide sufficient savings for their retirement. For example, in the case of an 18 year old low earning woman who does not achieve qualifications higher than a GCSE, she is projected to spend 22 years as a low earner across her working life.(5)(6)</p>

<p>Some potential new policies may benefit persistent low earners, such as non-contingent employer contributions, or sidecar savings. Non-contingent employer contributions would see an employee enrolled in a pension scheme, receiving employer contributions, without having to reduce their own take home pay. Sidecar savings create a mechanism by which pension contributions would be paid in to a separate, accessible savings account first, and only when this account reached a certain size, would they be paid into a conventional, harder-to-access pension pot.</p>

<p><strong>John Upton, PPI Policy Analyst and lead author of the research series, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Automatic enrolment started with the assumption that low earners may not opt out by themselves and needed a degree of protection, but this assumption appears to be shifting: they are excluded from Automatic Enrolment to a degree, but as thresholds reduce with inflation, more people are gradually brought into scope. As the Second Pensions Commission seeks to improve pensions adequacy, highlighting low earners as a high risk group, it will need to find the delicate balance between working life living standards and retirement living standards for low earners. As no single policy reform may fully counter all risks, it may be necessary to make the assumptions around the capacity for saving and opting out more explicit, so that extra protections for at-risk groups may follow.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/no-single-automatic-enrolment-reform-protects-low-earners-26954.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Inflation Cools But Escalation In Middle East And Black Sea</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;UK inflation has eased to 2.6% in June, with some of the heat coming out of rapidly rising prices, offering some short respite for households and pushing the threat of interest rate hikes a little further into the distance. The fall was steeper than some forecasts, but it's still above the bank's 2% target. Also, it's not likely to be long before the temperature rises again, with fresh attacks in the Middle East and the Black Sea threatening to keep prices on the boil. Brent crude has raced upwards again, to trade around $93 a barrel, the highest level in six weeks, and this snapshot of prices won&rsquo;t capture this unwelcome development. Transport costs were the biggest downward driver of the headline rate of inflation, with prices of motor fuel coming down markedly, but with oil prices becoming painfully hot again, it'll soon show up at the pumps and filter through to other consumer prices via higher freight and energy costs.</p>

<p>Core CPI, which strips out volatile food and fuel prices and is monitored closely by the Bank of England, also came in at 2.6%. Price rises for goods have slowed quite markedly, but services inflation is proving stickier, falling only a little to 2.6%, above expectations. The pound initially rose before losing ground as investors assessed the conflicting signals for interest rate policy. While the fall in the headline rate is welcome news, stubbornly high core inflation, a sluggish economy and the Middle East crisis are set to keep Bank of England policymakers on alert. However, it still looks likely they'll adopt another wait-and-see stance at the meeting later this month, with an interest rate hike not fully priced in until close to the end of the year.</p>

<p>Policymakers will be monitoring closely how the war with Iran filters through to everyday prices. Risks to supplies are mounting again, with the effective blockage of the Strait of Hormuz remaining a chokehold as tankers are stranded in and around the waterway, while risks to other crude routes are also intensifying. Both the Red and Black Seas are fast becoming the latest flashpoints. President Trump has dashed hopes for imminent talks, threatening to ramp up attacks on Iran if Houthi rebels are drawn into the conflict and begin disrupting the Red Sea route for oil shipments. As the conflict in Ukraine rages, with drone attacks on tankers serving Russia's Caspian Pipeline Consortium on the Black Sea coast, Kazakhstan has been forced to halt crude exports through the port. Both conflicts, which look increasingly intractable given the lack of momentum behind diplomatic solutions, are threatening to choke vital energy supply routes and keep a firm floor under oil prices, raising the risk that inflationary pressures flare up once again. If they drag on, this could prove to be the low point for inflation before price pressures start building again through the second half of the year.</p>

<p>The new Burnham administration is trying to build a buffer against a fresh cost-of-living squeeze amid the threat of higher prices. Following yesterday's VAT cut on household electricity bills, today's &pound;2 bus fare cap is another attempt to put money back into consumers' pockets before higher energy costs start filtering through the economy. For many households, particularly those reliant on buses to get to work, the savings will offer an immediate salve to what have become painful everyday costs. But in many ways policymakers are in a race against forces beyond their control. If conflict in the Middle East keeps oil prices simmering near recent highs, the relief offered by cheaper electricity and transport could quickly be eroded by rising fuel, freight and wider consumer costs. The cost-of-living battle may be getting a helping hand from government, but it is still likely to be fought on the global stage.''</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/inflation-cools-but-escalation-in-middle-east-and-black-sea-26949.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments On Inflation Boost For The New Pm</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc said: &ldquo;Today&rsquo;s fall in inflation to 2.6% is no doubt a welcome boost to Andy Burnham and his new chancellor John Healey, particularly after concerns that price pressures could remain stubbornly high. However, it's too early to assume inflation is now on a steady downward path. July's energy price cap increase has yet to feed through into the data, while ongoing global uncertainty and the new government's spending decisions could still influence the outlook over the coming months. With this in mind, today's figures are unlikely to be enough on their own to trigger a Bank of England rate cut. Policymakers are expected to keep rates on hold next week and will want greater confidence that inflation is moving sustainably back towards the 2% target before changing course. This uncertainty is already feeding through to borrowers, with mortgage rates rising in recent weeks as lenders reassess the outlook for inflation and interest rates. For households and those planning for retirement, it&rsquo;s important to remember that lower inflation does not mean prices are falling, they are simply rising more slowly. The joint impact of higher food, energy and everyday costs can still make long-term saving feel difficult. Pension contributions may seem like an obvious place to cut back, but pausing can mean missing out on employer contributions, tax relief and potential investment growth. Therefore, where affordable, it&rsquo;s important to stay engaged with your pension, review what you are paying in and maintain or even increase contributions when circumstances allow, all of which can help people build greater financial security over time.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>George Brown, Senior Economist at Schroders, said: </strong>&quot;Lower fuel prices applied the brakes to inflation in June, but this rear-view mirror picture doesn't tell us much. With oil prices rising again amid renewed tensions in the Middle East, there could be inflation issues further down the road. For the Bank of England, the crucial question is whether this remains an energy shock or becomes a domestic inflation problem. So far, a cooling labour market suggests there is little risk of the sort of second-round effects that would warrant tighter monetary policy. That should allow policymakers to keep a steady hand on the wheel. While markets are pricing more than two rate hikes over the next year, we think the Bank can stay on hold as it gauges whether the latest energy shock is just a temporary bump in the road or something more persistent.&quot;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-on-inflation-boost-for-the-new-pm-26950.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Future Beneficiaries Banking On  essential  Inheritance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Aviva&rsquo;s new report, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Aviva-The-intergenerational-wealth-shift-2026.pdf"><strong>The Intergenerational Wealth Shift Report</strong>,</a> reveals a widespread reliance on inheritance among younger generations, but a lack of communication between families about expectations and plans and little understanding of the amount of money they may receive.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The study has found 37% of people who expect to inherit saying they are financially dependent on it, and 43% saying it is essential to their financial security. However, more than half of these people (60%) say they don&rsquo;t know how much they will receive.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This raises concerns that many households could be making important financial decisions based on assumptions, particularly where inheritance is expected to help pay for everyday living costs, clear debts and fund their own retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Demographic and societal changes mean that younger generations face rising housing costs, higher savings challenges and increasing pressure on household finances. As wealth passes between generations, inheritance is becoming a more important part of many peoples&rsquo; financial plans.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>More than half (54%) of the people in the survey are comfortable discussing their plans for inheritance with their families, However, almost the same number (53%) said their family did not need to know how much they would receive - suggesting they might not appreciate the reliance being placed on inherited wealth.  Despite saying they are comfortable with discussing plans, more than half of people with children (51%) have not had discussions on this subject with their beneficiaries, but 31% do say they plan to.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Demographic changes, such as blended families, are driving the importance of clarity of communication. Younger people are more likely to say they are reliant on receiving an inheritance than older people: 41% of under-45s compared to 32% of over-45s. They are also more likely to challenge a will if they felt it was unfair: 16% of under-45s compared to 9% of over-45s. It could be they feel there is more at stake since many younger people might not have built up their own wealth. With greater propensity to challenge a will, it is important that inheritance plans are clear and expectations well-managed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The lack of communication could be driven by uncertainty about future financial needs and how much money people might need to support themselves in their retirement. More than three in five (61%) don&rsquo;t know how much money they might have left and more than half (53%) don&rsquo;t know how much they might need to support themselves. Typically, money goes across generations before it goes down. Over half (59%) plan to leave all their estate to their partner and a further 19% will leave it to a combination of partner and children. Additionally, where people have already received an inheritance from their spouse or partner, almost two-thirds (63%) inherited the entire estate.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Lorna Whalley, Director of Aviva&rsquo;s Adviser Platform, believes these findings demonstrate the importance of getting later life planning in order, saying: </strong>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s a crucial role for financial advisers within inheritance and estate planning discussions, which goes beyond simply putting the mechanics in place. While recognising that situations can change, financial advisers can encourage clients to consider the levels of income they will need in retirement and what contingencies need to be in place.  More than half of people say they don&rsquo;t know how much money they will need to support themselves through retirement. This is an important step in helping people to avoid either helping family out to the detriment of their own financial security or thinking they might need more money than they actually do. A clear understanding of your financial situation and future needs is the building block for open conversations about inheritance and expectations.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Those who say an inheritance is essential to their financial security are planning to use the money for ordinary expenditure, rather than big-ticket or luxury items. The most common essential use of the inheritance money is for funding day-to-day expenses (35%). Almost a third (32%) of people say inheritance money is essential for funding their own retirements, while 29% intend to pay off debt, and 27% will pay off their own mortgages. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What will your inheritance be essential for?</strong></div>

<div>Day-to-day expenses &ndash; 35%</div>

<div>Fund own retirement &ndash; 32%</div>

<div>Pay off debt &ndash; 29%</div>

<div>Pay off mortgage &ndash; 27%</div>

<div>Fund a house move &ndash; 24%</div>

<div>For own or children&rsquo;s education &ndash; 20%</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Lorna Whalley continued: </strong>&ldquo;People are relying on inherited wealth to fund essential parts of their lives, but many have no idea how much they are likely to receive. This uncertainty could prove disastrous for future financial plans and makes it much harder to take steps now to meet future requirements. Advisers have an important role in facilitating conversations between clients and their families to help ensure expectations are better understood.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/future-beneficiaries-banking-on--essential--inheritance-26952.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Global Mutual Insurance Hits Record  1 61tn In Premiums</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The report provides the most comprehensive assessment of the global mutual and cooperative insurance sector, drawing on data from more than 4,700 mutual insurers across 80 countries and territories.</p>

<p>The findings show that mutual and cooperative insurers continue to strengthen their position within the global insurance industry, achieving the highest premium volume ever recorded while maintaining more than one-quarter of the worldwide insurance market.</p>

<p><strong>Key findings from the <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/ICMIF-Global-Mutual-Market-Share-2026.pdf">Global Mutual Market Share 2026 report</a> include:</strong></p>

<div><em>Record premium income of USD 1.61 trillion in 2024, up from USD 1.50 trillion in 2023.</em></div>

<div><em>A 26.1% share of the global insurance market, broadly unchanged from 26.0% in 2023, demonstrating the continued resilience of the mutual insurance model.</em></div>

<div><em>Total assets of USD 10.8 trillion, with investments reaching USD 9.0 trillion.</em></div>

<div><em>Approximately 856 million members and policyholders served worldwide.</em></div>

<div><em>Around 1.2 million people employed across the global mutual insurance sector.</em></div>

<p>The report highlights the continued strength of mutual insurers in many of the world's largest insurance markets. Mutual insurers hold market shares of 40% or more in countries including the United States, France and Germany, while accounting for more than one-quarter of the insurance market in 19 countries globally.</p>

<p><strong>Commenting on the findings, Liz Green, CEO of ICMIF, said: </strong>&quot;At a time when trust is increasingly hard won, these findings demonstrate why mutual and cooperative insurers continue to be trusted to deliver for their members, customers and communities.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The record premium income achieved in 2024 is not simply a measure of financial performance. It reflects the enduring strength of a business model built on member ownership, long-term stewardship and service rather than short-term shareholder returns. Mutual insurers continue to demonstrate that commercial success and social purpose go hand in hand.</p>

<p>&ldquo;In an environment shaped by economic uncertainty, technological disruption and changing customer expectations, the mutual sector continues to adapt, innovate and grow while remaining focused on creating long-term value for the people and communities it serves.&quot;</p>

<p>While the report highlights the sector's continued strength in established insurance markets, it also points to significant opportunities for mutual and cooperative insurers to expand their presence in emerging markets, where mutual insurance currently represents just 3.0% of total insurance premiums.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/ICMIF-Global-Mutual-Market-Share-2026.pdf">The Global Mutual Market Share report</a> is published annually by ICMIF and is recognised as the leading source of comparative data on the size, performance and contribution of the global mutual and cooperative insurance sector. Alongside market share analysis, the report examines premium income, assets, employment, membership and policyholder data across life and non-life insurance markets worldwide.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/global-mutual-insurance-hits-record--1-61tn-in-premiums-26955.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 22 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca General Insurance Value Measures Data 2025</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>This publication is a factual summary only. We explain any data challenges and limitations, and our approach to data quality below. Please note that our post-implementation review of the value measures rules is ongoing - we plan to publish our findings later this year, which will enable us to draw attention to the known data issues we are tackling (for example, the inconsistencies in how firms report claims acceptance data for home insurance).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>This data supports our wider work, including:</strong></div>

<div><em>Our ongoing commitment to the recommendations in our July 2025 retail insurance publication. In that work, we examined the reasons for increases in motor insurance premiums, with a focus on claims costs, and looked at claims handling in home and travel insurance.<br />
 Our expanded work to improve standards in the home and travel insurance markets following Which?&rsquo;s super complaint.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>These issues remain priorities for us and feature in our <strong><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/FCA insurance-report-2026.pdf">Regulatory Priorities: Insurance report</a>,</strong> published earlier this year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How data informs our prioritisation and supervisory approach</strong></div>

<div>We use the value measures data to identify areas where consumers may not be receiving fair value or good outcomes. This informs our assessment and prioritisation of market-wide issues or individual firms that need further investigation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Our strategy makes clear that firms demonstrating that they are trying to do the right thing should expect lower-intensity supervision. On the other hand, firms with significant, multiple or recurring outlier indicators in the value measures data (as well as from other sources) should expect greater supervisory focus and action, especially where concerns persist or improvements are not being made.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As an example, the value measures data informed our previous action on GAP insurance from which firms agreed to pause selling until they could show that their products provide fair value to customers. The data was also used to form part of our response to the Which? super complaint. In our 2023 value measures publication, we set out actions for firms and our expectations under PROD4 and the Consumer Duty, which remain unchanged.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What the 2025 data showsHome and travel insurance</strong></div>

<div>The data for home and travel insurance continues to reflect the trends we focused on in our response to the Which? super complaint and our Regulatory Priorities: Insurance report. We expect to see these measures improve through firms&rsquo; actions in response to our ongoing work. In particular:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Across both home and travel insurance, claims complaints as a percentage of claims registered are high</strong> compared with other retail insurance products - home insurance (7-13%) and travel insurance (5-6%), whereas most other products fall between (0-6%). </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>In home insurance:</strong></div>

<div><strong>Claims acceptance rates are relatively low</strong> - 62-71% for home compared with 83-86% for travel and 99% for motor. However, as noted in previous publications, we believe there are inconsistencies in how firms report claims acceptance data for home insurance and this means the rates should be used with caution. We have set up an industry working group to further consider value measures issues, including reporting inconsistency. <br />
<strong>Average claims payout increased across home insurance products,</strong> especially buildings and contents, where it rose by 17%. <br />
<strong>Claims costs as a proportion of premiums remained stable</strong> at 48% for home insurance, combining buildings and contents (46% in 2024).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>In travel insurance:</strong></div>

<div><strong>Claims costs as a proportion of premium increased</strong> across all 3 travel products (annual European, annual Worldwide and single-trip stand-alone) from 2024 to 2025 (44-48% in 2025 vs 31-37% in 2024). Premiums increased by 12% for these products but the amount paid out in claims increased by 47%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Claims costs across all products</strong></div>

<div>At aggregate product level, where at least 5 firms reported data and the data met our publication standards, we continue to see <strong>significant variation in claims costs as a proportion of premium</strong>, ranging from 17% for wedding and party insurance to 68% for healthcare cash plan (All). This is similar to the range in 2024, when the lowest was 20% for tyre cover (Add-on) insurance and the highest 69% for healthcare cash plan (All).*</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>* Range excludes data for GAP insurance.</em></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_FCAInsuranceData2026.jpg" style="height:189px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Other metrics of note</strong></div>

<div><strong>For Motor insurance, the largest retail general insurance product, premiums fell in 2025 by 7%</strong> while the average number of policies in force rose by 4%. A small increase in claims costs pushed claims costs as a proportion of premium from 54% in 2024 to 59% in 2025. For motor insurance (although it is also true of other products), there may be a time lag between the new business price captured in our data and the point when the claims payout is recorded. Where prices or claims costs are moving rapidly this can influence our data &ndash; particularly our figures on claims costs as a proportion of premium.<br />
<strong>Data for GAP insurance continues to reflect the impact of our interventions in late 2023 and early 2024</strong> with GAP insurance firms. In 2024, written premiums fell significantly and, while claims were still being paid, the claims costs as a proportion of premium rose above 100%. In 2025, claims costs as a proportion of premium for GAP (Stand-alone) insurance fell from 104% to 53%. Prior to our interventions, the proportion of premium paid out in claims for 2022 was 7% and for 2023 was 22%. We expected these figures to change dramatically between 2024 and 2025 as a result of our interventions. These figures should still be used with caution and may not yet be representative of product value or performance.<br />
<strong>Gadget insurance saw a fall in the percentage of premiums paid in claims,</strong> from 42% to 36% - one of the largest drops across all products. This was mainly driven by higher premium rates. Policies in force fell by 5% to 7.5 million, the number of claims registered fell by 8%, and claims costs fell by 12%, while premiums rose by 3%.<br />
<strong>Travel insurance policies in force for single-trip travel insurance,</strong> stand-alone single-trip policies rose by 15% to 3.1 million in 2025 &ndash; however, these figures should be used with caution. This figure is more volatile than for many other products given the short duration of these policies and the way that firms account for these policies in their data. Travel policies provided under packaged bank accounts are not included in our value measures data.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Factors to consider when analysing the data</strong></div>

<div>A wide range of factors can affect the value of a general insurance product. These factors should be considered together, rather than looking at individual measures in isolation. Some factors that are not visible in the value measures data may also affect the results for a given period. These include business mix, product age, policy duration, target market and business volumes. External factors such as climate, inflation and wider societal issues may also have an impact.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The proportion of premiums paid out in claims is one possible indicator of the relationship between the price of risk and the total price. It may vary over time or between firms, for example because of a new product launch, a fall or pause in sales, or significant pricing changes. We publish this metric at aggregate product level because it allows some comparison across products, where other measures may be more affected by product-specific features.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The data is not intended to help consumers choose insurance products directly. It is historical and may not reflect products and prices available today. Consumers with questions about the value of their insurance products should speak to their insurer or broker. It is important that consumers understand the cover they are buying, have confidence that it offers fair value, and are treated fairly when making a claim.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Data quality</strong></div>

<div>Firms are responsible for submitting complete and accurate Value Measures data by 28 February each year. Before publication, we validate the data to identify and clarify anomalies that may materially affect aggregate product data, and to ensure firms correct and resubmit returns where errors are confirmed. This year, we contacted 35 firms as part of this process, around half of which resubmitted data. Reporting inaccuracies or inconsistencies may still remain between firms, but we seek to resolve the most material issues through this process.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Our reporting system is live and can accept resubmissions at any time. Once validation is complete, we therefore take a fixed snapshot of the data to preserve the version validated with firms and enable publication. This also prevents later submissions from introducing new anomalies or errors. The data published today reflects the data held in FCA systems on 5 May 2026.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This year, three firms updated their data after the fixed snapshot was taken. In most cases, these updates had minimal impact on aggregate product data. However, following late clarification from one firm that it had made a material reporting error, as an exception we decided to manually update two datapoints in the product aggregate data:</div>

<div> </div>

<div>2024 claims acceptance rate for Before the event legal expenses &ndash; home (All)</div>

<div>2024 average claims payout for Home (buildings and contents combined) (All)</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We judged that the firm&rsquo;s error had a sufficiently material impact on the market-wide data for those datapoints to justify manual correction. We are not aware of any further material issues with the data and have retained the fixed snapshot elsewhere in the data. We are following up with firms where reporting needs to improve and considering broader options to strengthen data quality.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Data may also change between publication cycles if firms identify and correct errors outside the normal reporting period, for example through routine audit activity. Comparisons with previous publications should therefore be made with care.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What the data includes</strong></div>

<div>The data includes firm-specific information on claims frequency, claims acceptance rates, average claims payouts and claims complaints as a proportion of claims for a wide range of retail GI products.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Firms must report on relevant products sold to consumers in the UK where total written retail premiums are above &pound;400,000 in the reporting period and there are more than 3,000 policies in force during that period. As before, we are publishing data about individual firms where the same reporting threshold is met at detailed product level.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>We have included additional context at aggregate product level to help readers interpret the data. For example, we have calculated the proportion of premiums paid out in claims. Our aggregate product data includes only products where 5 or more firms submitted data and where the data met our publication standards.</div>

<div>In Policy Statement PS20/9 we said that we would not require firms to report claims cost information for legal expenses insurance or vehicle breakdown insurance. The data does not include related metrics for these products.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-general-insurance-value-measures-data-2025-26948.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Aon Appoint Brian Fomby As North America Md Of Pathwise</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Reporting to <strong>Van Beach, global head of life solutions in the Strategy and Technology Group</strong>, Fomby will lead the firm&rsquo;s PathWise strategy in North America, overseeing implementation programs, expanding client solutions and advancing strategic relationships. Collaborating closely with colleagues across the global life solutions team, he will oversee the design and delivery of PathWise solutions that help life and annuity insurers address complex business priorities build resilience and pursue profitable growth with greater clarity and confidence.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Beach said:</strong> &ldquo;Brian brings a strong track record of helping clients apply technology to make better business decisions. His experience will help us continue delivering value for clients and expand our offerings in this area.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Aon&rsquo;s life solutions team provides actuarial advisory services that complement PathWise &ndash; the firm&rsquo;s life actuarial modelling technology &ndash; and its life reinsurance broking capabilities, delivering an integrated offering for life and annuity (re)insurers, asset managers, private equity firms and other stakeholders across the life sector.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Fomby said: </strong>&ldquo;Advances in actuarial technology are creating new opportunities for insurers to strengthen decision-making and unlock value. Clients are looking for trusted providers that translate innovation into business outcomes. I&rsquo;m excited to join the PathWise team and contribute to Aon&rsquo;s broader life capabilities.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Fomby joins Aon from Milliman, where he served as a principal in its life technology solutions practice. He brings extensive experience advising clients across North America and the United Kingdom.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/aon-appoint-brian-fomby-as-north-america-md-of-pathwise-26947.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Gender Pensions Gap In The Lgps Start Earlier  Engage Better</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Julie Hammerton, Head of Hymans Robertson Personal Wealth</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>This matters particularly in the LGPS. The scheme has around 6.7 million members, the majority of whom are women. Based on the GPG statistics quoted in the March 2025 English and Welsh valuation reports, combined with separate analysis we have carried out for a number of Scottish funds, a gap of 47% exists across the LGPS for pensioner members (that is, for every &pound;1 paid to men, women receive 53p), and a gap of 34% for actives (for every &pound;1 paid to men, women receive 66p). </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The drivers are structural and behavioural </strong></div>

<div>The causes of the gender pensions gap are well established. At a national level, the gap is driven by a combination of the gender pay gap and differences in working patterns. Women are more likely to work part-time, take time out of the workforce for caring and may experience slower career progression following these breaks.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Within the LGPS, part-time working is a particularly important factor. The Scheme Advisory Board (SAB) found that differences in both current and historic part-time work explain a large part of the gap, although they do not fully account for it. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Policy changes are helping. The move to a career average revalued earnings (CARE) structure and recent reforms to make periods such as unpaid maternity leave pensionable are positive steps.  But change will be gradual. Structural reform on its own will not close the gap quickly.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Engagement is the missing piece </strong></div>

<div>One clear lesson from the private sector is that talking about pensions alone does not engage people. Most individuals focus on immediate concerns such as cost of living, housing or childcare. Pensions feel distant and abstract. If we start with pensions, many people disengage. If we start with real-life financial priorities, engagement improves. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>This is why awareness is essential but not sufficient. People need to understand the scale of the gap and how it applies to them personally. When the issue becomes tangible, behaviour starts to change. For LGPS funds, this means reframing the conversation. Pensions should be part of a wider financial wellbeing discussion, not the sole focus. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Confidence and behaviour matter </strong></div>

<div>Another important factor is financial confidence. There is consistent evidence that women are less likely to feel confident making financial decisions, even where capability is similar. The Money and Pensions Service reports that women are less likely to understand pensions well enough to make decisions and more likely to lack a financial plan for retirement.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Financial Conduct Authority&rsquo;s Financial Lives 2024 survey also shows that millions of people have low financial capability, which affects their ability to engage with financial decisions and services. These differences are shaped by experience, messaging and habit. Over time, they can lead to lower engagement, fewer proactive decisions and poorer long-term outcomes. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>This matters because many women will ultimately need to manage finances independently. By the time a woman is 60, she has a 3 in 5 chance of being single, divorced or widowed. Building confidence earlier in life is therefore a critical part of closing the pensions gap. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A life-stage approach works </strong></div>

<div>In practice, engagement is often more effective when it reflects where people are in their lives: </div>

<div><strong>Early career </strong></div>

<div>Focus on immediate concerns such as debt, rent and affordability. These can act as entry points into longer-term planning, including early awareness of pensions. </div>

<div><strong>Starting a family </strong></div>

<div>Explain the potential impact of career breaks, reduced hours and contribution gaps, including how these may affect pension savings. Keep the implications clear and practical. </div>

<div><strong>Mid-career </strong></div>

<div>Introduce structured interventions such as Midlife MOTs, where appropriate. This gives people space to review their overall financial position, including pensions, and consider their future plans. </div>

<div><strong>Approaching retirement </strong></div>

<div>Shift the focus towards retirement timing, income and available options, helping people understand how their pension savings may support different outcomes. The key principle remains - people are more likely to engage when the message reflects their current priorities. Pensions remain an important part of the conversation but are often better understood when linked to what matters most to individuals at each stage of life. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The LGPS starts from strength </strong></div>

<div>The LGPS has a strong foundation to build on. It is a defined benefit scheme, providing certainty and security that many private sector workers do not have. It also benefits from automatic enrolment and established employer structures.  </div>

<div>This means the challenge is not about fixing a weak system. It is about ensuring that all members can benefit equally from a strong one. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>For LGPS funds and employers, five practical actions stand out: </div>

<div><em>Go beyond pensions and focus on financial wellbeing. </em></div>

<div><em>Make better use of data to identify at-risk groups such as part-time workers and those with career breaks. </em></div>

<div><em>Target key life events including maternity leave and return to work. </em></div>

<div><em>Tailor communications to different life stages rather than using a single approach. </em></div>

<div><em>Use employers as a key channel, embedding messages into existing communication points. </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Closing thoughts </strong></div>

<div>Closing the gender pensions gap in the LGPS is not about talking more about pensions. It is about understanding what drives the gap and responding in a way that feels relevant to people&rsquo;s lives. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>That means focusing on behaviour, engagement and confidence, not just scheme design. The LGPS has a strong base. The opportunity now is to build on it with more targeted, more personalised and more practical support. </div>

<div>If we do that well, we will not just reduce a gap. We will help more members make better financial decisions throughout their lives. </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/gender-pensions-gap-in-the-lgps-start-earlier--engage-better-26946.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Sterling Up As Strong Job Market Meets Burnhams First Target</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Speculation over increases to capital gains tax and the top rate of income tax is set to intensify, with investors expected to adjust portfolios.</p>

<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The Footsie has been on the back foot in early trade as investors keep an eye on Middle East tensions, a stronger pound puts pressure on some listed multinationals, and investors assess the Burnham administration&rsquo;s policies.  A slightly more resilient snapshot of the UK labour market has lifted sterling, just as the Prime Minister unveiled the first significant cost-of-living intervention of his premiership. The abolition of VAT on household electricity bills from October should provide some welcome relief for households, although it will only make a modest dent in overall energy costs, amounting to around &pound;45 per year for a typical bill payer. Investors will now be looking beyond the immediate announcement to how further support measures can be funded while keeping the public finances on a sustainable footing.</p>

<p>The latest snapshot of the UK labour market highlights the difficult inheritance facing the new government. While unemployment has edged slightly lower compared with the previous quarter, suggesting employers are hanging on to staff, the rise in the claimant count underlines that many families continue to feel the squeeze. Employment has largely stalled and economic inactivity remains stubbornly elevated, pointing to an economy that's proving a little more resilient than expected but still sluggish. Sterling has nudged higher, an indication that investors are increasingly pricing in two further interest rate hikes from the Bank of England after figures showed the jobs market is holding up better than forecast.</p>

<p>That resilience, however, comes with a sting in the tail for the Burnham administration. If borrowing costs stay higher for longer, it will make the task of repairing the public finances while delivering further cost-of-living support even more difficult. Cutting VAT on electricity bills is a relatively inexpensive intervention compared with lifting the threshold for the first rate of income tax, but if the government wants to go further it will have to find room within already tight fiscal constraints and raise money elsewhere. Burnham's government will also need to find ways to lift productivity and coax more people back into the workforce if it wants to generate the stronger economic growth needed to relieve pressure on households and the Treasury alike.</p>

<p>A little more hope appears to be creeping in about the potential for negotiations to resume in the Middle East and act as a circuit breaker to escalating violence. Amid rumours that talks could restart this week, Brent crude has shifted a little lower to around $88 a barrel, and some optimism has returned to financial markets. Stocks in Asia largely lifted, with Japan's Nikkei clawing back some of its losses. But as investors assess the shifting expectations about where the conflict could go next, European indices look set for a flat start to trading.</p>

<p>Fractious trade policy is once again front and centre, with the US slapping 50% tariffs on some Canadian goods, underlining how brinkmanship remains a key feature of the presidency. The higher duties are set to be imposed within 30 days, in retaliation for what Trump claims is unequal treatment of US cars, dairy and alcohol. Futures markets indicate that Toronto's main exchange will open in the red, as investors react to this fresh deterioration in bilateral relations. But Prime Minister Mark Carney appears sanguine, deflecting the threats with a vow to intensify negotiations. There will be expectations that the US will roll back after some concessions are made, but it's a reminder of the Trump administration's bullish treatment of both former friends and long-time foes.</p>

<p>There's been a cautious welcome on markets to John Healey's appointment as Chancellor, taking control of the UK's fragile finances. Former Defence Secretary John Healey was a Treasury minister in Gordon Brown's government, and there's an expectation he'll very much be playing second fiddle to Andy Burnham when it comes to leading economic policy, singing from the same song sheet on decentralisation and backing regional industrial bases. But the immediate focus will be on the military implications of his appointment. Having resigned from government over the lack of a roadmap to meet NATO commitments of defence spending reaching 3% of GDP by 2030, attention will now turn to how quickly he might be able to find more funding to bolster the defence investment plan. Shares in military contractors BAE Systems, Rolls Royce, QinetiQ and Melrose were all higher in early trade, indicating investors expect the chancellor will be a bigger backer of defence than his predecessor. There will be cautious optimism to his appointment across the armed services. Having spent months making the case for higher military spending, Healey has a detailed understanding of the capability gaps facing the armed forces and the demands of a far more dangerous geopolitical environment. It comes at a highly timely moment, given reports of live-firing weapons exercises by a Russian warship off the Plymouth coast. The service chiefs are likely to believe they now have a Chancellor who understands their concerns more fully and may be more willing than his predecessor to set out a credible pathway towards spending 3% of GDP on defence.</p>

<p>However, he's also inherited responsibility for balancing the nation's books, and the question will be whether he can reconcile his long-standing support for higher military spending with the government's fiscal rules, which require debt to be falling as a share of the economy by the end of the Parliament. Finding room for defence while also funding infrastructure, social care, employment programmes and measures to boost growth could prove one of the defining challenges of his time at the Treasury.</p>

<p>It also puts the question of tax rises back front and centre to fund these demanding requirements, especially with the VAT cut to energy bills, with speculation about increases in capital gains tax and further changes to the top rate of income tax likely to intensify. However, investors should resist the urge to drastically alter portfolios in an attempt to get ahead of potential tax changes. History shows us that rashly switching and ditching assets based on speculation can lead to unnecessary transaction costs, trigger premature tax liabilities and, crucially, miss out on the power of long-term compounding. Timing the market is hugely difficult, and time in the market is what counts most. Nevertheless, it may be worth trimming positions which have performed spectacularly well to lock in gains. For those looking to shelter their portfolios, it is well worth exploring government-backed, tax-efficient life rafts like Venture Capital Trusts (VCTs), the Enterprise Investment Scheme (EIS), and the Seed Enterprise Investment Scheme (SEIS).&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/sterling-up-as-strong-job-market-meets-burnhams-first-target-26938.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>M g Completes  760m Bpa Transaction For Smiths Group</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Trustee prioritised strong administration and member experience as the scheme has multiple sections following years of acquisitions. As part of its selection process, the Trustee recognised M&G&rsquo;s ability to manage this complexity and deliver a smooth transition.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>M&G is a founding member of the BPA market with over 25 years of experience implementing and administering bulk annuity transactions, backed by a robust balance sheet and a firm commitment to meeting customers&rsquo; needs. Building on the launch of BPA Plus1, a key differentiator for M&G in the market, the business expects to achieve &pound;3&ndash;&pound;4 billion of annual BPA sales by 2027.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Hymans Robertson acted as risk transfer adviser, Aptia as Scheme administrator, Aon as Scheme actuary, Gallagher as investment adviser and Sackers as the Scheme&rsquo;s legal adviser. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rosie Fantom, Head of Bulk Annuity Origination & Execution at M&G, said:</strong> &ldquo;We are delighted to have been selected by the Trustee as their trusted partner for their fifth and final buy-in. This is an important milestone for the Smiths Industries Pension Scheme, completing its move to fully secure members&rsquo; benefits. It also highlights the strength of our proposition and our ability to support schemes of varying size and complexity, with a focus on delivering tailored solutions, excellent administration and a positive member experience.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Nicholas Godden, Chair of the Trustee of Smiths Industries Pension Scheme, said: </strong>&ldquo;This buy-in with M&G reflects many years of careful planning and strong collaboration between the Trustee, Smiths Group and our advisers. On behalf of my fellow Directors, I would like to thank everyone involved in making the transaction possible, including all of our advisers and the Smiths Group in-house pensions team. Their collective expertise, commitment and support have been central to achieving this significant step in the Scheme&rsquo;s journey.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Michael Abramson, Partner at Hymans Robertson, said:</strong> &ldquo;We&rsquo;re delighted to have supported the Trustee in completing this final buy-in, securing the benefits of more than 10,000 members and their dependants. The insurance selection process placed significant emphasis on member experience, administration and implementation capability alongside pricing, ensuring an excellent outcome for the Scheme.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This transaction was executed by the Prudential Assurance Company Limited (&ldquo;Prudential&rdquo;), M&G&rsquo;s wholly owned subsidiary providing life and pensions solutions.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/m-g-completes--760m-bpa-transaction-for-smiths-group-26939.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Burnhams Vat Carrot Begs A Bigger Question  Who Pays For It </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>&ldquo;The government estimates the measure will cost &pound;850 million this financial year, funded by savings from scrapping the digital ID programme. But the bigger question is what will ultimately fund the new government&rsquo;s &ldquo;new economic model&rdquo;.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Burnham has inherited a difficult economic backdrop: subdued growth, stubbornly high borrowing, a sizeable national debt and rising debt-servicing costs, alongside unresolved questions over how to fund higher defence spending. The arithmetic leaves limited room for manoeuvre. Higher taxes, spending cuts, more borrowing - or some combination of the three - could all be on the table.</p>

<p>&ldquo;That matters because the UK already has a highly progressive income tax system, with a relatively small group of higher earners shouldering a disproportionate share of the burden. Our analysis shows that someone earning &pound;150,000 earns 3.8 times the median full-time salary yet pays more than 10 times as much in income tax.&quot;</p>

<p>&ldquo;Frozen tax thresholds have also steadily pushed more people into higher tax bands without a corresponding improvement in their standard of living. This is particularly relevant for HENRYs - high earners, not rich yet - who may look affluent on paper but are often juggling hefty mortgages, childcare costs, pension contributions and other financial commitments.</p>

<p>&ldquo;So, while the government may want to pursue a different economic strategy, the question is how much more pressure can be placed on the same relatively narrow group of taxpayers. The key issue is not simply whether taxes will rise, but who will ultimately be expected to pay for Burnham&rsquo;s economic agenda - and whether those already carrying a disproportionate share of the burden have much more capacity left.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/burnhams-vat-carrot-begs-a-bigger-question--who-pays-for-it--26942.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments On Ifs Retirement Savings Consortium Report</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Calum Cooper, Head of Pension Policy Innovation, Hymans Robertson (member of the consortium), says: </strong>&ldquo;This is a timely and valuable report from the Institute for Fiscal Studies&rsquo; Retirement Savings Consortium. Automatic enrolment (AE) has been a huge success. It&rsquo;s brought millions more people into pension saving. However, that participation is not the same as adequacy and this report tackles that challenge head-on. The report also highlights an important employer reality. The impact of reform will not land evenly. Employers have just absorbed higher National Insurance costs and many are already planning for future salary sacrifice changes. At the same time, productivity growth remains weak and economic uncertainty is high. Against that backdrop, employers will want to understand how any increase in minimum contributions affects their workforce, pay profile and business model. For some sectors, especially those with large numbers of lower-paid or minimum wage workers, there are simply fewer levers to pull. The IFS scenarios provide a useful framework for that kind of planning.</p>

<p><strong>Hannah English, Head of DC Corporate, Hymans Robertson (member of the consortium), says:</strong>&ldquo;From an employer perspective, the how matters as much as the how much. A clear roadmap will be vital. Long lead times and gradual escalation will be essential. Reform must also be simple to operate as complexity creates cost, compliance risk and confusion. Employers are more likely to engage positively if the direction of travel is clear and the system is hard to get wrong. Most importantly, adequacy is not just a pensions issue. It is a workforce issue. Better pensions can support financial resilience, workforce planning and productivity. They help people make better decisions about when and how they retire. Higher contributions are likely to be part of the solution, but they are not the whole answer. Every pound saved needs to work harder through strong value for money, effective investment and better retirement support. There&rsquo;s no cost-free route to higher retirement incomes. This report from the IFS makes it clear that the question for the Second Pensions Commission is how to improve outcomes while balancing affordability for workers, employers and the Exchequer.  If pension reform gets those things right, it can become a success not just for savers, but for employers and the wider economy too.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Catherine Foot, Director of the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement said: </strong>&quot;The Pensions Commission's interim report rightly highlighted the scale of the retirement savings challenge facing millions of workers. Automatic enrolment has transformed pension participation, but current minimum contribution levels are unlikely to deliver adequate retirement incomes for many people, making further reform essential. Today's report reinforces the case for action. It shows that higher pension contributions and broader pension coverage could help significantly more people achieve adequate retirement incomes, particularly younger generations who have longer to benefit from reforms. In particular it correctly highlights the earnings thresholds limit the amount people save and potentially give them a false sense they are saving more than they are. We believe the long-term ambition should be to remove these limits and increase minimum contributions from 8% to 12%, delivered through a clear, phased and affordable roadmap. At the same time, reforms must recognise that people's financial circumstances change throughout their working lives. Any package should balance better retirement outcomes with the financial pressures households face today. Policymakers should therefore explore greater flexibility within the system, including temporary opt-down or pause mechanisms, allowing people facing short-term financial pressures to remain engaged with pension saving rather than opting out altogether. By combining higher contributions, broader coverage and greater flexibility, we can build on the success of automatic enrolment and create a system that improves retirement outcomes while remaining realistic about the challenges many households and employers face today.&quot;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/IFS Retirement Savings Consortium Report 2026.pdf"><strong>IFS Retirement Savings Consortium Report</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-on-ifs-retirement-savings-consortium-report-26943.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cgt And Iht Up Again As Both Hit Record Year</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Mark Jephcott, Senior Relationship Manager at Utmost commented: </strong>&ldquo;CGT receipts remain at historically elevated levels following a record year for Treasury receipts. The higher rates introduced at the Autumn Budget 2024, combined with fiscal drag, are drawing ever more individuals into the CGT net and are likely to drive a sustained increase in receipts over the coming years. While CGT generates significant revenues for the Treasury, it does little to enhance the UK's appeal to internationally mobile investors and entrepreneurs, with other jurisdictions offering more attractive tax regimes for wealth creators.&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;Inheritance Tax continues to generate historically high tax revenues for the Treasury as frozen thresholds and rising asset values bring more families within scope of the tax. The Autumn Budget 2025 extended the threshold freeze until 2031, while the scope of IHT continues to expand following reforms to Business Property Relief that came into effect on 6 April 2026 and with unused pension pots set to fall within the scope of Inheritance Tax from April 2027. While these measures are increasing tax receipts, it is making the UK a less competitive destination for entrepreneurs, investors and internationally mobile wealthy individuals, who make an outsized contribution to the tax take.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cgt-and-iht-up-again-as-both-hit-record-year-26944.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Faster Pension Transfers Backed But Scam Protection Crucial</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The consultation forms part of the Government&rsquo;s wider work to tackle pension scams and improve the pension transfer process. It includes a targeted measure to address the risks of fraud within Small Self-Administered Schemes (SSASs), and represents the first stage of a broader programme of work relating to pension scams and pension transfers.</p>

<p>PSIG supports the aim of reducing unnecessary delays and friction where transfers are low risk. However, the group has identified several areas where further clarity and refinement are needed, including the proposed employment link warning sign, the approach to identifying lower-risk receiving schemes, oversight of SSAS arrangements, and ensuring the regulations remain effective as scam methods continue to evolve.</p>

<p><strong>PSIG Chair Margaret Snowdon OBE said:</strong> &ldquo;The key challenge will be getting the balance right - removing unnecessary delays for legitimate transfers while maintaining the protections needed to prevent fraud and protect savers. Members should not face unnecessary delays when making genuine transfers, but trustees and administrators must retain the ability to identify risks and act when something does not look right.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The proposed employment link warning sign is an important area where we believe changes are needed. As currently drafted, it may not always work as intended. A genuine employee could trigger a warning sign because they do not meet certain salary or contribution thresholds, while someone without a genuine employment link may avoid the same scrutiny by providing only partial evidence. We recommend that a red flag should apply wherever the employment link remains unproven, whether all, some or none of the required evidence has been provided.</p>

<p>&ldquo;We also support giving trustees greater discretion where they believe a transfer is low risk, but there needs to be greater clarity around the proposed concept of a &lsquo;reputable scheme&rsquo;. Trustees should be able to carry out further due diligence where they consider it necessary, without first having to make a potentially subjective judgement about a scheme&rsquo;s reputation.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Snowdon continued: </strong>&ldquo;The risks facing pension savers continue to evolve. We are seeing increasing use of impersonation fraud, clone firms, artificial intelligence-generated evidence, social media investment scams, crypto-linked pension liberation and newly established occupational schemes with little or no genuine employment activity. The regulatory framework needs to keep pace with these developments. The employment link alone will not address the wider vulnerabilities in the SSAS market. We support proportionate additional oversight of these arrangements, including consideration of a requirement for professional trustee involvement.</p>

<p>&ldquo;We also need to ensure that any approach to lower-risk scheme lists is properly governed, regularly reviewed and supported by clear accountability, while recognising the practical challenges and responsibilities involved in maintaining them. The proposed exemption from repeat MoneyHelper guidance also needs careful consideration. While it may be appropriate where a member&rsquo;s circumstances have not changed and the guidance remains relevant, a subsequent transfer could involve a different receiving scheme, different warning signs or a materially different level of risk. The regulations should ensure that members receive appropriate guidance and safeguards where the circumstances and risks warrant it.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Snowdon concluded:</strong> &ldquo;Ultimately, these reforms could help deliver a faster and more effective transfer process. But the test of success is not simply whether transfers happen more quickly, it is whether they can happen safely. Legitimate members should not face unnecessary barriers, but fraudsters should not be given new opportunities to exploit the system -make it easier for good transfers to proceed and harder for bad actors to succeed.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/faster-pension-transfers-backed-but-scam-protection-crucial-26940.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>76  Of Pensions Policy Makers To Explore Cdc In Next 3 Years</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Interest in Collective Defined Contribution (CDC) pensions is reaching a tipping point, with more than three quarters (76%) of UK pensions influencers and decision-makers set to consider a CDC option within the next three years.</p>

<p>That&rsquo;s according to Gallagher&rsquo;s CDC Report, which examines industry confidence levels, the barriers to implementation and the path to scale for CDC pension schemes in the UK.</p>

<p>The research, which surveyed 250 employers, trustees and pensions professionals, arrives at a time when multi-employer CDC schemes are nearing regulatory approval in the UK.</p>

<p>Interest in the CDC model is growing, with around half of respondents (52%) saying they would be comfortable being an early adopter. </p>

<div><strong>Interest in CDC is growing but confidence is a barrier</strong></div>

<div>Larger employers are leading the way. Among respondents working with companies of fewer than 250 members, 51% expect to explore CDC within the next three years. This rises to more than 80% among respondents from companies.</div>

<p>The findings indicate that larger employers may be better placed to assess CDC at this stage. Beyond the natural barrier of cost, they are more likely to have specialist pensions support and strong internal governance structures. Smaller companies may face greater barriers around governance capacity and internal resource.</p>

<p>Notably, many organisations are hesitant to move first when it comes to adopting CDC. When asked what would increase their confidence, respondents cited clearer regulatory guidance (39%), proven results from early adopters (38%) and positive feedback from unions or employee representatives (37%).</p>

<p><strong>Andre Clarke, Senior Vice President, Investment Consulting at Gallagher, said: </strong>&ldquo;In a very short period, the conversation around CDC has moved forward at blinding speed. The Royal Mail scheme gave the UK market its first live example. It is no longer possible to think of CDC as a niche actuarial idea; it is stepping into the spotlight, demanding close attention.&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;However, our research paints a more nuanced picture. There&rsquo;s a clear difference between exploring CDC as an option and taking the steps to introduce it into an existing benefits package. Employers and trustees want to see more test cases, and they want greater clarity on regulation and delivery. Then they want to understand what it really means for their specific workforce. It is here where an experienced consultant can help firms assess their options in the CDC market and decide which arrangements could suit their workforce best.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Multi-employer models lead the way</strong></div>

<div>The availability of practical access routes will determine the rate of CDC adoption. More than half (53%) of respondents say they would be most likely to consider a multi-employer or master trust CDC arrangement, compared with 34% who would favour a single-employer model.</div>

<p>Sector-wide arrangements also saw significant interest, with 86% saying they would find a sector-wide CDC scheme appealing. The findings point to a preference for scalable CDC models that can be put into action across a broader range of organisations.</p>

<div><strong>A role for both whole-life and retirement CDC</strong></div>

<div>The research also challenges assumptions about how the CDC market may evolve. While retirement-only CDC arrangements have received a high amount of attention, the majority of the respondents preferred whole-life CDC. Nearly one third (32%) favour whole-life CDC, compared with 22% who favour retirement-only arrangements.</div>

<p>The largest group (36%) see both models as equally appealing, suggesting many organisations are open-minded about how CDC could be delivered in practice and recognise that their roles are not mutually exclusive.</p>

<p><strong>David Piltz, CEO of Gallagher's Benefits & HR Consulting Division, says: </strong>&ldquo;For decades, employers and pension professionals have struggled with one question: how can we offer good retirement outcomes for employees without putting too much risk on the balance sheet? A Collective Defined Contribution scheme offers a potential alternative. It is an aspirational model, and one that could offer more predictable outcomes than a traditional Defined Contribution scheme and without the high-risk guarantees of a Defined Benefit plan.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The challenge is converting that interest into adoption. If a firm is unsure about CDC, it&rsquo;s likely due to a mix of factors: a low number of test cases, competing business priorities, and a hesitance to step out first. The science, regulations, and guidance are in place, but the industry needs to communicate CDC in a way that everyone can understand. That is the only way that the sector will translate the growing interest into this emerging area into real and tangible action.&rdquo;</p>

<p><br />
 </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/76--of-pensions-policy-makers-to-explore-cdc-in-next-3-years-26945.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ipt Receipts Hit  2 172 Bn In First Three Months Of The Year</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>At a monthly level, June 2026 receipts stood at &pound;52 million - &pound;11 million higher than the previous year where receipts stood at &pound;41 million.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The latest figures follow a record annual total of &pound;9.04 billion for the 2025/26 financial year, which exceeded the previous year&rsquo;s full-year total of &pound;8.88 billion by &pound;157 million.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Office for Budget Responsibility&rsquo;s Spring Statement forecasts indicate that IPT is now expected to raise &pound;57.8 billion between 2025/26 and 2030/31, a &pound;500 million upgrade on estimates made following the Autumn Budget in November (&pound;57.3 billion). Continued demand for health-related insurance products is expected to remain a key driver of growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cara Spinks, Head of Life & Health at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;IPT receipts have continued to grow in the early part of the new financial year, building on the record levels seen in 2025/26.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Demand for health insurance remains strong as employers and individuals continue to look for ways to access healthcare more quickly, particularly while pressure on NHS services persists. At the same time, rising healthcare costs are feeding through into higher premiums, which is also contributing to increased IPT receipts.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As the new cabinet under Andy Burnham looks to tackle economic inactivity, improve prevention and support a healthier workforce, there is a strong case for reviewing the tax treatment of health insurance. Health insurance including health cash plans increasingly provide access to early intervention, mental health support and rehabilitation services that help people remain in work or return to work more quickly. A targeted reduction in IPT for these products could improve access to preventative healthcare, support workforce participation and reduce pressure on NHS services at the same time.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ipt-receipts-hit--2-172-bn-in-first-three-months-of-the-year-26941.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 21 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>What Should Be Top Of Pm Burnham s Pensions Agenda</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Jonathan Griffith, Partner & Head of Endgame Innovation, Laura Amin, Partner, Head of Pensions, Charlie Finch, Partner, Jon Forsyth,Partner and Head of Pensions Developments</strong></p>

<div><strong>Pension scheme surplus</strong></div>

<div>A key priority is surplus use for pension schemes. The Department for Work and Pensions has now issued draft regulations on surplus use alongside a statement from The Pensions Regulator.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jonathan Griffith, LCP Partner and Head of Endgame Innovation, said:</strong> &ldquo;The publication of draft regulations on surplus extraction is a major milestone in turning the government&rsquo;s ambitions into a practical reality, and the confirmation that the new regime is expected to be in force from April 2027 was very welcome. For the first time, schemes, sponsors and trustees have a much clearer picture of how surplus sharing could work, albeit we expect actual surplus sharing deals to be more varied beyond what is covered in TPR&rsquo;s statement. We are already seeing growing interest from schemes exploring these new flexibilities. In a recent LCP webinar poll, nine in ten respondents said they were planning to consider releasing surplus under the new regime.</div>

<p>&ldquo;The prize is significant. Based on LCP analysis, we estimate that FTSE 100 companies with UK DB schemes currently each have an average surplus of around &pound;500 million. That represents a substantial pool of capital that could be put to productive use while maintaining strong member security. The next step must be meaningful engagement with industry, so that reforms are workable in practice and deliver good overall outcomes. &rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>DB superfunds</strong></div>

<div>LCP says another major priority should be the development of the legal framework for DB superfunds, with a substantial part of the Pension Schemes Act dedicated to formalising this.</div>

<p><strong>Laura Amin, LCP Partner and Head of DB Consolidation, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Although it was disappointing to see earlier this week the delay in the timeframe for delivering draft superfund regulations to Q1 next year, we expect the government will want to drive forward delivering the new rules. Their focus should be on creating a viable superfund market which works effectively for providers, their investors, trustees and sponsors and which can deliver attractive solutions for members with suitable long-term protections in place.</p>

<p>&ldquo;With at least three new superfunds seeking assessment this year, we expect more superfunds to be operating from next year. This will mean greater competition with increased choice for trustees and sponsors as they consider the best long-term solution for their schemes.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Endgame strategy</strong></div>

<div>LCP also says that policymakers should continue to support innovation and choice across the whole DB endgame market, rather than favouring any single solution. Alongside surplus-sharing and superfunds, the buy-in and buyout market remains a highly successful part of the UK pensions system and will continue to be the preferred destination for many schemes, with 2025 being a record-breaking year for deals.</div>

<p><strong>Charlie Finch, Partner in LCP&rsquo;s Pension Risk Transfer team, commented:</strong> &ldquo;The Pension Schemes Act has laid the foundations for greater innovation through surplus-sharing and a permanent superfund regime. The priority now must be implementing these reforms in a practical way to give trustees and sponsors a range of viable endgame options.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s also pleasing to see wider industry innovation such as the &ldquo;sponsor swap&rdquo; solution where Stagecoach transferred their &pound;1.2bn scheme to Aberdeen &ndash; the recent Ministerial statement rightly supported such innovation and we would encourage any regulatory intervention to be considered carefully to ensure an appropriate balance between facilitating innovation and maintaining suitable guardrails to protect members.</p>

<p>&ldquo;At the same time, policymakers need to recognise the enormous success of the UK buy-in market, with the insurance regime providing robust long-term security at highly competitive pricing for schemes of all sizes. This will continue to be the endgame solution of choice for many schemes. The policy objective should not be to favour one approach over another, but to create a stable framework where insurance, superfunds, run-on and other innovative strategies can all flourish, giving trustees the confidence to choose the option that best meets their members' needs.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Getting that balance right will be critical if the UK is to unlock the full potential of the &pound;1 trillion plus of DB pension assets and create one of the world's most innovative and competitive pension endgame markets.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Strategic decisions for schemes and sponsors</strong></div>

<div>Looking more broadly across the pensions landscape, LCP says ministers should now focus on certainty, sequencing and meaningful consultation, given the wide range of strategic decisions currently facing trustees and sponsors.</div>

<p><strong>Jon Forsyth, LCP Partner and Head of Pensions Developments commented:</strong> &ldquo;There is a huge amount on Trustees&rsquo; and sponsors&rsquo; agendas, and some very important strategic decisions for them to make and changes to implement. On the DB side alone, we have major developments on surplus and endgame, more to come from DWP and TPR on Trusteeship, a way forward on the Virgin Media issue, PPF regulations to come, and changes to inheritance tax with additional administrative requirements. And that&rsquo;s before we add the ongoing Pensions Commission and the big challenges with pensions adequacy, plus of course the myriad developments in DC and CDC.</p>

<p>&ldquo;There are great opportunities to improve things for schemes, members, and sponsors, and we very much support the government pushing ahead with the current reforms. But it is equally important to take a long-term view when it comes to pensions policy, and to consult meaningfully with industry on any future changes. Working towards a more stable, long-term policy framework for pensions should be the name of the game.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/what-should-be-top-of-pm-burnham-s-pensions-agenda-26937.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Typical 55 year old May Need  74 month Extra If Spa Rises</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Its modelling shows that a 55-year-old on median UK earnings (&pound;38,000) who wants to retire at 67 would need to save around an extra &pound;74 a month (2.3% of salary) until retirement to bridge the one-year gap before becoming eligible for the State Pension.</p>

<p>While higher earners would need to save broadly the same cash amount, the impact on affordability is very different. Someone earning &pound;80,000 would still need to save around &pound;74 a month, but because of their higher income and greater tax relief, this equates to around 1.1% of salary, compared with 2.3% for someone on median earnings.</p>

<p>Once pension tax relief is taken into account, the impact on take-home pay falls to around &pound;53 a month (1.7% of salary) for the median earner using salary sacrifice, compared with &pound;43 a month (0.6% of salary) for an &pound;80,000 earner.</p>

<p><strong>Martin Willis, Partner at Barnett Waddingham, part of Howden, said: </strong>&quot;People have understandably focused on the &pound;12,500 they'd need to replace if they still wanted to retire at 67. But for many households, the more immediate question is what it means for their monthly finances. Our modelling suggests a typical 55-year-old on average earnings would need to find around an extra &pound;74 every month - and if that's difficult for someone on average earnings, it'll be even harder for those on lower incomes.</p>

<p>&quot;Everyone loses broadly the same year's State Pension, but replacing it isn't equally affordable. The cash amount may be similar, but it takes a much bigger bite out of the budget for someone on average earnings than it does for a higher earner. That's why giving people plenty of notice of any changes is so important.&quot;</p>

<p>&quot;This also assumes people will continue working and contributing to their pension until they retire, although for some that might not be realistic. Whether because of ill health, caring responsibilities or physical demands of their job and anyone hoping to retire earlier or reduce their hours will have even less time to plug the gap. Even relatively small increases to pension contributions can make a meaningful difference if they're made early enough, whereas leaving it until the final years before retirement makes catching up far more difficult.&quot;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/typical-55-year-old-may-need--74-month-extra-if-spa-rises-26934.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Confidence In Cdc Adoption Remains Low</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Polling conducted during a recent webinar found that 61% of respondents were not confident that CDC arrangements would gain significant traction. When asked which features of CDC arrangements might prove most challenging to communicate, almost half (48%) said they considered all aspects of the model which Sackers had flagged would be challenging, while 26% identified the possibility of retirement incomes falling as the trickiest feature to convey to members.</p>

<p>The findings come at a pivotal moment for CDC, as the Government looks to expand the framework beyond single and connected employer schemes to enable both unconnected multi-employer schemes (UMES) and retirement-only CDC arrangements.</p>

<p><strong>Andrew Worthington, partner at Sackers commented:</strong> &ldquo;The survey suggests that the biggest challenge facing CDC today isn&rsquo;t necessarily the model itself but rather familiarity with how it works. As a new approach for the UK pensions market, building confidence will take time, like any innovation. It's also notable that many respondents highlighted the possibility that retirement income could reduce as a key concern. In practice, retirement incomes under DC are already uncertain, fluctuating with market performance and individual decisions.</p>

<p>&quot;CDC has the potential to become an important third option alongside DB and DC. It gives employers certainty over contribution costs while giving members the benefits of collective investment, risk pooling and the prospect of a more predictable retirement income than many individuals can achieve through traditional DC arrangements.&quot;</p>

<p><strong>Worthington added: </strong>&quot;Similar CDC models have been operating successfully overseas for many years, demonstrating that they can deliver good outcomes for both employers and members. The UK now has the opportunity to build on that experience, but continued government support, practical regulation and increased real life experience will all be essential if CDC is to fulfil its potential.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Recent government announcements mark important progress towards wider adoption. They have listened to industry concerns about implementation and announced a possible easement to the new guided retirement proposals where schemes are actively considering retirement CDC as their default option. This momentum will need to continue as CDC cannot succeed through single employer demand alone; it needs policy leadership to build confidence and encourage wider adoption. The additional flexibility being introduced to help new UMES CDC schemes navigate the authorisation process should also support innovation while maintaining appropriate safeguards. Supporting employers, trustees and advisers as they consider whether CDC is right for their circumstances will be important in helping to build confidence in the model.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/confidence-in-cdc-adoption-remains-low-26935.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comment As Andy Burnham Is Appointed Prime Minister</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>At a time of economic uncertainty, people need a system they can understand and trust. Stability in pensions policy, tax rules and long-term commitments is essential for savers, employers and schemes to plan confidently.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>We call on the new administration to prioritise three essentials: </strong></div>

<div><strong>Stability</strong> in pensions policy and tax rules, giving savers and employers confidence to plan without fear of sudden changes. </div>

<div><strong>Simplicity</strong> across the lifetime savings system, reducing fragmentation between short and long-term saving and ensuring people can make informed decisions. </div>

<div><strong>A saver-centred approach</strong> that recognises real-world pressures - including rising numbers of renters in retirement, housing costs and the need for liquid savings alongside pensions - and supports long-term participation </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Gareth Tancred, CEO of the PMI, said: </strong>&quot;The UK faces decades of under-saving, growing housing challenges and increasing complexity in the savings landscape. A clear, coherent framework is needed to help people build resilience and secure better outcomes.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The PMI is making strong progress towards improving standards of trusteeship and administration through education and collaboration while also creating the environment to allow our next generation of pension leaders to strive. We stand ready to work with the new government to deliver a simpler, more stable and saver-focused lifetime savings system for the decades ahead.&quot; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comment-as-andy-burnham-is-appointed-prime-minister-26936.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Since Starmer Resigned Diy Investors Risk Appetite Returns</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Following his resignation announcement on 22 June 2026, Sir Keir Starmer's departure from Downing Street will see the UK welcome its seventh Prime Minister in a decade. While the Labour Party has been selecting a new leader &ndash; with Andy Burnham expected to take over &ndash; the political change appears to have influenced investor sentiment.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Risk appetite refers to an investor's willingness to accept higher levels of investment risk in pursuit of potentially greater returns, typically through greater exposure to growth-oriented assets such as equities rather than more defensive holdings.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For 36% of DIY investors, their risk appetite has increased since Starmer's resignation announcement. Ten per cent said their risk appetite had increased significantly, while for 26% it had increased somewhat. This was most pronounced among Gen Z investors, with 52% saying their risk appetite had increased, followed by Millennials (50%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, the majority (55%) said the Prime Minister's resignation had not affected their attitude towards risk at all, while 9% said their risk appetite had decreased.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rob Morgan, Chief Investment Analyst at Charles Stanley Direct, part of Raymond James, comments:</strong> &quot;The political scene in the UK has been unsettled over the past decade. In this particular case of leadership change, market and investor reactions have remained relatively measured.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;While some investors report a greater willingness to take risk, this should be viewed primarily as a reflection of broader sentiment rather than a clear shift in investment behaviour. Political change can sometimes be perceived as creating new opportunities or a more favourable backdrop for economic growth, which may explain why some investors feel more confident about taking on additional investment risk.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;However, our research shows that most investors have remained unchanged in their approach. Investors have largely continued to diversify their portfolios and focus on long-term objectives rather than making significant changes based on short-term political developments.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;While a new Prime Minister may bring changes in fiscal policy, marked changes to taxation or other policies affecting personal finances rarely happen overnight and usually come with a long lead-in time. Any shifts in portfolio decisions should be made rationally and there is likely plenty of time to assess any consequences, good or bad, that fall out of a change in political leadership. For those who are unsure, speaking to a financial adviser can help in making informed decisions that suit their personal circumstances.&quot;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/since-starmer-resigned-diy-investors-risk-appetite-returns-26932.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Oil Races Higher And Burnham s Economic Balancing Act</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The upsurge in fighting in the Middle East has caused fresh jitters across global markets. Japan&rsquo;s Nikkei plunged more than 4%, and the uneasiness has spread into Europe. London&rsquo;s FTSE 100 has opened lower as fresh worries about tense geopolitics and higher energy prices collide with the uncertainty surrounding the new Burnham administration, and what future policy direction will mean for the UK economy.</p>

<p>Brent crude has set off on a hot streak, trading around $90 a barrel as military action has intensified between the US and Iran. That&rsquo;s an increase of 30% from lows seen earlier in the month. Already the latest attacks have expanded beyond military targets, with bridges, utilities, and port facilities coming under attack, and the countdown is on to an even wider escalation, given that President Trump has vowed to increase attacks on Iranian infrastructure on Wednesday. This could trigger further retaliation, ensnaring the region in an even more complex situation. Iran has called on Houthi rebels to close the Bab el-Mandeb strait on the Red Sea oil route if the US carries out its threat. The conflict appears to be becoming more fractious by the day, and with Iranian forces launching fresh attacks on what it considers to be US allies across the region, restoring longer-term stability looks to be an ambition increasingly out of reach.</p>

<p>Markets are still clinging to the hope that political pressure could eventually push President Trump towards a deal. Operation Epic Fury has become increasingly unpopular at home, and with the midterm elections on the horizon, there are expectations that the White House will look for an exit ramp. But Trump has built much of his leadership around projecting strength, and with Iran using the Strait of Hormuz as leverage, any sign of retreat risks looking like weakness. For now, that may make a negotiated settlement harder to achieve.</p>

<p>Research just out from EY-Parthenon shows that profit alerts in the UK from travel and leisure firms have hit their highest level for nearly four years, amid the fallout from the Iran conflict. Once again, travel firms and housebuilders have sold off today as the escalation in the war looks set to dent their prospects. Airlines have flown lower in early trade, amid worries about bigger fuel bills and fresh disruption to key routes around the Middle East. Travellers have already shown more reluctance to book early, given the uncertainty surrounding the repercussions of the conflict on budgets and travel plans.</p>

<p>Ryanair's results show just how quickly nervousness surrounding the war has seeped into booking patterns and operational costs. Its profit has slumped by a third due to higher fuel costs and the reticence of passengers to book holidays as war rages in the Middle East and cost-of-living pressures mount across Europe. It's a sign that consumers are once again tightening their belts and delaying discretionary spending, leaving airlines exposed not just to soaring jet fuel costs but also the prospect of softer demand. If the conflict drags on through the peak summer season, pressure on earnings across the travel sector looks set to intensify.</p>

<p>Housebuilders are in the red, as investors brace for higher interest rates, with energy prices set to ramp up again. There had been hopes that the recent spike in energy prices would continue to be blunted. Wednesday's CPI figures are expected to show inflation easing slightly from May's 2.8% annual rate. But any relief may prove short-lived given this escalation in the Middle East, which is likely to feed through into fuel, transport and business costs over the coming months. With the respite from higher inflation looking increasingly fleeting, interest rate expectations have shifted again, with at least two rate hikes now being priced in by financial markets. This will have yet another effect on affordability and is likely to keep more buyers on the sidelines. With housebuilders facing fewer reservations and the prospect of higher costs on construction sites, it's not surprising shareholders have become increasingly uneasy.</p>

<p>With living costs looking set to rise again, it's piling yet more demands onto Andy Burnham's towering in-tray. He's already promised a breathing space for households from painful increases in everyday bills, but it's far from clear where the funding will come from. Government borrowing costs have shifted higher again due to rising inflationary concerns and expectations of further interest rate increases. But there is also wariness on bond markets about the future path of government policy as Burnham prepares to unveil his top team. Current Home Secretary Shabana Mahmood, the frontrunner to be Chancellor, is considered to be a relatively safe pair of hands given her previous role as shadow chief secretary to the Treasury. However, there are still significant concerns swirling about the impact of an increase in capital gains tax, which she is believed to support, given that it risks quashing the entrepreneurial spirit the UK needs to harness to boost growth.</p>

<p>But eyes will be on other key Cabinet roles too, particularly who will lead the Ministry of Defence, given the challenge ahead for the UK's armed forces in dealing with heightened threats on a more limited budget than required to meet the demands of the Strategic Defence Review.</p>

<p>The future of Thames Water is also looming over the new administration, threatening to become one of its first major economic tests. It's rapidly becoming a measure of how Andy Burnham intends to balance protecting taxpayers, reassuring investors and delivering on promises to clean up Britain's waterways.</p>

<p>A consortium representing around 100 institutional investors holding &pound;17 billion of Thames Water's debt has offered to write off almost half of what it's owed and inject more than &pound;3 billion of fresh capital. On paper it looks like a significant concession, but the creditors want something in return, and that&rsquo;s greater protection from future pollution penalties to improve the company's long-term finances.</p>

<p>That's set to prove highly challenging given that river and sea pollution has become one of the most toxic issues in British politics. Environment Secretary Emma Reynolds is understood to be deeply sceptical that easing the regulatory burden is an acceptable price to pay. From the government's perspective there's little appetite to be seen rewarding the very investors who helped finance years of under-investment, particularly when households are still facing rising bills.</p>

<p>This is fast becoming a test case for how the new government intends to treat private capital in regulated industries. If ministers are seen to take too hard a line, future investors may think twice before financing Britain's ageing infrastructure. But strike too generous a deal and the government risks accusations that taxpayers are once again underwriting the consequences of private sector failure. It's a balancing act which could shape confidence in UK infrastructure investment well beyond the water sector.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/oil-races-higher-and-burnham-s-economic-balancing-act-26933.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 20 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Myth Vs Reality  Knowing Your True Product Recall Exposure</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Louise Dorrian,Head of Product Recall, Direct & Facultative, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>These trends demonstrate that, even as companies adopt ever more sophisticated quality controls to prevent defects and design faults out of their production processes, recall events can still happen &ndash; and at scale. In fact, reliance on &lsquo;failsafe&rsquo; systems may lead to a false sense of security. Businesses may operate on the basis that a recall is very unlikely, which may leave them exposed and underprepared when an incident happens.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Here, we examine some of the most common misconceptions around product recall risk and insurance to help reduce your business&rsquo; exposures and strengthen your resilience. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Myth: It would never happen to us</strong></div>

<div>Even with the best internal quality systems and controls, you need to be prepared for scenarios where your systems fail to prevent an issue that leads to catastrophic losses.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Product and supply chain complexity:</strong> It can be difficult to keep pace with the growing complexity of products and components or get full visibility of increasingly extended supply chains. Supplier changes and logistical disruption can all undermine quality assurance and traceability, increasing the likelihood of defects or contamination. If suppliers are facing economic challenges, they may be tempted to cut corners or substitute components or ingredients to save money. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Regulatory changes:</strong> Regulations are changing what&rsquo;s required of manufacturers and producers, making it more difficult to ensure full compliance. For example, the EU&rsquo;s General Product Safety Regulation (GPSR) tightens traceability obligations, incident-reporting duties and oversight of online marketplaces, giving market-surveillance authorities broader powers to detect and remove unsafe products.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Human error and damage:</strong> No system, however good, can entirely eliminate the risk of human error, or the possibility of malicious tampering or contamination. High staff turnover in some sectors may make errors or deliberate incidents, such as product extortion, more likely.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Product launches:</strong> Introducing a new product into consumer markets increases the risk of issues being identified, even after extensive safety testing. We&rsquo;ve seen instances of recalls where products have been trialled using existing methods that are not best suited to test an innovative new product.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Myth: Replacing the product is the biggest recall cost</strong></div>

<div>Perceptions of product recall losses and costs differ from the reality we see in the market. In a <a href="https://www.wtwco.com/en-gb/insights/2026/07/global-food-beverage-and-agriculture-risk-report-2026">recent survey of the food and beverage industry</a>, business leaders thought the biggest losses lay in retailer charges for failure to deliver product, the cost of replacing stock and transportation. However, the largest actual losses can come from business interruption, such as machinery failure, plant shutdowns, supply chain freezes, or loss of retail contracts.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The damage to a company&rsquo;s brand from a publicized recall may also be severe and very difficult to recover from, affecting reputation and sales long after an incident has been resolved.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Myth: We&rsquo;re covered by general insurance</strong></div>

<div>Many businesses, from food & beverage to automotive and consumer goods, have Product Recall extensions to their General Liability Insurance. However, this cover is limited to first or third party costs directly related to the recall. It may limit cover to products that were in the care, custody and control of the client, or provide an list of the costs that can be covered.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>It&rsquo;s worth considering the potential scale of losses and liabilities here. For example, if your product or component is incorporated into other end products, the value of those goods can be multiples of the original, meaning the cost of recalling and replacing them is also much greater.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A single occurrence like this could exhaust the entire insurance limit for the year, leaving your business exposed &ndash; and in breach of contract if you are legally obliged to have recall cover in place. Most extensions will not cover the full costs of a product recall which can go much further than just the physical costs of recalling the product, including:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Business interruption </em></div>

<div><em>Testing and laboratory costs</em></div>

<div><em>Legal defence costs</em></div>

<div><em>The cost of producing replacement products</em></div>

<div><em>Crisis management and brand rehabilitation costs</em></div>

<div><em>Customer loss of gross profit</em></div>

<div><em>Consultant costs</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Myth: Standalone insurance is too expensive</strong></div>

<div>Whilst Product Recall Insurance used to be seen as a luxury purchase and can often have a lower priority within clients&rsquo; insurance budgets, we&rsquo;re witnessing lower premiums and broader coverage than ever before, making standalone cover more affordable.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The premiums associated with core insurance policies, such as property, have also fallen for many clients and occupancies. This in turn has created room within existing risk management budgets that could be used to strengthen your protection, and resilience, against the impact of a major recall.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Myth: It won&rsquo;t cover what we need</strong></div>

<div>New policy extensions are being developed to offer previously excluded coverages. This shift in appetite demonstrates how insurers are willing to provide policies that meet the ever-increasing needs of our clients. A recent offering aimed at small to medium sized businesses is the Quality Defect extension whereby a product having an incorrect look, taste or smell can now be covered.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Conclusion</strong></div>

<div>Even with the best control systems, recall events can still happen. You need to be prepared for a situation where your systems fail to prevent an issue, leading to major losses.</div>

<div>Most General Liability extensions don&rsquo;t cover the full cost of a recall, such as business interruption, laboratory costs, legal defense, crisis management and brand rehabilitation.</div>

<div>Product recall extensions may have small limits that don&rsquo;t cover the scale of a recall.</div>

<div>Standalone Product Recall Insurance is designed to cover the costs associated with a recall, providing both the financial protection and specialist support required to help your business recover swiftly and effectively.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Get in touch to find out more about trends in product recall risk and what you can do to strengthen your resilience.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Footnotes</em></div>

<div><em><a href="https://www.sedgwick.com/en-gb/press-release/european-recall-activity-reaches-new-highs-amid-regulatory-reform-and-market-complexity/">1. Sedgwick 2026 State of the Nation Recall Index Europe Return to article undo</a></em></div>

<div><a href="https://www.sedgwick.com/en-gb/press-release/u-s-industries-see-more-recalls-and-defective-units-in-2025/"><em>2. Sedgwick 2026 State of the Nation Recall Index U.S. Return to article undo</em></a></div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/myth-vs-reality--knowing-your-true-product-recall-exposure-26931.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ftse 100 More Resilient As Ai Valuations Face Reality Check</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The crisis of confidence over heady tech valuations has intensified with a sell-off spreading across markets. This nervousness is combining with trepidation about the escalation of conflict in the Middle East as higher energy prices look set to bed in. Asian equities took another dive, with Japan&rsquo;s Nikkei falling by almost 6% and the Taiex in Taiwan tumbling by more than 6%. Wall Street stocks also look set to open deep in the red. However, the tech-lite nature of London&rsquo;s FTSE 100 is giving the index more resilience, with the index gaining ground after a stumbling start. Although it&rsquo;s far from immune to jitters about global economic prospects, investors are still seeking out more stable prospects amid this bout of tech volatility. The mix of energy, defence, consumer staples, pharma and financial stocks can be more attractive prospects amid an upturn in geopolitical tensions, higher oil prices and high-tech uncertainty.</p>

<p>The outsized might of chip stars on indices has been causing these waves of turbulence as sentiment has begun to sour after their breathtaking climbs upwards. Results from TSMC, Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, appear to have triggered this latest sell-off, which has spread to other big names in the sector. Even though the world's biggest contract chipmaker once again demonstrated that demand remains exceptionally strong, investors have become increasingly concerned about the sheer scale of spending by hyperscalers and the risks associated with deploying such vast sums into technology evolving at breakneck speed. The world's biggest contract chipmaker reported a whopping 61% year-on-year increase in second-quarter net profit, but also highlighted plans to invest US$100 billion in expanding advanced chip manufacturing capacity in the United States. While the huge scale of this commitment highlights management's confidence that demand from customers such as Nvidia, AMD and Apple will remain strong for years to come, concerns are brewing about whether these assets will remain technologically competitive long enough to generate attractive returns to justify the spend. Given the rapid pace of innovation in AI chips and computing architecture, there is a risk that equipment could become outdated, forcing operators to replace it sooner than expected. With the infrastructure build-out phase taking longer than some anticipated and returns further off on the horizon, it&rsquo;s prompting a rethink about how much investors are willing to pay for companies exposed to the AI supply chain.</p>

<p>Investors are also increasingly wary about the prospects of another flashpoint emerging in the Middle East, which could further snarl up energy supplies. Tehran's call on Houthi rebels to be on standby to close the Bab el-Mandeb Strait, the key Red Sea oil route, should the US attack Iranian infrastructure, adds yet another layer of geopolitical risk to an already fragile energy market. Brent crude, the benchmark, is oscillating around the $84-85 level, up around 12% on the week and hovering at one-month highs. There remain expectations that some kind of deal will be reached, especially with the US inching closer to the mid-term elections, when gas prices will be a hot topic on the campaign trail. But it&rsquo;s clear that what was intended by the Trump administration to be a decisive and successful short-term campaign has been anything but. The conflict has opened up a can of worms when it comes to the control of key waterways in the region, highlighting how easily strategic maritime chokepoints can become geopolitical leverage points, threatening global energy supplies, disrupting trade flows and fuelling volatility across commodity markets.</p>

<p>Netflix results have also served as a reminder that, after a prolonged rally in growth stocks, strong results alone are no longer enough to satisfy investors. While the streaming giant delivered a 9% increase in second-quarter profit and 13% revenue growth, its slightly lower-than-expected revenue outlook for the current quarter was a disappointment, especially in an environment where investors have got used to blockbuster earnings. Shares dipped sharply in after-hours trade as questions mount about where the next spurt of growth will come from, especially after Netflix was pipped to the post by Paramount in the battle for Warner Bros.&rsquo; streaming assets. Concerns are creeping in about where growth will come from and that the company will depend increasingly on price increases, hard won advertising revenues and incremental subscriber gains rather than transformational move. However, the twists in Paramount's own takeover story are a reminder that the strategy of buying growth prospects can come with plenty of problems. What initially looked like a missed opportunity for Netflix has become a far more complicated picture, with Paramount's proposed deal now facing a federal antitrust lawsuit brought by 12 US states as well as regulatory scrutiny in the UK. While Netflix may have lost the bidding war, it may also have avoided years of legal wrangling and regulatory scrutiny. If the Paramount-Warner Bros saga becomes even more bogged down, investors may ultimately conclude that discipline rather than deal-making was the wiser course.</p>

<p>Burberry revealed a chequered update, putting its best foot forward in key markets like the US and China, but has had to turn its collar up against the inclement spending conditions caused by conflict in the Middle East. Even though the turnaround strategy under CEO Joshua Schulman is showing signs of progress, the results show that the luxury market is far from immune to the forces swirling around the global economy. Sales across Europe, the Middle East and Africa fell 3%, showing just how quickly sales can evaporate when tensions rise. Luxury retailers have become increasingly dependent on the wealthy tourists traipsing through major shopping hubs, from London and Paris to Milan and Monaco, and with so many routes disrupted due to the conflict, shopping trips have been fewer and far between. This is partly why the stock has fallen back in early trade by 3.5%, despite overall comparable store sales rising 5% in the April to June quarter. A rebound in fortunes in the US and China helped move the dial. Burberry has been particularly successful in the American market, where sales surged 12%. Brand elevation has been key, but Burberry is also likely to have been benefiting from increased wealth perceptions among well-heeled US shoppers, whose fortunes are so closely intertwined with stock market valuations. The heady heights reached by big tech have bolstered trading accounts and, as profits have been booked, some will be channelled into must-have goods. But there are risks ahead, especially if volatility continues, as the current tech stars see more of a swipe taken at valuations. That leaves Burberry balancing on a tricky catwalk right now. While its underlying recovery appears to be gathering momentum, helped by a revitalised brand focus and improving demand in key markets, luxury spending is ultimately built on confidence, which risks being increasingly tested.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ftse-100-more-resilient-as-ai-valuations-face-reality-check-26929.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Rising Tax Burden Weighs On Henrys As Wealth Tax Fears Mount</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>As speculation grows over potential new taxes on wealth under a Labour government, new analysis from Rathbones, one of the UK's leading wealth and asset management groups, reveals the significant tax burden already borne by higher earners.</p>

<p>Using current income tax rates, Rathbones calculates that someone earning the median full-time salary of &pound;39,039 would pay around &pound;5,294 in income tax each year. By comparison, an individual earning &pound;150,000 would pay &pound;53,703.</p>

<p>In other words, a &pound;150,000 earner receives 3.8 times the income of a median full-time worker, yet pays more than 10 times as much income tax.</p>

<p>Over four years, someone earning &pound;150,000 would pay more than &pound;214,800 in income tax &mdash; roughly the same amount of income tax a median full-time worker would pay over 40 years. The calculation* excludes National Insurance.</p>

<p>The pattern is evident further down the income scale. Rathbones estimates that someone earning &pound;120,000 would pay around 7.45 times as much income tax as a median earner, while an individual earning &pound;80,000 would pay approximately 3.67 times as much.</p>

<p><strong>Jay Lawrence, Investment Director at Rathbones, says: </strong>&ldquo;The UK has a highly progressive income tax system that relies heavily on a relatively small group of higher earners. At the same time, inflation and frozen tax thresholds have steadily chipped away at the real-world value of a six-figure salary. Many people are finding themselves pushed into higher tax bands without experiencing a corresponding improvement in their standard of living.</p>

<p>&quot;This is particularly true for HENRYs &mdash; high earners, not rich yet. On paper, they may appear affluent, but many are balancing large mortgages, childcare costs, pension contributions and other financial commitments.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Fiscal drag bites</strong></div>

<div>The findings come as frozen tax thresholds continue to draw more workers into higher tax bands through fiscal drag. HMRC forecasts the number of higher-rate taxpayers will increase from 5.1 million to 7.7 million by 2026/27, while the number of additional-rate taxpayers is expected to rise from around 570,000 to 1.29 million.</div>

<p>The findings highlight the extent to which the UK's progressive income tax system - meaning those with higher incomes pay a larger share of their earnings in tax - relies on higher earners. According to HMRC*, the top 10% of income taxpayers contribute more than 60% of all income tax receipts, while the top 1% account for 29%.</p>

<p><strong>Jay Lawrence says:</strong> &quot;The rapid growth in the number of higher-rate taxpayers suggests that what was once considered a very high income is increasingly becoming part of the mainstream professional workforce.&quot;</p>

<div><strong>Wealth tax concerns</strong></div>

<div>Amid speculation about the potential introduction of a wealth tax, economic analysis conducted by Rathbones suggests that more than &pound;100 billion of wealth could be diverted overseas or moved into less productive assets if such a tax were introduced in the UK.</div>

<p>The analysis also suggests a wealth tax could cost the government around &pound;600 million to establish, while imposing ongoing compliance and administrative costs on taxpayers of &pound;700 million a year or more.</p>

<p>Administrative complexity has been a key factor behind the abolition of wealth taxes in many countries and was one reason why the Labour government of the 1970s, despite pledging to introduce a wealth tax, ultimately did not proceed with one.</p>

<p><strong>Jay Lawrence says:</strong> &ldquo;Many of our clients are concerned that they could bear a growing share of the tax burden as the government looks to fund its spending commitments while operating within tight fiscal constraints.</p>

<p>&quot;We have encountered highly paid professionals who are reviewing their long-term tax position, including the possibility of relocating to more tax-efficient jurisdictions, and the introduction of a wealth tax risks creating similar questions for entrepreneurs.</p>

<p>&quot;If policies result in highly skilled workers, entrepreneurs and investors choosing to leave the UK, that risks undermining the government's broader objectives of boosting growth, attracting investment and improving the country's long-term economic prospects.&quot;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/rising-tax-burden-weighs-on-henrys-as-wealth-tax-fears-mount-26930.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments On Deadline For 2nd Pensions Commission Report</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>&quot;The Pensions Commission has a once-in-a-generation opportunity to build consensus around the reforms needed to deliver better retirements for millions of people. If it does only one thing, it should recommend increasing minimum auto-enrolment contributions from 8% to 12%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Auto-enrolment has been one of the UK's biggest public policy successes, but millions of people are still not saving enough and risk reaching retirement with far less income than they expect or need. The Commission provides an opportunity to put this right. We welcome the Commission's focus on helping people turn their pension savings into retirement income. The initial report was relatively negative on the Pension Freedoms, but they should be seen as part of the solution, not the problem.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Retirement is no longer a single cliff-edge moment. More people are working later, phasing their retirement, or moving in and out of work. Pension Freedoms give people the flexibility and control to manage that transition. The priority now should be better support and guidance, with defaults acting as a safety net rather than the first choice for most savers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The reality, though, is that reforms alone won't move fast enough for everyone. For many people in Generation X, time is running short. More than half are at risk of inadequate retirement incomes, and many could face a serious pension shock unless action is taken. Supporting longer working lives through flexible working, age-inclusive recruitment, better careers support and help for people with health conditions and caring responsibilities must be part of the answer.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Specific recommendations</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>1. Increasing contribution levels</strong></div>

<div>We recommend that minimum automatic enrolment contributions are increased from 8% to at least 12%, bringing the UK closer to levels associated with achieving a &lsquo;Living Pension&rsquo; and more in line with international comparators. Over time, there should be a move towards a more balanced contribution structure between employers and employees (for example, a 6/6 split), reflecting a shared responsibility for retirement outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>To deliver this sustainably, increases should be:</div>

<div><em>Implemented through a clear, pre-announced pathway, with incremental increases (e.g. 0.5% per year)</em></div>

<div><em>Phased and predictable, supporting planning and minimising disruption</em></div>

<div><em>Supported by targeted mitigation for lower earners</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. A framework for increasing contributions</strong></div>

<div>We propose a structured framework to guide decisions on contribution increases, based on a small number of objective economic and labour market indicators. This framework:</div>

<div><em>Ensures increases are delivered at the right time and pace</em></div>

<div><em>Balances adequacy with affordability</em></div>

<div><em>Provides clarity and certainty for employersIs underpinned by a statutory requirement for a review every five years</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>This approach would ensure progress towards higher contributions while maintaining resilience during periods of economic stress.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>3. Supporting participation through flexibility</strong></div>

<div>Maintaining participation will be critical as contribution rates increase. We recommend introducing targeted flexibility within the automatic enrolment system, including:</div>

<div><em>Temporary opt-down or pause mechanisms, allowing individuals to respond to short-term financial pressures without leaving the system</em></div>

<div><em>Protections for employer contributions, ensuring individuals are not disproportionately penalised for temporary income shocks</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>These measures would reduce opt-outs, improve persistency, and support better long-term outcomes, particularly for lower and moderate earners.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>4. Extending coverage</strong></div>

<div>We support the full implementation of the 2017 Automatic Enrolment Review, including:</div>

<div><em>Lowering the minimum age to 18</em></div>

<div><em>Removing the Lower Earnings Limit</em></div>

<div><em>Calculating contributions from the first pound of earnings</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>These reforms would improve fairness, increase participation, and boost overall contribution levels, particularly for younger and lower-paid workers. At the same time, flexibility must be retained to reflect varying saving capacity across the income distribution.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>5. The cost of delaying reform</strong></div>

<div>Delaying increases in contribution rates would significantly reduce their effectiveness, particularly for those closer to retirement. While younger savers benefit most from early action, older cohorts (especially Generation X) face the greatest losses from delay, with a rapidly narrowing window to improve adequacy. Without clearer support and earlier warning, many in this cohort risk experiencing a &ldquo;pension shock&rdquo; as they approach retirement decision-making and discover that their expected retirement income is materially lower than anticipated. Early and decisive action is therefore essential.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>6. Investment, value for money and economic growth</strong></div>

<div>Investment returns are a critical determinant of retirement outcomes. The Commission is right to emphasise the importance of net returns and long-term value. We support the implementation of a robust Value for Money framework that:</div>

<div><em>Moves beyond a narrow focus on cost</em></div>

<div><em>Prioritises net returns and member outcomes</em></div>

<div><em>Supports investment in a broader range of assets</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Greater scale and more diversified investment strategies can significantly improve saver outcomes, while also unlocking substantial investment in UK productive assets, supporting economic growth, productivity, and innovation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>7. The role of employers</strong></div>

<div>Employers play a critical role in supporting pension saving. While there is broad support for higher contributions, this must be balanced with affordability and implemented through a clear, phased, and well-signalled roadmap. Contributions should be considered as part of total remuneration, ensuring alignment with wages, labour market conditions, and business sustainability.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>8. Supporting incentives and system efficiency</strong></div>

<div>Stable and effective incentives, particularly tax relief, are essential to maintaining engagement with pension saving. Policy certainty is critical, and frequent changes risk undermining confidence and distorting behaviour. We also support greater alignment between regulatory regimes to reduce inefficiencies and ensure that the system consistently promotes long-term outcomes for savers.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-on-deadline-for-2nd-pensions-commission-report-26928.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 17 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Third Of Drivers Scared To Claim On Insurance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Motor insurance costs have become a major source of anxiety for UK motorists, with over a third (35%) of policyholders now afraid to make a claim for fear of pushing up prices, new research finds.</p>

<p>The analysis from CRIF &ndash; a global leader in credit and insurance information, analytics and solutions &ndash; reveals that UK drivers remain some of the most hesitant in Europe to use the insurance policies they are paying for.</p>

<p>The proportion of UK motor insurance policyholders worried about making a claim is above the European average of 31% and significantly higher than countries like Italy (18%). Only Ireland reported higher concerns (41%), putting UK drivers among the most concerned about insurance on the continent.</p>

<p>The findings build on CRIF&rsquo;s research from last year, which found a third (33%) of UK policyholders felt motor insurance has become the most expensive it has ever been. Recent analysis from Defaqto found that motor insurance prices have started rising again after two years of falls, while data from the ABI highlights factors such as the cost of repairs having also increased.</p>

<p>As a result, just 13% of policyholders actually feel that the cost of insurance has stabilised or started to fall, according to CRIF&rsquo;s data, while around a third (32%) say that motor cover still feels expensive, explaining the ongoing anxiety over insurance among UK drivers.</p>

<p>Motor insurance is now the most widely held form of insurance among UK adults (59%), ahead of home (53%) and home contents insurance (51%). Yet 39% of UK policyholders say that insurance costs, combined with recent rises in fuel costs, are together making driving unaffordable.</p>

<p>In response, more than four in ten (43%) policyholders want insurers to do more to improve premiums, specifically increasing their affordability and consistency. Almost a third (31%) say that insurers need to be clearer and more transparent about pricing and terms, while a quarter (25%) say they would be willing to share more of their data with insurers if it unlocked more affordable premiums.</p>

<p><strong>Sara Costantini, Regional Director for the UK and Ireland at CRIF, said: </strong>&ldquo;UK drivers are continuing to feel the squeeze on getting from A to B. With premium costs about to rise again, motorists are still feeling the pressure, to an extent that many are seriously concerned about having to claim on the cover they actually pay for.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This is putting a major strain on the relationship between insurers and their customers, especially for a type of cover they cannot easily go without. This makes it all the more important that insurers rebuild confidence as part of efforts to get premium costs down.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Smarter use of data and analytics can help achieve this, enabling insurers to price more accurately, identify financial stress earlier and give drivers the clearer, fairer motor insurance they are asking for.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The research findings form part of <a href="https://www.crif.com/resources/whitepapers/banking-on-banks-2026-age-of-uncertainty/">CRIF&rsquo;s 2026 Banking on Banks report series</a>. The first report, launched in June, looks at the biggest financial pressures currently facing European consumers and businesses. The second report, due to be published later this year, will look at the financial services gap between consumers and businesses.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/third-of-drivers-scared-to-claim-on-insurance-26922.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Virgin Media   What Now For Pension Schemes  </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By PMI Policy and Public Affairs Working Group members Joe Moore, Associate Partner at Aon, and Julia Yates, Chair of Vidett&rsquo;s Trustee Oversight Board </strong></div>

<div> <br />
<strong>A problem the industry couldn&rsquo;t ignore </strong></div>

<div>The Virgin Media judgment elevated what might once have been seen as a technical compliance issue into a material and widespread risk. The possibility that historic amendments could be void due to the absence of valid section 37 confirmation raised difficult questions for trustees and sponsors, particularly from some audit firms.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Whilst many schemes adopted a &ldquo;wait and see&rdquo; approach in the hope retrospective relief would indeed be granted, some schemes were prompted to delve into the archive boxes.  Unlike the opening of Schrodinger&rsquo;s box, however, these investigations often left trustees none the wiser.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Unsurprisingly, some struggled to locate complete records for changes made decades ago.  An inability to locate the historic confirmation does not mean it didn&rsquo;t exist though - and trustees have no reason to believe this was not provided when required. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The result was significant legal uncertainty and potentially material financial implications &ndash; Schrodinger&rsquo;s box was at risk of becoming Pandora&rsquo;s!  Against that backdrop, the coordinated pressure from the PMI and others across the industry for a legislative fix was both notable and effective.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What the legislative fix does (and does not do) </strong></div>

<div>The retrospective certification regime provides a route for many schemes to remediate historic amendments that could otherwise be vulnerable. For many schemes, this is likely to remove residual legal and funding uncertainty, which may be valuable. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, it is not a universal cure.  Availability will depend on meeting statutory conditions and applying them carefully to scheme-specific facts. There will also be cases where the easement is not straightforward, which could place actuaries in an awkward position, notwithstanding the pragmatic and helpful guidance released by FRC.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>There are also exclusions, including where positive action has been taken by the trustees in the belief that an amendment is void and where related legal proceedings are already underway. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Some questions remain unanswered - the judgment awaited in the related Verity case is expected to clarify further points arising from the Virgin Media case (for example, whether certification was required when a scheme closed to accrual).  Trustees and sponsors may continue to &ldquo;wait and see&rdquo; for a while longer. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Trustee considerations and emerging approaches </strong></div>

<div>It is important that trustees make a positive choice over what they do for their scheme, even if that is &ldquo;wait and see&rdquo;. Trustee responses are converging around three approaches.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Firstly, trustees who have other immediate priorities, who are not undertaking an insurance or other transaction in the short term and have no reason to doubt the existence of the necessary confirmations, the new legislation provides no imperative to go looking for them now.  As helpful as the legislation is, making use of the remedy is still not without cost and effort, so they may continue to &ldquo;wait and see&rdquo;, in the hope that judgement in the Verity case will make it possible for any eventual exercise to be a smaller one. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The second trustee group are those who want to look at this now. Any first steps should be with the support of legal advice and ideally following proactive discussion with the sponsor. The Pensions Regulator&rsquo;s useful guidance provides trustees with actions they are expected to undertake.  Some will proactively use the retrospective certification simply to remove any uncertainty.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>A third group faces more complex situations &ndash; these may be where certification is not straightforward, may be influenced by the Verity case, or requires further analysis. Trustees should be able to demonstrate their chosen approach is reasonable, proportionate, and informed by advice.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Corporate and auditor reactions </strong></div>

<div>For sponsors, the existence of a legislative solution is clearly positive, but it will not eliminate scrutiny.  Auditors will likely now focus on how schemes respond - including whether retrospective certification is used. There is likely to be continued emphasis on evidence and documentation, aligned with broader FRC expectations.  As with trustees, companies will need to demonstrate their position is underpinned by appropriate legal and actuarial input. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A pragmatic resolution - with nuances remaining </strong></div>

<div>The called-for legislative response is a welcome development, balancing legal integrity with practical reality. However, it is not a one-size-fits-all solution. The industry now has the tools to resolve most issues. The task for trustees and practitioners is to apply them with appropriate judgement and proportionality. </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/virgin-media---what-now-for-pension-schemes---26923.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca Cracks Down On Misleading Car Finance Claims Adverts</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Some of the misleading adverts seen by the FCA: </strong></p>

<p><em>were disguised as a consumer posting on social media recommending a website to look up agreements. However, the advert failed to make clear it was a financial promotion for a CMC that was recommending its own website. </em></p>

<p><em>were using the FCA motor finance redress scheme in a misleading way to promote the firm&rsquo;s own services which could suggest an affiliation with the FCA. </em></p>

<p><em>failed to clearly highlight free claim options and the FCA&rsquo;s redress scheme. </em></p>

<p><em>promoted claims management services when not authorised to do so. </em></p>

<p>The FCA also agreed to voluntary requirements (VREQs) with two firms, securing agreement that they would stop or change their marketing activities. This brings the total number of VREQs to 12 in relation to a range of motor finance claims activities over the last 12 months. The FCA also issued 8 alerts in June against unauthorised firms promoting regulated claims management activities without the necessary authorisation. </p>

<p>Alongside this, the Advertising Standards Authority (ASA) has launched investigations into various motor finance claims ads placed by law firms. It is scrutinising a range of issues including clarity around fees, the ability to claim for free via other routes, potentially exaggerated compensation amounts and consumers being potentially misled by &lsquo;free checker&rsquo; tools. </p>

<p><strong>Alison Walters, Director of Consumer Finance at the FCA, said:</strong> &ldquo;Consumers should be able to trust the information they see about car finance claims. Too often, we are still seeing promotions that obscure key facts, create unnecessary pressure on consumers to sign up, or risk misleading people about their options.&rdquo; </p>

<p>Miles Lockwood, Director of Complaints and Investigations at the ASA, said: &ldquo;The work of the taskforce is important, consumers should be treated fairly and be confident that the claims they see in ads for car finance schemes are transparent and truthful. Our investigations will root out problem claims, set clear lines in the sand for advertisers and trigger follow-up enforcement action where necessary.&rdquo; </p>

<p>Part of a wider programme of work that focuses on financial ads, the ASA is harnessing its AI-based Active Ad Monitoring system to monitor ad claims at pace and scale to identify and tackle potential problems. </p>

<p>Joint taskforce members are continuing to take action against misconduct by CMCs and law firms that goes beyond misleading adverts. This could lead to further action against firms.</p>

<p><strong>Advice to consumers </strong></p>

<p>Using a CMC or law firm to make a car finance claim may mean paying fees of over 30% of any compensation.  </p>

<p>If you haven&rsquo;t yet complained about car finance and you have concerns, you can complain directly to your lender for free &ndash; there is information on the FCA website, including the contact details for lenders. </p>

<p>If you have concerns about how you were signed up to a CMC or law firm, whether you were properly informed and gave consent, how your data was used, the handling of your case, or the fee charged to exit your contract, you should complain directly to the firm. The FCA has created a template letter to help.  </p>

<p>Avoid signing up with multiple claims firms, as this could result in paying multiple fees.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-cracks-down-on-misleading-car-finance-claims-adverts-26925.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Warning That Simpler Pension Transfers Plans May Not Work</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The SPP&rsquo;s response to the current DWP consultation on the subject of pension transfer regulations, sees the SPP strongly endorse the creation of a new, broader &quot;Condition 1&quot; gateway. This change will allow trustees to fast-track transfers to &quot;reputable schemes,&quot; reducing unnecessary delays for members and easing the administrative strain on statutory guidance services.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, the SPP go on to highlight a critical loophole in the proposed &quot;employment-link&quot; red flag meant to curb fraudulent SSAS transfers. Under current rules, if a member provides only partial evidence of an employment link, the transfer must be treated as an amber flag rather than a red flag due to the existing legal definition of a &quot;substantive response&quot;. As a result, scammers or poorly advised members will still be able to bypass the red flag and force transfers through after attending a mandatory guidance appointment.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>To make the regulations work effectively, the SPP is recommending that the DWP amend the definition of a &quot;substantive response&quot; specifically for SSAS arrangements, or to adopt an alternative principle-based framework that focuses on whether a scheme is being used to facilitate a scam.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP also recommend that the proposed 12-month exemption for repeat MoneyHelper appointments be limited to transfers to the same receiving scheme. This should help prevent persistent, iterative scam tactics from slipping through the net.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>SPP Council member Faye Jarvis, said: </strong>&quot;While the SPP strongly welcomes the introduction of a subjective 'reputable scheme' gateway, which should help to significantly accelerate low-risk pension transfers, clear regulatory guidance will be vital to ensuring this works smoothly in practice. At the same time, we are seriously concerned that the new employment-link red flag is fundamentally flawed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In practice, members often cannot provide complete documentation for a range of legitimate reasons, and under the current definition of a 'substantive response,' partial evidence will still allow high-risk transfers to proceed as amber flags. Without closing this loophole, the proposed regulations will not provide the robust safeguards that pension savers need.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/SPP-Transfer-Regs-16.07.26.pdf"><strong>The full SPP consultation response is available here</strong></a></div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/warning-that-simpler-pension-transfers-plans-may-not-work-26921.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Housing Costs Push Revised Rls Easy Retirement Further Away</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Hymans Robertson modelling shows that the new Pensions UK Retirement Living Standards (RLS) &lsquo;comfortable&rsquo; retirement level remains out of reach for most pension savers once housing costs are factored in. The recent Retirement Living Standards (RLS) are based on expenditures in retirement that do not include ongoing housing costs for retirees. When factoring in housing costs, the leading pensions and financial services consultancies Guided Outcomes(GO)TM modelling shows that the likelihood of meeting retirement goals falls sharply, particularly for lower and middle earners. This firm warns that, for many savers, a comfortable retirement will increasingly depend on working for longer, contributing more throughout their career, or a combination of both. It says that Trustees, providers and employers must support members to set realistic retirement goals and regularly review whether they remain on course to meet them.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In its updated modelling, the firm found that someone earning &pound;50,000 a year and contributing at the current auto-enrolment minimum level is unlikely to have a good chance of achieving a &lsquo;moderate&rsquo; retirement living standard. A saver earning &pound;30,000 would need to contribute around 17% of salary throughout their working life to have better than a 50% chance of reaching that standard. Meanwhile, a &lsquo;comfortable&rsquo; retirement remains out of reach for many, with someone on average earnings needing to contribute more than 20% of salary to have a good chance of achieving it.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the updated modelling, Kathryn Fleming, Head of DC Consulting, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&quot;The updated RLS provides a helpful benchmark for understanding the kind of lifestyle pension savers may be able to achieve in retirement. While everyone's circumstances are different, our modelling shows that many people will struggle to reach the higher standards without making significantly larger pension contributions than are currently required under auto-enrolment.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Trustees, employers and providers all have an important role to play. Whether that's ensuring contributions are invested effectively, designing workplace benefits that encourage better saving habits, or providing tools and support that help members understand their options, helping people achieve better retirement outcomes requires action across the pensions industry.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_HymansComfort11607261.jpg" style="height:159px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Housing costs are an increasing challenge for savers. When rental costs are added to the minimum RLS, even a saver on close to average earnings contributing more than the auto-enrolment minimum could still face a one-in-four chance of falling short of that standard. Lower earners would need to contribute significantly more than the current minimum contribution level to achieve the same outcome.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_HymansComfort21607261.jpg" style="height:189px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the housing cost impact to retirement savings, Hannah English, Head of DC Corporate Consulting, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&quot;Housing is one of the biggest challenges facing younger generations. The Retirement Living Standards assume housing costs have been removed by retirement, but that will not reflect the reality for everyone. Many savers face difficult decisions between putting money aside for a home deposit and saving for retirement, and the long-term consequences of delaying pension saving can be substantial.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;With increasing focus on retirement adequacy, including work currently underway across the industry, and with pensions dashboards set to bring retirement savings into sharper focus. More people may become aware of the gap between their current savings and the retirement lifestyle they hope to achieve. At this point its highly likely that employees will turn to their current employers to understand how to &lsquo;fix&rsquo; this. The Pensions Commission will be important to reviewing AE minimum rates, but employers have a role to play in considering the needs of their unique workforces and the &lsquo;right&rsquo; levels for them.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Hymans-minimum-moderate-or-confortable-retirement-living-2026.pdf"><strong>See the full analysis here: Minimum, moderate or comfortable?</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/housing-costs-push-revised-rls-easy-retirement-further-away-26926.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Psig Relaunches With Refreshed Identity And Future Strategy</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The relaunch marks a significant step in PSIG&rsquo;s evolution, reflecting the changing nature of pension scams and the need for a coordinated, sustainable industry response. It follows PSIG&rsquo;s 2024 industry consultation, Evolution or Extinction, which demonstrated strong support for PSIG&rsquo;s continued role while highlighting the need for the organisation to develop a more resilient and sustainable model for the future.</p>

<p>Since then, PSIG has strengthened its foundations, putting in place a more sustainable framework to support its future role and impact across the pensions industry. This includes a new supporter model, moving away from a structure reliant on privately funded volunteer support and inviting contributions from organisations that share its commitment to protecting pension savers and strengthening industry collaboration.</p>

<p>A key part of PSIG&rsquo;s next phase is also an updated Code of Good Practice, with publication currently planned for October*. The updated Code will provide refreshed guidance for organisations working to prevent pension scams and help promote greater consistency in identifying and responding to emerging risks across the sector.</p>

<p><strong>PSIG Chair Margaret Snowdon said: </strong>&ldquo;Pension fraud continues to have a devastating impact on savers, with criminals constantly adapting their tactics to exploit vulnerabilities and undermine confidence in retirement provision. PSIG was established to help the industry respond to this challenge, and our purpose remains as important today as it was when we began.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This relaunch represents an important stage in PSIG&rsquo;s development. It reflects the strength of the organisation&rsquo;s work to date, while ensuring we have the structure, resources and tools needed to support the industry in the years ahead. The updated Code of Good Practice will be central to this, providing practical guidance and helping organisations across the sector maintain high standards in protecting savers.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Snowdon continued:</strong> &ldquo;Protecting retirement savings requires ongoing collaboration, shared knowledge and a willingness to respond to new threats as they emerge. Our ambition is to continue bringing the industry together, supporting good practice and helping create a pensions system where savers can have greater confidence that their money is protected.&rdquo;</p>

<p>PSIG will continue to play a leading role in the TPR-led Pension Scams Action Group and will expand its focus on emerging scam risks, industry research and sharing good practice across the sector. Further details, including PSIG&rsquo;s updated mission statement and impact framework, are available on its new website.</p>

<p><em>* subject to the timing of the Department for Work and Pensions&rsquo; regulations following its consultation on amendments to pension transfer regulations, which closes on 21 July.</em></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/psig-relaunches-with-refreshed-identity-and-future-strategy-26927.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Later Life Wealth Is About Enjoying Everyday Moments</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>More than seven in ten (72%) say having more financial freedom would mean feeling more secure and less worried about money on a day-to-day basis. Around two thirds (65%) say it would mean being able to say &ldquo;yes&rdquo; to simple plans like days out, meals and small treats. A further six in ten (59%) say it would mean being able to make home improvements and keep their home comfortable, while just over half (51%) say it would mean staying connected and spending more time with family.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The survey indicates that many of the over 55s homeowners agree that &ldquo;cracking on with life&rdquo; simply means enjoying the smaller things in life. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Holidays still feature for some, with just over half (51%) agreeing they would want to travel if they could free up extra money, however, more say they would prioritise a mix of everyday comforts and small pleasures, over just big journeys or activities (55%).  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings also show the potential impact of rising living costs on later life confidence. Nearly six in ten (59%) say rising costs have reduced their confidence in maintaining their desired lifestyle in later life[1]. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>When asked about ways they might use money tied up in their home to support their retirement, around one in five (22%) say they would consider downsizing to release funds in later life. A further 13% would consider releasing equity in their home. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kay Westgarth, Head of Distribution at Aviva Retirement said: </strong>&ldquo;People&rsquo;s idea of a good later life is often much more grounded than you think. Our research suggests that for many homeowners, feeling secure and being able to enjoy everyday moments can matter just as much as the bigger plans. Everyone&rsquo;s circumstances are different, and it is important to look at the full range of options available. For some homeowners, housing wealth may form part of that conversation, but any decision needs careful thought and regulated financial advice.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Five ways to have more financial freedom in later life:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Start with your budget</strong></div>

<div>List essential outgoings and check what&rsquo;s changed in the last year (for example - insurance, utilities, council tax, subscriptions). Small reductions can often create more breathing space.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Try out your retirement income</strong><br />
If costs have risen faster than your retirement income, review what&rsquo;s coming in and when (i.e. State Pension, workplace pensions, savings). Consider speaking to a regulated financial adviser if you&rsquo;re unsure how to draw an income tax efficiently.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Check that you&rsquo;re not overpaying on bills</strong><br />
Many people stay loyal to suppliers for years without re-evaluating prices. Review your energy, broadband, home insurance and car insurance, and look for discounts.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Think through housing choices early, not in a hurry</strong><br />
If you consider your home to be a part of your future financial security think about the options you&rsquo;d be comfortable with, if you ever needed more flexibility i.e. use savings, downsize, or change how you use your home (i.e. renting out a room or sharing with other family members to share the costs).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>If considering Equity release, take your time and importantly, take advice</strong><br />
Equity release is one option for some homeowners, but it is a long-term commitment and will affect the value of your estate. Take independent financial advice, compare alternatives, and if appropriate, involve your family in the conversation.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/later-life-wealth-is-about-enjoying-everyday-moments-26924.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 16 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Aon Appoints Sean Deehan As Ceo Of Stg For Apac</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In his new role, Deehan will help expand access to Aon&rsquo;s integrated advisory, analytics and technology-led solutions, enabling clients to make better risk and capital decisions and pursue profitable growth. A key focus will be expanding adoption of Aon&rsquo;s Life Risk Modeling Suite in APAC, including PathWise, the firm&rsquo;s platform for life and annuity risk modeling that helps actuarial teams run complex projections more efficiently. Based in Hong Kong, Deehan will report to <strong>Sherif Zakhary, global CEO of Aon&rsquo;s Strategy and Technology Group and Inpoint.</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Asia Pacific represents a significant growth opportunity for our team, and Sean will play a key role in expanding our capabilities, strengthening collaborations and delivering even greater value for clients across the region,&rdquo; <strong>said Zakhary.</strong> &ldquo;Sean&rsquo;s regional experience, market knowledge and commercial leadership will help increase our momentum and support continued growth in Asia Pacific.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Deehan brings more than 25 years of experience across insurance, consulting, strategy and risk management, with extensive expertise in Greater China and across Asia Pacific. He has led businesses and growth initiatives across some of the region&rsquo;s most dynamic insurance markets, with experience spanning strategy, actuarial leadership, M&A, market entry strategy, product innovation, risk management and client advisory.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Deehan said:</strong> &ldquo;Aon&rsquo;s strategy and technology group has a strong reputation for helping clients make better decisions through innovation and deep industry knowledge. I am excited to join the firm at a time of significant opportunity across Asia Pacific and look forward to working with colleagues and clients across the region to deliver distinctive solutions that support growth and long-term success.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Deehan joins Aon from Willis Towers Watson, where he most recently served as Greater China divisional leader and head of Hong Kong and Macau. He previously held several senior executive and board-level roles, including CEO and executive director of standard life (Asia).</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/aon-appoints-sean-deehan-as-ceo-of-stg-for-apac-26914.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Call For Claims Intelligence At Underwriting And Fnol</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>Carla McDonald, director of product management, LexisNexis Risk Solutions, UK&I</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Additionally, this data is often in siloed lines of business and simply used to confirm a previous claim declaration. That can leave gaps in knowledge not just for pricing accurately and fairly, this siloed approach makes it difficult to identify potential fraudsters claiming on multiple policies across multiple lines of business. Those gaps also make it difficult to assess a new motor or home claim in the context of a customer&rsquo;s broader claims history, unless they have remained with the same insurer over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cross market claims data offers greater context</strong></div>

<div>Cross market claims data offers a solution both at underwriting and claims stages. It enables insurance providers to better predict claims losses based on an individual&rsquo;s claims history and help expediate claims with a fuller picture of the market&rsquo;s claims experience with the policyholder.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In the same way the vast majority of the insurance market now shares policy history data to help automate No Claims Discounts and gain predictive insights on cancellations and gaps in policy, it&rsquo;s taken market collaboration to create the first cross-market contributory claims database combining home and motor claims history with cross-search functionality. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>This delivers a granular view of home and motor claims history for an individual and the asset at the point of quote, mid-term adjustment, renewal and claim to participating UK insurance providers. This is one way in which claims intelligence is reshaping risk assessment and claims handling.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Delivering underwriting data to the claims end</strong></div>

<div>Turning to the claims process, insurance providers need better data to settle claims quickly, control costs, prevent fraud and keep customers satisfied. While pricing and underwriting have become increasingly data-sophisticated, claims handling often still relies on fragmented, reactive processes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In motor specifically, claims volumes remain high, vehicle complexity is accelerating, fraud is becoming more sophisticated, and customers increasingly expect the same speed and transparency they get from online banking or retail. Yet many insurance providers and claims management firms are still trying to manage claims decisions with incomplete, inconsistent and disconnected data.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Claims decisions are only as good as the data at FNOL</strong></div>

<div>At FNOL, insurance providers are often forced to make early decisions based on partial or inaccurate information. Critical details about the vehicle, the policyholder, third parties, coverage and risk context are often missing or incorrect.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That creates immediate downstream problems. It means that claims teams waste valuable time simply validating basic facts, claims can end up misrouted to the wrong garage for the work, cycle times get longer and costs escalate unnecessarily.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In a market where speed is now a competitive differentiator, incomplete FNOL data can be one of the most expensive bottlenecks in claims operations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>What&rsquo;s needed is a real-time, integrated view of the claim, the customer and the vehicle &mdash; early enough to identify anomalies, inconsistencies and suspicious patterns without disrupting legitimate claims. Leveraging the same data and expertise already used in motor risk assessment can help provide real-time insight at the point of claim. Crucially, in the same way this data is streamlined into the quote process, claims intelligence will be fed directly into the claims process at the points it&rsquo;s needed most.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A common challenge is that claims teams can often spend time assessing risk factors that should already be known. They can effectively end up focusing on administrative tasks, such as checking vehicle specs, confirming ownership details, validating repair assumptions and identifying ADAS features, rather than problem solving. The immediate focus for claims intelligence at FNOL is therefore on prefilling third party contact details and validating key vehicle attributes, including windscreen features and other vehicle insights including those mentioned above. This will help claims handlers to get on the front foot to validate the details of the claim, spot any risk indicators and guide the claim onto the right path.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The future of claims is workflow-ready intelligence, delivered through APIs</strong></div>

<div>Claims teams are operating in one of the most demanding environments in insurance &mdash; balancing speed, accuracy, cost and customer experience, often simultaneously. Without the right connected intelligence, they are being asked to make critical decisions without the full picture.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Through connected claims intelligence, the goal is not to replace human judgement but to strengthen it, giving claims teams the confidence that their early decisions are informed, consistent and defensible.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Closing the gap between underwriting and claims</strong></div>

<div>The insurance market has long treated underwriting and claims as separate disciplines drawing on different data, different systems and different expertise. Two developments are now closing that gap. The first is bringing the data and intelligence already proven in motor underwriting into the claims process. Through solutions such as Vehicle Insights at Point of Claim, Windscreen Check and Claims Datafill, LexisNexis Risk Solutions is enabling access to richer vehicle intelligence at FNOL, alongside insights on windscreen features and prefill of third-party contact details. This is designed to make an immediate and measurable difference to claims teams, ahead of further claims solutions in the coming year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The second is cross-market claims intelligence. LexisNexis&reg; Precision Claims is a contributory database combining home and motor claims history across the market, which will give insurance providers a fuller picture of an individual's claims experience at both underwriting and claims stage. Together, these developments point to a more connected approach to risk, where data is shared and applied across the insurance lifecycle to support better decision-making.</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-call-for-claims-intelligence-at-underwriting-and-fnol-26920.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Quantum Advisory Promotes Adam Cottrell</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Joanne Eynon, Partner, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Our success as a firm depends on the quality of our people and we are pleased to be able to recognise their achievements and support them as their career evolves. Adam&rsquo;s promotion is a demonstration of how we grow our talent from within the firm from the moment they join. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Adam has proved himself to be an invaluable member of our team and his promotion is very well deserved. He is a pleasure to work with.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Adam added: &ldquo;I&rsquo;m grateful for the opportunities I&rsquo;ve had at Quantum and to be able to work with supportive colleagues and clients throughout my career. I look forward to continuing those relationships and playing a greater role in the future development of the firm for years to come.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Adam joined Quantum in 2011 and is a Scheme Actuary and risk transfer specialist sitting on our risk transfer and corporate advisory teams.  His focus is on delivering high-quality trustee and corporate consulting advice in areas such as actuarial valuation funding negotiations, benefit design and bulk annuity transactions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Adam is also a member of the Endgame Perspectives Group and co-leads their &lsquo;Small Schemes Workstream&rsquo;.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/quantum-advisory-promotes-adam-cottrell-26918.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pic Complete  4 3bn Rolls royce Buyout</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In order to achieve continuity of service, including the Trustee&rsquo;s digitally focussed approach, PIC has appointed Brightwell as its administration partner. Brightwell has set up a new, dedicated office in Derby and the existing Rolls-Royce administration team, who were already based in Derby, have transferred to Brightwell to ensure that expertise is retained.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Liz Airey, Chair of Trustees, Rolls-Royce UK Pension Fund, said: </strong>&ldquo;This has been an exceptionally smooth transition process, a remarkable achievement given the size of the scheme and the complexity of moving the administration at the same time. I want to thank the whole team at PIC and Brightwell for their focus on the needs of the members. I have no doubt that we made the right choice and that the members will be exceptionally well looked after as PIC policyholders.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Pete Rennalls, Head of New Business Delivery at PIC, said: </strong>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s been a pleasure to work with Liz and her team during the transition process. Our strong working relationship allowed us to complete the process within just nine months. This transition is a great example of what can be achieved with good preparation, expert partners, close working relationships, a supportive sponsor, and an unwavering focus on members&rsquo; needs.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Andy Rose, Head of Pension Services at PIC, said: </strong>&ldquo;This achievement represents an important milestone in our long-term commitment and focus on delivering the highest levels of customer care for our policyholders. I&rsquo;d like to express my thanks to Liz and the whole team at Rolls-Royce and Brightwell for their incredible support and collaboration over the past nine months. Reaching this milestone together is something we feel very proud of. Looking ahead we are excited to work with our new partner Brightwell to provide a high-quality, outcome focussed customer experience &ndash; making sure our policyholders continue to receive the support and care they deserve for the long term.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>James Pearson, Head of Member Services Operations at Brightwell, said:</strong> &ldquo;This has been a major collaborative effort. By retaining the existing Rolls-Royce administration team and combining that experience with our technology platform, we can continue to deliver a reliable and high-quality service to policyholders on behalf of PIC.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The newly opened Derby office, was officially opened by Baggy Shanker, Labour and Co-operative MP for Derby South. A former Rolls-Royce employee and long-standing supporter of investment in the region, Mr Shanker met with PIC senior management and the Brightwell team during the visit and took part in the commemorative ribbon ceremony.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Baggy Shanker, MP for Derby South, said:</strong> &ldquo;Rolls-Royce has both a proud history and bright future in Derby. I was pleased to visit Brightwell&rsquo;s new Derby office, meet the team based here, and welcome skilled work being retained locally.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pic-complete--4-3bn-rolls-royce-buyout-26913.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mansion House Speech Marks A Legacy Moment </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Commenting, Charlotte Kennedy, Chartered Financial Planner at Rathbones, says:</strong> &ldquo;The Chancellor&rsquo;s Mansion House speech had all the hallmarks of a swan song, serving as both a defence of the government&rsquo;s economic record and a statement of intent that may ultimately be carried forward by a different administration. With Andy Burnham all but set to be handed the keys to No.10, the speech was as much about cementing a legacy as setting the direction of travel.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;That comes at a time when investors are already feeling uneasy about the UK&rsquo;s outlook.  Our latest polling found that economic growth (42%) and political uncertainty (41%) are now the biggest concerns for UK investors, comfortably ahead of interest rates and inflation. Against that backdrop, the Chancellor&rsquo;s repeated emphasis on stability, investment and long-term growth was clearly intended to reassure markets that the UK&rsquo;s economic framework remains robust despite the prospect of political change.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For investors, the more important question isn&rsquo;t who forms the next government, but which policies survive the transition. Many of the financial reforms introduced over the past two years now appear firmly embedded. Measures to encourage greater participation in investing through ISA and unlocking pension capital for productive investment, modernise financial markets through digital innovation, and increase lending to households and businesses are structural changes designed to strengthen the UK&rsquo;s investment landscape over the long term. They are unlikely to be dismantled simply because there is a change of government.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;A Burnham administration will, of course, seek to put its own stamp on the economy, with its own priorities for growth, regional investment and public spending. But unpicking reforms that deepen capital markets, improve access to finance and encourage long-term investment would create uncertainty at precisely the time investors are looking for greater confidence and policy consistency.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Our polling also highlights that investors&rsquo; concerns extend well beyond domestic politics. Nearly half (46%) cite geopolitical developments as the biggest risk facing global markets over the next 12 months, ahead of concerns about recession or market valuations. While Westminster is entering a period of political transition, investors ultimately care more about policy certainty than political personalities.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Whether it&rsquo;s the outgoing Chancellor or a Prime Minister-in-waiting setting the agenda, governments come and go, but successful investing depends on looking beyond the electoral cycle. Maintaining a diversified portfolio, staying invested and focusing on long-term financial goals remains the most effective way to navigate periods of political and market uncertainty.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/mansion-house-speech-marks-a-legacy-moment--26915.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>15 Million Workers Risk Inadequate Retirement Incomes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Working Group recommends action across six areas: a more stable pensions tax framework, better targeted education and digital support, wider use of sidecar savings, extension of automatic enrolment, support for CDC as a mainstream retirement model, and reform of the State Pension.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Saye Mkangama, Chair, ACA Adequacy Working Group said: </strong>&ldquo;Automatic enrolment has been a major success in increasing pension participation, but we know from the data that participation alone will not deliver adequate retirement outcomes for everyone.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Our report focuses on practical reforms that can improve outcomes without relying solely on higher employer contribution rates. That means rebuilding trust in the system, making engagement more relevant and accessible, using inertia more effectively, and exploring delivery models that can provide better outcomes for the same cost.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The Pensions Commission's interim report rightly sets out the scale of the challenge. The priority now should be turning evidence into action through practical reforms that can be implemented in the short term. Millions of people are approaching retirement without adequate savings, and the challenge can no longer wait.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The <a href="https://aca.org.uk/aca-warns-15-million-workers-risk-inadequate-retirement-incomes-and-urges-pensions-commission-to-back-cdc-and-auto-enrolment-reforms/"><strong>report</strong></a> highlights that even modest changes can have meaningful long-term effects. Modelling included in the report shows that additional voluntary saving, earlier and greater saving through automatic enrolment and CDC-style risk sharing could materially improve retirement outcomes.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/15-million-workers-risk-inadequate-retirement-incomes-26912.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>State Pension Age Income Tax Payers Rise By Over 1 Million</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&quot;The State Pension remains the bedrock of retirement income for many pensioners and is a vital protection against poverty in later life. As the value of the State Pension continues to increase, it is inevitable that more pensioners will pay Income Tax. While this may feel unfair to some retirees whose income comes largely from the State Pension, taxation is increasingly becoming the most cost-effective way for government to distinguish between those with more and less retirement income while preserving the universal nature of the State Pension.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Pensioners are not a uniform group and, while some rely heavily on the State Pension, many benefit from occupational and private pension savings built up over decades. The policy challenge should not be preventing pensioners from ever paying tax, but reducing pensioner poverty and ensuring support is targeted at those who need it most.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For example, Pension Credit continues to provide an important safety net for those on the lowest incomes and remains a key tool in tackling hardship in retirement. However, hundreds of thousands of eligible, low-income pensioners are missing out on this vital additional financial support.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As State Pension costs continue to rise alongside an ageing population, the Government must balance maintaining adequate retirement incomes with the need to ensure the system remains sustainable and fair to all taxpayers.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/income-tax-liabilities-statistics-tax-year-2023-to-2024-to-tax-year-2026-to-2027/bulletin-commentary"><em>https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/income-tax-liabilities-statistics-tax-year-2023-to-2024-to-tax-year-2026-to-2027/bulletin-commentary</em></a></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/state-pension-age-income-tax-payers-rise-by-over-1-million-26916.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Growth In Sole Trustee Market Slows </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Hymans Robertson 2026-sole-trustee-landscape-report.pdf"><strong>The 2026 Sole trustee landscape report </strong></a>reveals that growth of sole trustee appointments has more than halved on average over the last three years, relative to the previous three years. In the last year, appointments grew by 5% among firms surveyed, compared to 13% in the year before. While significant growth was common in past years, the paper shows the market is now expanding much more slowly, as professional trusteeship becomes more widespread and consolidation reduces the number of schemes available for new appointments.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Looking at factors that are impacting sole trustee growth, the report from the leading pensions and financial services consultancy also highlights that smaller schemes remain an important source of demand. It shows there has been a 5% increase in the market share of appointments for schemes with fewer than 100 members, up from 40% in 2025. It&rsquo;s expected that growth will continue to be driven by this group, as these schemes make up the lion&rsquo;s share of the market. The report also highlights that member nominated trustees retiring will be a factor that continues to contribute to growth in sole trusteeship for smaller schemes. Looking at drivers for larger schemes, the analysis revealed a developing trend for running on by these schemes that may extend the growth of sole trustee appointments.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the current state of the sole trustee market and what the future holds, Shani McKenzie, Head of Sole Trustee Services, Hymans Robertson, says: </strong>&ldquo;The sole trustee market is still growing, but the change in pace of growth over the last few years points to a market that is evolving. We&rsquo;ll continue to see conversion of board appointments to sole trusteeship as well as new appointments, but professional trustees are now present in more than half of DB and hybrid schemes. This, alongside the consolidation of schemes, means we&rsquo;re unlikely to see the strong growth rates that we observed historically.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;That does not mean demand has disappeared. There remains significant scope for growth among the 80% of smaller DB and hybrid schemes with less than &pound;100m in assets or fewer than 1,000 members. There&rsquo;s good scope for growth in larger schemes too, although these arrangements often have more choice of governance options available to them. In addition, the emergence of run-on as a more widely considered option, should prove to be an important factor for offsetting consolidation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Consolidation and the expanding endgame landscape are providing new opportunities for professional trustees. Our survey shows that sole trustee appointments are currently the most common role of a professional trustee. However, new roles in other areas and emerging consolidators of multiple schemes will require new measures of growth and market share.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;All this means that the future growth in professional and sole trusteeship is likely to be more nuanced than the rapid expansion that we&rsquo;ve seen historically. The most successful firms in this environment will be the ones that have diverse resource, strong governance and are flexible to work with a range of scheme sizes and a wider range of endgame journeys.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/growth-in-sole-trustee-market-slows--26917.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Possibility Of The Spa Rising To 68 Earlier Than Planned</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Catherine Foot, Director of the Standard Life Centre for the Future of Retirement said:</strong> &ldquo;The state pension remains a critical element of retirement incomes in the UK for millions of people, and the reports that state pension age increases could be accelerated are a reflection of the difficult balancing act Government faces in keeping the system affordable while people live longer, and ensuring it remains fair and adequate for those who rely on it.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The challenging reality is that our research shows the pressures are already being felt most acutely by those least able to adapt to the current increase. Over a quarter of those directly affected by rises in state pension age say they are struggling to make ends meet day-to-day &ndash; compared to just one in seven of those above state pension age &ndash; and more than a third of people in their early 60s say they expect they will need to work for longer as a result.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;However, our modelling shows that 44% of defined contribution pension savers who could be affected by a rise in the State Pension Age to 68 are already not on track to achieve the retirement they expect. What's more, around one in seven (14%) are not confident they can work until their planned retirement age and lack significant private wealth to fall back on.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The impact is also uneven across income groups, with twice as many lower earners expecting a significant impact on their household finances compared with higher earners. An additional consideration if these changes come to pass is the impact it will have on Gen X who would be the first affected. This generation haven&rsquo;t received the full benefit of either Defined Benefit or Defined Contribution pension systems and as result, many are currently tracking towards a significant drop in living standard in retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;An official review of the state pension age is underway so we should not take these reports as the outcome but the discussion about how we balance fairness and affordability of the state pension is one we can expect to hear much more on in the coming months.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/possibility-of-the-spa-rising-to-68-earlier-than-planned-26919.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 15 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tpr Publishes New Five Year Corporate Strategy</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>That is why TPR today published its new Corporate Strategy centred around a clear vision: that people have a sustainable income in retirement, supported by a pensions system that provides security and value for all.</p>

<p>To achieve the vision TPR will focus on delivering the greatest impact for members across three areas: raising governance standards, driving value for money, and improving sustainable outcomes at retirement.</p>

<p>And to help schemes navigate the coming years against the backdrop of the Pension Schemes Act 2026 reshaping the market, a new roadmap outlines when industry will need to engage, comply and deliver for members.</p>

<p>Today&rsquo;s suite of publications provides a clear line of sight for the industry on TPR&rsquo;s priorities and expectations, providing a &lsquo;no surprises&rsquo; approach so industry understands what TPR will be focusing on and when:</p>

<div><em>A sustainable retirement income for all &ndash; <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/tpr-corporate-strategy-2026-2031-july-2026.pdf"><strong>Our Corporate Strategy 2026-31</strong></a> sets out the outcomes that will drive TPR&rsquo;s work and prioritisation over the next five years, as it takes an active, system-wide role in making pensions work for members.</em></div>

<div><em><a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/document-library/corporate-information/corporate-plans/corporate-plan-2026-27"><strong>The Corporate Plan 2026-27</strong></a> sets out the areas TPR will focus on over the next year in pursuit of its strategic priorities and how it will measure performance.</em></div>

<div><em><a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/pension-schemes-act-2026/pensions-reform-roadmap"><strong>The Regulatory Roadmap</strong></a> provides the industry with visibility of when TPR, and our partners in Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) and the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), will be engaging on pensions reform through consultations, regulation and guidance, including forthcoming milestones on value for money, guided retirement, collective defined contribution schemes and defined benefit surplus release.</em></div>

<p><strong>Emma Douglas, Chair of TPR, said:</strong> &ldquo;We are moving towards a system of fewer, larger, well-run schemes, able to invest in diverse assets in the interests of members, and potentially the UK economy.</p>

<p>&ldquo;As the market consolidates and evolves, our role is not simply to respond to change but to actively shape it. We will set clear direction, working closely with the FCA, DWP and industry partners, use our regulatory powers with intent, and influence how the market develops so that scale and innovation are harnessed in service of better member outcomes.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Nausicaa Delfas, Chief Executive of TPR, said:</strong> &quot;Our full focus is on ensuring that people receive what matters most: a sustainable income in retirement. Our new strategy and plan set out our blueprint to protect, enhance and support innovation and growth across the whole pensions journey, from saving through to retirement. This marks a significant departure from TPR&rsquo;s previous strategy which centred on the accumulation phase, and is the latest demonstration of our move towards system-wide and outcome-focused regulation.&rdquo;</p>

<p>TPR&rsquo;s new Corporate Plan sets out the detail of how TPR will deliver on its vision of a sustainable income in retirement over the next year with a focus on:</p>

<div><em><strong>Scheme governance: </strong>raising the quality of scheme governance and administration across schemes, including through the implementation of a new &lsquo;common supervisory framework&rsquo; and risk assessment model to inform how TPR directs its regulatory efforts for impact and efficiency.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Value for money:</strong> enhancing the value for money that people experience throughout their pensions journey. Key activities include supporting DWP in drafting the value for money framework regulations, collaborating with the FCA to ensure regulatory alignment. In addition, we will publish guidance on the extraction of defined benefit surplus, while protecting member security and scheme sustainability.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Retirement:</strong> ensuring members are confident entering retirement and can transition smoothly into products that provide a sustainable income in later life. TPR will work with DWP on the development of the regulatory framework for guided retirement, working with DWP and FCA to ensure alignment of member experience between trust- and contract-based schemes. We will also deliver a fully operational framework for connected and unconnected multi-employer CDC schemes.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>An efficient and effective TPR: </strong>further strengthen TPR as a modern, capable and data-driven regulator. Activities include delivery against TPR&rsquo;s recently-published AI Plan setting out TPR&rsquo;s expectations on how AI will be governed and used within the pensions sector.</em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-publishes-new-five-year-corporate-strategy-26908.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Women And Younger Savers Face Ongoing Barriers To Pensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The latest findings reveal that levels of confidence vary significantly by both gender and generation. Women are around 50% more likely than men to say they do not know how much they trust the pensions industry (22% compared with 15%), while just 24% rate their trust at seven or above out of ten, compared with 35% of men. Only 3% of women award the industry the highest possible trust score, compared with 5% of men.</p>

<p>The research also highlights a stark generational divide. More than half (55%) of 18- to 24-year-olds say they have had no interaction with their pension provider in the last 12 months &ndash; more than double the proportion of those aged 55 and over (23%). This lower level of engagement is reflected in confidence levels, with a third (34%) of younger adults saying they do not know whether they trust pension providers and 42% unsure whether their pension will enable them to live comfortably in retirement.</p>

<p>At the other end of the spectrum, older savers are far more engaged with their pensions. Almost half (48%) of those aged 55 and over describe their most recent interaction with their pension provider as positive &ndash; the highest of any age group. Yet this greater engagement is not necessarily translating into greater confidence, with four in ten (40%) saying they do not believe their pension will provide a comfortable retirement.</p>

<p>Taken together, the findings suggest that while trust in the pensions industry continues to edge upwards overall, uncertainty remains a significant challenge. For younger savers, that uncertainty appears alongside lower levels of engagement, while for those approaching retirement it centres on whether they have saved enough to achieve the retirement they expect.</p>

<p><strong>Daniel Taylor, Client Director at Trafalgar House, said: </strong>&ldquo;The findings highlight an important distinction between trust and confidence. It is possible for trust in the industry to improve while many savers still feel uncertain about their own retirement position. This matters because trust is one of the conditions that enables people to take action. If savers lack confidence, feel unsure or fear making the wrong decision, they are more likely to disengage or defer decisions about their retirement.</p>

<p>&quot;The generational differences are particularly telling. If younger savers are waiting until later in life to engage with their pensions, the industry risks missing valuable opportunities to build understanding and confidence. At the same time, older savers are engaging but are looking for reassurance that they are on track.</p>

<p>&quot;The answer is not simply more communication; it is better communication.  Trust is built when savers receive information they can rely on, in a form they can understand and use. Accuracy, clarity and relevance are what help turn communication into confidence, and confidence into action.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/women-and-younger-savers-face-ongoing-barriers-to-pensions-26906.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Accumulation Alert  Remembering The 2011 Thai Floods</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/9DWggBP1PtQ?si=a3uv62PsHx0RQ2yU" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/accumulation-alert--remembering-the-2011-thai-floods-26911.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ppf Publish Latest Ppf7800 Index Figures For June 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>A scheme&rsquo;s s179 liabilities represent, broadly speaking, the premium that would have to be paid to an insurance company to take on the payment of PPF levels of compensation. This compensation may be lower than full scheme benefits.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Highlights  </strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PPF7800July2026.jpg" style="height:212px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Aaron Pang, PPF Acting Chief Actuary, said: </strong>&ldquo;Market conditions were relatively stable over June. Slightly lower bond yields led to modest increases in liability values, while rising equity markets contributed to a small improvement in the overall surplus position. Against this backdrop, the aggregate funding position of schemes in the PPF 7800 Index remained broadly unchanged. The 4,838 schemes in the index had an estimated surplus of &pound;264.0 billion and a funding ratio of 131.1 per cent. The deficit of schemes in deficit increased by &pound;1.4 billion to &pound;21.8 billion, reflecting the application of PPF drift to some schemes in that group over the month.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A note on changes to the PPF 7800 Index</strong></div>

<div>In our December 2025 update, we highlighted that the government had announced that it would legislate to allow us to pay prospective indexation starting from 2027 for service accrued pre-1997 for members of schemes who provided this as a right. As well as schemes that have already transferred to the PPF, this will also impact the s179 liabilities of schemes in the PPF universe. In April the Pension Schemes Act received Royal Assent. As we&rsquo;ve signposted, we&rsquo;ll reflect the impact from these changes in the PPF 7800 Index in due course.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>View the July update and see the supporting data on the 7800 Index for 30 June 2026 here: <a href="https://www.ppf.co.uk/ppf-7800-index">The PPF 7800 index | Pension Protection Fund.</a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ppf-publish-latest-ppf7800-index-figures-for-june-2026-26907.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Industry Comments On Latest Ppf7800 Figures For June 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Jaime Norman, Senior Actuarial Director at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Broadly placid market conditions &ndash; at least for recent times &ndash; in June meant that the funding position of defined benefit pension schemes remained largely unchanged with just a small increase in the aggregate surplus. Meanwhile, the implementation of the Pension Schemes Act continues to progress which expands the endgame opportunities available to schemes, and we&rsquo;d expect a busy half year in the pensions derisking market too given elevated funding levels. Geopolitical uncertainty never seems to be too far away and the entrance of a new Prime Minister in the UK as well as the resumption of conflict in Iran demonstrate how vigilant trustees must remain. They will be closely watching inflation expectations and market volatility to ensure their investment strategy remains appropriate for their chosen long-term objectives.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<p><strong>Vishal Makkar, Managing Director, UK Wealth Consulting at Gallagher comments: </strong>&ldquo;The UK&rsquo;s DB schemes have kept a level footing, with the aggregate surplus rising to &pound;264.0bn. Funding levels are not the issue. But how trustees should allocate these surplus funds is less clear. The Government currently estimates that the UK&rsquo;s DB schemes are in a &pound;160 billion surplus, stoking the debate on who should benefit the most: scheme sponsors, members, or insurers through buyout. With the Department for Work and Pensions' consultation on surplus rules closing on 2nd September, trustees and sponsors are weighing up their options. Do they pursue a buyout, run on the scheme, use any excess to enhance member benefits or allow the sponsor to use the surplus e.g. for expenses, another pension arrangement etc.? For smaller schemes or those with weaker sponsor covenants, buyout might be the most straightforward route. For larger schemes with strong governance and sponsor support, running on may be a viable option. When a scheme is approaching the end of its lifecycle, trustees need an evidence-led view of the scheme they actually run, and not the scheme they would like to have. In an evolving market, defining the buffer for a low-dependency funding level is rarely simple, requiring careful and sound judgement. It is up to trustees to weigh pressure from sponsors against their fiduciary duty to protect the interests of scheme members.&quot;</p>
</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ppf-publish-latest-ppf7800-index-figures-for-june-2026-26907.htm"><strong>PPF publish latest PPF7800 Index figures for June 2026</strong></a></p>
</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/industry-comments-on-latest-ppf7800-figures-for-june-2026-26909.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Industry Needs Consensus On Sustainable Pension Policies</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Pensions Management Institute (PMI) has today published its response to the Pensions Commission's Interim Report, welcoming its thoughtful approach to tackling retirement adequacy while urging policymakers and the pensions industry not to delay action that could benefit savers today. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>In its <a href="https://www.pensions-pmi.org.uk/media/ulih1dyu/pensions-commission-interim-report-pmi-outline-response-ppawg.pdf"><strong>response</strong></a>, the PMI highlights the importance of building any future pensions settlement on the principles of simplicity, stability and savers. It calls for a long-term framework that gives members confidence, enables employers to continue investing in good pension provision and allows schemes to innovate responsibly.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The PMI supports the Commission's ambition to improve adequacy, fairness and sustainability across the UK pensions system. However, it argues that meaningful progress can be made now through practical industry-led changes, without waiting for major legislative reform or the Commission's final recommendations. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Today's adequacy challenges are already affecting millions of savers, the PMI says, and points to a range of improvements that could be progressed immediately, including better member communications, stronger retirement support, improved transfer processes and more robust oversight of default investment strategies. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Helen Forrest Hall, Chief Strategy Officer at the PMI, said: </strong>&quot;The Pensions Commission is right to take the time needed to develop a lasting consensus on the future of pensions. But while that longer-term vision is being shaped, savers cannot afford to wait. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;There are practical steps the industry, employers and pension professionals can take now to improve retirement outcomes, strengthen engagement and support better decision-making. These actions do not require new mandates, they require leadership, collaboration and a shared commitment to putting savers first. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The next phase of pensions reform must be built on simplicity, stability and trust. If we create a system that people understand and have confidence in, we will be far better placed to close the adequacy gap and deliver the retirement outcomes people deserve.&quot; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Financial resilience is key </strong></div>

<div>The PMI's response also highlights the growing importance of wider financial resilience, including the impact of housing costs, insecure employment and short-term savings needs on people's ability to save for retirement. Drawing on evidence from its Lifetime Savings Initiative, the Institute argues that retirement adequacy cannot be considered in isolation from broader financial wellbeing. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>As the Commission continues its work, the PMI has offered to convene pension managers, trustees, administrators, independent governance committees and employers to provide practical operational insight into how future reforms can be successfully delivered. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Institute believes practitioner expertise will be vital in ensuring that any future reforms work not only in theory but in practice, helping to create a simpler, more coherent and saver-centred pensions system. </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/industry-needs-consensus-on-sustainable-pension-policies-26910.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Oil Surges  Trump  039 s Strategy Backfires Amid Inflation Fears</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&quot;Stasis has taken over markets as investors wait for the latest twist in the Iran conflict and brace for higher energy prices to filter through to economies. Brent crude has surged even higher, topping $84 a barrel, while European gas prices have shot up to levels not seen in three months.</p>

<p>The Strait of Hormuz is once again a dangerous flashpoint and fast becoming a highly expensive one. For weeks, speculation has swirled about Iran imposing tolls, and now the US has jumped into the fray, demanding hefty payments from nations using the Strait. President Trump has called for a 20% reimbursement on cargoes transiting the waterway, although he did not specify whether this would be based on the value of the cargo, shipping costs or another measure, leaving big questions over how such a levy could be implemented. It could also lead to fresh political fractures between the US and its allies in the Gulf, given that their shipments look set to be targeted in return for the US helping to secure shipping lanes. Given that the Strait had been toll-free before the latest escalation, and that the current stand-off has been intensified by the recent exchange of strikes between the US and Iran, there's likely to be growing frustration at this turn of events. For now, the UAE is directing its anger towards Iran, particularly after overnight attacks on tankers, but diplomatic fault lines could quickly emerge if Gulf nations are presented with a hefty bill for US protection, potentially souring relations with some of Washington's closest regional allies.</p>

<p>Trump's foreign policy looks increasingly counterproductive. Not only has the confrontation with Iran pushed up energy prices and threatened a vital shipping artery, but efforts to curb Beijing's export machine also appear to be falling short. China's trade surplus widened to $125.62 billion in June from $105.43 billion in May, making it among the largest monthly surpluses on record. Exports have revved up another gear, surging 27% from a year earlier as strong demand for technology products, alongside a rush to beat looming tariff deadlines, helped power shipments. It also underlines how China has forged stronger trading relationships with countries around the world, helping to cushion the impact of Washington's trade offensive. Imports also surged, suggesting efforts by Beijing to stimulate domestic demand are beginning to bear fruit, with consumer subsidies, easier monetary policy and increased infrastructure spending helping to lift activity.</p>

<p>Inflationary pressures are beginning to build again, with oil and gas prices shooting higher just as investors prepare for the latest snapshot of US consumer prices. Unease is also showing up in bond markets, with the yield on the benchmark US 10-year Treasury hovering around 4.62%, close to two-month highs. In today's CPI snapshot, headline inflation is expected to ease to around 3.8%, reflecting lower gasoline prices during much of June, but the key metric for policymakers will be core inflation, which is expected to remain sticky at around 2.9% year-on-year. With oil prices surging again following the renewed conflict in the Strait of Hormuz, investors will be looking beyond today's data to gauge how quickly higher energy costs could feed through into inflation in the months ahead. A softer-than-expected reading could revive hopes for lower borrowing costs and lift equity markets, while a hotter print would likely send Treasury yields and the dollar higher, piling fresh pressure on stocks.</p>

<p>Back in Westminster, Andy Burnham's path to Number 10 has been smoothed after he picked up another 27 Labour MP nominations overnight, taking his tally to 349 and effectively ending any prospect of a leadership contest. He's pledged to stick to Labour's fiscal rules while maintaining support for business investment, a balancing act likely to reassure bond markets but one which leaves little room for expensive policy giveaways. One thing is certain &ndash; he'll inherit an overflowing in-tray. Pressure is already mounting from business groups for a more ambitious growth agenda, with the CBI among those urging swift action to reduce industrial electricity costs, arguing that Britain's high energy prices are undermining competitiveness and deterring investment. Balancing fiscal discipline with mounting demands to kick-start growth could prove one of Burnham's first, and toughest, challenges in Downing Street.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/oil-surges--trump--039-s-strategy-backfires-amid-inflation-fears-26904.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Government Needs To Go Further To Create A Nation Of Savers</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>While the Government has considered several measures to encourage savers to invest their cash, including cutting the annual cash Isa limit, leading mutual Scottish Friendly says it needs to go further if it is to change the nation&rsquo;s mindset. This means introducing measures that tackle the main barriers to investing for most people.</p>

<p>Scottish Friendly&rsquo;s own research reveals that 26% of British adults are &lsquo;nervous&rsquo; about investing, 16% feel &lsquo;overwhelmed&rsquo; and 10% describe themselves as &lsquo;terrified&rsquo;.</p>

<p>Among non-investors, the biggest deterrent is the fear of losing money (34%), followed by the fear of making the wrong decisions (26%), not having enough money (24%) and concerns over market volatility (20%).</p>

<p><strong>Ahead of the Mansion House speech, on 14 July, Scottish Friendly is therefore calling on the Government to:</strong></p>

<div><em>Tackle savers' core fears directly through its &quot;Savvy Squirrel&quot; campaign, which is designed to encourage more people into markets.</em></div>

<div><em>Act on the Risk Warning Review's recommendations and soften disclosure rules that require investment firms to warn of potential losses.</em></div>

<div><em>Commission a review into how the tax system could do more to encourage stock market investment more broadly, particularly in domestic equities.</em></div>

<div><em>Simplify the Isa regime to make it easier for savers to become investors.</em></div>

<p><strong>Stephen McGee, CEO at Scottish Friendly, said:</strong> &ldquo;The Government is right to aspire for the UK to become a nation of investors, but achieving that will take a multi-pronged approach that gets to the root of savers' fears. People avoid the stock market because they don't understand ISAs, they're scared of losing money and there's little support to help them understand and manage that risk.</p>

<p>&quot;We also need a regulatory regime that encourages investing rather than discourages it. Potential investors are constantly bombarded with warnings that they could lose money, which doesn&rsquo;t help. It&rsquo;s a bit like a car salesman warning you the car might break down before you've even bought it. It's little wonder people walk away.</p>

<p>&quot;If the Government is serious about turning us into a nation of investors, it needs to go a lot further. That means tackling fear head-on through campaigns like Savvy Squirrel, easing disclosure rules and using the tax system properly to encourage long-term investment in UK companies. Bold rhetoric is easy. Bold policy is harder &ndash; and that's what's needed here.&quot;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/government-needs-to-go-further-to-create-a-nation-of-savers-26905.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 14 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>You Turn My Vix Into Dimes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Alex White, FIA, Global Head of Quantitative Modelling at Gallagher</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div>So we took different VIX levels and compared the average (ln excess) return for subsequent months (out of 435 total), conditional on whether the VIX was above or below each level. The long term average level has been 20.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>VIX levels against next month&rsquo;s returns- source Gallagher, Bloomberg, Refinitiv</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AlexWhiteVix11307261.jpg" style="height:518px; width:426px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>This suggests that higher levels of VIX can predict higher subsequent returns. So should we all &ldquo;buy the dip&rdquo;?<br />
<br />
Well, maybe. The risk is this all makes sense mathematically without the VIX having any extra information- when the VIX has spiked, that&rsquo;s generally because equities have just fallen. So returns just after a big loss are higher than those from a larger sample that includes the big loss.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Perhaps the most informative insight comes from looking at absolute values of returns. While excess returns have been essentially uncorrelated month on month, their absolute values have been 20% autocorrelated, and initial VIX levels are almost 50% correlated with subsequent absolute moves. In other words, volatility shows a degree of short-term persistence. So spikes in the VIX can predict spikes in short term volatility. More underwhelming conclusions have probably been reached, but I can&rsquo;t think of many.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>So what happens when you try to make it a trading algorithm? You wouldn&rsquo;t have known, in 1990, that the average VIX level would be about 20[2], so we use rolling percentiles. We also allow 5 years to run to stabilise the levels, but this doesn&rsquo;t materially change the outputs. We then add 20% exposure when the VIX is in the bottom 20% of rolling historical levels, and reduce by 20% when it&rsquo;s in the top 20% (&ldquo;Buy the dip&rdquo;). We also add another strategy, &ldquo;Sell the Risk&rdquo;, which does the exact opposite.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Trading based on VIX levels - source Gallagher, Bloomberg, Refinitiv</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AlexWhiteVix21307261.jpg" style="height:108px; width:496px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>This paints a more nuanced picture. Returns may be higher, but when VIX is elevated risk-adjusted returns are broadly worse (this is true even if we adjust the strategies so they give an overall average exposure of 100%). It also treats equities in isolation- but after a fall, portfolios are likely to be underweight equity. And the fall in Sharpe can be explained by the maths, as log returns don&rsquo;t scale linearly.</div>

<div>So what should investors do in periods of heightened volatility? Well, broadly just keep calm, look for opportunities and dislocations, and trust their SAAs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>[1] An index of implied volatilities for options on the S&P500</em></span></div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>[2] arguably this is less of an issue here than in other cases, such as what should P/E ratios be, because there are long-term equity series with long-term volatilities, and we know equities have fat-tails, so a rational investor in 1990 would likely have guessed a number that was something a bit bigger than 15%. But whether the &ldquo;right&rdquo; number was 16 or 25 would have been less knowable.</em></span></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/you-turn-my-vix-into-dimes-26899.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Tensions Fuel Inflation Concerns</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&quot;The AI rollercoaster has set off again, just as a fresh escalation of attacks in the Middle East spread fresh jitters across markets, pushing up energy prices and government borrowing costs. Equity markets are set for a downbeat start to the week, after sharp losses in Asia, with a flat start for London&rsquo;s Footsie and Wall Street stocks looking likely to fall at the start of trading. </p>

<p>US military forces hit dozens of sites in an attempt to wrest control of the Strait of Hormuz from Iran, and Tehran has retaliated by hitting US bases in the region. The war has underlined the huge importance of the waterway, which is so vital for shipments from the region. The Strait has become the United States' Achilles' heel in this conflict and Iran's strongest bargaining chip. It&rsquo;s a strategic chokepoint that gives Tehran disproportionate leverage despite America's overwhelming military superiority. With the chance of negotiations seizing up again, and this fresh flare-up of attacks, it&rsquo;s sent oil prices racing up 4% above $79 a barrel. European and UK gas prices have also surged, back up to levels last seen a month ago. While prices are still not at crisis levels, the creep upwards will ignite fresh inflationary worries and concerns about how far higher interest rates could move. That&rsquo;s being reflected in the bond markets, with yields on gilts and US Treasuries rising, demonstrating how investors are becoming increasingly skittish about how far central bank policy will have to move to keep a lid on inflation.</p>

<p>The resumption of attacks is hitting airline stocks, with IAG, the owner of British Airways, falling by more than 2% and Wizz Air also lower. Airlines have come under pressure as investors assess the prospect of higher fuel costs and the potential for further disruption to flight schedules in the region. Heathrow has already provided a reminder of how the conflict is affecting passenger demand. The airport reported a 1.8% fall in passenger numbers in June, with 7.2 million travellers passing through its four terminals, down from 7.4 million a year earlier. Heathrow said the decline reflected the &quot;continued suppression of Middle East traffic&quot; because of the conflict, although demand on transatlantic routes remained robust, with around two million passengers travelling between Heathrow and North America during the month. But with missiles landing once again across the Middle East there will be worries that the confidence of the travelling public will be dented yet again, just as there were hopes that flight patterns would start to get back to normal.</p>

<p>There&rsquo;s been another sharp sell-off of semiconductor stocks after the roaring debut of South Korea&rsquo;s SK Hynix on the Nasdaq on Friday sparked a wave of profit-taking. The main shares are listed on South Korea&rsquo;s KOSPI and plunged 15% as investors exited their positions. Given the huge weight of the stock on the index, it triggered circuit breakers as falls of 8% were registered, to stop a broader slide in the index.</p>

<p>It was always going to be a volatile ride after the company's American depositary receipts began trading at such a heady valuation. The offer was seven times oversubscribed and SK Hynix ADRs initially shot up 14%. The FOMO effect was super strong, with US retail investors fearful of missing out on buying into the stars of the AI show. While companies right now can&rsquo;t get enough of SK Hynix's products, there are concerns that a lot of this demand has been front-loaded and will ultimately prove cyclical, as investor attention gradually shifts from the companies building the AI revolution to those finding the most profitable ways to use it. These niggles of worry, combined with inflationary concerns and the drop in sentiment as the war in the Middle East kicked off again, have triggered the sell-off and volatility is set to reign over the sector in the coming days and weeks.</p>

<p>Investors are also bracing for a barrage of corporate earnings, inflation data and fresh scrutiny of central bank policy, which could set the tone for markets over the days ahead. As geopolitical risk swirls, all eyes will be on the new Fed Chair, Kevin Warsh, as he appears before the House Financial Services Committee on Tuesday and the Senate Banking Committee on Wednesday. It'll be the first real opportunity to assess how he intends to lead the world's most influential central bank, and to what extent he'll deflect any attempts by the White House to influence policy from the sidelines.</p>

<p>Investors will be hanging on every word for clues about the path for interest rates, especially given that the last Fed minutes showed several policymakers remain concerned that inflation risks haven't fully receded, keeping expectations for interest rate hikes alive. Tuesday's inflation report will add fuel to the fire of speculation. Headline CPI is expected to ease to around 3.8%, down from May's 4.2%, largely because the sharp energy price spike seen earlier this year is expected to have less influence on the annual comparison. However, the key metric will be core inflation, which is forecast to remain stubbornly close to 2.9%, underlining that underlying price pressures have proved much harder to shift. With energy prices moving upwards again and the massive investment pouring into AI infrastructure driving demand for everything from semiconductors and electricity to construction and skilled labour, investors will also be watching for signs that inflationary pressures remain more persistent than hoped.</p>

<p>While concerns about inflation could provide some downside, another burst of strong corporate results could keep the bulls charging. Wall Street's banking heavyweights are first out of the blocks as second-quarter earnings season gets underway, with JPMorgan, Bank of America, Citigroup, Goldman Sachs and Wells Fargo all reporting this week.</p>

<p>Investors will be looking for reassurance that trading activity has remained buoyant during another volatile quarter, while keeping a close eye on loan quality, net interest income and the outlook for consumer and business borrowing. There is also likely to be plenty of focus on investment banking divisions. After a lull, activity appears to have revved up, with IPOs, secondary share sales and mergers and acquisitions gathering momentum. The huge wave of investment pouring into artificial intelligence is likely to have created fresh financing opportunities. Banks are increasingly well placed to benefit from the next phase of the AI boom &ndash; not simply by financing technology companies, but by funding the vast data centres, power infrastructure and corporate acquisitions needed to support the AI revolution.</p>

<p>Closer to home, attention will turn to Thursday's GDP figures, which are expected to show the UK economy remained highly sluggish in May. Higher energy prices, weak business confidence and cautious consumers are all likely to have weighed on activity. Manufacturing is also expected to have remained under pressure, underlining how fragile the recovery remains. There may also be a chance to gauge the strength of feeling around the Bank of England's Monetary Policy Committee at Wednesday's Mansion House dinner. Bank of England Governor Andrew Bailey and Chancellor Rachel Reeves will set out their latest thinking on the economy, financial regulation and the government's ambitions for growth. Investors will be listening closely for any hints about the outlook for UK interest rates and whether policymakers believe the economy is finally beginning to turn a corner.</p>

<p>Political developments will also remain on investors' radar, with Andy Burnham expected to be confirmed as party leader on Friday, putting him on course to become Prime Minister the following week. His expected arrival in Downing Street has largely been priced in and, for now, investors appear relatively sanguine. Gilt yields had edged back slightly, before the latest ramp higher induced by the fresh attacks in the Middle East. Overall, it suggests bond markets don't currently see a Burnham premiership as a material threat to fiscal stability; however, some uncertainty will still linger. But with much of the political transition already priced in, and no expectation of an immediate clash with financial markets over fiscal policy, attention has shifted back to the bigger drivers of borrowing costs&mdash;inflation, interest rates and the health of the global economy.</p>

<p>While London&rsquo;s FTSE 100 is largely driven by the global outlook and corporate earnings, due to the international flavour of the companies listed, there could still be a mini-footy bounce incoming for domestically leaning consumer-focused stocks. A little extra cheer may filter through after England's convincing victory over Norway at the weekend. While the economic impact of a football win is often fleeting, sporting success has been shown to lift consumer confidence, with pubs, restaurants, supermarkets and drinks companies likely to benefit if the feel-good factor encourages celebratory spending.''</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-tensions-fuel-inflation-concerns-26896.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Investment Trends Across  200bn Master Trust Market Revealed</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The new analysis, covering 26 million members, provides the first comprehensive baseline of how more than &pound;200 billion in defined contribution (DC) master trust assets are allocated. It represents nine in 10 master trusts and three-quarters of the market by assets.</p>

<p>TPR has published the data as part of efforts to improve member outcomes, support economic growth, and prepare the market for the introduction of new value for money requirements helping to shift the focus in DC schemes from cost to value.</p>

<p>The data, collected from 25 master trusts, demonstrates that larger master trusts are those most substantially invested in private markets.</p>

<div><strong>It shows that:</strong></div>

<div><em>25 master trusts have invested a total of &pound;5.3 billion in unlisted UK private markets.</em></div>

<div><em>60% report some unlisted private market exposure &ndash; totalling &pound;12.3 billion &ndash; while around 20% report at least 5% of assets are invested in unlisted private markets.</em></div>

<div><em>half (50%) of members within default arrangements in the MTs surveyed are in defaults which invest at least 5% of their assets in unlisted private markets.</em></div>

<p><strong>Richard Knox, TPR&rsquo;s Executive Director, Strategy, Policy and Analysis, said:</strong> &ldquo;TPR does not tell schemes how to invest but we do challenge all schemes to deliver value for money. We want to see well-governed schemes confidently considering a broader range of investments, with potential to improve returns for members.</p>

<p>&ldquo;We expect trustees and administrators to review their strategy, governance arrangements and diversification in line with our <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/document-library/scheme-management-detailed-guidance/funding-and-investment-detailed-guidance/private-markets-investment">private market guidance</a>. Where schemes cannot demonstrate value, trustees should consider consolidation in members&rsquo; interests.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Collection of asset allocation data by TPR is envisaged to run annually until new legislative value for money (VFM) disclosure requirements are introduced under the Pension Schemes Act 2026 in 2028.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/investment-trends-across--200bn-master-trust-market-revealed-26900.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Abi Sets Out Recommendations To Improve Retirement Adequacy</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Commission&rsquo;s interim report, <a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/pensions-2050-evidence-and-future-priorities-interim-report"><strong>Pensions 2050: evidence and future priorities</strong></a>, finds that higher rates of private pension saving are needed to make sure low and middle earners have enough for an adequate retirement in later life. It concludes this will be best secured through the automatic enrolment system.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>With the Commission now inviting feedback, the ABI has set out how reforms to automatic enrolment could address the UK&rsquo;s significant levels of under-saving.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Increasing minimum automatic enrolment rates to 12% to boost pension pots by 50%</strong></div>

<div>The ABI&rsquo;s latest report, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PensionBee-pensions-adequacy-final-2026.pdf"><strong>Pensions Adequacy: Housing, Households and Auto-Enrolment</strong></a>, researched by the Pension Policy Institute, found that raising minimum contribution rates to 12% would have the largest impact on improving saving levels among employees earning above &pound;18,700. It has proposed splitting contributions equally among the employee and employer, resulting in a 1% rise for the employee and a 3% rise for the employer from current levels. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The analysis found that this increase would boost a median earner&rsquo;s eventual pension pot by 50% over the course of their employment. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Any increase should be introduced gradually over time  </strong></div>

<div>The ABI recognises that households and businesses continue to face significant financial pressures and that any increase in pension saving must be introduced carefully. The Commission's final recommendations should therefore set out a clear plan for improving retirement adequacy. This plan should address auto-enrolment eligibility rules and thresholds, as well as contribution levels, and include a clear timetable and phased approach to implementation so that all stakeholders can plan ahead. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>As the original roll-out of automatic enrolment demonstrated, careful phasing can help employers adapt to additional costs, limit impacts on take-home pay and support continued participation in pension saving. In this context, the ABI believes there should be an ambition to gradually introduce increased automatic enrolment contributions of 12% by the end of the 2030s. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The next phase of pension reforms will also need to command broad consensus if it is to stand the test of time. Achieving lasting change will require government, the pensions industry, employers and unions to work together to improve retirement outcomes.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Reform earnings limits to help low earners save more and higher earners save enough </strong></div>

<div>The ABI has urged the Commission to consider changes to the Lower Earnings Limit (LEL) and Upper Earnings Limit (UEL). Currently standing at &pound;6,240 and &pound;50,270 respectively, these amounts are the minimum and maximum level of earnings eligible for automatic enrolment pension contributions.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The trade body has suggested gradually lowering the LEL to &pound;0 to enable eligible workers to begin saving into their pension from the first pound. This has been found to improve outcomes for low-paid workers as it increases the part of their pay that is pensionable. Under the current system, some low-paid and part-time workers are only saving 3% of their total pay. Removing the limit is predicted to increase their eventual pension pot by 18% on average. Legislation to do this is already in place.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Uprating the UEL to &pound;65,700 would mean it reaching the level it would have done had it not been frozen at &pound;50,270 since 2021/22 which has meant that 600,000 employees are currently contributing less than 8% of pay. Instead, the UEL should be uprated gradually to &pound;65,700 and then annually in line with average earnings so that pension contributions keep track rather than fall as a proportion of earnings. This will make sure higher earners are saving enough to secure an adequate retirement. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Lower the eligibility age to 16 over time </strong></div>

<div>The ABI is also advocating for lowering the age when workers become eligible for a workplace pension from 22 to 16. This is because legislation to do this is already in place, and the benefits of starting to save early are well established. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>HMRC to examine how to streamline pension savings for self-employed people   </strong></div>

<div>For self-employed workers, saving rates are far below what is required. Just 17% of self-employed workers currently save into a private pension, which falls to just 4% for those who earn only from self-employment. These savers do not benefit from employer contributions, payroll deductions or the ease of the automatic enrolment system.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>In its response, the ABI has urged the Commission to make a recommendation to the Government to explore what changes could be made through the self-assessment system to help more people save. One proposal for extending pension saving to the self-employed would be to use HMRC's Self-Assessment system, allowing pension contributions or default pension-saving choices to be integrated into annual tax returns. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Dr Yvonne Braun OBE, Director of Long-Term Savings & Health and Protection Policy at the ABI: </strong>&ldquo;Automatic enrolment has been one of the great public policy successes of recent decades, helping millions more people put money aside for later life. But while the current 8% contribution rate was the right place to start, evidence increasingly shows it will not be enough on its own to deliver the retirement incomes many people expect and need. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The question is no longer whether pension saving needs to increase, but how we get there. The destination is important, but so is the journey. Any increase in contributions must be gradual and predictable, ensuring it remains affordable for both employers and employees.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/abi-sets-out-recommendations-to-improve-retirement-adequacy-26897.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>52  Are Unaware Pension Contributions Reduce Taxable Income</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>It&rsquo;s widely understood that pensions are designed to help fund your retirement; however, far fewer realise the valuable role they can play in wider financial planning &ndash; especially for parents balancing the high cost of childcare this summer holiday season. However, half of people (52%) don&rsquo;t know that paying into a pension can reduce their taxable income, according to research from Standard Life, the retirement specialist focused entirely on retirement savings and income.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Many parents face significant childcare costs over this summer holiday season &ndash; with the average price of a childcare holiday club costing an average of &pound;179 a week. For parents already juggling higher food, activity and holiday costs, childcare can become one of the biggest household expenses of the summer. The Government&rsquo;s free hours of childcare will provide some welcome relief to many families; however, any household with a parent whose net income exceeds the eligibility threshold will lose access to this support, making childcare costs even higher.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The &pound;100k childcare cliff edge and the power of tax relief</strong></div>

<div>If any parent&rsquo;s adjusted net income exceeds &pound;100,000 &ndash; even by &pound;1 &ndash; the childcare trap is triggered, which means the family loses their eligibility for the Government's 15 or 30 hours of funded childcare &ndash; leaving them facing significant childcare costs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, what many may not realise is that making additional pension contributions, such as through salary sacrifice where it's available, can reduce adjusted net income which may help some parents &ndash; especially those sitting just above the &pound;100,000 limit - remain below this threshold while continuing to build their retirement savings.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life, commented: </strong>&quot;For many parents, the summer holidays are one of the most expensive times of the year, with childcare costs placing additional pressure on household budgets. At the same time, frozen tax thresholds mean that a pay rise doesn't always leave families better off, and if the net income of either parent exceeds the &pound;100,000 mark, crossing that threshold can mean the whole family losing eligibility for the valuable childcare support.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Understanding how pensions interact with the tax system can make a meaningful difference to family finances; however, what's striking is that more than half of people aren&rsquo;t aware of the power of pension contributions when it comes to reducing their taxable income. Depending on individual circumstances, increasing pension contributions could not only boost retirement savings but also help some parents manage key income thresholds and retain valuable childcare support &ndash; especially those on the borderline.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Family finances are often a balancing act between today's priorities and tomorrow's goals. Taking a little time to understand how your pension fits into your wider finances can help you make more informed decisions, giving you greater confidence now and helping to build stronger financial security in the future.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery shares his top tips to help parents make the most of their pensions:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Check each parent&rsquo;s adjusted net income separately, not just salary</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Parents close to the &pound;100,000 threshold should look beyond their headline salary and understand their adjusted net income. This is the figure that determines eligibility for some childcare support, and it can be affected by pension contributions, bonuses and other income. It's worth remembering that pension contribution levels can often be reviewed and adjusted over time, which may help some people balance both their retirement savings goals and tax considerations. The &pound;100,000 limit applies to each parent individually, rather than to household income overall, meaning a household could lose support if one parent goes over the threshold, even if the other earns less.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Check whether salary sacrifice is available in your workplace</strong></div>

<div>&quot;If your employer currently offers salary sacrifice, it's worth understanding how it works. Depending on your circumstances, additional contributions into your pension through salary sacrifice may help reduce your adjusted net income while increasing your pension contributions in a tax-efficient way.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Don&rsquo;t forget about Tax-Free Childcare</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Alongside funded hours, parents should check whether they are eligible for the Government&rsquo;s Tax-Free Childcare, as this can also be affected by income. For families paying for nursery, holiday clubs or wraparound care, this support can make a real difference if you are eligible.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Use childcare reconfirmation as a financial check-in</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Parents using childcare support typically need to reconfirm their details and financial circumstances every three months3. While this is about reconfirming your eligibility for childcare support, this can also serve as a timely reminder to have a check-in on your finances more generally &ndash; whether that&rsquo;s your day-to-day outgoing, savings, or pension contributions.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Seek support or guidance before making significant changes</strong></div>

<div>&quot;Everyone's circumstances are different, particularly when balancing work and family life. If you're unsure how pension contributions fit into your wider finances, and any income threshold considerations, seeking guidance or regulated financial advice before making any significant changes can help you understand your options and feel better informed. Many employers' HR teams may also be able to provide information about workplace pension arrangements and benefits, helping you better understand the options available through your employer.&quot;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/52--are-unaware-pension-contributions-reduce-taxable-income-26898.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments On Updated Dwp Roadmap</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Kate Smith, Head of Pensions at Aegon: </strong>&ldquo;We welcome the updated workplace pension roadmap published today by the Pensions Minister, Torsten Bell. It provides the industry with much needed clarity around timescales and sequencing of changes, and an element of certainty in a time of political change. We're pleased that the Government has listened to the pension industry's concerns about such a crowded pension reform agenda, the sequencing of the various initiatives, and the impact of implementation resource challenges. We're pleased that the Minister has accepted the need for a 'test' period for implementation of the Value for Money framework, something Aegon strongly argued for. However, the full launch timeline has not been put back as we had hoped. The first year of the framework (2028) will include just master trusts, the largest single-employer trust-based schemes, and the largest multi-employer contract-based arrangements open to new employers, with no 'automatic consequences' based on the assessment outcomes in the first year. The VfM Framework will be extended across the market from 2029, with potential consequences from then. Contractual override is critical for pension providers to support the VfM Framework and the scale objectives. As previously planned, this will be available to contract-based providers from 2028, before all default arrangements not open to new employers will have to complete their full VfM assessments. This approach is helpful, but legacy defaults, of which there are hundreds across UK pension providers, will still need to complete extensive data returns. We also welcome the two-year delay for schemes to comply with the Guided Retirement provisions, giving time to work through the policy challenges and align with the proposed retirement CDC provisions. We agree there is more work to do to ensure that policies are aligned across the pension spectrum for both trust-based and contract-based pension schemes. Publishing the roadmap opens up a vital opportunity for discussion, for industry agreement and alignment on the most effective way forward and, ultimately, for the improvement of outcomes for our customers.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<p><strong>ACA Chair, Chintan Gandhi:</strong> ACA supportive of the government publishing its roadmap to unlock the vast measures set out in the Pensions Schemes Act. We are also supportive of policymakers listening to industry calls to delay guided retirement until such time that Retirement CDC is available, allowing trustees a fuller range of income based solutions to pick from when setting their default pension benefit options. Key challenge however will be deliverability of what is an ambitious roadmap! We do hope the steps and dates set out are realistic rather than the earliest points at which we might get to the various stages - otherwise there is a real risk delays in implementation are compounded well into the next decade.&rdquo; </p>
</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-on-updated-dwp-roadmap-26901.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>State Pension Triple Lock At A Crossroads</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Calls to rethink the Triple Lock have grown, however, as political consensus and fiscal sustainability increasingly pull in opposite directions. Behind the cross-party commitment sits a rapidly rising cost, a widening generational divide, and a growing number of pensioners being pulled into paying income tax for the first time by frozen thresholds and fiscal drag. </p>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance, PensionBee comments:</strong> &ldquo;For whoever holds the keys to No.10, the numbers behind the policy tell their own story. Since its introduction, the Triple Lock has driven the basic state pension up from &pound;102.15 a week in 2011/12 to &pound;184.90 a week in 2026/27 - an increase of more than 80% which comfortably outpaces the roughly 65% rise in CPI inflation over the same period.&rdquo; </p>

<p>At &pound;241 per week, a full new state pension is expected to be &pound;30 per week (14%) higher than it would have been under average earnings indexation since 2011. State pension spending has risen from around 3.5% of annual economic output (GDP) at the turn of the century to around 5% today, making it the second-largest individual area of public spending after the NHS. </p>

<div><strong>The challenges of intergenerational fairness</strong></div>

<div>The debate around the sustainability of the Triple Lock isn&rsquo;t happening in a vacuum. Youth unemployment has become one of the most pressing issues facing the incoming government with official figures showing over a million 16-24 year olds were not in education, employment or training (NEETs) in the first quarter of 2026 - the first time that figure has passed one million since 2013 - while the youth unemployment rate stood at 16.2%. A government review led by former minister Alan Milburn has warned of a &ldquo;generational fault line&rdquo; and the risk of a &ldquo;lost generation&rdquo;, adding a second, distinct intergenerational pressure point alongside the Triple Lock debate.</div>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance, PensionBee adds:</strong> &ldquo;It's important not to present the Triple lock divisively, as a choice between supporting pensioners and supporting younger people. Rising youth unemployment and the growing number of young people who are not in education, employment or training are complex, structural challenges that require targeted solutions.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Pensioners also need protection against inflation, particularly those who rely heavily on the state pension and have limited private pension savings, so any reforms to the Triple Lock should be carefully considered and accompanied by a clear, credible alternative that gives people confidence to plan for the future.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Frozen tax thresholds and fiscal drag</strong></div>

<div>The Triple Lock is increasingly colliding with another government policy: frozen income tax thresholds. The personal allowance has remained at &pound;12,570 since 2021/22 and now sits just &pound;23 above the full new State Pension of &pound;12,547.60 a year. Even the Triple Lock&rsquo;s minimum 2.5% annual increase would push the full new State Pension above the personal allowance in 2027/28, meaning the full new State Pension would exceed the income tax threshold for the first time. </div>

<p>Against this backdrop, the Government is reportedly considering deducting income tax directly from State Pension payments rather than collecting it later. Around 820,000 pensioners are expected to pay income tax on their State Pension alone by 2027/28. While this would not increase the amount of tax owed, it would change how it is collected. However, there are concerns about the unintended consequences and administrative complexities of a &lsquo;tax now, refund later&rsquo; approach, particularly if too much tax is deducted upfront before being refunded later.</p>

<p><strong>Currie comments: </strong>&ldquo;The challenges over taxing the State Pension highlights just how complicated the interaction between the Triple Lock and frozen tax thresholds has become. Any changes need to be carefully designed so pensioners pay the right amount of tax without creating unnecessary complexity or confusion.</p>

<p>&ldquo;More broadly, the ongoing Triple Lock debate is a reminder that pension policy can and does change. We&rsquo;ve seen reforms to the State Pension age, National Insurance and tax allowances over the years. While the Triple Lock remains in place today, no government can guarantee what the system will look like decades from now. The State Pension provides an important foundation, but it shouldn't be the only pillar of retirement planning. Building up a private pension gives people greater choice, flexibility and financial resilience, regardless of how future governments choose to reform the system.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/state-pension-triple-lock-at-a-crossroads-26902.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comment On Dwp Pension Decumulation Report</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Key findings included:</strong></div>

<div><em>Overall, respondents felt that improving understanding, capability and access to trusted support would help them make more informed decumulation decisions.</em></div>

<div><em>Respondents expressed a need for clearer and simpler information that was more personalised.</em></div>

<div><em>Respondents wanted plain-English explanations and tailored guidance as well as earlier financial education.</em></div>

<div><em>Understanding of pension access routes varied considerably:</em></div>

<div><em>The 25% tax-free lump sum was the most widely understood and often the only option respondents felt confident about.</em></div>

<div><em>Knowledge of drawdown, annuities, fees, charges and investment risk was generally low, with many struggling to differentiate between products or assess long-term implications.</em></div>

<div><em>While most understood that DC pots were invested, only a few actively engaged with investment decisions.</em></div>

<div><em>Understanding of the State Pension was clearer, but its sufficiency was a common concern</em></div>

<div><em>People accessed pensions for a range of reasons, including reaching State Pension age, health or work changes, bereavement, divorce or to supplement income. </em></div>

<div><em>Health and caring responsibilities were particularly influential, pushing some towards early or unplanned retirement, meaning respondents were accessing pensions sooner than planned.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kelly Parsons, Head of DC Proposition at Broadstone, said: </strong>&quot;The findings lay bare a persistent knowledge and confidence gap among savers, with many people reaching key retirement decisions without the understanding or support needed to make informed choices. Better engagement and earlier financial education are essential if savers are to understand not only the options available at retirement, but also the decisions they can make throughout their working lives to improve their financial resilience, especially as individuals begin to take greater responsibility for managing their DC savings.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Employers have an important role to play in making pensions more accessible and keeping retirement planning front of mind. Regular communication and financial education programmes can help meet the needs highlighted in the report by providing clearer, plain-English explanations, more personalised support and greater understanding of how DC pensions work, including how savings are invested and the options available.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The report also demonstrates why reforms such as Targeted Support and Guided Retirement are so significant. By offering more relevant support at key decision points, these initiatives have the potential to help more people navigate complex retirement choices with greater confidence. If delivered well, they should help overcome many of the challenges highlighted by this research and improve retirement outcomes for millions of savers.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/pension-decumulation-and-decision-making?utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=govuk-notifications-topic&utm_source=f4c9bdb2-ad00-4572-939f-27db5bc982d6&utm_content=immediately">https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/pension-decumulation-and-decision-making?utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=govuk-notifications-topic&utm_source=f4c9bdb2-ad00-4572-939f-27db5bc982d6&utm_content=immediately</a></em></span></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comment-on-dwp-pension-decumulation-report-26903.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 13 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>5 Mistakes That Could Void Homeowners Cover This Summer</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Tamzin said:</strong> &quot;Summer is when home insurance catches people out the most. When you're focused on packing and getting to the airport, the last thing on your mind is reading your policy small print. But that's exactly where things go wrong. A rejected claim or a voided policy is a nasty surprise to come home to, and in most cases, a few simple checks before leaving would have prevented it entirely.&quot;</p>

<div><strong>1. Breaching the 30-day unoccupancy rule</strong></div>

<div>Most standard home insurance policies reduce or exclude cover once a property sits empty for more than 30 consecutive days. Defaqto data shows 74% of buildings policies extend that to 60 days, but that still catches families taking longer summer breaks off guard. Checking policy documents before travel is essential, as some insurers offer extended unoccupancy cover or add-ons for longer periods away.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. Not telling your insurer you&rsquo;re going away</strong></div>

<div>Many policies require policyholders to notify their insurer if a property will be empty for more than 30 days. It's the kind of clause most people overlook when booking a holiday but skipping it could be the difference between a valid claim and a rejected one. A quick call or message to your insurer before leaving takes minutes and could save thousands.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>3. Leaving a spare key outside</strong></div>

<div>A key under a doormat or tucked beneath a plant pot feels like a sensible backup before heading off, but insurers treat it as negligence, and it can invalidate any theft claim outright. Spare keys should be left with a trusted family member or neighbour instead.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>4. Switching off your home alarm to save money</strong></div>

<div>Pausing a home monitoring subscription before a holiday might seem like a sensible way to save a few pounds. But many home insurance policies contain security maintenance conditions requiring alarms to remain active while the property is empty. Cancelling or switching off a monitored alarm could breach those conditions and put any burglary claim at risk, turning a small saving into a much larger loss.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>5. Forgetting to update your contents sum insured</strong></div>

<div>Failing to update a contents sum insured before travelling is one of the most widespread gaps in home cover. GoCompare's own research found 67% of Brits have never totalled the value of their home contents. This means underinsurance is already widespread before a single summer purchase is made. Buying new items and failing to update the policy means any payout in a claim will fall short of the actual loss.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tamzin added: </strong>&quot;None of these mistakes are difficult to avoid, but they are easy to miss when a holiday is on your mind. Check your policy, let your insurer know your plans, and make sure your contents cover reflects what you actually own. It takes less time than packing, and it means you can come home to the same peace of mind you left with.&quot;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/5-mistakes-that-could-void-homeowners-cover-this-summer-26894.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Walking The Tightrope  Balancing Risk In Dc Pensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Dale Critchley, Workplace Policy Manager, Aviva</strong></u></p>

<p>While &lsquo;de-risking&rsquo; a pension scheme might seem appealing, the relationship between risk and return when it comes to investments means that the consequence of taking less risk is either a lower income in retirement, or a lower income while working, given the need to pay higher contributions to achieve the same outcome. The key is therefore to strike an appropriate balance.</p>

<p>Another approach to de-risking, is the trend in many workplace DC pension defaults in recent years to increase in the amount of investment risk that savers are exposed to when they are younger and have a greater capacity for risk. As members approach retirement, reducing exposure to investment risk remains appropriate, helping to limit the impact of market fluctuations and provide greater certainty over outcomes.</p>

<p>The evolution of retirement income solutions post-pension freedoms means that return- seeking assets remain a feature of many default arrangements, both at and into retirement. The increased use of drawdown means that defaults will more commonly move members into a highly diversified allocation across a range of asset classes and geographies. This can provide schemes and their fund managers with the flexibility to apply tactical asset allocation adjustments where appropriate, to reflect market conditions. Unless a default specifically targets an annuity purchase, de-risking to a mix of cash and bonds isn&rsquo;t common. </p>

<p>Looking ahead, default retirement solutions are likely to continue evolving. The key challenge is that no single income solution will suit all members. Identifying the most appropriate pathway early&mdash;whether that be drawdown, annuity, or a combination&mdash;will be central to improving outcomes.</p>

<p>Investment risk is essential to delivering returns, but there are other risks that can managed by the scheme.  Longevity risk is an obvious risk in retirement, which can be managed by purchasing an annuity.  The key here is to ensure that risk is being shared fairly and that terms reflect a level playing field based on likely longevity. Without underwriting, longevity risk sharing solutions can become a cross-subsidy from those cohorts of members with lower life expectancy to those members who are likely to live longer. </p>

<p>Inflation risk is another consideration, and while inflation protection can be factored into income solutions, it comes at the cost of a lower initial income. While this may be appropriate for some members, it&rsquo;s unlikely that it will be right for everyone.          </p>

<p>There are other risks like sequencing or timing that can be mitigated, and not all risks are to be avoided, but there is one risk that every scheme should seek to reduce &ndash; the burden of decision making on the scheme member themselves. Behavioural biases, lack of knowledge, time and capability all conspire to make decision making about pension saving, and especially pension spending, challenging.  While Financial Advice remains the gold standard, it&rsquo;s not accessible for everyone. This is where targeted support, simplified guidance and well-designed default income solutions can play a critical role. By reducing the burden of complex decisions, schemes can help members achieve better outcomes and ultimately have a positive impact on income levels in retirement.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/walking-the-tightrope--balancing-risk-in-dc-pensions-26895.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fomo Effect Helps Markets Despite Middle East Uncertainty</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>''Investors are largely shrugging off the escalation of the Middle East conflict and focusing instead on the solid earnings being posted in the United States, as the world's largest economy shows resilience amid the huge sums being poured into the AI build-out.</p>

<p>The Footsie looks set to end the week on a slightly more optimistic footing, with futures markets pointing to a gently positive start to trading. Worries about fresh supply chain snarls as traffic through the Strait of Hormuz slows to a trickle are largely being batted away. Brent crude is trading around $76 a barrel, slightly higher than yesterday but down from above $80 earlier this week. There appears to be an expectation that some kind of deal will be struck, and that these setbacks are now to be expected as regional powers continue to jostle for domination.</p>

<p>Stocks in Asia staged a rebound, coming off the back of a fresh surge in the S&P 500, with the rally broadening beyond the mega-cap technology stocks that have dominated gains for much of the year.</p>

<p>Gains are increasingly being concentrated in sectors considered to be the secondary beneficiaries of the AI investment wave, with industrial companies providing the construction might for new facilities and banks financing the build-out of data centres and power infrastructure. The surge in IPO and dealmaking activity also presents a significant opportunity for investment banks and advisory firms.</p>

<p>The FOMO effect remains strong, with retail investors fearful of missing out on buying into the current stars of the AI show. Memory chip maker SK Hynix is in the spotlight as it is set to start trading on the Nasdaq, with its American depositary receipts reportedly seven times oversubscribed. The South Korean company wanted to benefit from the appetite for AI among US investors, and it seems it won't be disappointed. Even though the stock has already risen by around 660% over the past year, soaring on voracious demand for its high-bandwidth memory chips, plenty of investors are still desperate to get a slice of the company.</p>

<p>However, the stock is likely to be hit by bouts of volatility in the days and weeks to come, given that semiconductor shares have been so sensitive recently to shifts in sentiment. Given the super-high valuations the sector is enjoying, any hint that demand is starting to moderate can trigger sharp swings. While companies right now  can't get enough of SK Hynix's products, there are concerns that a lot of this demand has been front-loaded and will ultimately prove cyclical, as investor attention gradually shifts from the companies building the AI revolution to those finding the most profitable ways to use it.''</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fomo-effect-helps-markets-despite-middle-east-uncertainty-26891.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>1 In 4 Young Adults Say Finances Impact Their Mental Health</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>New data from The Exeter&rsquo;s Consumer Health and Finance Tracker has found that while young adults aged 25 to 34 are saving more than any other age group, they are also the most likely to report that their finances are negatively impacting their mental health.</p>

<p>On average, 25 to 34-year-olds put aside &pound;447 a month in savings &ndash; over &pound;2,500 more each year than people aged 45 and over. Despite this, one in five (21%) say they feel &ldquo;substantially&rdquo; less financially secure than they did a year ago, highlighting the toll this anxiety is taking on their health and working lives.</p>

<div><strong>Financial strain taking a toll on mental health</strong></div>

<div>The Tracker has found that 24% of 25&ndash;34-year-olds say their mental health has been negatively affected by their personal finances in the last six months, compared to just 7% of over-55s and a national average of 15%. More than a quarter (27%) have taken extended time off work due to mental health or illness over the same period, the most of any age group and above the national average of 18%.</div>

<p>What&rsquo;s more, within this age group close to one in five (17%) who accessed private care in the past six months, did so to access mental health support, the highest rate of any age group.</p>

<div><strong>Young adults are more likely to rely on savings than sick pay</strong></div>

<div>When they do take time off, young adults are also less likely to be supported by Statutory Sick Pay (SSP) than older groups. Almost three in ten (29%) relied on their own savings as their primary source of income during that period, while just 13% were supported by SSP. This likely reflects lower eligibility among younger workers, who are more likely to be in part-time roles, zero-hours contracts or other forms of employment that limit access to SSP. In contrast, 31% of over-55s depended on SSP when they took extended time off.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>45-54s reporting lower levels of financial anxiety despite saving less</strong></div>

<div>While financial anxiety is high among younger adults, older groups appeared to be less impacted despite saving less. A quarter (26%) of adults aged 45 to 54 save nothing each month, yet this group is less likely to report that their finances are affecting their mental health (14%) or to have taken extended time off work (15%). Among younger adults, financial concern is manifesting in health consequences and absences from work in a way that older adults, despite saving considerably less, are not reporting to the same degree.</div>

<p>Given the current UK economic climate, in particular the increasing difficulty for younger generations to gain employment, join the housing ladder and the growth of &lsquo;finfluencer&rsquo; content sharing financial advice via social media, this heightened financial anxiety among younger adults comes as no surprise.</p>

<p><strong>Jack Southcott, Head of Protection Proposition at The Exeter, said: </strong>&ldquo;The data presents a picture of a generation that is actively saving but is also carrying a level of financial anxiety that&rsquo;s showing up in their health and their time at work. Saving more is not providing the security this age group is looking for and, when that concern starts to affect mental health, the financial consequences can quickly stack up.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It is encouraging to see that younger generations are thinking more on their long-term finances, but we need to ensure they are supported in a way that can ease anxiety and not add to it.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Advisers have a real opportunity to engage with younger workers to address these concerns. If the sector were to continue to focus on the traditional audiences, we risk missing a whole generation whose needs look very different but are just as important.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/1-in-4-young-adults-say-finances-impact-their-mental-health-26892.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca Cracks Down On Illegal Promotions And Market Abuse</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The FCA has focused its efforts on the most serious risks and harms. It has taken decisive action to protect consumers, fight financial crime and uphold market integrity, delivering an estimated &pound;5.6bn in benefits to consumers, firms and the wider economy.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Helping consumers</strong></div>

<div>The FCA significantly strengthened consumer protection through the launch of Firm Checker, a tool that helps consumers quickly check whether a firm is authorised and avoid dealing with fraudulent firms. It&rsquo;s estimated that the tool has been used over 1.9 million times since its introduction in January 2025. Following a successful advertising campaign at the start of 2026, firm warning messages helped protect an average of 694 consumers each week &ndash; an increase of 49%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over the past year, the FCA also:</div>

<div><em>Delivered estimated savings of around &pound;157m a year for consumers paying monthly insurance premiums, using Consumer Duty fair-value rules.</em></div>

<div><em>We began major mortgage reforms. After clarifying affordability checks, most lenders updated their approach, meaning borrowers could access up to &pound;30,000 more.</em></div>

<div><em>Confirmed final rules to support more consumers in making pensions and investment - decisions with at least 18 million consumers expected to benefit over the next decade.</em></div>

<div><em>Issued final rules for Buy Now Pay Later products, introducing clear consumer protections ahead of the regime coming into force in July 2026.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ashley Alder, chair of the FCA, said:</strong> 'We have made a strong start to our 5-year strategy. We set out to focus our efforts where they matter most &ndash; protecting consumers, maintaining market integrity and supporting a competitive economy. The progress we&rsquo;ve made in the first year demonstrates that a focused and decisive regulator delivers real benefits for consumers and supports growth.'</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Nikhil Rathi, chief executive of the FCA, said:</strong> 'In the past year we've shut down scams, pursued those who abuse markets through the courts, helped hundreds of thousands of consumers access better financial products and cut the cost of regulation for tens of thousands of firms. We've made greater use of data and technology to detect harm earlier and expanded our international presence to support UK financial services. There is more to do, but this is a solid foundation.'</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Fighting financial crime</strong></div>

<div>With investment fraud remaining a major threat, the FCA issued 2,329 warnings about unauthorised or potentially scam firms in 2025, up from 2,240 in 2024, and pursued serious market abuse through both enforcement and criminal prosecution. 17 criminal convictions were secured, including for fraud, insider dealing, money laundering and DPA offences. Two individuals received a combined 11 years' imprisonment for insider dealing and money laundering, while 12 individuals were fined a total of &pound;1.77m for market abuse offences.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A coordinated 'week of action' on finfluencers, involving 9 international regulators in June 2025, resulted in 3 arrests, 6 criminal proceedings, 11 targeted warning or cease-and-desist letters, 50 warning list alerts and 650 social media takedown requests.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The FCA also fined firms approximately &pound;14.4m for transaction reporting failures and control weaknesses and issued a &pound;42m fine to Barclays for anti-money laundering failures.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The number of customers removed as money mules rose by 4.4% compared to last year, reaching 222,173 across 35 firms, reflecting both the growing scale of the risk and action taken by firms.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Supporting growth</strong></div>

<div>The FCA delivered nearly 50 pro-growth measures in 2025, supporting the UK&rsquo;s competitiveness, attracting international investment and reinforcing its position as a leader in financial services innovation. It received 132 applications to its AI Supercharged Regulatory Sandbox and launched a scale-up unit, alongside the PRA, to help firms scale sustainably.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>It approved 2 firms to operate under a new private markets framework (PISCES), designed to support trading in private company shares, with 2 more firms in the pipeline. The FCA also expanded its international presence through new offices in the US, Asia-Pacific and Singapore.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Smarter regulator</strong></div>

<div>The FCA launched a single digital entry point for regulated firms to manage regulatory tasks, with 81% reported user satisfaction and fewer late returns. It also decommissioned outdated reporting returns across more than 90% of regulated firms, delivering a further &pound;16m annual saving in reporting costs. The regulator also replaced 43 portfolio letters with 9 focused market reports setting out clear regulatory priorities for each sector. AI automation has reduced the time it takes to handle simpler cases from up to 4 hours to about 6 minutes on average, allowing supervisors to focus on more important work.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The FCA has published:</div>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/annual-reports/annual-report-2025-26"><em>Our Annual report and accounts 2025/26</em></a></div>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/data/fca-outcomes-metrics-2025-2030"><em>Outcomes and metrics: 2025/26 report</em></a></div>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/data/sicgo-metrics"><em>Secondary International Competitiveness and Growth Objective metrics 2025/26</em></a></div>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/data/skilled-person-reports-2025-26"><em>Use of our skilled person reports in 2025/26</em></a></div>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/data/fca-operating-service-metrics-2025-26"><em>Operating service metrics 2025/26</em></a></div>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/corporate-documents/response-cba-panels-annual-report-2024-25"><em>Response to the Cost Benefit Analysis (CBA) Panel's Annual Report 2024/25</em></a></div>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/data/prescribed-persons-annual-report-2025-26"><em>Prescribed Persons Annual Report 2025/26</em></a></div>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/corporate-documents/pay-review-2026-equality-impact-assessment"><em>Pay review 2026: Equality Impact Assessment</em></a></div>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/data/fca-pay-gap-data-2025-26"><em>Pay gap data 2026</em></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-cracks-down-on-illegal-promotions-and-market-abuse-26893.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 10 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Aon Appoint Stg Head Of Life Consulting For North America</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Based in California and reporting to Van Beach, global head of Life Solutions in Aon&rsquo;s Strategy and Technology Group, Komissarov will lead the firm&rsquo;s consulting capabilities to help clients address key opportunities across the life sector &ndash; including capital optimization, profitable growth and regulatory adherence &ndash; enabling them to navigate volatility, build resilience and make better business decisions. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Beach said: </strong>&ldquo;Nick&rsquo;s appointment reflects our continued investment in life solutions through the addition of leading talent and the development of cutting-edge technological solutions that bring real value to our broad client base.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Aon&rsquo;s Life Solutions team provides actuarial advisory services that complement and leverage the firm&rsquo;s life actuarial modelling technology, PathWise, and life reinsurance broking capabilities, delivering a holistic offering for clients including life and annuity (re)insurers, asset managers, private equity firms and other stakeholders across the life sector.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Komissarov said:</strong> &ldquo;I am excited to be part of Aon&rsquo;s global life consulting team, and to be delivering the power of PathWise actuarial modeling to even more of our clients.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Komissarov joins Aon from WTW, where he served as North American life practice sales leader and M&A leader, advising clients on both buy-side and sell-side transactions, regulatory environments in the U.S. and Bermuda and capital optimization while helping drive growth across the North American consulting business. Prior to WTW, Komissarov held roles at John Hancock and Resolution Life. He is a fellow of the Society of Actuaries, fellow of the Canadian Institute of Actuaries and member of the American Academy of Actuaries.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/aon-appoint-stg-head-of-life-consulting-for-north-america-26890.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Hurricane Sandy When Flood Risk Was Unmodelled And Uninsured</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Laura Tomkins, Senior Catastrophe Research Analyst, Willis Research Network</strong></p>

<p>For the insurance industry, the most telling statistic was a different one: fewer than one in five inundated residential buildings had flood insurance (NYC, 2022). The financial burden fell on the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP), on federal disaster funds, and on hundreds of thousands of individuals and businesses who had no coverage at all.</p>

<div><strong>A storm that exposed more than coastline</strong></div>

<div>Most of the damage from Sandy was not wind-related as the storm had weakened to a post-tropical cyclone by the time it made landfall. Storm surge was the driving impact from Hurricane Sandy. Several factors converged in a particularly damaging way: the storm's unusually large wind field, its near-perpendicular track toward the coast, the funnel-like geometry of New York Harbour, and near-coincident timing with high tide. The result was a surge reaching up to 4.3 meters in some locations, inundating areas outside of Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA)-mapped flood zones (<a href="https://projects.propublica.org/fema-nynj/">ProPublica 2013</a>).</div>

<p>Sandy&rsquo;s flooding was not a failure of meteorological forecasting; the track and timing of Sandy were well-predicted days in advance. It was a failure of risk translation. Atmospheric science could describe what had happened, but the insurance industry could not adequately estimate the chances of it happening again.</p>

<div><strong>Flood risk was different &mdash; and the market knew it</strong></div>

<div>Flood had long been the uncomfortable outlier in catastrophe modelling. Wind risk, the dominant focus of the catastrophe modelling industry since Hurricane Andrew in 1992, can be characterized at regional scales with reasonable confidence while flood cannot. It is fundamentally local: a function of precise elevation, drainage, soil saturation, and coastal geometry at the scale of individual streets and properties. Capturing these features required high-resolution hydraulic models that, through most of the 2000s, were simply too computationally expensive to run at the scales the insurance market needed. In many of the areas worst affected by Sandy, flood maps had not been updated since the 1980s; created with technology that could not capture risk at the scale of individual properties (<a href="https://projects.propublica.org/fema-nynj/">ProPublica 2013</a>).</div>

<p>As a result, flood risk was either excluded from private coverage, crudely approximated, or offloaded to government-backed insurance programs like the NFIP. The tools necessary to improve flood modeling existed in academic hydrology, but they were slow, data-hungry, and built for individual river catchments rather than the kind of large-scale risk assessment that the (re)insurance industry needed. What the market needed was a flood model that could work at scale. In 2012, that tool was closer than most in the industry realized.</p>

<div><strong>WRN-funded research had been working on exactly this problem</strong></div>

<div>Since the late 1990s, Professor Paul Bates and his team at the University of Bristol had been developing a flood inundation model called LISFLOOD-FP. The core insight was counterintuitive. Deliberately simplifying the underlying physics produced a model that was not only faster and cheaper to run but could be applied at continental and even global scales without sacrificing practical accuracy (Bates et al., 2010). The prevailing assumption had been that better flood models required more complex physics and more computing power; however, Bates showed that a simpler framework could do more with less.</div>

<p>With support from WRN, this work was developed and validated across flood risk settings in Europe and Southeast Asia (U. Bristol, 2012). By 2012, it had already been adopted commercially: JBA Consulting had developed LISFLOOD-FP-based models to build national flood risk maps for the UK Environment Agency (U. Bristol, 2012). That same year, the research was awarded the Lloyd's of London Science of Risk Prize for Natural Hazards, recognition from the insurance market itself that this was science with direct commercial value (Lloyds 2012).</p>

<div><strong>Sandy&rsquo;s legacy: Science advanced the protection gap did not</strong></div>

<div>More than a decade on, science has progressed considerably. Global high-resolution flood datasets now exist that would have been computationally unthinkable in 2012. Perhaps the clearest demonstration of that progress is how quickly flood science moved from academia into operational decision-making. In 2013, Bates co-founded Fathom alongside colleagues from the University of Bristol, translating the research directly into a commercial venture. Fathom became one of the leading flood analytics platforms used by (re)insurers and climate risk practitioners worldwide, and was subsequently acquired by Swiss Re.</div>

<p>However, the protection gap has not closed; in some respects, it has widened. Flood insurance take-up rates in areas affected by Sandy have declined since 2012, not grown (RMS, 2022).</p>

<p>What 2012 demonstrated, and what remains as true in 2026 as it was then, is that better flood models are a necessary but not sufficient condition for a functioning flood insurance market. The models inform us where the water will go &ndash; the harder problem is developing the products, incentives, and public understanding that translate that knowledge into coverage. That is a challenge the WRN and its partners continue to work on, and one that every major coastal flood event since Sandy has made more urgent.</p>

<div><strong>Key takeaways</strong></div>

<div><em>Beyond the devastating loss of life and property, Sandy illustrated a fundamental gap in flood insurance coverage as fewer than one in five flooded homes were insured, leaving the financial burden on individuals and government programs rather than markets equipped to absorb it</em></div>

<div><em>WRN-funded research into high-resolution flood inundation modelling, recognized by the Lloyd's Science of Risk Prize in 2012, had already begun addressing the scientific foundations of that gap</em></div>

<div><em>Flood modelling has since matured into a global industry, but the protection gap has not closed, and translating better science into better coverage remains the defining challenge</em></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/hurricane-sandy-when-flood-risk-was-unmodelled-and-uninsured-26888.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ftse 100 Erratic Amid Middle East Uncertainty</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist: </strong>''The shock at the resumption of attacks in the Middle East has started to ease off, but investors are skittish, with early gains evaporating on the FTSE 100. The blue-chip index initially clawed back some ground in early trade before sentiment turned wary again.</p>

<p>Investors are assessing the likely outcome of the latest round of military action, with both Iran and the US hitting targets in the region. While President Trump has declared the ceasefire to be over, he&rsquo;s already been heard talking on Air Force One about the prospect of a deal and whether he&rsquo;s inclined to talk to Iran. It already seems that a door may be opening to fresh negotiations, even though both sides continue to talk tough. Oil prices have retreated slightly, with Brent crude hovering around $77 a barrel, down from above $80 yesterday.</p>

<p>Mining stocks have rebounded, with gold and silver producers benefiting as easing oil prices have taken some of the edge off inflation worries and helped push the dollar lower. A cheaper greenback makes commodities priced in the currency, such as precious metals, more attractive to international buyers.</p>

<p>However, deep unpredictability still lingers following this major setback to peace hopes. Investors are wary that the calm may prove short-lived. If energy prices start climbing again, higher costs would rapidly ripple through businesses across multiple sectors, while pricier fuel would eat into household budgets and encourage more cautious consumer spending.</p>

<p>UK gilt yields have retreated very slightly but still remain highly elevated, above 4.9%, the highest level since 10 June. The Middle East escalation comes as investors are also weighing the political uncertainty surrounding the prospect of a Burnham premiership and what it could mean for tax and spending plans. With so many moving parts, investors are demanding a bigger premium to lend to the UK, and gilt yields look set to remain sensitive to every fresh political and geopolitical twist.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ftse-100-erratic-amid-middle-east-uncertainty-26881.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>K3 Advisory Leads Buyin For Cips Pension Scheme</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>K3 Advisory was appointed as risk transfer adviser to the Scheme in December 2025, with the transaction completing within six months of appointment. The buy-in secured the benefits of 24 deferred members and 59 pensioners and dependant pensioners.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The transaction attracted strong insurer interest despite high activity levels across the bulk annuity market. Just&rsquo;s pricing and flexibility enabled the Trustee to move quickly to secure members&rsquo; benefits. The buy-in marks a significant milestone for the Scheme, providing long-term security for members&rsquo; benefits and the Scheme was in surplus at the point of transaction.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Capital Cranfield acted as Professional Corporate Sole Trustee to the Scheme. Capita acted as scheme actuary, investment adviser and administrator, Stephenson Harwood provided legal advice, and Argyll Covenant acted as insurer covenant adviser.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Thomas Crawshaw, Senior Actuarial Consultant at K3 Advisory, part of Isio, said:</strong> &ldquo;Completing this transaction within six months of our appointment demonstrates how smaller schemes can achieve efficient and successful outcomes in a busy market. With a focused process and strong insurer engagement, the Trustee was able to move quickly to secure members&rsquo; benefits with Just.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Richard Williams, Professional Trustee at Capital Cranfield, commented: </strong>&ldquo;The successful completion of this buy-in reflects the value of a well-coordinated and efficient approach between the Trustee and advisers. Despite a highly active market, the Scheme was able to secure members&rsquo; benefits with a competitive insurer solution and move quickly to complete the transaction.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mark Draisey, Finance Director of CIPS, commented:</strong> &ldquo;We are pleased to have completed this transaction for the Scheme and its members. The buy-in provides long-term security for members&rsquo; benefits and demonstrates the positive outcome that can be achieved through strong collaboration between all parties involved.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Rajan Hothi, Deal Manager at Just Group, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Having been monitored on our pricing platform, Beacon, this transaction was supported by clear pricing visibility from the outset. Working in close partnership with the Trustee and their advisers, we are pleased to have delivered a solution that supports the Scheme&rsquo;s long-term objectives and will achieve a great outcome for members.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/k3-advisory-leads-buyin-for-cips-pension-scheme-26884.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Master Trusts Continue To Reshape Dc Pensions Market</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>New research from Howden Employee Benefits, reveals the UK&rsquo;s defined contribution (DC) pensions market is entering a new phase. With master trusts firmly established as a dominant structure in the large scheme market, attention is increasingly turning to whether greater scale is translating into better outcomes for members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Howden&rsquo;s latest annual Analysis of Large Defined Contribution Schemes report, examined 147 large DC schemes representing &pound;200bn of assets and 3.9 million members, revealing that master trusts now account for 41% of large DC schemes, compared with 34% own-trust arrangements and 25% contract-based schemes.<br />
<br />
As regulators place greater emphasis on scale and value for money, the DC market is increasingly moving towards fewer, larger pension schemes. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>This surge in consolidation now sees large master trusts holding 37% of DC assets across the schemes analysed. This represents over half of the total assets in bundled DC arrangements and almost two-thirds (63%) of members. They also continue to offer the lowest average default charges of any major scheme structure, at 0.217% &ndash; highlighting one of the key benefits scale is delivering for members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As consolidation continues and master trusts grow in prominence, Howden argues the next challenge is ensuring this scale translates into better engagement and retirement outcomes for members. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Target drawdown is now the most common retirement objective among large schemes, but analysis of more than 33,000 members who started taking benefits in 2025 reveals a disconnect between scheme design and member behaviour. Around 87% took pension savings as cash through lump-sum withdrawals, including Uncrystallised Funds Pension Lump Sum (UFPLS) payments, while just 35% entered drawdown and 7% purchased an annuity &ndash; some members select multiple options.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report also found that while digital access continues to improve, member engagement remains a challenge. Most large schemes now report online registration rates above 60%, yet expression-of-wish completion rates remain below 40% for the majority of schemes, suggesting that improved access does not automatically translate into meaningful engagement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mark Futcher, Head of DC and Financial Wellbeing at Howden, said:</strong> &ldquo;The government&rsquo;s consolidation agenda is clearly having an impact. Master trusts are growing, schemes are getting bigger, and many of the benefits of scale are starting to come through.<br />
<br />
&ldquo;But bigger pension schemes were never supposed to be the end goal - better retirement outcomes were. Despite schemes increasingly designing for flexible retirement incomes, many members continue to favour cash withdrawals. And while people are logging into their pensions, few are taking the expected actions to genuinely improve their outcomes.<br />
<br />
&ldquo;Consolidation has helped create bigger, more efficient schemes - but members don&rsquo;t experience pensions through scheme structures of governance models. They experience them through the decisions they make. If we want better retirement outcomes, we need to focus just as much on engagement, support, and innovation as we do on scale.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/master-trusts-continue-to-reshape-dc-pensions-market-26882.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The  56k Inheritance Assumption Gap</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Millions of Brits could be making retirement plans based on inheritance assumptions formed without ever having discussions with their families. The new Psychology of Retirement study from Moneybox points to an inheritance blind spot among UK adults.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings reveal an &lsquo;inheritance assumption gap&rsquo; quietly forming across the UK. One in five UK adults (20%) or roughly 10 million UK adults expect to use inheritance to help fund their retirement but, despite this plan, many have no knowledge of what that could look like or if indeed they will receive anything. With those expecting an inheritance anticipating an average of &pound;56,535, this assumption gap could leave retirement plans in tatters. To put that into perspective, a 'moderate' retirement requires &pound;32,700 a year for a single person, meaning that losing out on this assumed inheritance represents a devastating shortfall of nearly two full years of a comfortable retirement fund.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>And with those expecting an inheritance anticipating receiving an average of &pound;56,535, this inheritance assumption gap could leave retirement &lsquo;plans&rsquo; in tatters.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Among those expecting to receive an inheritance, fewer than half (46%) have even broached this topic with their loved ones and are, therefore, in the dark about what they might actually receive. Meanwhile, more than one in five (22%) admit they have never had the conversation at all but still assume they will inherit money in the future, this rises to 33% of 35 to 54 year olds the next cohort of retirees.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research also highlights how uncomfortable conversations about inheritance remain. More than a third (36%) of adults believe inheritance should never be relied upon when planning for retirement. One in seven (15%) say discussing inheritance feels awkward, while more than one in ten (12%) believe it would be rude to raise the topic, while 8% avoid the conversation altogether because they fear it could lead to family arguments.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings suggest many people could be building retirement plans on uncertain foundations, with assumptions and a lack of open family conversations potentially leaving gaps between expectation and reality.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Brian Byrnes, Director of Personal Finance at Moneybox said:</strong> &quot;Our research reveals millions could be facing an inheritance assumption gap. Quietly factoring future inheritance into retirement plans is not only risky, but potentially devastating if fully relied upon.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Getting ahead and planning for your retirement should always be the first step, and this includes having open and honest communication with your family. While inheritance may ultimately play a role for some families, it's not something most people can predict or control and with social care costs also rising, an estate that looks substantial today could look very different in 10 or 20 years. Retirement planning is strongest when it's built around the savings and investments you can influence yourself, rather than money that may arrive years down the line - or may not materialise in the way you expect.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;It's understandable that conversations about inheritance can feel uncomfortable, but where families are able to have open discussions, it can help manage expectations and give everyone greater confidence when planning for the future. And regardless of inheritance plans, taking small steps to get a better understanding of your pension and retirement income  today can lead to a more secure future.&quot;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the--56k-inheritance-assumption-gap-26883.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>State Of The Nation Paper For Db Pension Schemes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div> In its latest &lsquo;Excellence in Endgames&rsquo; paper, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Hymans-db-endgames-state-of-the-nation-july-2026.pdf"><strong>DB endgames: state of the nation</strong></a>, the leading pensions and financial services consultancy examines how the market has evolved since the reforms were announced in 2023. The paper outlines the evolution and the challenges facing DB schemes. It claims that while policy has adapted to the changing DB landscape as scheme face endgame, legislation alone won&rsquo;t be enough to reshape it. The firm argues that that trustees and sponsors must work together and keep adapting as they assess the right endgame options for both the corporate and the member in this changing environment. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The leading pensions and financial services consultancy explains that over the last three years DB schemes have seen stronger funding positions, growing surpluses and an expanding range of endgame options. These have created opportunities but have also meant that schemes are facing increasingly complex strategic endgame decisions. While funding is no longer the primary challenge for many schemes, uncertainty around the use of surpluses, regulatory detail and decision-making processes continues to slow progress. The firm argues that trustees and sponsors must work together to develop clear decision-making frameworks, build alignment on long-term objectives and actively assess the full range of endgame options available to determine which approach is most likely to deliver the best outcomes for members and employers. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on what this means for trustees and sponsors, Laura McLaren, Head of DB Scheme Actuary Services, says: </strong>&ldquo;The expanded range of endgame options has made decision-making more challenging. Trustees and sponsors are now navigating a more complex set of trade-offs, often without clear precedent, while also contending with ongoing regulatory uncertainty and differing stakeholder priorities. The challenge is less about access to options and more about how to navigate them effectively.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;In practice, one of the biggest barriers is alignment. Whether that&rsquo;s agreeing objectives, defining roles, or building confidence to move ahead while the regulatory picture continues to evolve. Without a clear framework for comparing options, it can be difficult for schemes to make timely and well-informed decisions. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;To address this, trustees and sponsors should focus on early engagement, establishing a shared understanding of their long-term goals, and putting in place structured decision-making frameworks. Taking a proactive and collaborative approach will be critical to building confidence and ensuring schemes can move forward with clarity.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on what this means for corporates, Leonard Bowman, Head of Corporate Consulting, Hymans Robertson, added: </strong>&ldquo;The DB landscape has shifted significantly in a relatively short period of time, with many schemes now in a much stronger funding position than before. While this improved position is positive, it has also brought more complexity. With more choice comes more difficult decision-making, and complexity in advice frameworks. At the same time, we&rsquo;re seeing continued innovation across the market, alongside a policy environment that is still evolving, which is prompting many sponsors and schemes to pause and reassess. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;It is important sponsors and trustees adopt a &lsquo;common currency&rsquo; when evaluating the different options, using the same financial metrics and assumptions. Combined with starting with a principles-based discussion, this can quickly help all parties navigate to a common understanding.&rdquo;  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The firm warns that action is needed by trustees and sponsors to help navigate the different options available, and outlines key steps in their paper to help make decision making straightforward: </div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Establish clear decision-making frameworks to compare the growing range of endgame options </em></div>

<div><em>Clarify roles and responsibilities between trustees and sponsors to drive progress </em></div>

<div><em>Engage early to avoid delays caused by uncertainty  </em></div>

<div><em>Monitor regulatory developments closely, particularly as further detail on surplus flexibility is expected </em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/state-of-the-nation-paper-for-db-pension-schemes-26885.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>One In Three Pensioners To Be Renting By 2044</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Most of this growth will come from private renters, where the number of pensioners renting is projected to more than triple over the next twenty years, increasing by 1.3 million people. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research, commissioned by the ABI and conducted by the Pensions Policy Institute (PPI), considers how rising housing costs, combined with low pension savings and changing household composition, could leave millions struggling to maintain living standards in later life. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Today's pension system has been built on the assumption that people will retire without housing costs. However, this analysis shows that a generational shift in homeownership means many will need to save more to cover expenses.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Renters face much higher costs in retirement than those who own their home outright. The analysis finds renting a two-bedroom home privately costs &pound;200,000 - &pound;400,000 throughout a person&rsquo;s retirement. In comparison, the average person&rsquo;s DC pension pot is &pound;154,000, falling to &pound;105,000 for women. This means that rental costs threaten to swallow a person's entire private savings, and the state pension would need to cover all other expenses.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>There are already indicators of the pressure of housing costs for some older households. The report notes that the proportion of flat sharers aged 65 or older has tripled in the last decade, and there has been a 38% increase in over 65s taking in lodgers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For single-person households, additional housing costs could be even more problematic. People living alone face higher living costs because housing and household bills can&rsquo;t be shared. Approximately 30% of UK households are currently single person households, with half of these aged over 65. This trend is set to continue, raising the risk that tomorrow&rsquo;s pensioners will struggle financially unless we improve saving levels.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The impact of living alone can be even more pronounced for women. Women&rsquo;s retirement prospects are more seriously impacted by a breakdown of the household than men&rsquo;s, with bereavement and divorce often leaving many with substantially weaker retirement finances. Divorced women aged 60-64 have an average of just &pound;35,000 in pension savings, which is just over half of married women and under a third of divorced men. These figures would be eclipsed by average rental costs.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the findings, Dr Yvonne Braun OBE, Director of Long-Term Savings Policy at the ABI said: </strong>&ldquo;We have made remarkable progress in expanding pension saving and reducing pensioner poverty. But the future will not be like the past. For previous generations, home ownership was a cornerstone of financial security in retirement, but for many younger people it will no longer be the norm. With more people renting, paying off a mortgage, or living alone in older age, we need to rethink what an adequate retirement looks like &ndash; and whether people are on track to achieve it.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Dr Priya Khambhaita, Head of Research at the Pensions Policy Institute, said: </strong>&ldquo;The PPI projects over one in three pensioner households will be renting by 2044, posing a significant challenge for retirement adequacy. With a greater share of retirees&rsquo; individual private pension wealth being eroded by ongoing housing costs throughout later life, this fast accelerating pension adequacy challenge is already being felt by some of today&rsquo;s pensioners, and no single policy lever will be enough to address it in isolation. To improve retirement outcomes, the central question is not only how much saving should increase, but who most needs support, and how pension policy must interact with housing, social care, and the wider welfare system.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/one-in-three-pensioners-to-be-renting-by-2044-26886.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>A Pensions System Built For A Britain That No Longer Exists</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The report, titled <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PensionBee-pensions-adequacy-final-2026.pdf"><strong>Pensions Adequacy: Housing, Households and Auto-Enrolment</strong></a>, argues that Auto-Enrolment, while hugely successful at getting millions of people saving into a pension, was built around assumptions that no longer reflect modern working life. Rising numbers of renters in later life, changing family structures and more fragmented careers are leaving growing numbers of people at risk of falling short in retirement.</p>

<p>Building on the evidence presented in the Pensions Commission&rsquo;s Interim Report, the research concludes that retirement adequacy can no longer be judged by pension savings alone. Housing costs, caring responsibilities and household circumstances increasingly determine whether people can afford a decent retirement, while the long-held assumption that most people will own their home outright by retirement is rapidly becoming outdated.</p>

<p>The report highlights renters as one of the groups facing the greatest retirement challenge. Almost two million more pensioner households are projected to be renting by 2044 - a threefold increase - yet median private pension wealth for those aged 60 to 64 is only around &pound;154,000. Renting a two-bedroom home throughout retirement could cost between &pound;200,000 and &pound;400,000, depending on location.</p>

<p>Single people are also at greater risk, needing around 28% more income than couples to achieve the same standard of living. Divorce continues to undermine retirement security, with only 11% of divorcing couples making pension-sharing arrangements, while survivor benefits under Defined Contribution pensions are no longer automatic and depend on choices made at retirement.</p>

<p>For the UK&rsquo;s growing cohort of self-employed individuals, the picture is particularly stark. Unlike employees, they have no access to Auto-Enrolment, no employer pension contributions and no default mechanism to make pension saving the norm. </p>

<p>PensionBee&rsquo;s own research found that a self-employed person earning &pound;30,000 a year is projected to retire with &pound;64,000 less than an employed peer on the same salary, largely because they miss out on employer pension contributions.</p>

<p>The report also identifies weaknesses within Auto-Enrolment itself. For workers earning close to the &pound;10,000 earnings trigger, the headline minimum contribution rate of 8% equates to an effective contribution rate of just over 3% of total pay because contributions are only paid on qualifying earnings rather than every pound earned.</p>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance, PensionBee, commented: </strong>&ldquo;This report lays bare a structural mismatch at the heart of the pensions system. Auto-Enrolment was designed for a Britain where most people bought a home, stayed in one job for years and retired as part of a stable couple household. Today Britain looks very different, with rising housing costs, more fragmented careers and changing family structures.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The fastest-growing group of future retirees are people who rent, move between different types of work, live alone or have caring responsibilities that interrupt their savings. The system has not kept up.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The system has let self-employed workers down but that doesn&rsquo;t mean they have to wait for it to catch up. A personal pension doesn&rsquo;t require an employer, a fixed monthly commitment or a minimum contribution. Most contributions will usually benefit from tax relief from the Government. Even starting later in life and contributing what you can can make a meaningful difference. If you&rsquo;ve had workplace pensions in the past, tracking them down and consolidating them is often the best first step.</p>

<p>&ldquo;But policymakers also need to act. The Self-Assessment tax return already reaches every self-employed worker in the country. Using that moment to encourage pension saving, explain tax relief and make opening a personal pension the obvious next step would be a simple, low-cost reform capable of transforming retirement outcomes. At the same time, bringing the Auto-Enrolment age down from 22 to 18 would give millions of young workers a valuable head start, allowing decades of compound growth to do more of the heavy lifting.&rdquo; </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/a-pensions-system-built-for-a-britain-that-no-longer-exists-26887.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ppf Annual Report 2025 26 Shows Delivery Progress</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Pension Protection Fund (PPF) today published its 2025/26 Annual Report and Accounts detailing its success in delivering against its strategic priorities and business plan objectives over the past year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The PPF, which celebrated 10 years since it insourced its member services operations, continued to deliver outstanding levels of service last year. Member satisfaction remained high, with a score of 97.4 per cent, exceeding the PPF&rsquo;s 90 per cent target. It paid &pound;1.2bn in compensation payments to PPF members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>During the year, the PPF completed 37 Fraud Compensation Fund (FCF) claims, including some highly complex cases, resulting in payments of more than &pound;100 million and benefiting over 2,770 people.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Despite a challenging macroeconomic environment, the PPF&rsquo;s growth portfolio delivered a strong 7.1 per cent return, outperforming its five-year rolling target. This added &pound;1.3bn to the PPF&rsquo;s future claims and risk reserves which, as at 31 March 2026, stood at &pound;15.1bn. The PPF&rsquo;s assets under management rose to &pound;31.5bn.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The PPF achieved considerable success acting in the interests of those it protects. The Pension Schemes Act 2026 contained six measures which deliver benefits for PPF and Financial Assistance Scheme (FAS) members, and the remaining 5,000 DB pension schemes it protects.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Significantly, it enables the PPF to pay increases, up to 2.5 per cent, on benefits accrued before 1997 where members&rsquo; former schemes provided for it. This change will benefit more than 300,000 PPF and FAS members. The PPF is progressing the substantial preparatory work needed so it can pay pre-97 increases to eligible members starting from January 2027. This week, it has begun directly contacting the 300k members to confirm their eligibility. The estimated &pound;1.4bn financial impact to the PPF from this change will be applied to its funding position in 2026/27.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Act additionally gave the PPF greater flexibility to reduce the PPF levy. This enabled the PPF to confirm it will not charge the c.5,000 conventional DB schemes a levy in 2025/26 or 2026/27. The Act also abolished the PPF Administration Levy, which will not be charged to schemes from 2026/27. These changes save millions for schemes whilst enabling the PPF to manage risks responsibly and move towards being self-funding. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Acting PPF Chief Executive Officer, Richard Beaven, commented: </strong>&ldquo;We&rsquo;ve made excellent progress in the past year delivering on our core purpose, protecting members, and on our business priorities. Last year we focused on protecting members&rsquo; interests, delivering high standards of service, maintaining our financial resilience, and strengthening the organisation for the future. As our focus now shifts to implementing the significant package of PPF and FAS changes from the Pension Schemes Act, the groundwork we&rsquo;ve put in place means we&rsquo;re on track to deliver. As we embark on an important year of delivery ahead, we will continue to work collaboratively with all our stakeholders.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PPF-Annual-Report-and-Accounts-202526.pdf"><strong>To download the full Annual Report 2025/26 | Pension Protection Fund</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ppf-annual-report-2025-26-shows-delivery-progress-26889.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 9 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Why Cyber Criminals Love Summer Holidays</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>According to Everywhen, the summer months present a unique combination of operational challenges that can make organisations more susceptible to fraud, phishing attacks, and business email compromise.  This can happen despite there being no change to their underlying technology or cyber security systems.</p>

<p>With decision-makers away from the office, payment approvals delegated to colleagues, employees working remotely or from holiday locations and teams operating with reduced capacity, cyber criminals are increasingly exploiting what security professionals describe as a natural &quot;window of opportunity&quot;.</p>

<p>Rather than targeting weaknesses in technology, many modern cyber-attacks rely on exploiting normal human behaviour. Criminals know that when colleagues are unavailable, verification processes are slower, familiar contacts are harder to reach and urgent requests are less likely to be challenged.</p>

<p><strong>Neil D&rsquo;Mello, Client Director at Everywhen, said: </strong>&quot;Cyber criminals don't need businesses to lower their security standards during the summer; they simply need normal business routines to change. When key decision-makers are on annual leave and approval processes are delegated, attackers have a greater opportunity to exploit uncertainty.</p>

<p>&quot;The majority of successful cyber fraud doesn't begin with sophisticated hacking. It begins with someone receiving what appears to be a legitimate request and making a perfectly understandable decision, based on the information available to them. Summer simply creates more of those moments.&quot;</p>

<p>Everywhen believes that one of the most overlooked risks comes from temporary changes to everyday business processes. Payment approvals, supplier queries and requests for access are frequently handled by colleagues covering annual leave, while out-of-office messages can unintentionally provide criminals with valuable intelligence about who is absent and who has taken over their responsibilities.</p>

<p>At the same time, employees are increasingly accessing company systems while travelling, using unfamiliar networks or working outside their normal routines. Although security controls remain unchanged, the volume of legitimate but unusual activity makes genuinely suspicious behaviour more difficult to identify.</p>

<p>The insurer believes the increased exposure is not the result of employees becoming less security conscious, but because the informal checks and conversations that often prevent fraud naturally, become less accessible during holiday periods.</p>

<p><strong>Neil D&rsquo;Mello added:</strong> &quot;Preparation is far more effective than reacting, after an incident has occurred. Businesses don't need to introduce complicated new controls every summer, but they should review how critical decisions will be made while colleagues are away. Clear approval processes, simple escalation routes and ensuring employees know which controls should never be bypassed can significantly reduce the opportunity for fraudsters.</p>

<p>&quot;Summer should be a time when people switch off from work, not when businesses inadvertently switch off the safeguards that protect them. A little planning before the holiday season can make a significant difference should criminals attempt to take advantage of reduced staffing levels.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/why-cyber-criminals-love-summer-holidays-26877.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Flexibility In Cdc Pensions May Improve Retirement Outcomes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Paul Waters, Partner and Head of DC Markets and Lauren Branney, Senior Actuarial Consultant, Hymans Robertson</strong></p>

<div><strong>The tension at the heart of retirement design</strong></div>

<div>Designing retirement solutions has never been simple. Members want different things, often at the same time. They want security, flexibility and the highest possible retirement income. Balancing these priorities means trade-offs. And that&rsquo;s something pension schemes and providers continue to grapple with.</div>

<p>Individuals are not one-dimensional. While many value the certainty of a steady income, whether through an annuity or CDC, they also want the freedom to adapt their retirement plans as circumstances change, similarly to the way drawdown enables. This is especially so in the early years of retirement when circumstances can change quickly. Meeting all these needs in a single solution is one of the defining challenges for the pensions industry.</p>

<div><strong>Why CDC matters for retirement outcomes</strong></div>

<div>R-CDC has the potential to address some of the biggest risks facing defined contribution (DC) savers today by:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>provide a secure income for life through risk sharing</em></div>

<div><em>reduce the risk of members running out of money</em></div>

<div><em>help deliver higher and more stable retirement incomes</em></div>

<p>These features make R-CDC an attractive option for schemes looking to improve member outcomes at scale.</p>

<p>However, this comes with a trade-off. R-CDC is designed to prioritise income security over individual control, which means it does not naturally offer the same level of flexibility as income drawdown. Early flex-and-fix* type DC designs have sought to address this tension, but these approaches often involve complexity or compromise. R-CDC has the potential to represent a meaningful step forward, offering a secure income for life while helping to address the very real risk of individuals running out of money.</p>

<p>* A &lsquo;flex-and-fix&rsquo; design is one in which members enter a temporary flexible drawdown period before being moved to another decumulation option at a later age (eg annuity purchase or R-CDC at age 75).</p>

<div><strong>The role of defaults and guided retirement</strong></div>

<div>Defaults and guided retirement solutions will play a critical role in shaping better outcomes. This is already recognised in the pensions landscape and is part of the rationale behind guided tetirement's inclusion in the Pension Schemes Act.</div>

<p>Automatically moving members into an income product that protects against running out of money has the potential to improve outcomes at scale. This approach also aligns with wider policy developments that aim to support better decision-making at retirement.</p>

<p><strong>Defaults can:</strong></p>

<div><em>embed longevity protection</em></div>

<div><em>reduce the burden of complex decisions</em></div>

<div><em>deliver more consistent outcomes across large groups of members</em></div>

<p>But defaults need to be designed with care. Members&rsquo; needs can change, and retirement is not a one-off decision. Particularly in the early years, flexibility can be just as important as security.</p>

<div><strong>Why flexibility matters</strong></div>

<div>While R-CDC provides strong foundations for delivering a secure income, the current system does not always support the level of flexibility members expect. This is most evident in the early years of retirement, when individuals may want to:</div>

<div><em>adjust their income</em></div>

<div><em>respond to changing circumstances</em></div>

<div><em>access alternative retirement products</em></div>

<p>In practice, this can be difficult. Constraints in the wider pensions framework, including tax and regulatory considerations, can limit the ability to move between products or adapt retirement strategies. This creates a gap between what members want and what the system allows.</p>

<div><strong>Introducing flexibility without losing the benefits</strong></div>

<div>The key question is not whether R-CDC should offer flexibility, but how to introduce it without undermining its core benefits.</div>

<p>There are practical ways to do this. Schemes could explore carefully designed transfer options or phased approaches that allow members to retain some choice, particularly in the early stages of retirement.</p>

<p>The challenge is to strike the right balance. Too much flexibility could weaken the benefits of risk sharing. Too little could limit the appeal of R-CDC for members who value control. With thoughtful design and appropriate safeguards, it should be possible to achieve both.</p>

<div><strong>What needs to change</strong></div>

<div>To support this, policy and regulation will need to evolve.</div>

<p>Areas to consider include:</p>

<div><em>revisiting tax rules that currently prevent someone receiving a R-CDC scheme pension from transferring to an income drawdown policy</em></div>

<div><em>enabling smoother transitions between income drawdown and R-CDC. This includes addressing the logistical barriers that currently make it difficult to move customers from income drawdown into R-CDC under flex-and-fix designs</em></div>

<div><em>providing clearer guidance for financial advisers on their requirements when evaluating these types of decisions for their clients</em></div>

<p>Removing unnecessary barriers would allow schemes to design retirement solutions that better reflect how people actually use their pensions.</p>

<p>From a scheme design perspective, schemes can manage flexibility carefully. Approaches such as actuarial controls and clearly defined transfer terms can help protect fairness across members while still offering choice.</p>

<div><strong>A key moment for CDC in the UK</strong></div>

<div>CDC is at an important stage of development. With growing interest from policymakers, employers and providers, it is moving from concept to reality.</div>

<p>We believe retirement CDC can play a major role in improving retirement outcomes. But to fully realise that potential, it needs to align with the expectations of modern savers.</p>

<p>That means combining:</p>

<div><em>security through a reliable income for life</em></div>

<div><em>simplicity through well-designed defaults</em></div>

<div><em>flexibility to adapt to changing needs</em></div>

<p>Getting that balance right will be critical to long-term success.</p>

<div><strong>Bringing flexibility and security together</strong></div>

<div>The future of retirement design is not about choosing between flexibility and security. It is about delivering both in a way that works for members.</div>

<p>Greater flexibility in retirement CDC, supported by targeted policy change, could be a significant step forward. It would allow schemes to provide better outcomes while maintaining the benefits of collective risk sharing.</p>

<p>For UK pension savers, this could mean greater confidence in retirement, more resilient income, and solutions that feel practical as well as secure.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/flexibility-in-cdc-pensions-may-improve-retirement-outcomes-26879.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Burnham s Cabinet Earnings And How Their Pensions Compare</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Whoever Andy Burnham appoints to the top jobs in government will inherit not only six-figure salaries, but also one of the UK&rsquo;s few remaining defined benefit pension schemes - a retirement benefit that offers certainty at a time when most workers are responsible for building their own pension wealth through contributions, investment returns and the fees they pay. </p>

<p>PensionBee analysis shows that if an MP instead saved into a typical defined contribution workplace pension under minimum Auto-Enrolment contribution rates, they could expect to retire with a pension pot of around &pound;195,850 by age 67, assuming they entered Parliament at age 35 with &pound;20,000 already saved. While that&rsquo;s more than double today's average pension pot of &pound;88,444, it would still not provide the guaranteed lifetime income available through the parliamentary pension scheme.</p>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance at PensionBee, comments:</strong> &ldquo;As attention turns to who will occupy the top jobs in government, it&rsquo;s worth remembering that the financial package extends well beyond salary. Ministers are among the relatively small number of workers who still benefit from a defined benefit pension that provides a guaranteed income in retirement.</p>

<p>&ldquo;For most people, retirement looks very different. Unlike MPs with a defined benefit pension, the retirement income most of us end up with is largely determined by three decisions: how much we contribute, where our pension is invested and the fees we pay along the way. Helping people make that connection could be one of the biggest steps towards building a nation of engaged investors and improving long-term financial resilience.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>What do ministers earn?</strong></div>

<div>Starting with what Keir Starmer described as &ldquo;the biggest job in the country&rdquo;, the Prime Minister receives &pound;169,344 in 2026/27, while Cabinet Ministers receive &pound;166,104, including their ministerial salaries.</div>

<p>From April 2026, MPs receive a basic annual salary of &pound;98,599, which increases annually in line with average public sector earnings, as measured by the Office for National Statistics (ONS).</p>

<p>Cabinet Ministers are entitled to an additional ministerial salary of &pound;72,454, although the amount typically claimed is &pound;67,505, taking total remuneration to &pound;166,104. This applies to several senior government roles, including the Chancellor of the Exchequer, Secretary of State and the Lord Chancellor.</p>

<p>The Prime Minister is entitled to an additional &pound;80,807, although &pound;75,440 is typically claimed, bringing total remuneration to &pound;169,344.</p>

<div><strong>How do MPs&rsquo; pensions differ from those of most workers?</strong></div>

<div>MPs belong to the Parliamentary Contributory Pension Fund, a defined benefit pension scheme. Unlike the defined contribution pensions used by most UK workers today, it provides a guaranteed retirement income based on salary and years of service rather than investment performance.</div>

<p>By contrast, most employees build a pension pot through workplace pensions under Auto-Enrolment. The value of those pensions depends on how much is contributed over time and how the underlying investments perform.</p>

<p>The comparison highlights the stark difference between today&rsquo;s two pension systems. While most workers build retirement savings that depend on contributions and investment returns, MPs continue to benefit from a guaranteed income in retirement. </p>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance at PensionBee, added:</strong> &ldquo;The comparison isn&rsquo;t about suggesting everyone should have the same pension as an MP. It highlights how different retirement looks for most workers today, where outcomes depend on how much you save and how your investments perform.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The good news is that there are practical steps everyone can take. Checking in on your pension, increasing contributions where you can and combining old pensions can all make a meaningful difference over time. The earlier people recognise that their pension is an investment, not just another deduction on their payslip, the better placed they&rsquo;ll be for retirement.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/burnham-s-cabinet-earnings-and-how-their-pensions-compare-26872.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Spp Outlines Series Of Bold Pension Reforms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>To help solve the crisis, the SPP have outlined a series of bold interventions that policymakers should consider in order to dramatically boost pension saving and pull forgotten workers into the savings net.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>These include but are not limited to:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Various suggestions as to how to address the fact only 4% of the self-employed are saving into a pension, from an opt-out mechanism to be administered by HMRC to a state-backed default pension scheme</em></div>

<div><em>A &quot;Bronze, Silver, Gold&quot; tiered contribution incentive. To help address the myth that current minimum Automatic Enrolment minimum savings rates (8%) are enough, the SPP suggests exploring an accredited framework where a Bronze standard sets a 12% total contribution floor (phased progressively to protect employers), a Silver standard is 15%, and an aspirational Gold standard at 20%.</em></div>

<div><em>The &pound;2,880 limit (on which pension tax relief is payable for non-taxpayers) has not increased for more than a quarter of a century. The SPP suggest that increasing this might better encourage parents and grandparents to consider saving into a pension for the under 18s who are likely to be the greatest beneficiaries of investment growth.</em></div>

<div><em>On Collective Defined Contribution (CDC) pensions, the SPP state that, &ldquo;Subject to appropriate regulatory safeguards, there is a strong case for exploring how CDC-style solutions could be made available within the retail market.&rdquo; The SPP also noted that CDC could, &ldquo;&hellip;easily replicate the concept of a survivor&rsquo;s pension and ensure a protected income stream for the longer-lived partner&rdquo; and that, &ldquo;&hellip;it is possible to set up CDC schemes to operate on a unisex basis.  Under this approach there would be an underlying cross-subsidy towards female members given their higher life expectancy.&rdquo;</em></div>

<div><em>To help the 2.3m working as carers who currently receive no income, the SPP recommend that the Commission should explore the practicalities of introducing a carer&rsquo;s creditIn response to the Pensions Commission&rsquo;s concern about the way in which people are currently accessing their 25% tax free cash lump sum, rather than scrapping this, the SPP suggest that the government should, &ldquo;&hellip;examine the advantages and disadvantages of amending the tax-regime to allow for the 25% tax-free allowance to be spread over time (e.g. applied to each monthly payment, rather than only in a one-off lump sum).&rdquo;</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David James, SPP&rsquo;s DC Committee Chair and a member of the SPP&rsquo;s Adequacy Working Group, said: </strong>&ldquo;Pension adequacy is one of the most defining financial challenges of our generation. We cannot rely on an approach that has a track record of being ineffective, with over 15m people not saving enough for their retirement. We need an actionable framework that changes public psychology, supports employers, and ensures structural fairness across every generation and career path. The SPP&rsquo;s response to the Pensions Commission is a helpful starting point for making such changes. &rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/SPP - Pensions-Commission-08.07.26.pdf"><strong>The SPP&rsquo;s response is available in full, for free, here:</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/spp-outlines-series-of-bold-pension-reforms-26876.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Obr Forecasts Rise In Iht Take Due To Ageing Population</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>On this basis, IHT and CGT receipts are projected to rise from 1.4% of GDP in 2030-31 to 2.2% of GDP by 2075-76 in the OBR&rsquo;s baseline scenario which also includes an assumption that the large historical wealth gains of those currently of retirement age drive a &lsquo;cohort effect&rsquo; in IHT receipts that grows to around 0.2 per cent of GDP by the 2040s.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The OBR also presents an alternative scenario in which rather than just a cohort effect, wealth growth outpaces growth in GDP over the whole projection period which would see receipts from IHT and CGT rise to 2.7% of GDP by 2075-76. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Simon Martin, Head of UK Technical Services at Utmost, commented: </strong>&quot;The OBR's latest report demonstrates how demographic changes in the UK are likely to accelerate wealth transfer over the coming years and drive increases in Inheritance Tax and Capital Gains Tax. Treasury receipts from these taxes have already increased significantly of late driven by recent reforms alongside the ongoing freeze to thresholds and rising property values.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The OBR notes the specific fiscal impact also arising from wealthier cohorts &ndash; particularly the &lsquo;baby boomer&rsquo; generation &ndash; beginning to reach the end of their lives. With significant value tied up in property, which has seen strong growth over recent decades, this transfer of wealth is likely to trigger a growing proportion of tax liabilities. The projections underline the immense value of financial advice and the growing role that the industry is likely to play in supporting legacy planning over the coming decades.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Please see the link to the full report, here: <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/OBR_FRS_2026_Accessible.pdf"><strong>OBR Fiscal risks and sustainability, July 2026</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/obr-forecasts-rise-in-iht-take-due-to-ageing-population-26873.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>M a Resilient As First 6 Months Have Been A Game Of 2 Halves</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>In contrast to the first three months of 2026, which saw a record-breaking 12 mega deals (valued over $10 billion) completed, only three such deals closed in the second quarter, according to the WTW data run in partnership with the M&A Research Centre at Bayes Business School. Large deals (valued over $1bn) were also down during the same period, with 48 transactions closed in the last three months compared to 56 in the previous quarter. The fall in mega deals also pushed down the value of completed transactions from a five-year high of $438 billion in the first quarter of 2026 to $232 billion.</p>

<p>The slowdown in deal activity, however, can also be interpreted as a market reset following the major spike in activity at the start of the year. The 202 transactions valued over $100 million completed worldwide in the second quarter of 2026 still surpassed the 176 deals closed in the same period last year. M&A activity during the last three months also came close to the 215 deals completed in the first quarter, showing a resilient performance of smaller deals despite the impact of the conflict in the Middle East.</p>

<p><strong>Jana Mercereau, Head of Europe M&A Consulting, WTW, said:</strong> &ldquo;The M&A market continues to undergo sharp, seesaw swings in deal performance, reflecting an unpredictable macroeconomic and geopolitical environment. Yet, after waves of uncertainty and an uneven deal trajectory that is expected to endure for the rest of 2026, buyers have barely paused and continue to stare down volatility to cut deals.&rdquo;</p>

<p>All regional acquirers underperformed their respective regional index between April and June 2026. North American acquirers underperformed by -11.6pp with 103 deals completed, compared to -5.4pp and 117 deals in the first quarter of 2026. European dealmakers also underperformed their index by -8.3pp in the last three months with 38 deals completed, compared to +6.0pp during the previous quarter with 40 deals. Reflecting the wider European trend, British acquirers also underperformed the index.</p>

<p>The performance of Asia-Pacific buyers was more acutely depressed, substantially underperforming their regional index by -35.8pp compared to -3.4pp in the first three months of 2026. At the same time, Asia Pacific was the only region to record a quarterly rise in deal volume, with 51 deals completed during the second quarter compared to 49 the previous three months. This increase was achieved despite a sharp fall in transactions by Chinese buyers, who recorded just seven completed transactions compared to 21 in the first quarter.</p>

<p><strong>Mercereau said:</strong> &ldquo;Geopolitical uncertainty, valuation concerns and shifting trade policies have yet to significantly temper the pace, depth, and breadth of the global M&A market. As the push for scale and cost efficiency to address increased competition continue to drive deal momentum, a disciplined, strategy-driven focus on sector-specific opportunities will prove essential to execute deals that create long-term value in turbulent conditions.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/WTW-Quarterly_Deal_Performance_Monitor_Q2_2026 Final.pdf"><strong>WTW&rsquo;s Quarterly Deal Performance Monitor (QDPM)</strong></a></p>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>1 The M&A research tracks the number of completed deals over $100m and the share price performance of the acquiring company against the MSCI World Index, which is used as default, unless stated otherwise.</em></span></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/m-a-resilient-as-first-6-months-have-been-a-game-of-2-halves-26874.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Oil Up As Middle East Tensions Flare Sending Markets Lower</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>''A surge in oil prices has sparked worries about persistent inflation, with the Middle East tinderbox reigniting. Downbeat sentiment is spreading, with the FTSE 100 sharply lower and European indices deep in the red. The US military has attacked dozens of targets in Iran in retaliation for strikes on three tankers in the Strait of Hormuz. There&rsquo;s a real sense of d&eacute;j&agrave; vu unfolding, with the US and Iran appearing to take significant steps towards peace, only for the illusion to be shattered once again. However, even though Brent has surged by more than 6% to trade at around $76 a barrel, reflecting this unwelcome turn of events, it&rsquo;s still nowhere near the levels seen during previous periods of conflict. There does seem to be some expectation that tensions will eventually calm again, while the ramp-up in oil production is helping to keep a lid on concerns about a fresh energy crunch. Nevertheless, it&rsquo;s a major setback just as nations around the world had been breathing a sigh of relief that a longer-term resolution looked to be within reach.</p>

<p>It&rsquo;s in this tense environment that investors are waiting for the minutes of the last Fed meeting to be released. Expectations of rate cuts had been reined in a little after the weaker-than-expected jobs report last week, but now that the cards are being thrown up in the air again in the Middle East, there&rsquo;s likely to be even closer scrutiny of more hawkish attitudes around the table. The minutes are likely to show that policymakers will remain driven by the data, rather than personal convictions or external pressures. However, with energy prices at risk of ramping higher, they&rsquo;re also expected to reinforce the message that any fresh inflationary shock could delay the path towards lower interest rates, keeping the Fed firmly in wait-and-see mode.</p>

<p>Fresh geopolitical uncertainty risks denting the confidence of holidaymakers once again, but this worry hasn&rsquo;t thrown Jet2 shares off course. They&rsquo;ve risen more than 12% this morning as investors have cheered results showing super-strong summer demand, with capacity 7.7% ahead of last year. Its strategy of focusing on value is proving a powerful draw, with cost-conscious consumers still prioritising their annual escape despite lingering global tensions. Bookings are running 7.1% ahead of this point last year, while fuller planes and targeted price investment are helping to keep momentum flying. Hitting the top end of profit guidance has reinforced confidence that Jet2&rsquo;s nimble operating model is helping it navigate choppier skies, and the announcement of a fresh &pound;250 million share buyback has provided an extra tailwind for the shares.''</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/oil-up-as-middle-east-tensions-flare-sending-markets-lower-26875.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title> 120k Tax Bill On Inherited Property Under New Cgt Reforms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>As speculation grows over potential changes to Capital Gains Tax (CGT) under an Andy Burnham government, new analysis from Rathbones reveals that investors and families could face significantly larger tax bills if key reforms are introduced.</p>

<p>The calculations examine two changes that have featured prominently in recent tax policy debates: the abolition of CGT uplift on death and the alignment of CGT rates with income tax rates. Current CGT rates are 18% for many basic-rate taxpayers and 24% for higher and additional-rate taxpayers, with a &pound;3,000 annual exemption.</p>

<p>The analysis shows that abolishing CGT uplift on death could leave beneficiaries facing a tax bill of almost &pound;120,000 when selling an inherited family home that has risen in value by &pound;500,000.</p>

<p>Meanwhile, aligning CGT rates with income tax rates could increase the tax bill on a &pound;50,000 gain by nearly &pound;10,000 for additional-rate taxpayers and more than &pound;7,500 for higher-rate taxpayers.</p>

<p><strong>Ed Wood, Financial Planning Director at Rathbones, says:</strong> &quot;We've seen a significant increase in client enquiries about CGT as speculation grows over what fiscal measures a new government might consider to fund its economic agenda. With commitments made on the main tax levers, many investors see CGT as a potentially tempting area for area for policymakers looking to raise additional revenue.</p>

<p>&quot;However, there is a risk that further increases in the CGT burden could discourage investment at a time when the UK needs private capital to turbocharge economic growth. There is also a question over whether higher rates would ultimately deliver the expected boost to the public finances, as investor behaviour often changes in response to tax increases.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Potential impact of abolishing CGT uplift on death</strong></div>

<div>Under current rules, assets are generally rebased for CGT purposes on death, meaning gains accrued during the deceased's lifetime are wiped out. If this relief were abolished and inherited assets retained their original acquisition cost, beneficiaries could face substantial tax liabilities when those assets are eventually sold.</div>

<p><strong>Rathbones' analysis shows that, assuming a 24% CGT rate:</strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_RathbonesCGT0807261.jpg" style="height:172px; width:392px" /></p>

<p>A family inheriting a property that has risen in value by &pound;500,000 over a 25-year period could therefore face a CGT bill approaching &pound;120,000 when the property is ultimately sold.</p>

<p>The prospect of abolishing CGT uplift on death comes alongside planned inheritance tax changes that will bring unused pension funds within the scope of IHT from April 2027.</p>

<p><strong>Ed Wood says:</strong> &quot;For many families, the removal of CGT uplift on death would feel like a one-two punch. Not only could inherited wealth be subject to inheritance tax, but beneficiaries could also face a CGT bill on gains that accrued during their loved one's lifetime. Add in the forthcoming inclusion of unused pension pots within inheritance tax calculations, and there is a growing concern that a much larger slice of intergenerational wealth will end up in the taxman's coffers.&quot;</p>

<p>&quot;The tax implications are only part of the story. Removing CGT uplift on death could also create a paperwork nightmare for executors, who may be forced to reconstruct decades of ownership history, track down purchase records, calculate the cost of long-forgotten improvements and establish the original acquisition cost of assets that may have been held for generations.</p>

<p>&quot;For grieving families, the challenge may not just be paying the tax, but establishing how much tax is due in the first place. Any reform would therefore risk adding significant complexity, cost and delay to the administration of estates at an already difficult time.&quot;</p>

<div><strong>Potential impact of aligning CGT with income tax rates</strong></div>

<div>There has also been growing speculation that CGT rates could be aligned with income tax rates, potentially increasing the rate paid on gains to as much as 45% for additional-rate taxpayers.</div>

<p>If this occurred, an additional-rate taxpayer making a &pound;50,000 gain outside tax wrappers such as ISAs and pensions could face a tax bill of &pound;21,150, compared with &pound;11,280 under the current regime &mdash; an increase of &pound;9,870.</p>

<p>Higher-rate taxpayers would also face a notable increase in their tax burden. A &pound;10,000 gain would generate a tax bill of &pound;2,800, up from &pound;1,680 currently. On gains of &pound;50,000, the tax liability would rise to &pound;18,800, compared with &pound;11,280 today.</p>

<p>Basic-rate taxpayers would also be affected, with the tax bill on a &pound;10,000 gain rising from &pound;1,260 to &pound;1,400 if CGT rates were aligned with income tax rates.</p>

<p><strong>Kirsty Cartwright, Investment Director at Rathbones, says: </strong>&quot;For higher and additional-rate taxpayers, aligning CGT rates with income tax rates could add thousands of pounds to the tax bill on a single disposal. For business owners, landlords and long-term investors, any reforms could have implications not only for investment returns, but also for succession planning and the transfer of wealth between generations.&quot;</p>

<p>&quot;While speculation has prompted useful conversations about tax planning, investors should avoid letting tax considerations alone drive investment decisions. One approach we use is agreeing a CGT budget with clients, allowing gains to be realised in a measured way while reinvesting into opportunities that are better aligned with their objectives, circumstances and risk profile.</p>

<p>&quot;The key is not to let the tax tail wag the investment dog. After all, CGT is only payable when you've made a profit. Whatever policy changes may come, making full use of available allowances and tax-efficient wrappers such as ISAs and pensions remains as important as ever.&quot;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/-120k-tax-bill-on-inherited-property-under-new-cgt-reforms-26878.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Lower Mansion Tax Threshold Down To  1 5m</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>She says the biggest impact could be felt by those who are asset-rich but cash-flow constrained, particularly retirees and homeowners in London and the South East, while also raising concerns over how high-value properties would be fairly valued and how any appeals process would work in practice.</p>

<p><strong>Alex Pugh, chartered financial planner and Partner at Saltus, said:</strong> &ldquo;A lower threshold would mean significantly more homeowners facing an annual surcharge on top of their existing council tax bill, particularly in areas where property prices have grown significantly over recent decades. While a &pound;1.5 million property may sound like a high-value asset, it does not necessarily mean the owner has significant disposable wealth available - many households may be asset-rich but cash-flow constrained, particularly those who are retired or approaching retirement and have much of their wealth tied up in their home. For someone on a fixed retirement income, an additional annual charge of several thousand pounds is not a marginal cost and it could fundamentally change whether staying in that property remains viable.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The impact is also likely to vary depending on where people live. In some parts of London and the South East, for example, a property at this level may be a family home rather than a luxury property, meaning a wider range of homeowners could potentially be affected than the term &lsquo;mansion tax&rsquo; might suggest.</p>

<p>&ldquo;For those who may fall within scope, the key consideration is understanding how an additional ongoing cost fits into their wider financial position. A property should not be viewed in isolation, and homeowners should consider how their home fits alongside their pension arrangements, investments, income needs and longer-term plans. For some people, this may prompt a wider conversation about whether their current property remains appropriate for their future circumstances, but any decisions should be based on their overall financial goals rather than simply reacting to a potential charge.</p>

<p>&quot;The valuation process is one of the most significant practical concerns. High-value property can be difficult to assess accurately, with factors such as location, condition, local planning decisions and the availability of comparable sales all affecting the figure, and two surveyors could arrive at very different numbers for the same property. There is also a wider question around how improvements and extensions would be treated. Many homeowners have chosen to stay put and invest in their properties, adding value through renovations or extensions because the increase in the property&rsquo;s worth has historically justified the cost. If a high-value property surcharge were introduced, there would need to be clarity over whether significant improvements could trigger a new valuation and potentially bring more homes into scope.</p>

<p>A transparent valuation process and a clear appeals mechanism will be essential to ensure homeowners are treated fairly, particularly in cases where an official valuation pushes a homeowner above the threshold but the property would not actually achieve that price on the open market. If someone is paying a significant surcharge based on a valuation of &pound;1.5 million but their home later sells for less, there needs to be a straightforward route to challenge that assessment. At the moment, there is still uncertainty around what that process would look like in practice.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/lower-mansion-tax-threshold-down-to--1-5m-26880.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 8 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Super El Ni o And Systemic Threat To Global Supply Chains</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>With the world now officially in an El Ni&ntilde;o climate pattern, the latest forecasts indicate a high probability that the current phase could intensify into one of the strongest on record. The European Commission's Joint Research Centre has described the outlook as &quot;potentially historic&quot;, warning of widespread and simultaneous climatic disruption across multiple regions.</p>

<div><strong>A risk multiplier, not an isolated event</strong></div>

<div>TT Club is urging organisations to recognise that a super El Ni&ntilde;o is not simply a weather event, but a systemic risk multiplier that has the potential to compound existing vulnerabilities across global supply chains.</div>

<p>The convergence of climate disruption with ongoing geopolitical pressures creates conditions for cascading, interconnected challenges across transport networks, energy systems and commodity markets.</p>

<p><strong>Key areas of concern identified by TT Club include:</strong></p>

<div><em>Transport and logistics disruption &ndash; Reduced water levels in critical transit routes such as the Panama Canal, alongside intensified Pacific storm activity, could further erode the reliability of global shipping networks.</em></div>

<div><em>Energy and industrial impacts &ndash; Extreme heat may drive surges in energy demand with potential compounding affects to power generation and supply, potentially leading to power rationing and operational disruption in - manufacturing hubs.</em></div>

<div><em>Second and third-order effects &ndash; Organisations may face indirect impacts through supplier disruption, freight cost increases, energy market volatility - and working-capital pressures.</em></div>

<p><strong>The case for proactive resilience</strong></p>

<p><strong>Neil Dalus, Risk Assessment Manager at TT Club commented:</strong> &quot;The trajectory of this El Ni&ntilde;o event demands that the logistics and supply chain community takes a proactive rather than reactive approach. The question is not whether disruption will occur, but how prepared organisations are to anticipate and respond to it. Those with greater supply chain visibility, diversified sourcing strategies and robust crisis management frameworks will be far better positioned to weather what could be a very challenging period.&quot;</p>

<p>TT Club is encouraging organisations to take priority actions, including enhanced scenario planning that incorporates compound climate and geopolitical risks, supply chain diversification away from highly exposed geographies, deeper supplier mapping to identify hidden vulnerabilities, and the integration of seasonal climate intelligence into decision-making processes.</p>

<p>Those seeking a practical framework for strengthening climate resilience may also find TT Club&rsquo;s climate-ready supply chain whitepaper useful. It provides a dedicated resource for assessing climate-related supply chain exposure and considering actions to improve preparedness, adaptation and continuity planning.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/super-el-ni-o-and-systemic-threat-to-global-supply-chains-26870.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pricing And Reserving   Two Sides Of The Same Coin </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Sarah Vaughan, Director at Angelica Solutions</strong></u> </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Claims data gets sliced and diced into different claim types, claim counts (with and without nil claims), propensities, third-party intervention, large claims, small claims; the list goes on. All of this is then combined with every scrap of policy and customer behaviour data in order to try and quantify the relationship between what an insurer knows at point of quote and the claims that will ultimately get paid.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Then we get to the final piece in the puzzle, getting the level of prices right. Very early in my career, in my first in-house role as a Head of Pricing, an experienced underwriter I met during the obligatory meet and greet said to me, &lsquo;I understand all this new [at the time] theory of building Generalised Linear Models (GLMs) of claims data but tell me, how do you go about setting the base rate?&rsquo;.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As a newly qualified Actuary, I thought there was an easy response and proceeded to rattle through the stock exam question answer about reserving ultimates, claims inflation and average claims occurring halfway through a policy year etc.  Now, nearly 20 years on, I find myself reflecting on this question regularly and realise that the individual in question was on to something. It isn&rsquo;t easy to get the level of the rates right.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>My experience of executing this in reality is that the textbook answer has in fact been one of regular disconnect between the land of Pricing and the land of Reserving, meaning that what sounded like an elementary case of multiplication, turns into layer upon layer of assumption, interpolation, adjustment and inference. At best this costs time but at worst it makes a serious dent in underwriting performance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These challenges persist despite, and in some cases because of, the relentless march forward in modelling sophistication. Pricing and Reserving teams often work from subtly different versions of the same reality, whether through differing claim type definitions, data exclusions, claims capping levels or aggregation structures. Claims and policy data may not reconcile across source systems, catastrophe models may be built around geographic regions that do not align with pricing structures, and even seemingly straightforward issues such as currency conversion can introduce additional layers of adjustment. Differences in time horizons and projection methodologies, such as monthly versus annual views or accident year versus underwriting year analyses, add further complexity, while the frequency and timeliness of reserving updates do not always match the pace at which pricing decisions need to be made.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Overlaying all of this are the challenges of separating exceptional events from underlying performance and reaching a consensus on future claims inflation, meaning that what appears on the surface to be a simple feedback loop often becomes a process of interpretation, adjustment and judgement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In the interests of balance, the challenges do not all flow in one direction. Changes made by Pricing teams can create significant difficulties for Reserving too. Shifts in the mix of business may mean that changes in average premium are not proportionate to changes in underlying risk, while updates to underwriting rules or acceptance criteria may not be fully captured by even the most sophisticated risk indices. Product and coverage changes can alter expected claims costs, and changes in business mix can influence the balance between claim types, reporting patterns and settlement rates in ways that are often difficult to quantify with confidence. To compound matters further, reserving data is not always available at the level of granularity needed to isolate and adjust for these effects, making it challenging to separate genuine performance changes from the consequences of evolving business strategy.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In many larger insurers, Pricing and Reserving sit in separate functions. This separation brings important governance benefits and helps avoid situations where teams are effectively marking their own homework. However, separation can also create distance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Pricing teams often need answers at a pace that traditional reserving cycles struggle to support. It is not uncommon for pricing decisions to be informed by reserve reviews that are already several months old before they reach the people who need them. By the time any differences in peril definitions, large-loss treatment or data structures have been reconciled, valuable time has been lost.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Meanwhile, smaller insurers, MGAs and brokers often operate with leaner teams where individuals wear multiple hats. Although they may not always carry direct loss ratio accountability, many still have profitability-linked remuneration structures that make understanding underlying performance just as important. The challenge, therefore, is not simply one of communication between Pricing and Reserving. It is about ensuring that reserving processes have evolved to meet the needs of modern insurance businesses.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over the last twenty years, pricing functions have undergone a transformation. They have embraced richer data, greater automation, more frequent monitoring and increasingly sophisticated analytical techniques. Reserving has also evolved, particularly in response to regulatory requirements around capital, variability and solvency, but there remains significant opportunity to increase speed, agility and operational value.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Modern reserving should be rapid, friction-free, informed, consistent and granular, combining automated analysis with near real-time data and alignment to pricing assumptions. This enables insurers to identify emerging trends sooner and make better-informed decisions.  Ultimately, the objective is not to blur the lines between Pricing and Reserving, but to ensure they are working from the same version of reality. The closer the alignment between the two functions, the more effectively an insurer can understand performance, respond to emerging trends and make informed underwriting decisions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AngelicaSolns0707261.jpg" style="height:322px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pricing-and-reserving---two-sides-of-the-same-coin--26869.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>3 Car Insurance Misconceptions That Could Cost You Thousands</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Steve Ramsey, motor insurance specialist, warns that drivers who misinterpret their policy could be at risk of more than just rejected claims. </p>

<div><strong>Three myths leaving motorists exposed </strong></div>

<div>From fully comprehensive clarity to policy wording exclusions, Steve shares expert insight into the most common misconceptions letting motorists down: </div>

<p><em><strong>1. &ldquo;Fully comprehensive cover means you can drive other cars&rdquo; </strong></em></p>

<p>Many drivers wrongly assume that fully comprehensive cover means you can drive other cars (DOC). But this isn&rsquo;t always the case - and there are often strict conditions.  </p>

<p>According to Steve, DOC cover is included on a case-by-case basis and <strong>only 2% of policies offer DOC cover as standard for named drivers. </strong>And even if you have DOC in your policy, it usually only covers you on a third-party basis. </p>

<p>If you have DOC cover, it&rsquo;s usually stated on your schedule of insurance, not in the policy booklet. Rather than assuming cover, if you need to drive someone else&rsquo;s car, you could look into temporary car insurance or get added to their insurance as a named driver. </p>

<p><strong>According to Steve:</strong> &ldquo;If a friend drives your car without adequate cover and they get into a collision with a third-party, the costs can be significant. The third-party damage would likely be covered by your insurer, but the policyholder would need to reimburse these costs. Damage to your own car is unlikely to be covered, while your friend could be prosecuted for driving without insurance.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>2. &ldquo;Personal belongings in my car are automatically covered by insurance&rdquo; </strong></p>

<p>A critical error many motorists make is assuming that their car insurance will kick in if their phone, handbag or laptop is swiped from the back seat. But the reality is that <strong>70% of comprehensive policies have a &pound;500 cover limit.  </strong></p>

<p>This means if your &pound;1,000 laptop gets stolen from your car, insurance might only cover half of the cost to replace it. The gap widens further if an entire bag is taken. A laptop, phone and sunglasses together could easily exceed &pound;2,000 in value, leaving motorists significantly short of what they need to replace everything. </p>

<p>Items like money, credit cards, personal documents and business tools are typically excluded from personal belongings cover entirely. </p>

<p><strong>Steve continues:</strong> &ldquo;The level of cover also depends on your specific policy. According to Defaqto, 87% of comprehensive car insurance policies include personal belongings as standard, compared to only 10% of third party, fire and theft (TPFT). You don&rsquo;t need to worry about commuting vs social cover&rdquo; </p>

<p>Few drivers realise the critical difference between social and commuting cover, but the consequences can be severe. Around <strong>50% of drivers opt for &lsquo;social only cover&rsquo;</strong>, potentially unaware that then using their car for commuting could invalidate their entire policy. </p>

<p>Not understanding this distinction could leave motorists uninsured for their journey to work, and liable for a fine and points on their driving licence. Driving uninsured, even unknowingly, carries a fixed penalty of &pound;300 and six points on your licence. Steve shares that for insurance purposes, commuting is classed as regular travel to and from a single place of work.  </p>

<p><strong>Beat the misconceptions: check your cover </strong></p>

<p><strong>Steve concludes:</strong> &ldquo;When it comes to insurance products, never assume. After all, asking the question could be the difference between a policy payout and an astronomical bill in your name.&rdquo; </p>

<p>Go.Compare shares three top tips to motorists to avoid getting caught out: </p>

<div><em>Always read <strong>both</strong> your policy schedule and the booklet. </em></div>

<div><em><strong>Identify what is and isn&rsquo;t covered</strong> before you take out the insurance. </em></div>

<div><em><strong>Understand policy wording</strong> around DOC, personal belongings and commuting cover. </em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/3-car-insurance-misconceptions-that-could-cost-you-thousands-26871.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mutuals Market Performs Strongly In 2025</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Broadstone has published its latest report analysing publicly available data contained in the Solvency and Financial Condition Reports (SFCRs) published by Association of Financial Mutuals (AFM) members as well as other firms of a similar nature and size.</p>

<p>The analysis finds that most participants reported an increase in assets over 2025. The four largest participants reported an average asset increase of 5%, marking a significant improvement on last year, when the same group recorded an average decrease of 2%.</p>

<p>The remaining participants recorded an average increase of 5%, compared with an average increase of 1% last year. Overall, fewer firms reported declining assets this year: total assets fell for five participants compared with twelve participants last year.</p>

<p>Most participants reported an increase in Gross Written Premiums (GWP) compared to last year with the median increasing from &pound;37m to &pound;39m. The average Gross Written Premium rose by 6% for the top 4 and by 13% across the other participants, with 11 participants recording growth in excess of 10%.</p>

<p>Gross claims increased for most participants with the median gross claims incurred rising significantly to &pound;37m (2024: &pound;31m). Claims in excess of premiums can indicate challenges for growth however it may also relate to long term business from prior years and are supported by historical investment returns for savings and investment providers.</p>

<p>The findings of the Report highlight the value mutuals bring and the direction of travel towards proportionate supervision, lower burden and better support for growth amid the Government&rsquo;s ambition to double the size of the mutual and co-operative sector.</p>

<p><strong>Ewen Tweedie, Actuarial Director in Broadstone&rsquo;s Insurance Advisory & Remediation division, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Our analysis shows the mutual sector is well placed to keep supporting its members and has the financial strength to help deliver the government&rsquo;s ambitions.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Across the market, momentum was evident in 2025 with firms focused on supporting members through higher claims activity whilst benefiting from broadly positive Investment performance. Equities performed strongly, while fixed income delivered mixed results depending on duration.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Looking ahead to the coming year, there may be some turbulence due to factors ranging from political instability within the UK to geopolitical tensions driving increased cost of living pressures.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Mental health is having a growing impact on individuals and workplaces, underlining the importance of prevention, early intervention and staying connected to work. Mutuals have an important role to play in supporting members and communities through these challenges.&rdquo;</p>

<p>A full copy of Broadstone&rsquo;s report UK Insurance Landscape: Insights from mutuals can be downloaded here: <a href="https://broadstone.co.uk/resource-library/">https://broadstone.co.uk/resource-library/</a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/mutuals-market-performs-strongly-in-2025-26867.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Game  Set And Pension</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>It highlights a financial reality facing many professional athletes: while their careers may be short, their retirement could last for decades. For those with a limited earning window, investing early in a pension can help turn peak earnings into a lasting retirement income through tax relief and the benefit of decades of compound growth.</p>

<p>While few of us earn our living on Centre Court, the same principle applies more widely. Whether it's a bonus, inheritance, business sale or redundancy payment, investing part of a windfall into a pension early can give those savings decades to grow.</p>

<div><strong>The prize pension ladder</strong></div>

<div>PensionBee modelled how much a 25-year-old Wimbledon player could have at age 67 if they invested their entire 2026 prize money into a personal pension.</div>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PensionBeeWimbledon0707261.jpg" style="height:234px; width:512px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Projections show the value at age 67 of a prize lump sum invested at age 25. Figures assume maximum contributions with full tax relief and annual allowance. Growth is modeled at 7% annually, with a 0.70% management charge and 2% inflation applied to show all values in today's money.</em></span></p>

<p>The modelling illustrates a broader principle: when earnings are concentrated in a relatively short period, putting money into a pension early gives it longer to benefit from added tax relief and the power of compound growth.Even a player who exited in the first round of qualifying with &pound;20,000 could build a pension worth &pound;147,354 by retirement - more than seven times the original prize in today's money.</p>

<p>A player who made it to round 1, winning &pound;80,000, could grow that money into a pension pot worth almost &pound;626000. By comparison, an &pound;80,000 lump sum held in cash and growing broadly in line with inflation would still be worth around &pound;80,000 in today's money at age 67. That&rsquo;s a difference of over half a million pounds.</p>

<p><strong>Maike Currie, VP Personal Finance at PensionBee, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Wimbledon prize money makes eye-watering headlines, but the bigger story is what happens to that money after the tournament ends. While a first-round exit is no doubt disappointing, winnings of &pound;80,000 invested in a pension at age 25 could grow into more than &pound;625,000 by retirement. That's thanks to the combined power of pension tax relief, compounding and time.</p>

<p>&ldquo;For people who earn much of their lifetime income early in life - whether they're athletes, performers, entrepreneurs or anyone receiving a windfall - the challenge is turning a short period of success into long-term financial security. The temptation is to spend while income is high, but setting some of it aside and giving it decades to grow can make an extraordinary difference later on.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The lesson isn't just for professional tennis players. Whether it's a bonus, inheritance or other windfall, investing part of it early in a pension can have a much bigger impact on your retirement than many people realise. When it comes to long-term investing, time is the most powerful ingredient. &rdquo;</p>

<p>-Ends-</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/game--set-and-pension-26866.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>State Pension Spending To Reach 9  Of Gdp By 2075</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In a scenario where the State Pension is instead uprated in line with average earnings, spending reaches around 7% of GDP by 2075-76.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&quot;The OBR's projections highlight a growing intergenerational challenge. While the Triple Lock has been successful in protecting pensioner incomes, the cost of maintaining that commitment falls on today's workers through higher taxation and borrowing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;At a time when many pensioners are asset rich and younger generations face significant barriers to wealth accumulation, it is reasonable to ask whether universal increases remain the most effective use of public resources.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The real policy question is not whether pensioners should be protected from poverty &ndash; they absolutely should be. It is whether taxpayer support should be targeted more effectively towards those who genuinely need it, rather than continuing to provide identical increases across the entire pensioner population regardless of income or wealth.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://obr.uk/frs/fiscal-risks-and-sustainability-july-2026/">https://obr.uk/frs/fiscal-risks-and-sustainability-july-2026/</a></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/state-pension-spending-to-reach-9--of-gdp-by-2075-26868.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 7 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Weather Events Are Driving Higher Costs And Complex Claims</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>According to <strong>Neil Mather, Head of Internal Operations within Gallagher Bassett&rsquo;s Europe, Middle East & Asia Loss Adjusting business</strong>, the industry is experiencing a sustained rise in weather-related claims, driven by more frequent, intense and unpredictable events.</p>

<p>&ldquo;A single claim may involve storm damage combined with flood ingress, or a lightning strike resulting in fire-related losses. Greater complexity changes the operational reality of loss adjusting. It requires more comprehensive technical assessment, closer coordination with supply chain partners and a more agile response model.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The combination of high claims volumes, more complexity and greater surge demand is challenging the wider insurance market. As climate and catastrophe scenario risks intensify, insurers are refining how they assess, price and manage risk. According to Gallagher Bassett&rsquo;s The Carrier Perspective: 2026 Claims Insights report, 57% of UK insurers are enhancing risk assessment and modelling, and the same proportion are increasing premium rates.</p>

<p>&ldquo;These are not marginal adjustments. They show a market recalibrating around a new risk reality. Insurers are becoming more precise in how they price risk, but pricing alone cannot solve the operational challenge. The point of claim, where adjusters must manage cost, is where volatility becomes real for customers.&rdquo;</p>

<p>In response, Gallagher Bassett has adopted an integrated field and desk adjusting model, enabling resources to be deployed flexibly based on demand. The organisation has also invested in data-led decision making, validation processes, and real-time management information to support prioritisation during surge periods.</p>

<p>GB&rsquo;s operating model is designed to address both sides of this challenge: the cost pressure created by higher claim volumes and repair complexity, and the operational complexity of managing losses with multiple causes, suppliers and client needs.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Our response is built around operational agility and control. Our model allows us to deploy resources flexibly when demand shifts, while ensuring claims are assessed accurately, progressed efficiently and managed with level of care our clients expect.&rdquo;</p>

<p>&ldquo;At the same time, service cannot be reduced to process alone. Processes provide an important guide, but our people need the flexibility to respond to the situation in front of them. That means clear, one-to-one communication with claimants to understand what matters most.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Looking ahead, weather-related impacts are expected to remain a key driver of claims activity and cost. The future of loss adjusting will be shaped by even greater investment in data and analytics, increased use of technology and AI, more flexible catastrophe response frameworks, and stronger collaboration between insurers, clients and adjusting partners.</p>

<p>&ldquo;As weather events drive higher costs and more complex claims, the ability to respond at scale becomes critical. By drawing on capability across GB&rsquo;s wider global network, including major operations in the US, Australia and Asia, we can create a 24-hour claims operation when demand requires it. That gives clients greater continuity and control during surge periods, while helping ensure complex losses are assessed, prioritised and progressed without unnecessary delay.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Capacity alone is not enough in an increasingly volatile environment:</p>

<p>&ldquo;Clients want confidence that their loss adjusting partner can respond to challenging conditions with resilience and reliability. Gallagher Bassett is structured to manage volatility, not just react to it. Even in periods of heightened disruption, our focus remains the same: delivering consistent, high-quality claims outcomes with speed, control, empathy and confidence.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/weather-events-are-driving-higher-costs-and-complex-claims-26860.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 6 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Risk Of Delaying Gmp Equalisation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Aled Edwards, Partner and Head of Actuarial Strategy at Quantum Advisory</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div>In many cases, the opposite is true. Trustees understand the legal obligations, the potential member impact and the implications for future de-risking activity. The challenge is capacity. Demand for GMP equalisation work now significantly outweighs delivery resource across the pensions market, particularly for smaller and medium-sized schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Administrators, actuarial firms and specialist providers are increasingly focused on larger transactions and schemes with higher commercial value, leaving many SME schemes facing extended timelines, rising costs and limited access to support. As a result, GMP equalisation has become one of the most persistent unfinished projects in UK pensions, but delaying action is not without consequence.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Pensions Ombudsman has already cautioned trustees against unreasonable delays, and unresolved GMP issues are increasingly becoming a practical barrier to wider strategic objectives, particularly for schemes considering buy-in, buy-out, or broader endgame planning.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Insurers want certainty. They want clean data, clarity over liabilities and confidence that historic benefit issues have been addressed appropriately. Where GMP equalisation remains unresolved, schemes can face transaction delays, pricing adjustments, additional adviser costs, or reduced prioritisation from insurers operating in an increasingly competitive market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In simple terms, schemes that are operationally ready are moving ahead. Schemes that are not are slipping further down the queue.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For many trustees, that creates a frustrating position. Schemes may have spent years improving funding levels, strengthening governance and preparing for de-risking opportunities, only to discover that unresolved GMP work has become a critical blocker at the point where timing matters most. The irony is that the schemes most likely to struggle are often those least equipped to absorb further delay.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Large schemes typically have greater adviser resource and the scale to command market attention. Smaller schemes are competing for limited specialist capacity at a time when providers are understandably prioritising larger mandates and immediate commercial opportunities. That has created a widening imbalance across the market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Some schemes are well advanced in implementation. Others are still trying to secure project resource or agree data requirements before meaningful work can begin. In many cases, trustees are caught between competing priorities, administrative pressures and limited adviser bandwidth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The danger is that GMP equalisation becomes permanently deferred in favour of more immediate operational demands. But delay carries its own cost. Every month that passes potentially means members continue receiving incorrect benefits, whether overpayments or underpayments. Trustees also continue carrying unresolved legal and operational risk on their scheme balance sheet.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>There is also a broader governance issue. As schemes move closer to endgame planning, trustees are increasingly expected to demonstrate not simply awareness of GMP equalisation, but a credible pathway towards resolution. Regulators, insurers and advisers alike are becoming less sympathetic to indefinite postponement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That does not mean every scheme must immediately launch a large-scale equalisation exercise regardless of cost or readiness. However, trustees should be able to evidence active consideration, proportionate planning and a realistic timetable for progression. In response, many schemes are now exploring more pragmatic and phased approaches.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Rather than treating GMP equalisation as a single large project requiring significant upfront commitment, some are breaking work into manageable stages or prioritising schemes closest to transaction activity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>There is also growing recognition that smaller schemes may require delivery models specifically designed around their scale and resource constraints, rather than approaches built for much larger pension arrangements.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The wider market environment is unlikely to ease anytime soon. Buy-in and buy-out demand remains exceptionally strong, while administrative and actuarial resource across the industry remains stretched. Against that backdrop, schemes that continue deferring GMP equalisation risk finding themselves operationally constrained today, and strategically disadvantaged tomorrow. Trustees do not need alarmism around GMP equalisation. What they do need is realism.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Unresolved GMP issues are no longer simply a historic technical complication sitting quietly in the background. They are increasingly influencing transaction readiness, governance expectations, member outcomes and strategic flexibility. For schemes navigating the path towards endgame planning, the cost of delay is becoming harder to ignore.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-risk-of-delaying-gmp-equalisation-26864.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 6 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Private Market Growth Puts Dc Strategy Design In Focus</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The analysis finds that providers are increasingly looking beyond traditional listed equity exposure, with private market assets becoming a more prominent feature of default arrangements. At the same time, the Value for Money (VfM) framework is expected to create greater transparency around outcomes. This will place increased focus on whether providers are delivering long-term value for members. With the VfM framework set to increase transparency, understanding differences in strategy design and private market implementation will become increasingly important. As default strategies continue to evolve, the leading pensions and financial services consultancy is warning that DC trustees and employers should regularly assess whether their provider&rsquo;s approach remains the best suited to secure positive member outcomes.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report argues that private market assets can offer valuable diversification benefits and an alternative source of long-term returns for DC savers. However, it warns that successful implementation requires careful consideration of portfolio construction, governance arrangements and manager selection. The report also highlights the role the incoming VfM framework could play in reshaping provider assessments. Trustees and employers must engage with providers now to understand how private market allocations are being implemented, how value will be demonstrated under the new framework, and whether their current default strategy remains fit for purpose. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the findings, Shabna Islam, Head of DC Provider Relations, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&quot;The DC market continues to evolve as providers search for new sources of diversification and rethink how they can deliver stronger outcomes for members over the long term. We're seeing an increasing number of providers incorporate private market assets into their default strategies. This isn&rsquo;t just for younger members seeking growth but also across different stages of the retirement journey. While many providers continue to share similar headline objectives, there are increasingly important differences beneath the surface in how these strategies are constructed, implemented and governed. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;As private market allocations become more common, we expect to see greater divergence across the market. The benefits these assets can offer will depend not only on the allocation itself, but on how effectively providers implement them and oversee the associated risks. That means trustees and employers need to look beyond headline performance figures. They must challenge providers on the detail of their investment approach, ensuring it remains appropriate for their membership and capable of delivering strong outcomes over the decades ahead.&quot; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the VfM framework, Anthony Ellis, Head of DC Trust Consulting, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&quot;The new Value for Money (VfM) framework has the potential to be one of the most significant developments in the DC market in recent years. It will increase transparency around member outcomes and encourage a more holistic assessment of value. This, in turn should provide employers, trustees and members with a much clearer understanding of how providers are performing. Importantly, VfM recognises that value is about much more than cost alone helping to bring a greater focus to the long-term drivers of member outcomes. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The framework is also likely to shine a brighter light on the differences emerging between providers as investment strategies continue to evolve. As private market investments become more widely adopted and strategy design becomes more complex, providers will need to clearly demonstrate how these decisions contribute to better outcomes. Trustees and employers should start conversations now. They should ask how providers expect to be assessed, how they plan to evidence value and how they are using their scale, governance and investment capabilities to improve retirement outcomes for members.&quot; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Hymans-DC-provider-insights-JULY-2026.pdf"><strong>Hymans Robertson in its latest DC Provider Insights report.</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/private-market-growth-puts-dc-strategy-design-in-focus-26862.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 6 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Time To Get Savvy With Your Pension Pot</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Helen Morrissey, head of retirement analysis, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;A pension is the longest investment most of us will hold and yet not many of us even realise it. The latest research from Hargreaves Lansdown shows only 47% of pension-holders actually realise their pension is invested in the stock markets. A further 23% said that it wasn&rsquo;t and the remainder were unsure. There&rsquo;s also a clear gender gap, with 56% of men recognising their pension is an investment compared to just 40% of women.</p>

<p>To some extent this is understandable &ndash; people are auto-enrolled into a pension, and this can mean many do not actively engage with it. There&rsquo;s also a language issue here - we talk about &lsquo;saving&rsquo; into a pension, rather than &lsquo;investing&rsquo; in one. It&rsquo;s a confusion that must be dealt with if people are to make the most from their retirement, as investing is one of the best ways to build your wealth. </p>

<div><strong>Your future self will thank you</strong></div>

<div>Pensions cannot be accessed until at least the age of 55, and it&rsquo;s precisely this slow, regular drip feed of contributions into the markets, over decades, that will see your pension money grow. Understanding how you are invested can really help you  take charge of what you have. If you&rsquo;re in a workplace pension, then you will be automatically enrolled into what&rsquo;s known as the &lsquo;default fund&rsquo;. This will be invested across a diverse range of asset classes, and geographies and aims to meet the needs of most people. Taking time to check in on how your pension is performing from can give you the confidence of knowing whether you are on track for the retirement you want or whether you need to boost your contributions to bridge the gap. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Your pension, your choice</strong></div>

<div>You also have the power to change your investments into something that better suits your needs. You may, for instance, want your pension to invest in a way that better reflects your values, and your provider can help you if you want to look at different options. You can log onto to your pension provider&rsquo;s app or website and check the fund choices &ndash; it can take two minutes!</div>

<p>On the other hand, you shouldn&rsquo;t let the fear of choosing investments stop you from contributing to a pension. Certain groups &ndash; for instance, the self-employed &ndash; are not covered by auto-enrolment and so need to make all the choices around which pension to go for and how it is invested from scratch. If this is the case, then check whether potential providers offer a hassle-free way to invest for your retirement through ready-made options, including the HL Ready Made Pension Plan, where you pick a solution based on your risk tolerance and let the experts do the rest. This can be an ideal entry point into investing, with the option of switching later as your investment knowledge and confidence grows.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/time-to-get-savvy-with-your-pension-pot-26863.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 6 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Football Fever Lifts Spending As Easyjet Pilots New Path</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club:</strong> &ldquo;Investors look like they've struggled to get out of bed this morning, with the Footsie flat in early trade. The blue-chip index moved very lightly higher after the open, with little on the economic calendar to fully jolt markets awake.</p>

<p>England's stunning World Cup victory over Mexico will be seen as a big win for the hospitality industry, with bars and pubs set to cash in further on the team's progress as fans celebrate. The tills were ringing all night at establishments which stayed open for the game, and the tournament is expected to provide a multi-million-pound boost to the industry as England's run continues. According to payments company Dojo, spending at pubs and bars was already running 17.3% higher during the first two weeks of England's World Cup campaign than in the preceding fortnight, with July's takings expected to swell further.</p>

<p>Football fever is also likely to trigger a fresh wave of spending on party food, cold drinks and barbecue essentials, as fans make the most of the good weather in the run-up to the game against Norway on Saturday. With the mood turning euphoric towards the England team, it could help provide a short-term lift to consumer confidence. However, if England's run is cut short next weekend, the feel-good factor could fade just as quickly, leaving any boost to spending likely to prove temporary rather than the start of a sustained improvement in household optimism.</p>

<p>The big driver of sentiment on markets this week is likely to be the release of the Federal Reserve's Open Market Committee minutes on Wednesday, which could offer fresh insight into attitudes towards interest rates. Last week's weaker-than-expected US jobs data has already dampened expectations for multiple rate hikes. Oil prices have settled back towards their pre-Iran conflict levels, raising hopes that the knock-on effects of the energy shock may prove less severe than initially feared.</p>

<p>easyJet appears to be on final approach for a move into private ownership after its board indicated it would be minded to recommend a sweetened &pound;5.5 billion takeover offer from US investment firm Castlelake, marking a significant shift after previously dismissing earlier approaches as &quot;highly opportunistic&quot;. The latest proposal of 690p a share represents a substantial premium to where the shares were trading before takeover interest emerged and suggests Castlelake has finally reached a price the board believes better reflects the airline's longer-term value. The deal remains subject to a formal offer and regulatory approvals, but if completed it would see one of Britain's best-known brands leave the London stock market.</p>

<p>easyJet has endured a difficult few months, with the conflict in Iran unsettling consumer confidence, pushing up fuel costs and weighing on European travel demand. Those pressures depressed the airline's share price and created an opportunity that Castlelake clearly believes the market has mispriced. The private equity firm, which has deep expertise in aircraft leasing and aviation finance, appears to see long-term value in easyJet's modern fleet, strong balance sheet and growing holidays business.</p>

<p>Private equity ownership would almost certainly usher in a new phase for easyJet. While being outside the glare of the public markets could give management greater freedom to invest for the long term, private equity investors are typically laser-focused on driving efficiency and boosting returns. That can often mean a fresh look at every aspect of the business - from staffing levels and head office costs to supplier contracts and operational spending. Employees will inevitably be wondering whether job cuts could follow, while passengers will be watching closely to see whether cost-cutting comes at the expense of customer service. The challenge for Castlelake, if a deal goes ahead, will be finding ways to improve profitability without undermining the low-cost airline's reputation for reliability or denting the customer experience that has helped build one of Europe's strongest short-haul brands.</p>

<p>The bid is also the latest example of UK-listed companies becoming attractive targets for overseas buyers, reinforcing concerns about the City of London's shrinking role as a home for publicly traded businesses. If easyJet leaves the London market, it will add to a growing list of high-profile companies exiting the exchange through overseas acquisitions or private equity takeovers. That underlines the continuing valuation gap between UK equities and international peers, with global investors increasingly viewing British companies as attractive takeover targets rather than long-term listed investments. The loss of another established public company would be another blow to the depth and diversity of the UK stock market. As more established British businesses disappear from the London Stock Exchange, investors seeking exposure to the country's growth stories may increasingly need to look elsewhere. Private markets are becoming home to a growing share of entrepreneurial and fast-growing companies, meaning investors who are able to diversify into carefully selected private assets could gain access to opportunities that are increasingly no longer available on public markets.&rdquo; </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/football-fever-lifts-spending-as-easyjet-pilots-new-path-26859.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 6 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca Publish Review Of Ai Impact On Retail Financial Services</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Led by FCA executive director Sheldon Mills and commissioned by the Board, The Mills Review is the first work of its kind initiated by a regulator globally.</p>

<p>Drawing on views from across the financial services landscape, the report identifies 4 major AI-driven shifts likely to impact retail financial services: the transformation of firm operations; the evolution of consumer journeys; the reshaping of competition and market power; and the amplification of fraud and cyber risks.</p>

<p>The report finds there is already consumer appetite for the use of agentic AI in personal finance, with research commissioned by the FCA showing that a fifth of people &ndash; equivalent to 11 million UK adults &ndash; are likely to use AI that can act autonomously within pre-set goals. But consumers in the survey are concerned about trust and control of AI.</p>

<p>The Review concludes that AI is likely to become a defining force in retail financial services, transforming how firms operate, how consumers make financial decisions and how markets function. While AI has the potential to improve access, personalisation and efficiency, it could also amplify risks associated with fraud, cyber security, consumer harm and market concentration.</p>

<p><strong>Executive director Sheldon Mills said:</strong> 'Artificial intelligence will transform financial services by 2030. It creates significant opportunities for consumers, firms and the wider economy. This report sets out a roadmap for how industry regulators and government can prepare for the next phase of AI-driven change in our world-leading financial services sector.'</p>

<p><strong>Key recommendations</strong></p>

<p>The Mills Review also outlines 7 recommendations for the FCA Board and Executive to consider, which are as follows:</p>

<div><em>Secure and adapt the regulatory perimeter.</em></div>

<div><em>Strengthen system-wide coordination and oversight.</em></div>

<div><em>Monitor the transition to autonomous models and adapt regulatory frameworks.</em></div>

<div><em>Scale up the FCA's AI Lab to support AI models and system innovation in financial services.</em></div>

<div><em>Enable the foundations for agentic finance.</em></div>

<div><em>Build and adopt an AI-enabled agentic supervisory model.</em></div>

<div><em>Develop a trusted public-interest AI-enabled financial capability service.</em></div>

<p><strong>FCA response</strong></p>

<p><strong>Ashley Alder, Chair of the FCA, said: </strong>'The Board is enormously grateful to Sheldon for the rich, comprehensive report he&rsquo;s delivered. His work anticipates the fundamental change agentic AI will bring to financial services. It highlights how consumers and firms can reap significant potential benefits as well how risks can be managed.</p>

<p>'As is clear in the report, we need to keep pace with a rapidly changing environment and the principles-based, outcomes focussed approach we&rsquo;ve taken on AI &ndash; relying on the Consumer Duty and Senior Managers Regime &ndash; has been critical to us doing so. The recommendations build on work the FCA has been doing &ndash; not least allowing firms to test their use of AI with us &ndash; and our own use of AI to be a smarter regulator, more efficient and effective.'</p>

<p> </p>

<div><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publication/corporate/the-mills-review.pdf"><em>Read The Mills Review.</em></a></div>

<div><em>In January, the FCA launched a review into the implications of advanced AI on consumers, retail financial markets and regulators.</em></div>

<div><em>The Review was led by Sheldon Mills and builds on the FCA&rsquo;s existing work on AI. This includes its AI Discussion Paper, AI Sprint, and AI Lab including AI Live Testing and its groundbreaking Supercharged Sandbox supported by NVIDIA.</em></div>

<div><em>As part of The Mills Review, in April 2026, Yonder Consulting conducted a <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publication/external-research/ai-consumer-research.pdf">survey of more than 5,000 UK retail financial services consumers </a>(PDF), defined as individuals holding a day-to-day bank account, such as a current or savings account. </em></div>

<div><em>Quotas were set to ensure the survey was representative of the population of UK retail finance service consumers on key demographics including age, gender, ethnicity, region, housing tenure and internet ability.</em></div>

<div><em>As part of the survey, consumers were presented with a range of plausible near-term use cases for AI in financial services. The findings show that 20% of consumers would be likely to use AI capable of acting autonomously within pre-set goals.</em></div>

<div><em>Running in parallel to this work, the FCA will launch an AI good and poor practice publication later this year. As part of this work, the regulator has engaged directly with firms to find out what is working well, where firms are facing challenges, and where further clarity would help.</em></div>

<div><em>Find out more on how the <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/news/blogs/ai-financial-services-approach">FCA is engaging with firms to help shape its approach to AI.</a>  </em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-publish-review-of-ai-impact-on-retail-financial-services-26861.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 6 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments On Fcas Landmark Review Of Ai In Financial Services</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&quot;Pensions are complex, long-term financial arrangements where mistakes can have lasting consequences. While AI has a role to play in improving engagement and understanding, consumers need to treat it as a starting point, not a substitute for professional guidance, scheme information or regulated advice. As AI becomes more widely used, improving public understanding of its limitations will be just as important as improving the technology itself. Trust should be earned through accuracy and accountability, not assumed because an answer sounds convincing. One of the FCA's biggest challenges may be protecting consumers from bad pension decisions driven by good-looking AI answers. Generative AI is excellent at sounding authoritative, but not always at being right. When retirement savings are involved, people need to understand that convenience is not the same thing as reliability.&quot;</div>

<div>
<p><strong>Sami Saadaoui, Senior AI Architect at Lumera said:</strong> &quot;The Mills Review highlights the significant opportunity for AI to improve how people engage with their pensions, from boosting contributions and consolidating pension pots to supporting more informed retirement decisions. As the pensions industry continues to digitise, AI has the potential to make retirement planning more accessible, personalised and engaging. To unlock that potential, providers need the right foundations in place. Unifying data, automating key processes and building flexible technology platforms that can adapt to evolving requirements such as Pensions Dashboards, guided retirement pathways and new retirement income models will be key to unlocking AI's full potential over the long term. AI should enhance, rather than replace, the expertise that defines the pensions industry. Used alongside human expertise, AI can improve data quality, reduce manual processing, increase accuracy and help organisations operate more efficiently while maintaining strong controls. That creates opportunities to deliver better member experiences while ensuring the transparency, governance and consumer protection that are essential in pensions. As the FCA considers the implications of AI-mediated financial services, it will be important that regulation evolves alongside innovation, enabling firms to adopt AI responsibly while maintaining trust, transparency and strong consumer protection. Those organisations that combine strong governance with modern data and technology foundations will be best placed to transform how pensions are delivered, creating better outcomes for members while maintaining trust and accountability.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-publish-review-of-ai-impact-on-retail-financial-services-26861.htm"><strong>FCA publish review of AI impact on retail financial services</strong></a></p>
</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-on-fcas-landmark-review-of-ai-in-financial-services-26865.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 6 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Insurance Pricing In Motion</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Adrian Mincher, Head of UK, Ireland and South Africa, Earnix</strong></u></p>

<p>This is not a new problem, but it has become more acute. What has changed is the speed and nature of loss trend movement. Recent disruption has not primarily manifested as large, isolated insured events, but through second-order effects, energy costs, supply chain friction, labour inflation, that feed directly into claims. These are diffuse, persistent, and difficult to capture with traditional approaches to trend selection.</p>

<p>For actuaries, the challenge is less about identifying that trends are moving, and more about how quickly those movements can be reflected in pricing.</p>

<div><strong>The decoupling of frequency and severity</strong></div>

<div>Motor insurance provides a useful illustration. Historically, frequency and severity have been reasonably correlated through the cycle. That relationship is now less stable. Fuel price volatility, for example, continues to influence driving behaviour in relatively predictable ways. As costs rise, mileage tends to fall. Early indicators across several markets suggest this pattern is re-emerging, with modest reductions in traffic volumes and, in some cases, claim frequency.</div>

<p>On its own, this might suggest some short-term relief in loss costs. But that view does not hold when severity is considered. Repair costs have been rising at a materially faster pace, driven by a combination of factors: more complex vehicle technology, global sourcing of parts, higher input costs for materials and energy, and ongoing pressure on labour. Delays in sourcing components are also extending repair times, increasing both direct and indirect claim costs.</p>

<p>The outcome is a clear divergence. Frequency may soften, but severity is increasing at a rate that more than offsets it. For pricing actuaries, this creates a more complex calibration problem. Trend selection can no longer rely on stable relationships between components of the loss ratio. It requires a more granular, and more frequently updated, view.</p>

<div><strong>Property: inflation is not a single number</strong></div>

<div>A similar, though structurally different, challenge is playing out in property lines. Here, the dominant issue is sustained claims inflation, but even that is not as straightforward as it first appears.</div>

<p>Construction cost inflation has been elevated for some time, but recent pressures have intensified it. Material costs, steel, cement, timber, remain sensitive to global supply conditions and energy prices. Labour markets in many regions are tight. Supply chain disruption continues to affect both cost and timing of repairs.</p>

<p>What complicates matters is that &ldquo;inflation&rdquo; is not a single input into actuarial models. Building costs, contents costs, labour rates, and logistics all move differently. Additional living expenses are influenced not just by repair duration, but by broader cost-of-living pressures.</p>

<p>Treating inflation as a uniform assumption risks masking these dynamics. More granular approaches, separating building and contents, incorporating regional variation, and explicitly modelling repair time inflation, are becoming increasingly necessary.</p>

<p>There are also emerging behavioural effects. Households under financial strain may defer maintenance, increasing the likelihood of certain types of claims. Changes in heating or energy usage can alter risk profiles in less visible ways. These are not easily captured in historical data, but they are relevant to forward-looking assumptions.</p>

<div><strong>The limits of annual cycles</strong></div>

<div>Much of actuarial pricing still operates on relatively fixed cycles, annual or semi-annual reviews of assumptions, followed by structured rate changes. That model assumes that underlying trends move slowly enough for periodic recalibration to remain adequate.</div>

<p>That assumption is now under strain. When key drivers of loss cost, fuel, materials, labour, can shift meaningfully within months, waiting for the next formal review cycle introduces lag. By the time assumptions are updated, the underlying environment may already have moved again.</p>

<p>This does not imply that pricing should become reactive in an uncontrolled way. Governance remains critical, particularly in regulated markets. But it does suggest that the frequency of monitoring, and the ability to translate updated insights into pricing decisions, needs to increase.</p>

<p>Leading indicators become more important in this context. Fuel prices, commodity indices, wage data, and supply chain metrics can provide earlier signals of trend movement than claims data alone. The challenge is integrating these signals in a way that is both analytically robust and operationally usable.</p>

<div><strong>Scenario thinking as a core discipline</strong></div>

<div>Uncertainty around the duration of current conditions adds another layer of complexity. It is not clear whether insurers are operating through a temporary dislocation or a more persistent shift in the cost base of claims.</div>

<p>Scenario analysis is not new to actuarial work, but it often sits somewhat separately from core pricing processes. In the current environment, that separation is becoming harder to justify. Pricing assumptions increasingly need to reflect a range of plausible futures, not just a single expected path. What happens if inflation moderates within 12 months? What if it remains elevated across multiple underwriting cycles? How do these scenarios affect not just pricing, but reserving and capital requirements?</p>

<p>For longer-tail business in particular, the compounding effect of sustained inflation can be significant. Ignoring that risk, or treating it as a sensitivity rather than a central consideration, can lead to material mispricing.</p>

<div><strong>Execution is the constraint</strong></div>

<div>It is tempting to frame these challenges as primarily analytical. In practice, most actuarial teams already understand what is happening to loss trends. The harder problem is acting on that understanding at speed, within the constraints of governance, regulation, and legacy systems.</div>

<p>This is where technology is becoming central to actuarial effectiveness. In many organisations, the gap is not a lack of models or data, but the fragmentation between them. Assumptions are updated in one environment, validated in another, and deployed through a separate pricing infrastructure. Each step introduces delay. In a stable environment, that delay is tolerable. In a volatile one, it becomes material.</p>

<p>The same applies to the use of external signals. While actuaries increasingly recognise the  value of leading indicators - fuel prices, commodity indices, labour costs - these are often monitored outside core pricing workflows, rather than embedded within them. As a result, insight does not translate cleanly into action.</p>

<p>This is where advances in analytics and AI are beginning to change the shape of actuarial work. AI is not replacing actuarial judgement, nor is it solving the problem of uncertainty. Its value lies elsewhere: in identifying patterns earlier, surfacing shifts in data that may not yet be fully credible, and enabling faster iteration of scenarios. Machine learning techniques can complement traditional actuarial approaches by detecting non-linear relationships and emerging trends across large, fragmented datasets.</p>

<p>Equally important is the operational layer. Modern pricing platforms are reducing the friction between insight and execution - allowing actuaries to test, validate, and deploy changes more quickly, while maintaining appropriate governance controls. The challenge is not model sophistication; it is governed deployment.</p>

<p>This is particularly visible in long-duration products such as annuities, where pricing precision is often high, but implementation cycles remain slow. In these contexts, the ability to apply intelligence consistently - and repeatedly - within a controlled framework is as important as the underlying assumptions themselves.</p>

<p>Across both general insurance and life, the competitive edge is shifting. It is less about who has access to more data, and more about who can operationalise that data faster.</p>

<div><strong>A shift in actuarial mindset</strong></div>

<div>What does this mean in practice? First, a move away from viewing trend selection as a periodic exercise, towards a more continuous process. This does not require constant rate changes, but it does require more frequent validation of underlying assumptions.</div>

<p>Second, greater use of disaggregated data and external indicators to understand what is driving loss costs, rather than relying solely on historical averages. Third, a more explicit integration of scenario thinking into pricing, particularly where uncertainty around key drivers is high.</p>

<p>And finally, a focus on the operational side of actuarial work, how insights are turned into decisions, and how quickly those decisions can be implemented. None of this removes the need for judgement. If anything, it increases it. Data alone will not resolve the ambiguity inherent in the current environment. But the framework within which that judgement is applied needs to evolve.</p>

<p>Volatility is a structural feature of the global landscape. The actuarial response to it cannot rely on static assumptions and infrequent adjustment. Pricing, in effect, needs to be in motion. Ultimately, the goal is not just to react to volatility, but to build the capability to continuously adapt as conditions evolve. That is as much an operational and technological challenge as it is an actuarial one, in a world that is not standing still.</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/insurance-pricing-in-motion-26858.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 3 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Funding Improves In June Despite Political Upheaval</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index &ndash; a monitor of how various pension scheme strategies are performing on their journeys to low dependency &ndash; posts its latest update.</p>

<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index has published its June tracking for a &lsquo;growth focused&rsquo; and a more conservative &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; investment strategy against a low dependency basis. Both schemes started 90.0% funded at the start of 2026.</p>

<p>Reporting its update for June 2026, the Broadstone Sirius Index found that the &lsquo;growth focused&rsquo; scheme performed best through the month, increasing its funding level by 0.8 percentage points to 93.1%.</p>

<p>The funding level of the &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; scheme increased by a slightly lower 0.5 percentage points from 89.4% at the end of May to 89.9% at the end of June to nearly reach its funding position at the start of the year.</p>

<p>The &lsquo;growth focused&rsquo; scheme has generally outperformed the &lsquo;matching focus&rsquo; scheme since April thanks to strong performance from return-seeking assets and tightening credit markets.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstonePolitic0307261.jpg" style="height:290px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Chris Rice, Head of Trustee Services at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Pension schemes can generally be expected to have improved their funding positions throughout June.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Thankfully, the political uncertainty and impending change of Prime Minister has not spooked the bond markets which has allowed pension scheme funding to remain stable. Growth assets also performed well in June which has contributed to positive scheme funding progression, especially in the scheme with a stronger focus on these types of investment.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-funding-improves-in-june-despite-political-upheaval-26857.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 3 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Specialty Insurance s Tipping Point</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/UeQVOM7m7Tw?si=vu_Z_jjqjJUJNsI8" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/specialty-insurance-s-tipping-point-26853.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Db Transfer Compensation Estimated To Fall Again For Q3 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The quarterly Defined Benefit (DB) Redress Tracker from Broadstone provides an indicator of the level of compensation due to those who were previously ill-advised to transfer out of their DB pension.</p>

<p>Broadstone&rsquo;s DB Redress Tracker follows the example of an individual who left their scheme in 2018 aged 50, with a pension of &pound;10,000 p.a. which would receive inflation-linked increases when in payment. The potential spread around the example case has been updated to reflect the largest loss and gain in a notional portfolio of cases (previously it showed a narrower spread based on varying the fund return for the single example case).</p>

<p>The Tracker is developed in line with Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) rules for calculating redress with the individual assumed to have invested their funds to earn returns in line with the FTSE UK Private Investor Income Total Return Index.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneDBRedress0207261.jpg" style="height:323px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>The most recent update for Q3 2026 finds that a clear gain continues to be expected in most cases meaning that no redress is payable as the consumer is judged to be better off as a result of transferring. The central estimate for Q3 2026 is a gain of &pound;59,000, markedly higher than the gain of around &pound;40,000 in the tracker for the previous three quarters.</p>

<p>The increase in the gain has largely been caused by strong investment returns over Q2 2006 and a reduction in future inflation expectations which lowers the calculated value of the DB benefits given up on the pension transfer.</p>

<p>The last time that the Tracker found compensation would be payable was Q4 2024 (c.&pound;2,000) with the central estimate showing a clear and sustained downward trend over recent times. Just over three years ago, when the current FCA rules were introduced, the central estimate found that c.&pound;56,000 (Q2 2023) would be payable.</p>

<p>The central result hides the fact that there will be cases which do result in a loss which would mean that redress is payable. The reasons why a case might result in a loss are varied but typically arise from unusual investment strategies post transfer or older transfers (for example, before 2010).</p>

<p><strong>Simon Robinson, Senior Consultant & Actuary in Broadstone&rsquo;s Insurance Advisory & Remediation division, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Markets experienced a quarter of significant volatility following the conflict in Iran, yet strong investment returns and a reduction in inflation expectations following an uneasy truce in the Middle East saw redress levels fall further. With DB transfer redress falling further, our central estimate continues to find that in the majority of cases, compensation would not be payable to consumers given the expectation of an increasing gain since their transfer.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It is important to note that this estimate will not be uniform across all consumers. In some cases, factors such as investment performance or the time of transfer, for example, may result in redress being payable. It means that firms must remain diligent and asses each claim on its own merit rather than assuming no compensation will be due, despite the overall significant downtrend in redress calculations.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/db-transfer-compensation-estimated-to-fall-again-for-q3-2026-26851.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>3 In 5 Who Took Tax free Cash Before The Budget Regret It</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Based on a survey of 5,000 UK retirees, the research shows that 57% withdrew tax-free cash ahead of the budget, and of those people, 41% did so in anticipation of possible rule changes.</p>

<p>In the run up to last year&rsquo;s budget, pensions became a focal point of speculation, with widespread media and industry commentary suggesting that the long-standing 25% tax-free lump sum could be reduced or capped despite it being a key pillar of many people&rsquo;s retirement plans. While no formal proposal was put forward, the absence of early clarity meant that rumours persisted for weeks, creating uncertainty among retirees and those approaching retirement.</p>

<p>This uncertainty was compounded by the wider fiscal backdrop, with the government under pressure to raise revenue and pensions frequently cited as an area of potential reform. At the same time, Labour had pledged not to raise income tax, national insurance and VAT. </p>

<p>As a result, many retirees appear to have interpreted the lack of reassurance as a signal that a change to pensions tax free cash was likely, prompting pre-emptive withdrawals to lock in existing rules.</p>

<p>The findings come at a time of political uncertainty, and the rapidly changing rumour mill has clear parallels with the kind of speculation seen ahead of recent budgets. It serves as a reminder of how quickly sustained rumour and conjecture can influence behaviour, and why avoiding a repeat in future fiscal events should be a priority.</p>

<p>The research also explored how the tax-free cash was used, with responses varying widely. Some 15% said they spent the money on renovations or home improvements, while the same proportion used it to cover healthcare or other costs. 14% each said they gifted it to grandchildren or great-grandchildren or towards their education, or used it to meet day-to-day living costs.</p>

<p>The findings highlight how speculation around potential policy changes can prompt rushed decisions that may not always be in people&rsquo;s long-term financial interests.</p>

<p><strong>Jon Greer, head of retirement policy at Quilter, said: </strong>&ldquo;This data shows how speculation ahead of last year&rsquo;s budget led many retirees to act out of fear of losing what is a vital component of their retirement provision rather than genuine need at that moment. The fact so many regret doing so highlights the real harm that can come from making decisions driven by rumour.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This research underlines just how sensitive retirement planning has become to continuous budget speculation. Those saving towards and planning their retirement need and deserve certainty, and there should be a clear commitment to avoid another prolonged period of speculation ahead of future budgets.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The Chancellor only ruled out changes to the tax-free lump sum in the final days before the budget, by which point the damage had already been done &ndash; this cannot be repeated in the run up to the 2026 budget. Allowing rumours to fill the gap for weeks or months risks undermining confidence in plans that may have been laid for decades and leading to poorer outcomes. Earlier and clearer communication could have avoided a lot of unnecessary worry and poor decision-making, and that lesson must be taken into future budgets.</p>

<p>&ldquo;These findings also reinforce the value of seeking professional financial advice. Having a clear plan in place can help people stay focused on their long-term goals, rather than reacting to headlines and making choices they could later regret.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/3-in-5-who-took-tax-free-cash-before-the-budget-regret-it-26854.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Firms Must Do More On Old Pensions And Fund Savings</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The regulator identified some good practices, but complex charging structures, older product design and weaknesses in firms' data meant some pension savers are not getting as much value as they could.  </p>

<div><strong>What good looks like </strong></div>

<div>Some unit-linked non-workplace pension providers are working to simplify or rationalise their legacy products and funds, or have plans to do so. There was evidence of firms capping or reducing charges for customers in legacy products. Some were also comparing outcomes across different customer groups and products, and moving customers to better-value alternatives.  </div>

<p>The FCA is now calling on all pension providers to consider the report and take on the good practice identified. The regulator is also engaging with firms on barriers they face in improving the value for customers, particularly in closed books.  </p>

<p><strong>Charlotte Clark, director of cross-cutting policy and strategy at the FCA, said: </strong>&quot;Consumers in older products should not be left behind, and the good news is that some firms are already showing it doesn't have to be this way. We want to see that progress reflected right across the market.&rdquo; </p>

<p>This work supports wider reforms, including targeted support and pensions dashboards, to help consumers get the most from their pensions. It is also a priority under the FCA&rsquo;s Pensions Regulatory Priorities and forms part of its broader work on modernising pensions and long-term savings. </p>

<p> </p>

<div><em><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/multi-firm-reviews/unit-linked-pensions-and-savings-multi-firm-review-consumer-duty-price-and-value-practices">Unit-linked pensions and savings: Multi-firm review of Consumer Duty price and value practices</a></em></div>

<div><em>The FCA recently launched <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publication/consultation/cp26-20.pdf">proposals for the self-invested personal pension (SIPP) market (CP26/20)</a>. The consultation closes on 24 August 2026.  </em></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-firms-must-do-more-on-old-pensions-and-fund-savings-26855.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ftse Slips  Warsh  039 s Inflation Warning  Diesel Prices Tumble</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&quot;The Footsie has edged lower as a more cautious mood has infused financial markets ahead of the key US jobs report and amid worries that borrowing costs will stay higher for longer. Although oil prices have slipped back to hover around $71 a barrel amid signs of progress in Middle East peace talks in Doha, there are still concerns that the battle to bring price pressures under control is not over. While lower energy prices should ultimately help ease inflationary pressures, the relief has been overshadowed, for now, by concerns that interest rates could remain elevated well into next year.</p>

<p>With Fed Chair Kevin Warsh making it clear that he considers inflation to be too high during his appearance at the central bankers' forum in Sintra, Portugal, it's reinforced expectations that further rate hikes could still be on the way in the US. Although he stopped short of signalling what the Fed might do at its next meeting, it's clear policymakers aren't yet ready to declare victory over inflation.</p>

<p>Higher interest rates reduce the appeal of growth stocks, which have soared to heady heights because they chip away at the value of future earnings. That set off a fresh bout of selling, with investors banking some profits while fearing further falls, and the Nasdaq leading declines. Polar Capital Technology Trust and Scottish Mortgage Investment Trust, listed in London, are among the biggest fallers in early trade as sentiment towards the big technology names has deteriorated.</p>

<p>The caution has been most evident across Asia, where the technology sector has come under deep pressure. Shares in Samsung Electronics and SK Hynix have fallen sharply after US memory chip giant Micron slid more than 10%, despite delivering results ahead of expectations only last week. After this year's powerful AI-fuelled rally, expectations have become exceptionally high and any niggle of concern is amplified into sharp downward moves. Even though the longer-term outlook for AI infrastructure spending remains robust and mega earnings are still rolling in, valuations have become so stretched that they're starting to snap back as more tempered forecasts for demand replace some of the feverish speculation.</p>

<p>Attention is now firmly focused on today's US non-farm payrolls report, which could prove pivotal for market sentiment. After a string of resilient economic data, another strong jobs reading or firmer wage growth would reinforce concerns that the US economy risks overheating. Hopes that a Goldilocks scenario might emerge -not too hot, not too cold - are increasingly looking like a fairy tale, particularly with spending on AI infrastructure still running at such an intense pace. Investors remain wary, markets volatile, and today's jobs snapshot could determine whether the latest wobble develops into a broader pullback.</p>

<p>Currys has kept the tills ringing despite geopolitical tensions and energy worries threatening to dent consumer confidence. While many other retailers are finding shoppers tightening their purse strings, Currys has demonstrated that much of the technology it sells has become less of a luxury and more of a household essential. Consumers may delay upgrading a television, but when a washing machine or laptop packs up, or a mobile contract comes up for renewal, those purchases are much harder to put on hold.</p>

<p>That resilience is reflected in today's numbers, with group revenues climbing 6% to &pound;9.25 billion and adjusted pre-tax profits surging 18% to &pound;191 million. Strong cash generation has given management the confidence to double the full-year dividend to 3p a share and launch another &pound;50 million share buyback.</p>

<p>Currys is also steadily building more engines of earnings through higher-margin recurring services, credit products and its fast-growing iD Mobile business. Services revenues rose 7%, credit sales increased 10% to &pound;1.2 billion and iD Mobile subscribers jumped 18% to 2.6 million. Those recurring revenue streams act as valuable shock absorbers, helping smooth out the bumps in demand for other product lines.</p>

<p>There is also some welcome relief finally emerging for consumers. After months of watching every penny amid the energy price shock triggered by the Iran conflict, oil prices have retreated to around their pre-conflict levels and drivers are already seeing respite at the pumps. Diesel prices have recorded their biggest monthly fall in more than a quarter of a century as easing tensions in the Middle East have taken the heat out of oil markets. That should leave motorists with a little more money in their pockets and could also provide a boost for hard-hit sectors such as hospitality, which has struggled as household budgets have been squeezed.</p>

<p>Despite the strong results, the shares have eased back, with investors perhaps disappointed guidance wasn't upgraded and maybe taking the opportunity to bank profits after the recent recovery in the share price. The planned handover from CEO Alex Baldock to Fredrik T&oslash;nnesen, who has successfully run the fast-growing Nordics business, is also more of a baton pass than a change of direction, and with continuity expected, its unlikely to be a trigger for a share price fall.</p>

<p>Holidaymakers heading across the Channel are also getting a helping hand from the foreign exchange markets. Sterling has strengthened to around &euro;1.17, helped by expectations that UK interest rates could remain relatively higher than those in the eurozone for longer, while lower energy prices have also improved the outlook for the UK economy. It means British tourists should find their pounds stretch further for everything from restaurant meals to sightseeing and souvenirs this summer. They may be small wins, but after the prolonged squeeze on household finances they could gradually help rebuild consumer confidence.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ftse-slips--warsh--039-s-inflation-warning--diesel-prices-tumble-26852.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Poll Shows Views On Lgps Investment And Governance Reforms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Local investment</strong></div>

<div>Polling at the event revealed strong support for encouraging local investment by Local Government Pension Scheme (LGPS) funds but only where members' investment returns are not compromised.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>When asked whether they support the government's proposed obligation for all LGPS funds to have &quot;a high-level objective on local investments, including a target range for those investments as a proportion of the total value of the pension fund&quot;, more than half (59%) of respondents said they supported the proposal only if there is no impact on investment returns.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>A further 19% supported the proposal regardless of its impact on returns, meaning 78% expressed support in principle. However, almost a quarter of respondents (22%) raised concerns, with 10% believing the definition of &quot;local&quot; is too narrow and should instead encompass UK-wide investments, while 12% said investment decisions should continue to be based solely on risk, return and ESG considerations. The polling suggests that while the pensions industry is open to supporting local investment initiatives, protecting members' financial outcomes remains the overriding priority.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Governance</strong></div>

<div>The event also explored proposed governance changes, asking delegates about the challenges of attracting professional trustees to act as &quot;independent persons&quot; supporting LGPS pension committees.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The results highlighted a range of concerns:</strong></div>

<div><em>39% said remuneration may not adequately reflect the responsibility and complexity of the role.</em></div>

<div><em>34% pointed to uncertainty around how the proposed &quot;independent person&quot; role differs from that of a traditional professional trustee.</em></div>

<div><em>27% cited potential legal and reputational risks associated with advising committees without having full decision-making authority.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings indicate that, while there is interest in strengthening governance through greater independent expertise, clarity around the role and appropriate remuneration will be important to attracting experienced professionals.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tim Domanski, Deputy Chair of the SPP&rsquo;s Public Sector Committee, who chaired the event, said: </strong>&quot;This SPP polling demonstrates that pension professionals recognise the value of encouraging investment that benefits local communities, but not at the expense of members' returns. Equally, proposals to strengthen governance through independent expertise are welcome, but the role must be clearly defined and appropriately recognised if it is to attract experienced professionals.&quot;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/poll-shows-views-on-lgps-investment-and-governance-reforms-26856.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 2 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Protection Insurers Pay Out  7 84 Billion In Claims In 2025</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The data highlights the vital financial support protection products continue to provide to those experiencing bereavement, illness and injury. </p>

<div><strong>Proportion of individual claims paid remains at or above 97.9% for over a decade </strong></div>

<div>When looking at individual policies alone, the proportion of protection claims paid in 2025 remained strong at 97.9%. Insurers paid out &pound;5.15 billion in individual life insurance, income protection and critical illness claims across the year, down 3% from 2024 but still 21% higher than in 2022.  </div>

<p>A total of 258,000 new individual claims were paid last year and the average claim was &pound;19,300 &ndash; up 2% on 2024. </p>

<div><strong>Mental health claims still a significant driver of income protection payouts</strong> </div>

<div>Protection insurers paid out &pound;39 million in individual income protection claims to support people with mental health conditions in 2025. This figure represents nearly one-fifth (19%) of all claims paid, despite musculoskeletal conditions remaining the most common reason for an income protection claim. </div>

<p>A record &pound;209 million was paid out for all types of individual income protection claims in 2025, up 2% from the previous year&rsquo;s record. The average claim also increased 7% to reach &pound;10,700. In the last year, 7,600 people were able to return to work with the support of these payouts as well as increasingly available insurer-provided health services.  </p>

<div><strong>More than &pound;1 billion paid out in critical illness claims </strong></div>

<div>The total value of individual critical illness claims was &pound;1.25 billion in 2025, a 3% decrease on the previous year&rsquo;s record. Despite this drop, payouts have now surpassed &pound;1 billion each year for five consecutive years.  </div>

<p>Almost two-thirds (65%) of critical illness claims were for cancer, up 3% compared to 2024. The average payout in 2025 was &pound;67,000, demonstrating just how impactful cover can be. </p>

<p><strong>Rebecca Ward, Assistant Director and Head of Health and Protection at the ABI, said: </strong>&quot;Protection insurance remains a cornerstone of financial resilience, helping customers and their loved ones navigate life&rsquo;s most difficult moments. Each year, income protection, critical illness and life insurance policies provide vital financial support to thousands of people facing bereavement, illness or injury. With modern products increasingly including health benefits, the sector is also helping people remain economically active and in work &ndash; directly supporting the Government&rsquo;s ambition to keep Britain working and drive economic growth.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>Breakdown of combined individual and group claims using data from the ABI and GRiD </strong></p>

<p><strong><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_ABIProtect0107261.jpg" style="height:454px; width:600px" /></strong></p>

<div><em> *Includes figures from the Association of Financial Mutuals </em></div>

<div><em>**Figures are for both new claims and income protection claims in payment </em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/protection-insurers-pay-out--7-84-billion-in-claims-in-2025-26847.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>July 2026 Edition Of The Actuarial Post Magazine</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/1"><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_APMagazineJULY2026Front Cover.jpg" style="float:right; height:281px; width:199px" /></a>With the World Cup well underway, as we sweltered through a heatwave, I thought that I could speak about upsets such as Germany and Holland both going out (yes, this is a rewrite) but that seems to have also been slightly upstaged with the Prime Minister resigning. Larry the cat, who David Cameron took into Downing Street, is about to have his 6th owner since 2016 when Cameron departed. Scottish secretary Ian Murray once called him the most miserable animal you will ever meet; he blamed a decade of Tory prime minsters for the feline&rsquo;s demeanour; you have to feel sorry for Larry.</p>

<p><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/6">News</a></p>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/8">Movers & Shakers</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/8">City Dealings</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/10">With Life Insurance and AI, Mind the Performance Gap by Guy Moas, Senior VP of R&D, Sapiens</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/12">Pricing and Reserving - Two Sides of the Same Coin by Sarah Vaughan, Director, Angelica Solutions</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/15">The Risk of Delaying GMP Equalisation by Aled Edwards, Partner & Head of Actuarial Strategy, Quantum Advisory</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/16">Retirement Puzzle by Alex White from Gallagher</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/18">Quantum Computing: A Game Changer for Insurance? by Mark Brown, Global Proposition Lead, WTW</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/18">Pension Pillar by Dale Critchley, Aviva</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/20">Lights, Camera, Actuary! by Rupa Pithiya from Bolton Associates</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/22">Information Exchange by Carla McDonald, Director of Product Management, LexisNexis Risk Solutions</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-july-2026/6702/#page/24">Recruitment</a></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/july-2026-edition-of-the-actuarial-post-magazine-26849.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Reinsurance Market Dynamics Midyear 2026 Renewal Report</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Across the June 1 and July 1, 2026, reinsurance renewals, insurers achieved double-digit pricing reductions and improved terms and conditions on their property catastrophe reinsurance placements. Global reinsurance demand increased by more than 10 percent, driven by expanded reinsurer product offerings and stronger appetite from U.S. insurers to purchase additional protection at the top of programs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;A stable, well-capitalized and competitive reinsurance market provides insurers with an opportunity to align capital more closely with their risk strategies while using analytics and insight to support long-term growth,&rdquo; <strong>said George Attard, chief strategy officer, Reinsurance, Aon.</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report reveals that global reinsurance capital reached a record $790 billion as of March 31, 2026, largely driven by continued growth in alternative capital. Capacity was plentiful and more than adequate to meet increased demand, particularly in the U.S., while insurers in Latin America and Australia/New Zealand also benefited from fewer constraints and ample capacity for placements.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The midyear renewals also demonstrated a continued shift towards more customized and creative reinsurance solutions. Investments in data quality, analytics and artificial intelligence are helping expand capacity, strengthen reinsurer confidence and support better outcomes for insurers. Reinsurers were also more open to flexible structures and expanded products &ndash; including aggregate covers and earnings protection &ndash; while Aon continued to innovate with high-efficiency frequency catastrophe covers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Aon&rsquo;s renewals report highlights that reinsurers&rsquo; underwriting results have remained strong, with an average first quarter return on equity of 14.1 percent, well above the average cost of equity. With a strong El Ni&ntilde;o weather pattern expected to suppress Atlantic hurricane activity in 2026, most reinsurers are well placed to comfortably exceed their cost of capital this year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As the industry navigates geopolitical uncertainty, evolving exposures and shifting market cycles, insurers will need to remain agile as they assess emerging risks and opportunities across regions and lines of business,&rdquo; <strong>said Alfonso Valera, international CEO, Reinsurance, Aon</strong>. &ldquo;The ability to adapt to changing conditions while maintaining strategic focus will be increasingly important in the years ahead.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report notes that market dynamics are driving increased focus on cycle management, innovation and M&A as insurers maintain core retentions while exploring buy-downs and frequency covers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The ongoing conflict in the Middle East had no direct effect on mid-year reinsurance renewals; however, specialty coverages including marine, war, terrorism and political violence remain directly exposed to geopolitical developments, with any changes to reinsurance terms and conditions more likely to emerge at January renewals when the impact is better understood and the majority of subject treaties renew.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Cycle management is becoming an increasingly important strategic priority for insurers as they balance pricing discipline with sustainable growth,&rdquo; <strong>said Steve Hofmann, Americas CEO, Reinsurance, Aon</strong>. &ldquo;Leading firms are evaluating a broader range of capital solutions to reduce earnings volatility, improve capital efficiency and support growth, including facultative solutions, proportional reinsurance, multi-year arrangements and legacy transactions.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>If loss activity remains within expectations through the remainder of the year, Aon expects reinsurers to provide greater flexibility in structures, coverage and retentions heading into 2027. For insurers, better data, analytics and AI-enabled insight are creating new opportunities for more efficient, customized solutions and help organizations make better decisions across complex market cycles.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Aon-Reinsurance-Market-Dynamics-2026-Midyear-Report-2026.pdf"><strong>To read the full Reinsurance Market Dynamics Midyear 2026 Renewal Report, please click here</strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/reinsurance-market-dynamics-midyear-2026-renewal-report-26850.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Footsie On The Back Foot As Gold Hits Eight Month Low</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The Footsie is on the back foot, slipping in early trade as a broad sell-off in metals dragged mining stocks lower. However, ongoing demand for military contractors after the UK government's pledge to bolster the defence budget has helped offset losses. </p>

<p>From steel and aluminium to gold and silver, commodity prices have come under fresh pressure as expectations of higher US interest rates have strengthened the dollar, making metals priced in dollars more expensive for overseas buyers. At the same time, a combination of cooling demand and swelling supplies is piling on more pressure. Steel prices have fallen as activity has been sluggish on Chinese construction sites, while at the same time the EU has tightened import restrictions. Aluminium has hit its lowest level in more than four months amid hopes that increased shipments from the Middle East and rising production in Asia will ease supply constraints.</p>

<p>Gold has lost yet more of its lustre, with the precious metal falling out of favour as investors are lured towards higher-yielding assets. Bullion has fallen to around $3,790 an ounce, extending its sharp retreat from the record highs reached earlier this year, as a run of resilient US economic data has cemented expectations that the Federal Reserve still has scope to raise interest rates. Stronger jobs data and stubborn inflation have reinforced the view that rates are likely to stay higher for longer, pushing up Treasury yields and the dollar, while taking some of the shine off gold.</p>

<p>Gold may glitter as a safe haven during periods of heightened uncertainty, but it's far from immune to volatility. The precious metal tends to bask in demand when nerves are on edge, but its fortunes can quickly tarnish when expectations for interest rates change, which they have recently. Because gold offers no income, it becomes less attractive when bond yields rise, and investors can secure higher returns elsewhere. That's why investors shouldn't put all their eggs in a golden basket. Gold can play an important role in a well-balanced portfolio, helping to provide diversification and a degree of protection during periods of market stress, but as these recent moves show, relying too heavily on any single asset can leave investors exposed when sentiment turns.</p>

<p>JD Sports is under pressure after a lacklustre update from Nike, which its fortunes are so closely intertwined with. While Nike's latest results were broadly in line with expectations, guidance for flat revenues suggests the road back to full fitness won't be a sprint but more of a marathon. That's a headache for JD Sports given Nike remains one of its biggest brand partners, and indicates it could be hard yards ahead for sales. While shoppers are still filling supermarket baskets, they appear to be thinking twice before ordering new trainers and sportswear, in an uncertain economic climate.</p>

<p>Associated British Foods has also slipped after a bit of a sour update from its sugar division, with the group warning losses will be deeper than previously expected as higher energy costs linked to the conflict in the Middle East bite into profitability. Primark remains the jewel in the crown and its planned separation from the wider group looks strategically sound given this volatility from the sugar division. It strengthens the argument that the discount fashion chain deserves to stand on its own two feet rather than having its valuation diluted by the more cyclical fortunes of the food and sugar businesses. </p>

<p>There are glimmers of hope today that the UK housing market may finally be finding its footing. Nationwide's latest figures showed annual house price growth accelerated to 2.2% in June, up from 1.7% in May, as easing mortgage rates helped improve affordability. After data showed homes have been lingering on the market for many months and many sellers are having to accept lower offers, there are early indications that buyers may slowly be venturing back off the sidelines. Investors will want to see stronger reservation rates feeding through to the listed housebuilders' order books before judging that the sector has turned a corner, but if borrowing costs continue to edge lower amid hopes the Bank of England will be restrained in hiking rates, there could be more light at the end of the tunnel.</p>

<p>However, optimism has been subdued by lingering legal uncertainty, with shares in Taylor Wimpey, Persimmon and Barratt Redrow falling back as investors continue to assess the potential implications of a proposed multi-billion-pound class action against several of the UK's biggest housebuilders. While the case still requires approval from the Competition Appeal Tribunal and the companies strongly deny wrongdoing, it's another dark cloud hanging over a sector which was only just beginning to glimpse brighter skies. Given that the certification process alone could take many months, that uncertainty isn't likely to lift any time soon.</p>

<p>Wall Street also looks set for a more subdued session, with futures pointing to declines for both the S&P 500 and the Nasdaq after yesterday's strong gains. After the recent rally, investors are catching a breath, with profit-taking looking likely as attention turns back to the outlook for US interest rates. Markets are slipping back into wait-and-see mode ahead of Federal Reserve Chair Kevin Warsh's appearance on the ECB Forum on Central Banking policy panel in Sintra, Portugal, where investors will be searching for fresh clues about how much further rates may need to rise. Thursday's closely watched non-farm payrolls report is also looming large. Another robust jobs reading or stronger-than-expected wage growth could reinforce expectations that the US economy is resilient enough to withstand higher borrowing costs, keeping pressure on Treasury yields. With bond markets and equities finely balanced, one stronger-than-expected payrolls report could quickly upset the recent calm.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/footsie-on-the-back-foot-as-gold-hits-eight-month-low-26844.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pic Strikes The Right Cord To Secure Full Buyin For Abrsm</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>John Bannister, Professional Trustee, representing Capital Cranfield Pension Trustees Limited the Trustee for the Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music Pension Scheme said:</strong> &ldquo;Working closely and collaboratively with the Charity we&rsquo;re delighted to have completed this transaction with PIC which fully secures our members&rsquo; benefits. Their long track record of excellence in customer service means we are confident that PIC is the right choice for our members. Our thanks to our advisors and administrators LCP, Gowling WLG, Sackers and Broadstone for their expertise and support through the transaction and selection process.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Joshua Lenz, Origination Actuary at PIC, said: </strong>&ldquo;We are pleased we were able to strike the right chord with the Associated Board of the Royal Schools of Music Pension Scheme. The Trustees were focussed on the importance of customer service for their members, and we&rsquo;re proud to have been selected on that basis.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Matthew Bleakley, Senior Consultant at LCP, said:</strong> &ldquo;It was a pleasure to advise the Trustee on this transaction. The PRT market is highly competitive this year, and we were delighted to run this transaction which demonstrates that schemes of all sizes are able to secure attractive pricing when they are well-prepared and follow robust processes.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>PIC were advised by CMS Cameron McKenna Nabarro Olswang. LCP were the lead transaction advisers for the Trustee using the LCP streamlined buy-in service, which simplifies the buy-in process for smaller schemes through pre-agreed terms. Legal advice was provided to the Trustee by Gowling WLG and Sackers.</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pic-strikes-the-right-cord-to-secure-full-buyin-for-abrsm-26846.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Four Months To Moneyhelper Pensions Dashboard Deadline</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The milestone marks a major step towards the long-awaited launch of MHPD, but also signals a critical period for pension providers, insurers, administrators and Integrated Service Providers (ISPs), who must now focus on ensuring they are fully prepared for consumer use.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The MHPD represents a significant step forward in retirement planning for consumers, providing a standardised view of pension benefits across workplace, personal and State Pension entitlements. For providers, however, the challenge extends well beyond the initial connection to the ecosystem.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over the next four months, providers should focus on testing the resilience of their dashboards infrastructure, validating data quality and ensuring operational processes are capable of handling increased member engagement and servicing demands.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Reliable connections, timely responses and accurate data will be essential to building trust in the dashboards experience from day one, and to enable trustees, scheme managers and pension providers to remain compliant with dashboards legislation once they are connected.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The quality of underlying pension data will be particularly important as consumers gain a more complete view of their retirement savings. Providers should therefore prioritise data governance, matching accuracy and ongoing data maintenance to reduce the risk of incomplete or inconsistent information being presented to savers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Providers should also prepare for an increase in follow-on activity as dashboards drive greater member engagement. This includes ensuring customer service teams, administration functions and digital servicing capabilities are equipped to respond efficiently to requests for information, consolidation and retirement planning support.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With wider pension reforms continuing to increase demands on data and administration capabilities, firms should use the final stages of dashboards preparation to strengthen operational resilience and ensure their technology infrastructure is capable of supporting future regulatory requirements.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Maurice Titley, Commercial Director: Data & Dashboards at Lumera, commented:</strong> &quot;With just four months until the final connection deadline and a launch date that could be as early as this time next year, attention must now turn to operational readiness for providers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Connecting to the dashboards ecosystem is only the first step. Firms should be using this period to test processes, strengthen data quality and ensure they can consistently deliver accurate and timely responses once dashboard usage begins to scale. The success of dashboards will ultimately depend on the member experience. Savers need confidence that the information they see is accurate, complete and readily available 24/7 when they need it.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Providers should also prepare for increased engagement from members who will, for the first time, have a clearer view of their total pension savings. That means ensuring customer service, administration and digital capabilities are ready to support higher volumes of enquiries and follow-on activity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The organisations that will be best placed for a successful rollout are those treating dashboards as an operational readiness exercise as much as a technology programme, with data quality, governance and resilience at the centre of their preparations.&quot;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/four-months-to-moneyhelper-pensions-dashboard-deadline-26845.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>2026 Survey Of Independent Professional Trustees</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Sam Mullock, Partner at First Actuarial, says: </strong>&ldquo;Like every adviser, we increasingly work with IPTs. Their experience is both broad and deep. Most have spent years working on a range of schemes, and this equips them to handle the complexity of today&rsquo;s landscape. We&rsquo;re keen to understand their experiences of working with advisers such as First Actuarial and what they need from us.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Survey respondents pinpointed the following areas where they are most likely to seek support in future:</p>

<div><em>Risk transfer</em></div>

<div><em>Scheme run-on</em></div>

<div><em>The new funding code and the general code</em></div>

<div><em>Data and administration quality.</em></div>

<p><strong>Sam says:</strong> &ldquo;We see from the survey that IPTs are looking for advisers to help them navigate risk transfers. The market has recently opened up to smaller schemes following a period in which few insurers provided quotations, a development that is particularly noticeable to First Actuarial as we specialise in transactions below &pound;150m.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Another finding that stands out is data &ndash; administration is finally having a moment. Some schemes are struggling to manage business as usual while addressing member data quality, procuring suitable systems and recruiting administrators with relevant experience.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The pressures confronting trustee boards are reflected in findings around IPTs&rsquo; preferred support channels. 62% of IPTs prefer to engage with advisers through live online training sessions and webinars. It seems that live webinars give IPTs live interaction with advisers that they can squeeze into their working day, unlike a full in-person event.</p>

<p>The survey also revealed the qualities that surveyed IPTs valued most in advisers:</p>

<div><em>Openness, honesty and trust</em></div>

<div><em>Genuine collaboration</em></div>

<div><em>Dependability and consistent follow-through</em></div>

<div><em>Clear and concise advice with &ldquo;no surprises between meetings&rdquo;</em></div>

<div><em>Strong communication and a proactive approach.</em></div>

<p><strong>Sam concludes:</strong> &ldquo;IPTs play an important role in the pensions world. Whereas a member-nominated trustee may only work with one or two actuaries or administration teams in their career, an IPT may be working with up to 10 at a time. They know what a good adviser looks like and what reasonable costs are. It turns out that IPTs rate First Actuarial&rsquo;s services highly. 96% of survey respondents rated their overall experience of working with us as at least 7 out of 10. This survey will help us meet their ongoing expectations.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/First Actuarial-IPT-Survey-2026.pdf"><strong>First Actuarial | Independent Professional Trustee Survey 2026</strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/2026-survey-of-independent-professional-trustees-26848.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 1 Jul 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>How Leading Insurers Are Turning Claims Into Strategic Asset</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Alena KharkavetsHead of Claims, Americas, Insurance Consulting and Technology, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Not because claims suddenly became important &mdash; it always has been. Its reach across indemnity, expense, customer experience, cycle time, and ultimately financial performance makes it one of the most consequential functions in the business. For a long time, though, it was harder to systematically improve. Progress depended heavily on people &mdash; experienced adjusters, strong leaders, and deep institutional knowledge &mdash; and far less on repeatable decision systems.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>All claims considered</strong></div>

<div>The industry is starting to change. And there isn't one reason. There are several, and they are converging at the same time. First, many insurers have already pushed pricing and underwriting analytics quite far. So, when leadership looks for the next area of meaningful performance impact, claims is the natural next frontier.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The operating environment is also becoming harder to manage with traditional approaches. Claims organizations are dealing with persistent inflation, supply chain disruption, catastrophe volatility, legal system abuse, and rising customer expectations. In that environment, it is not enough to run claims efficiently in a steady state. The real test is whether the operation can adapt as conditions change.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>At the same time, the workforce dynamic is shifting. Attrition, knowledge loss, and a smaller pipeline of talent mean that relying on experience alone is becoming less viable. Institutional knowledge needs to be captured, scaled, and embedded into how decisions are made.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Finally, the technology foundation is catching up. Modern claims platforms have improved workflow standardization and data accessibility. Advances in AI are making unstructured data &mdash; notes, reports, invoices, images, communications &mdash; far more usable in day-to-day decisions, and <a href="https://www.wtwco.com/en-gb/insights/2025/11/charting-the-course-for-ai-in-claims-6-key-areas-where-insurers-can-find-value">the range of value-creating applications continues to expand</a> across the claims lifecycle. Generative AI capabilities help adjusters gain trust in advanced analytics by explaining why a predictive model gave the score it did. That is a game-changer for model adoption and for the value insurers can realize.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The execution gap</strong></div>

<div>Despite this progress, many claims' organizations are still not fully optimized.</div>

<div>In most cases, the issue is not a lack of ideas. Insurers understand the opportunities: better triage, earlier intervention, improved fraud detection, more effective subrogation, better supplier management.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The challenge is more practical:</div>

<div><em>Insights don't consistently translate into action</em></div>

<div><em>Decisions are not always embedded into workflow</em></div>

<div><em>Adoption varies across teams and regions</em></div>

<div><em>Competing priorities dilute impact</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>In short, the gap is not insight &mdash; it is execution.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Why claims is such a powerful lever</strong></div>

<div>One of the reasons claims is so powerful as a strategic lever is its structure.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Claims is not one decision. It is hundreds of decisions across the lifecycle:</strong></div>

<div><em>Which files need immediate attention?</em></div>

<div><em>Where is escalation required?</em></div>

<div><em>When is the right time to intervene?</em></div>

<div><em>When do you litigate or settle?</em></div>

<div><em>Where is recovery possible?</em></div>

<div><em>How are resources prioritized?</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Each of these decisions influences outcomes on indemnity, expense, customer experience, and operational efficiency. Small improvements, applied consistently across many decisions, compound quickly. This is fundamentally different from other parts of the value chain. The claims' function has many levers, and that makes it a uniquely powerful source of performance improvement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Claims as an enterprise intelligence function</strong></div>

<div>There is another reason claims deserves a seat at the stakeholder table &mdash; yet in many organizations, it still does not have one. Claims is one of the richest sources of real-time insight in the insurer. It sees inflation trends early, emerging fraud patterns, shifts in severity, supplier performance issues, and changes in customer behavior. Historically, much of that insight remained fragmented or trapped in unstructured data. That is changing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>As claims data becomes more structured and usable, it is increasingly feeding upstream decisions: shaping underwriting, pricing, product design, and risk strategy. Claims is no longer just downstream execution. It is an enterprise intelligence function.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What comes next</strong></div>

<div>The next phase of improvement in insurance will not come from doing the same things slightly better in pricing or underwriting. It will come from changing how claims decisions are made. That is why claims is moving from a cost center conversation to a strategic one.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>And it raises the question every insurer should be asking: what is holding your claims organization back from realizing this opportunity? For insurers ready to act, the journey begins with building the right analytics foundation &mdash; moving from anecdotes to evidence before scaling toward predictive and generative AI.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/how-leading-insurers-are-turning-claims-into-strategic-asset-26842.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Half Ready To Pay More Into Pensions If Employers Do Too</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The study revealed that if minimum contribution rates were to rise in the future, more than one in three (34%) permanent workers would be willing to contribute 6-8% of their salary and a fifth (20%) of permanent workers would be happy to contribute 8-10%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Scottish Widows calculates that increasing total contribution rates from 8% to 12% on the first &pound;30k of salaries could boost projected retirement pots by an average of &pound;40,000.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Two-thirds (66%) of permanent workers are in favour of the government raising minimum employer pension contributions, compared to 42% when it comes to raising employee contributions. Workers in their 20s are most supportive of an employer increase (68%), but the appetite remains strong as workers get closer to retirement age, at 61% of over 50s.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cost pressures remain a barrier</strong></div>

<div>Despite strong backing for greater pension saving, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Scottish Widows Retirement-Report-2025.pdf">Scottish Widows&rsquo; Workplace Report</a> last year showed how cost pressures are putting pressure on reward and benefit packages.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Across all firm sizes, more than half (54%) are held back from increasing contributions by financial constraints including managing increased operating, staffing and utility costs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Knowledge gap persists</strong></div>

<div>The latest <a href="https://expertise.scottishwidows.co.uk/retirement-report/retirement-report-2026-saving-for-retirement/"><strong>Retirement Report</strong></a> shows that understanding and engagement with retirement savings hasn&rsquo;t caught up with 41% of workers having no idea how much they contribute each month.<br />
<br />
A fifth (19%) of workers believe their employer contributes nothing at all, while three in 10 (30%) admit they don&rsquo;t understand how pensions work. More than a third (36%) don&rsquo;t know how much they should be saving and around a quarter (26%) are unsure of what to do with their money.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Low confidence and engagement are also a concern. Two in five (42%) lack the confidence to manage their retirement savings and just over a half (52%) have done little to no research into how much they will need for retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Graeme Bold, Managing Director, Workplace and Intermediary Wealth at Scottish Widows, said:</strong> &quot;Automatic enrolment has been a real game changer for how Britain is building pension wealth, bringing millions of people into pensions who wouldn&rsquo;t have saved otherwise. But the next phase is a challenge, as while half of workers are ready to put more aside if their employer steps up too, but businesses are already up against financial pressure across the board.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The reality remains that too many people are still at risk of falling short in later life, with around a third facing a financial struggle in retirement. Most people save for retirement through their employer, making the workplace crucial to helping close the gap.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Industry, government, employers and all of us need to be in the game here to help people build better financial futures. Increasing default contributions from employers and employees will be a big part of making this happen, but people must also understand what they have, if it&rsquo;s enough and what steps they can take to plug any shortfall over time.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/half-ready-to-pay-more-into-pensions-if-employers-do-too-26839.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Covering The Cost Of Renting In Retirement</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Retirees will have to have paid the full 8% of earnings via Automatic Enrolment contributions into a pension every year from the age of 22 just to cover the cost of renting in retirement, according to new analysis from Hymans Robertson. In its new paper <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/hymans-robertson-tapping-the-potential-of-pensions-for-home-ownership-2026.pdf"><strong>Tapping the potential of property and pensions</strong></a>, they explore the impact of falling home ownership on retirement income. The firm&rsquo;s modelling shows that those who rent in retirement could use up the full minimum auto-enrolment contribution simply to pay for housing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This means their workplace pension won&rsquo;t help to fund any of their lifestyle in later life and they&rsquo;ll only have the state pension to pay for all other outgoings. The paper sets out a number of innovative approaches linking pensions with property that could help people purchase a property and still save for retirement.  The firm claims introducing these types of innovations could increase pensions engagement with its modelling showing that it could boost retirement income by 100%.  It calls for the pensions commission, industry, financial sector and government to be bold and innovative and look at these types of approaches to tackle this key barrier to retirement adequacy.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The paper includes evidence of a growing risk of rental-based poverty in retirement. According to the PMI, the number of renters in retirement is set to increase threefold over the next 20 years as home ownership falls and the population ages, with an estimated cost to the Treasury of &pound;15.4 bn. Lack of home ownership was also cited as a key barrier to an adequate retirement by the Pensions Commission&rsquo;s interim report. Hymans Robertson argues that while it&rsquo;s vital that the supply of affordable housing increases, given the lead time for change and the current pensions reform window of opportunity, pensions policy and product innovation also have a role to help people buy a home without undermining retirement income.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting, Calum Cooper, Partner and Head of Pensions Policy Innovation at Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&ldquo;Renters retiring will need the full 8% minimum pension contribution savings to provide an income just to cover the cost of rent. This shows how fragile the pensions and property systems have become. If we fail to do something during this period of pensions reform, then there&rsquo;s a risk of a &lsquo;lost generation&rsquo; of impoverished renters in retirement. And they will wonder why they saved into pensions rather than buying their own home.  This will be bad for the pensions brand. Workplace pensions were designed to provide additional income to live in retirement. They were never intended to fund rental costs alone. Our analysis raises serious questions about whether the current pensions system can deliver adequate outcomes for future retirees who, much evidence suggests, are increasingly likely to be renting.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We know that home ownership is one of the strongest foundations for financial security later in life. Without it, far more people are exposed to the risk of poverty, instability and difficult financial choices throughout retirement. This is why we need to think differently; pensions and housing cannot be treated in isolation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The industry, supported by government, should be bold and find ways for pensions to support access to home ownership without compromising their long-term purpose. Targeted flexibility will be key. So, as outlined in our paper, whether this is done through looking at using pensions savings as a deposit, addressing scheme design, increasing employer contributions or using pensions savings as a loan condition, innovation is needed. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Ultimately, this is about making the system work harder for people. But it will also help society. With the right thinking and collaboration, we can help give individuals a more secure retirement income and massively increase engagement in pensions, as they become the keys to unlocking value earlier in peoples&rsquo; lives. This can come with the stability of owning a home, rather than forcing a trade-off with pensions. We need to be thinking ahead for the world as it will otherwise be in the 2030s and invest our time to make the change now.  By putting mechanisms in place through the current parliamentary term, we have a chance to change the system in the 2030s and prevent a generation reaching this cliff edge of inadequacy before it is too late.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/covering-the-cost-of-renting-in-retirement-26841.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tpr Publish Their Annual Report And Accounts For 2025 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>With around 22 million people now saving into a workplace pension and &pound;1.8 trillion of assets under management, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/TPR-annual-report-and-accounts-2025-2026.pdf"><strong>TPR&rsquo;s Annual Report and Accounts</strong></a> showcases TPR&rsquo;s work to drive good outcomes for members as we transition to a market of fewer, larger schemes.</p>

<p>During the past year, TPR has worked closely with the government, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), and industry to prepare for new standards introduced by the Pension Schemes Act 2026, which will reshape the landscape.</p>

<p>Aligned with this shift, TPR has refreshed its approach to scheme oversight and supervision to be more focused, effective and efficient. Early, expert-led engagement has resulted in a greater understanding of risks, at a scheme and system-wide level. This enables TPR to target our regulatory interventions better, supporting schemes to achieve high standards of governance and compliance with less regulatory burden.</p>

<p><strong>Interim Chair Kirstin Baker said: </strong>&ldquo;We are focused on protecting members, strengthening the pensions system and encouraging innovation where it supports better long-term outcomes. Our annual report demonstrates how TPR is adapting to a more complex and fast-moving environment &ndash; integrating data-driven approaches into our oversight, deepening our scrutiny of governance and investments decisions, and working with government to drive value.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>TPR CEO Nausicaa Delfas said: </strong>&ldquo;Our focus now is on implementation of the reform agenda for pensions, preparing the market for the changes to come whilst delivering for members today. We have clear priorities to raise standards of governance, drive better value for money and ensure greater support at-retirement. And to make this happen, we will continue to evolve our approach, becoming more efficient and effective as a regulator.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>The Annual Report and Accounts highlights key achievements including:</strong></p>

<ul>
	<li><em>Our work with the Department for Work and Pensions, FCA and industry to develop and consult on the regulatory framework for value for money and support the development of legislation.</em></li>
	<li><em>Supporting and driving defined contribution (DC) consolidation through direct engagement with small schemes and published guidance to support them in exiting the market. 2025 saw a 15% year-on-year reduction in DC schemes, while assets grew from &pound;205 billion to &pound;249 billion.</em></li>
	<li><em>Maintaining high levels of employer compliance with automatic enrolment duties, at above 97%.</em></li>
	<li><em>Getting schemes dashboards-ready with more than 1,300 schemes and providers now connected to the central digital architecture for pensions dashboards representing more than 40 million members.</em></li>
	<li><em>Working with trustees and the Fraud Compensation Fund so that more than 2,000 victims of scams received more than &pound;81.5 million in compensation.</em></li>
	<li><em>Reducing regulatory burden and enabling master trusts to release investment for innovation, with the completion of our regulatory capital review and updated reserving guidance, with &pound;15 million in excess reserving estimated to have been freed up so far (as of 31 March this year).</em></li>
	<li><em>Launching our innovation service to discuss and trial pensions innovation ideas with the industry, with 26 discussion sessions undertaken to enable innovators to discuss the early stages of an idea.</em></li>
	<li><em>Implementing the new defined benefit funding regime, with valuations now being received via our Submit a Scheme Valuation service.</em></li>
	<li><em>Strengthened our digital, data and technology capabilities, driving efficiency, automation and innovation.</em></li>
</ul>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-publish-their-annual-report-and-accounts-for-2025-2026-26843.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ftse 100 Heads Higher Amid Conflicting Middle East Signals</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s been cautious optimism unfolding on the Footsie in early trade as investors assess the likelihood of Middle East peace talks progressing and digest relatively stable UK growth figures.</p>

<p>Brent crude has inched down again, a measure of hope that negotiations will advance, even though the situation remains somewhat unpredictable. Control of the Strait of Hormuz is set to remain a sticking point in discussions amid concerns that tolls could be imposed after the 60-day free-transit grace period has expired.</p>

<p>The latest assessment of UK economic health also provides some reassurance that the economy is still eking out growth. The pound has risen a little but is still languishing around $1.32, sharply down from this year&rsquo;s highs back in January of around $1.38. The snapshot shows the economy is hardly firing on all cylinders. While first-quarter growth held steady at 0.6%, the downward revision to annual growth to 0.9% is a reminder that the recovery remains fragile. Encouragingly, business investment and exports were revised higher, suggesting companies are still prepared to commit capital despite high levels of unpredictability on the global and domestic scene. However, the economy continues to rely heavily on consumer and government spending to fuel growth. If Andy Burnham does get the keys to Number 10, he'll face a supremely tricky balancing act. While his vision outlined yesterday to power up growth in the regions may resonate politically, it was light on detail about how productivity, private investment and skills shortages would be tackled in practice. Investors will be looking for a clearer roadmap showing how growth can be boosted sustainably without unsettling bond markets or putting further strain on already stretched public finances.</p>

<p>Sainsbury's results are like a mirror image of what&rsquo;s happening when it comes to spending across the wider UK economy. While grocery sales remained robust, reflecting continued spending on essentials, weaker performance at Argos and across clothing and general merchandise suggests consumers are still hesitant to splash out on discretionary purchases. Concerns about the impact of the Iran war are still bubbling away in the background, with households bracing for higher bills, and that's also likely to have an impact on spending patterns. While Sainsbury's has maintained its full-year profit guidance, the repercussions from the Middle East conflict still may not have fully fed through, with the company highlighting continued uncertainty ahead.</p>

<p>The retailer has been helped by some timely tailwinds, with the heatwave driving demand for fans, summer food, drinks and seasonal products, while the World Cup has boosted sales of large-screen TVs and party essentials. However, with Argos sales still slipping overall, it's clear these seasonal boosts haven't been enough to overcome wider consumer caution. Shoppers appear willing to spend on immediate needs and special occasions, but are still looking for value and carefully weighing up non-essential purchases.</p>

<p>Given its tech-light nature, the Footsie has largely missed out on the recovery party, which saw US-listed tech stocks sharply rebound after last week&rsquo;s sell-off. There&rsquo;s been plenty of opportunistic buying going on, and Amazon&rsquo;s addition to the Dow Jones helped lift spirits further. While Amazon joining the famous index is largely symbolic, inclusion in one of the world's best-known stock market indices can boost visibility, reinforce investor confidence and generate some buying from funds that track the Dow. However, the bigger factor is still likely to be sentiment-driven, with investors hopeful that, with some inflationary pressures easing due to lower energy prices, and earnings season approaching, there could be more upside to come for the sector. A bit more caution is creeping in ahead of the closely watched monthly jobs snapshot due to land on Thursday, with US indices set for a flat start to trading. The non-farm payrolls report is arriving a day early due to the Friday holiday, and will be a gauge of how hot the economy is running. May&rsquo;s numbers came in much stronger than expected, with 172,000 new hires compared with 85,000 forecast. While hiring is expected to slow a little in June, the World Cup may obscure the picture, with a temporary uplift in workers needed to cater for armies of fans. So the rate of wage growth is likely to be the figure investors will lock onto, and if it beats expectations of 3.5% year on year, it could ignite fresh worries about how high interest rates may go.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ftse-100-heads-higher-amid-conflicting-middle-east-signals-26837.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mid year Money Mot A 6 Point Plan</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>With the first half of 2026 behind us, now is an ideal moment for households to pause, take stock and make small adjustments to their finances while there is still time to act. The retirement specialist Standard Life says a mid-year check-in can be just as powerful as a New Year reset - helping people build momentum and feel more in control of their financial future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While ongoing cost-of-living pressures, rising bills and wider geopolitical uncertainty continue to shape financial decisions, the mid-year mark offers a useful opportunity to reset and refocus. Even small, consistent changes can build into something much more meaningful over time. Standard Life calculations show that contributing an additional &pound;45 a month to a pension - roughly equivalent to the average spent on eating and drinking out each month&sup1; - could build into an extra &pound;42,000 in retirement savings over the long term&sup2;. Importantly, this isn&rsquo;t about cutting out the things people enjoy, but recognising how small amounts, if redirected occasionally, can make a significant difference over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Making small changes now can build momentum</strong></div>

<div>Even relatively modest adjustments can start to make a difference, particularly when they are sustained over time. A mid-year check-in is less about making big, immediate changes, and more about identifying where small tweaks could help improve financial resilience and long-term outcomes. For example, the &pound;45 set aside each month could begin to build in a number of different ways:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Building a cash buffer:</strong> Saving &pound;45 a month into a best-buy easy access cash savings account earning 4.5% interest could build to around &pound;550 over a year, including a modest amount of interest &ndash; helping to create a useful financial cushion. Assuming 2% inflation, that might have a real value in today&rsquo;s money of &pound;540 after a year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Investing for the future:</strong> Putting the same amount into a Stocks and Shares ISA, assuming 5% investment growth and a 0.75% annual charge, could grow to a similar level of around &pound;2,997 after five years, although returns are not guaranteed and values can go up or down. In today&rsquo;s prices, it might be worth around &pound;2,726.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Boosting pension savings: </strong>While building short-term resilience through cash savings or ISAs is important, pensions can play a particularly powerful role over the long term, thanks to tax relief and the potential benefits of compounding. Someone starting work at age 22 on a salary of &pound;25,000 and making minimum auto-enrolment contributions (5% employee, 3% employer) could build a retirement pot of around &pound;210,000 by age 68, in today&rsquo;s prices. However, increasing contributions by an additional &pound;45 a month, rising by 2% each year in line with inflation, could grow this to around &pound;252,000 allowing for 2% inflation and 5% investment growth. That&rsquo;s an increase of approximately &pound;42,000 into your pension pot, simply by making a small but consistent adjustment over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc, said: </strong>&ldquo;The halfway point in the year is a natural moment to pause and reflect on how things are going financially. For many people, the past few months will have been shaped by higher costs and competing priorities, so it&rsquo;s no surprise if plans haven&rsquo;t quite gone the way they expected. Real life isn&rsquo;t linear &ndash; and saving for the future has to work around the ups and downs of everyday life. The important thing is recognising that it&rsquo;s not too late to take action. A mid-year check-in gives people the chance to reset, build momentum, and take small steps that can make a meaningful difference over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;One way to think about it is like an MOT for your finances. It&rsquo;s not about changing everything overnight &ndash; it&rsquo;s about stepping back, checking what&rsquo;s working, and making a few adjustments so you feel more confident about where you&rsquo;re heading. Whether it&rsquo;s building a cash buffer, investing through an ISA, or boosting your pension, there are different ways small amounts can be put to work. While each has its role, pensions can be particularly powerful over the long term, especially when you factor in tax relief, employer contributions and potential investment growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s not about being perfect or cutting out everything you enjoy, but finding a balance that works in real life. By staying engaged and making small, manageable changes, people can feel more confident about moving towards the future they want.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike&rsquo;s mid-year money MOT checklist</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>1. Check the basics &ndash; what&rsquo;s coming in and going out:</strong> &ldquo;Start with the fundamentals. A quick look at your accounts, bills and everyday spending can help you understand where your money is going right now &ndash; and whether anything has crept up without you noticing.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. Look under the bonnet &ndash; are your habits still working for you?:</strong> &ldquo;A lot of spending happens out of routine, especially on convenience. That might be absolutely fine, but it&rsquo;s worth asking whether it still reflects what matters most to you. It&rsquo;s about making sure your money is working around real life, not just habits.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>3. Check your fuel levels &ndash; are you setting enough aside?:</strong> &ldquo;Saving doesn&rsquo;t need to be dramatic. Even small, regular amounts can help build resilience over time. What matters most is finding something manageable that you can stick with and build into your routine.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>4. Test the engine &ndash; is your money working as hard as it could?:</strong> &ldquo;It&rsquo;s worth thinking about where your money is held, whether that&rsquo;s cash savings, investments or pension contributions. The key question is whether it&rsquo;s working in a way that supports your goals and helps you move forward with confidence.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>5. Check your direction &ndash; are you still on track?:</strong> &ldquo;A mid-year check is also a good moment to look ahead. Even a quick review of your pension or longer-term savings can give you a clearer sense of where you stand and what your future might look like.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>6. Plan the next stretch of the journey: </strong>&ldquo;Finally, think about one or two simple actions you can take before the end of the year. It doesn&rsquo;t need to be perfect - just realistic. Small steps now can build momentum and help you feel more in control of your financial future over time.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/mid-year-money-mot-a-6-point-plan-26838.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>America At 250  Innovation  Valuations And Small Caps</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>That said, the picture is more nuanced than in previous cycles. The S&P 500 currently trades on a forward P/E of around 22, well above its 30-year average of 16.2. This premium reflects the exceptional earnings power of dominant US franchises and the outsized contribution of high-growth technology companies. While headline valuations look stretched, the dispersion beneath the surface is striking, mega-cap tech names command elevated multiples, but many small and mid-cap companies are trading at meaningful discounts to their historical norms. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The dominance of mega-caps presents both opportunity and risk. These companies benefit from scale, network effects and formidable balance sheets, but concentration also increases vulnerability to regulatory shifts and style reversals. As of mid-2026, the top 10 stocks account for roughly 40% of the S&P's total weight, higher than during the dot-com era or the Nifty Fifty period. This narrow leadership has supported performance, but it also means a large portion of the US equity market, particularly small caps, has been left behind.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;At Isio, we continue to see a compelling case for small caps. They are domestically focused, more sensitive to falling interest rates and typically benefit earlier in economic recoveries. Many have already undergone significant valuation compression, and earnings expectations are comparatively modest. If the US economy continues to normalise, moderating inflation, stabilising growth and potentially easing monetary policy, small caps could benefit disproportionately. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Long-term performance trends still favour the US. Strong innovation cycles and superior earnings growth have driven persistent outperformance versus most developed markets. The IPO pipeline reinforces this strength: in 2025 the US saw 216 IPOs, up from 176 the year before, with proceeds rising to $47.4 billion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;While the US is likely to remain a global leader, we continue to advocate a globally diversified approach. Our equity allocation at Isio is designed to reflect the investable universe, and we do not see a strong rationale for moving significantly away from a broad market-cap benchmark&quot;. </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/america-at-250--innovation--valuations-and-small-caps-26840.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 30 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Dc Default Design  A Comparative Analysis Of Int  039 l Markets</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Mathilda Hobbis, Investment Consultant. Mercer</strong></p>

<p>If we narrow the lens to consider the investment aspects of a DC default strategy in some of the largest overseas DC markets, it is clear that there&rsquo;s no particular global consensus on the best approach to adopt (despite appearing to be broad agreement on the overarching objective to help members achieve income adequacy and sustainability throughout retirement). Notably, the Australian government is currently working to enshrine in law the purpose of their superannuation system with the proposed objective being to &ldquo;preserve savings to deliver income for a dignified retirement, alongside government support, in an equitable and sustainable way&rdquo;1.</p>

<p>From an investment perspective, it is apparent that what emerges as typical best practice (or at least the industry standard) in any given region tends to be heavily influenced on how that particular market has evolved over time, as the disparity across regions highlighted by the table below demonstrates.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_MercerDC12906261.jpg" style="height:552px; width:500px" /></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_MercerDC22906261.jpg" style="height:347px; width:500px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: Mercer internal research.</em></span></p>

<p>It&rsquo;s worth noting that, despite the significant changes experienced by the UK DC market since the introduction of auto enrolment, it is still relatively new when compared to the more mature DC markets such as Australia and the US. For example, the Australian superannuation system is now 30 years old and an astounding A$3.5 trillion (&pound;1.9 trillion) in DC assets. Given a population of just 26 million &ndash; it is a great deal larger than that of the UK in asset size, for less than half of the population2. The Australian DC market has also benefited from a much higher minimum contribution rate (12% from 2025 versus a UK rate of 8% of qualifying earnings for auto enrolment), albeit the minimum contribution in Australia did start out lower at 3-4% in 1993.</p>

<p>These factors combined mean that different region specific norms and constraints have evolved when it comes to designing DC defaults in each of these countries. This emphasises how there is no &lsquo;one size fits all&rsquo; approach to default design.  However, we can still learn a lot from other DC markets across the globe when we look to designing the defaults of UK schemes. In particular, through utilising Mercer&rsquo;s capabilities for DC in the global context we can design the solutions in the UK which aim to provide better member outcomes. One notable example of this is the use of illiquid assets in the Australian market &ndash; where defaults typically have around a 15-20% allocation to illiquid assets. Clearly, in the UK there is a long way to go before the majority of schemes adopt a material allocation to illiquid assets, however we can take learnings for the Australian market when we look to consider some of the benefits and challenges of investing in illiquid assets and ultimately how this could help drive better outcomes for members in retirement.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.mercer.com/en-gb/insights/investments/market-outlook-and-trends/mercer-cfa-global-pension-index/"><em>(1) Mercer CFA Institute Global Pension Index 2023</em></a></p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/dc-default-design--a-comparative-analysis-of-int--039-l-markets-26836.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Footsie On The Back Foot As Middle East Tensions Flare</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The Footsie is on the back foot at the start of the week as investors assess fresh skirmishes in the Middle East, with few catalysts around to spark more optimism.</p>

<p>Brent crude has risen above $72 a barrel, after strikes were reported on ships in the Strait of Hormuz and the US military retaliated. But gains appear to be capped, given that talks are still expected to go ahead between the US and Iran in Doha tomorrow. </p>

<p>Inevitably, with the threat of attacks hanging over the Strait, it&rsquo;s still a tense time for shipowners. While the key waterway may have reopened, it&rsquo;s far from business as usual. Shipowners are still navigating an uneasy route, with elevated war-risk insurance premiums and lingering bottlenecks adding to the cost of transit. Another cloud hanging over the waterway is the prospect of tolls for passing through the strait. Although vessels are currently getting through without charge under the temporary agreement, Iranian officials have continued to hint that &quot;service fees&quot; could be introduced once the 60-day period expires. Whether those proposals ever become reality is far from certain, given the legal and diplomatic hurdles involved, but even the possibility is enough to keep shipping companies on edge. It&rsquo;s another reminder that while the immediate threat has eased, the risk premium attached to one of the world&rsquo;s most important trade arteries is unlikely to disappear overnight. </p>

<p>Investors will be looking for clues about the direction of interest rates from central bankers due to speak at the ECB Forum on central banking held in Sintra, Portugal, this week. Leaders, including Fed Chair Kevin Warsh and ECB President Christine Lagarde, are scheduled to speak, and investors will want to glean what they can about how far rates might be hiked. </p>

<p>The prospects of higher borrowing costs are concentrating minds, particularly in the US, given how higher rates affect the value of future earnings, upon which so many heady tech valuations are based. Today though investors appear to be taking a glass-half-full approach, with stocks on Wall Street set for a rebound. There will be some opportunistic buying going on, given the recent wobble, as hopes that bumper revenues will keep on rolling in overtake concerns about how high share prices have reached. The delay to OpenAI&rsquo;s hugely anticipated listing appeared to be the trigger for a fresh sell-off at the end of last week. The company behind ChatGPT is believed to be leaning towards an IPO early next year instead. It&rsquo;s eyeing a $1 trillion valuation and wants clear water between the SpaceX launch, which has been wracked with volatility, before it attempts to go to market. Bets are now increasing on rival Anthropic launching on the Nasdaq first, as it edges ahead in its paper valuation, and enthusiasm about its enterprise-first focused model. Given the higher demand right now for more predictable revenues, Anthropic has the edge given its secured raft of corporate contracts, rather than OpenAI&rsquo;s more fickle consumer-based demand.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/footsie-on-the-back-foot-as-middle-east-tensions-flare-26832.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>One third Of People Unaware Of Impact Of Iht On Pensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Helen Morrissey, head of retirement analysis, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Inheritance tax may not be an issue for the vast majority of people, but if you do find yourself in the net, then your family could face a nasty surprise bill after you&rsquo;ve gone. From April 2027, unused defined contribution pensions will be counted as part of your estate for inheritance tax purposes. It&rsquo;s a move that 9% of people believe may tip the size of their estate into tax paying territory. A further 6% believe it could make their current liability worse.</p>

<p>However, the level of awareness is low. Almost one-third of people have no idea how this change might affect them and their family. Wealthier people are more likely to have an idea &ndash; only 3% of additional rate taxpayers didn&rsquo;t know. This compares to 23% of higher rate taxpayers and 35% of those paying tax at basic rate. This is understandable as the more you earn, the more assets you are likely to have. But if you own your own home, and have a decent pension, then it&rsquo;s something you need to be aware of so you can prepare, and perhaps, more importantly, make your family aware of any potential bill they may have to deal with.</p>

<p>Inheritance tax can become an issue if your estate is worth more than &pound;325,000. Added to this, if you are looking to pass down the family home to a child or grandchild, you have a residential nil rate band worth &pound;175,000 that you can use. Married couples and civil partners have extra flexibilities in that assets of any value can be passed between them without being subject to inheritance tax. They can also inherit unused portions of each other&rsquo;s nil rate bands. This means that a widow/er can potentially pass on an estate worth up to &pound;1m before worrying about inheritance tax.</p>

<p>However, it&rsquo;s important to add that these flexibilities do not apply to cohabiting couples. You can live together for decades but, when one partner dies, there&rsquo;s potential for a nasty surprise bill at an already difficult time. Worryingly, almost 40% of cohabitees remain in the dark about how these changes might impact them.</p>

<p>It&rsquo;s important to think about how the change might affect you and your family - if you think there could be a liability you can put a plan in place. Any inheritance tax needs to be paid by the end of the sixth month after the person dies. After this interest can be charged. Good communication between all parties is important so people know a bill may need to be paid and by what means.</p>

<p>You may also wish to reduce your liability by starting to gift away assets while you are still alive. This gives you the opportunity to help your loved ones sooner. It also means you can see how they deal with the extra cash and this might determine whether you give them anything else in future. However, you need to take a long-term view as you don&rsquo;t want to risk giving away too much too soon and leave yourself struggling in later life.</p>

<p>Gifts of any value can be given and will pass out of your estate after seven years - these are known as potentially exempt transfers. There are also various other allowances that mean the money falls out of your estate for inheritance tax immediately. These include the &pound;3,000 annual exemption. There&rsquo;s also gifting out of surplus income rules, that enable gifts of any size to be made and leave your estate for inheritance tax purposes immediately. To qualify they need to be made from income, not capital, be made regularly, and not impact your standard of living. It&rsquo;s important that you document your gifting behaviour and working with an adviser can help you stay the right side of the rules.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/one-third-of-people-unaware-of-impact-of-iht-on-pensions-26834.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Improved Support For Terminally Ill Ppf And Fas Members</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Pension Protection Fund (PPF) has today announced that changes to terminal illness provisions for PPF and Financial Assistance Scheme (FAS) members have come into effect, following the Pension Schemes Act 2026. The change extends the life expectancy criterion from 6 months to 12 months.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Previously, legislation stipulated that PPF and FAS members were eligible to receive a terminal ill health payment if they had been diagnosed with a terminal illness and were expected to have six months or less to live. From 29 June 2026, that has changed to 12 months, bringing the definition broadly into line with Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) social security payment rules. This allows payments to be made earlier for terminally ill members, helping eligible members to access their benefits sooner when it can make a real difference.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Members diagnosed with a terminal illness, where a doctor confirms that they have 12 months or less to live, can receive a terminal ill health payment before reaching their normal pension age. For PPF members, this is usually a one-off tax-free lump sum equal to two years&rsquo; compensation. For FAS members, it means they can begin receiving their monthly assistance payments earlier, with payments continuing for the rest of their life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>By making payments available earlier, the change will help terminally ill members and their families access financial support sooner, helping with expenses associated with end-of-life care and giving people more financial certainty at a difficult time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Sara Protheroe, Chief Customer Officer at the PPF said:</strong> &ldquo;We welcome this change, which will help terminally ill PPF and FAS members access financial support sooner, at a time when it can make a real difference. For members and their families facing an incredibly difficult period, having greater certainty and flexibility can help ease some of the financial pressure.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/improved-support-for-terminally-ill-ppf-and-fas-members-26835.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>A Third Of Adults Are Unsure If The Nhs Can Meet Their Needs</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Data from The Exeter's Consumer Health and Finance Tracker found that a third of UK adults (33%) are unsure if the NHS could fully meet their needs if they became ill. Adults aged 45 to 54 are the least confident, with 44% expressing uncertainty about whether they would be able to access sufficient care.</p>

<p>This comes at a time when the NHS continues to manage significant demand, with many people exploring a range of options to access the care they need. The data also reveals that 43% of UK adults accessed at least one private healthcare service in the last six months, with nearly half (49%) expecting waiting times to increase over the next six months.</p>

<div><strong>Consumers turning to credit to cover private care costs</strong></div>

<div>Dental services accounted for the largest share of private healthcare use at 20%, followed by mental health support (10%) and private GP consultations (10%).</div>

<p>While a quarter of private healthcare users (24%) were able to use an insurance product to fund their treatment, almost one in five (19%) turned to credit cards or personal loans &ndash; highlighting that many are relying on borrowing to access private healthcare. Men are also more likely than women to have used a credit card or personal loan to cover the cost of private healthcare (23% vs 15%).</p>

<div><strong>Changing behaviours across age groups and genders</strong></div>

<div>The Tracker found that men have used private healthcare more in the last six months (46% of males vs 40% of females), despite feeling more assured than women the NHS would meet their needs if they fell ill (72% vs 62%).</div>

<p>When it comes to age groups, younger adults are far more likely to have used private healthcare in the last six months, with 60% of 18 to 34-year-olds using private healthcare compared to just 25% of those aged 55 and over. Mental health services in particular show a clear generational divide, with 17% of 25 to 34-year-olds accessing support compared to just 3% of those aged 55 and over.</p>

<p><strong>Dawn Prescott, Head of Healthcare Proposition at The Exeter, said: </strong>&quot;These findings highlight that many people are thinking carefully about how they would access care if needed, particularly within a system managing high levels of demand. With a third of UK adults uncertain about how quickly or easily they would be able to access care, this suggests that many people are considering their options.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The fact that nearly one in five are funding private treatment through credit or a loan suggests that for many, that concern is already translating into action without the right financial foundation in place. Raising awareness of what healthcare insurance policies can provide can help people take a more planned approach. As views on NHS provision remain mixed, helping ensure people have access to appropriate cover before a health need arises can support better preparation for the future.&quot;</p>

<p><strong>Sean Kennedy, Director at Usay Compare, said: </strong>&ldquo;These findings strongly reflect what we see at Usay Compare every day. Many customers come to us after experiencing delays in accessing NHS care, and often after they&rsquo;ve already started paying for treatment themselves.</p>

<p>What frequently surprises them is that private medical insurance can be more affordable than they expected, particularly when compared with the cost of self-funding care. One of the most common things we hear is &lsquo;I wish I&rsquo;d looked into this sooner&rsquo;. Having cover in place before a health issue arises not only provides peace of mind but helps people avoid difficult financial decisions when they need care most.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/a-third-of-adults-are-unsure-if-the-nhs-can-meet-their-needs-26833.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 29 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Dc Trustees  Time To Get Ready For Higher Standards</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Kim Goodall-Brown, Director of DC and Master Trust Supervision, TPR</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Our vision is clear: sustainable and adequate retirement income for everyone. But with 15 million heading towards an insecure future, there are challenges to face down.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What TPR is doing to support schemes</strong></div>

<div>We are starting a direct communications programme this week to help schemes prepare. It will:</div>

<div><em>set clear expectations</em></div>

<div><em>show what good looks like</em></div>

<div><em>provide practical guidance</em></div>

<div><em>work with advisers, administrators and the wider market</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>A new <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/pension-schemes-act-2026">Pension Schemes Act webpage</a> has been created which will be updated as details of secondary legislation become available under the Act. This is part of our wider phased communications programme to build awareness of regulatory requirements and how entities should respond. It will be targeted at schemes providing DC benefits that are likely to need to comply.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The first phase has launched this week. It includes an email and encourages trustees to reflect on their scheme&rsquo;s ability to comply with these requirements and start to prepare, targeting schemes providing DC benefits that are not likely to be exempted from regulations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Regular emails will be sent out to update recipients on developments, such as regulatory requirements as they evolve. They will encourage trustees to reflect on their scheme&rsquo;s ability to comply with these and start to prepare. Look out for forthcoming &lsquo;roadmap&rsquo; publications from DWP and TPR coming soon, setting out more detail on the implementation of the Pension Schemes Act.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The Pension Schemes Act is changing the dynamic</strong></div>

<div>DC trustees have traditionally focused on accumulation, and many have prioritised low costs over genuine value. At retirement, disengaged members have faced difficult decisions between annuities, cash, and drawdown. New legislation changes that dynamic. From the first contribution through to retirement, there are higher expectations on trustees to achieve better outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>New legal duties include:</strong></div>

<div><em>Value for money assessment &ndash; trustees must assess their default arrangements using prescribed metrics, comparing performance against the market.</em></div>

<div><em>Default guided retirement solutions &ndash; schemes will need to provide a default decumulation pathway to support members into retirement.</em></div>

<div><em>Small pot transfers &ndash; automatic enrolment schemes must be able to facilitate transfers of deferred small pots worth &pound;1,000 or less after 12 months without contributions.</em></div>

<div><em>A requirement for DC master trusts to hold a minimum amount of assets under management (at least &pound;25 billion from 2030) in a main scale default arrangement, with a transition pathway for schemes that need longer to reach scale.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Not every scheme will get there</strong></div>

<div>Our data shows that master trusts and larger single employer schemes are better placed to deliver good outcomes. That does not mean that others cannot, but the bar is rising. Operating a smaller scheme is becoming more complex, more demanding, and more resource intensive.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The market is consolidating rapidly. The inescapable trend is towards fewer, larger schemes that can deliver stronger investment performance, higher governance standards and an improved member experience. Our 2025 DC landscape data shows a 15% fall in the number of non-micro DC and hybrid schemes in the last year, with the decline concentrated among schemes with fewer than 5,000 members. For those that remain, we will expect the value for money requirements to raise the floor on transparency.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What DC trustees need to do now</strong></div>

<div>Trustees should assess if they can meet the higher legislative standards &ndash; or if members would benefit from consolidation into a scheme that can provide scale, value and good governance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>If you continue running the scheme, be ready to show how you will meet the new requirements and why that is in members&rsquo; best interests. You will need to demonstrate:</div>

<div><em>strong governance</em></div>

<div><em>reliable data</em></div>

<div><em>a clear path to meeting new requirements</em></div>

<div><em>a credible way to support members into retirement</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>External support may be needed to strengthen administration, governance, or offer retirement income options.We expect employers to work with trustees on the scheme&rsquo;s future and administrators to facilitate and enable compliance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ask what is in members&rsquo; best interests</strong></div>

<div>The direction is clear: stronger governance, better data and supporting members into retirement are now essential. Review your scheme. Close gaps quickly. If they are too large, consider if another route could serve members better. The key question is not &ldquo;can we carry on as we are?&rdquo; but &ldquo;what is the best route to good outcomes for members?&rdquo; Our message is to start now, consider the options, and act in your members&rsquo; best interests.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/dc-trustees--time-to-get-ready-for-higher-standards-26830.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 26 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Volatility Wracks Markets At The End Of A See saw Week</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The markets have been wracked with volatility this week, and the seesaw moves just keep coming. Investors are super-wary about the fragility of the Middle East peace deal after a vessel was struck while transiting the Strait of Hormuz. Fears of geopolitical fracture opening up again are colliding with a return of worries about super-high-tech valuations. The FTSE 100 looks set to be on the back foot in early trade, as investors turn wary amid this fresh bout of unpredictability.</p>

<p>The sell-off in tech stocks has resumed after some brief mid-week respite, with Asian indices plunging dramatically. The Nikkei slid by 5% and South Korea&rsquo;s Kospi, the home of semiconductor heavyweights Samsung and SK Hynix, dived by 8%. With valuations so stretched, even a slight turn in sentiment shows up in big moves. Right now, investors are highly sensitive to worries about how long the voracious demand for chips to power the AI revolution will last.</p>

<p>The triggers setting off this latest wave of selling are rate hike fright and supply chain fears. The fight for memory chips, which has pushed up prices to eye-watering levels, is showing up in sharp increases for end-users, with Apple and Microsoft forced to hike prices for devices and consoles. There&rsquo;s a feeling that there&rsquo;s only so long this can go on for, with companies also baulking at the high cost of tokens used to pay for the use of large language models. Firms are seeing AI expenses soar higher than planned budgets, as employees max out use, at a time when subsidised AI use is ending. With the scalers having to swallow huge sums to pay for the infrastructure needed, they are trying to pass on the costs to customers, and some are baulking already. Investors remain unconvinced that consumers will keep paying higher prices for Apple&rsquo;s products despite the strength of the brand.</p>

<p>The ramp-up in inflation in the US is also hurting sentiment. Far from rate cuts, as hoped for earlier in the year, rate hikes look firmly on the table. A higher interest-rate environment hurts the value of future earnings, upon which many of big tech&rsquo;s valuations are based.</p>

<p>Gold is also a casualty of rate hike expectations, plunging below $4,000 an ounce before recovering slightly. As the dollar has strengthened, it&rsquo;s made gold, priced in the currency, less attractive, but it also highlights the opportunity cost of the asset. It offers no returns, and at a time when investors are searching for steady incomes amid this volatile backdrop, it&rsquo;s fallen out of fashion.</p>

<p>Bitcoin is deep in polar bear market territory. A crypto winter has descended, and Bitcoin has hit the skids again this week on the frozen landscape. It&rsquo;s fallen another 5% and is down 44% on the year. There are only so many risks investors are prepared to take, and with high bets being placed on potential AI winners and losers, there&rsquo;s less to wager in the crypto world. The fever about AI developments and how they will change society is eclipsing speculation about the future place of Bitcoin in the financial ecosystem. It also comes as focus has shifted towards stablecoins, which many in the industry see as the electronic lifeblood which will power the emerging ecosystem of autonomous AI agents.</p>

<p>Bitcoin has also suffered as the &quot;Trump bump&quot; that initially supercharged the market has well and truly slumped. The grand promises of making America the world's crypto capital have yet to translate into the kind of market momentum many investors had hoped for, despite executive orders establishing a Strategic Bitcoin Reserve and U.S. Digital Asset Stockpile. Instead, renewed inflation fears, exacerbated by the conflict in the Middle East, are paving the way for higher interest rates, which are freezing out speculative capital.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/volatility-wracks-markets-at-the-end-of-a-see-saw-week-26829.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 26 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Delivering Corporate Db Pension Strategy In Changing Markets</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/pvxgmynqNwU?si=wLN-EDQZ0okUmASQ" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/delivering-corporate-db-pension-strategy-in-changing-markets-26831.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 26 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tech Bounces  Oil Declines But Europe Has Fresh Energy Shock</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&lsquo;&rsquo;Fears of a long-lasting global energy crunch induced by the Iran conflict are slinking away, with oil prices sinking back towards pre-crisis levels. Instead of relief coursing through European markets, there&rsquo;s still a big dose of caution as the knock-on effects of the record-breaking heatwave collide with concerns about weak growth across the region.</p>

<p>Brent crude has dipped to around $72 a barrel, close to levels seen before the US strikes on Iran. The chokehold on the Strait of Hormuz has been released, tanker traffic is flowing more freely, and supply concerns are fading. There&rsquo;s still a long way to go to clear the backlog and fully meet demand, but with oil-producing nations turning on the taps and repairs to infrastructure ongoing, oil prices are on the decline. Energy efficiency measures adopted during the crisis, coupled with fears of slowing global growth, are contributing to the bearish outlook for the sector.</p>

<p>However, one energy shock is replacing another as far as Europe is concerned as it languishes under a punishing heatwave. Peak evening wholesale electricity prices have reached multi-year highs in several European markets this week. Offices and public buildings are cranking up cooling systems, while portable air conditioners and fans are being switched on as people try to cope with the record-breaking heat. At the same time, nuclear power production has been curtailed in France as river temperatures have risen, limiting cooling capacity at some reactors. Wind power production has also dropped as the persistent high-pressure weather system lingers over the continent.</p>

<p>With demand for electricity rising amid supply constraints, it&rsquo;s pushing up costs for businesses and adding pressure to already stretched energy systems. The stress on the grid has prompted the restart of gas-fired power stations in the UK, with NESO, the grid operator, paying producers millions of pounds this week to help maintain comfortable reserve margins and avoid supply shortfalls.</p>

<p>The relatively subdued start expected for European indices compared with peers in New York and Asia may partly reflect concerns about the repercussions of the heatwave, as soaring wholesale electricity prices add another layer of pressure for businesses already grappling with a weak growth environment. The FTSE 100 is set to lag, as the tech-light make-up of the index means it won&rsquo;t benefit as much from the surge in AI optimism, while energy giants may weigh on sentiment as oil prices continue their decline.</p>

<p>This volatile week has taken another twist, with stocks in New York set to surge after the sell-off earlier in the week. Worries that revenues wouldn&rsquo;t keep up with soaring tech valuations have been put to bed, at least for now, by Micron&rsquo;s results. The memory chipmaker beat expectations, with quarterly revenues surging and the outlook buoyant as demand for AI-related memory chips continues to accelerate.</p>

<p>Indices in Asia were awash with optimism as demand for chips powering the AI revolution shows little sign of slowing down. The Nikkei jumped sharply and South Korea&rsquo;s Kospi rose strongly, boosted by news that memory chipmaker SK Hynix is planning to add a Nasdaq listing to raise money for expansion and tap into voracious demand for AI investments among American investors.</p>

<p>It&rsquo;s striking while the iron is hot. The company now commands a valuation of more than $1 trillion, with its share price having more than quadrupled over the past year. It is the leading supplier of high-bandwidth memory, which has seen extraordinary demand as AI infrastructure spending gathers pace. Right now, it is viewed as a critical supplier to the global AI ecosystem. But technology moves fast, and it remains far from clear how long SK Hynix can hang on to its privileged position with a scarce, high-margin product before competitors catch up and erode its edge.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tech-bounces--oil-declines-but-europe-has-fresh-energy-shock-26824.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Frequently Asked Questions On Cdc</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Shriti Jadav, Humphrey Galbraith and Simon Eagle, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>While still new to the UK &ndash; with Royal Mail launching the first scheme in 2024 &ndash; CDC combines the potential for higher retirement income with the security of an income for life, closely supporting policy objectives. As interest in CDC builds, this FAQ page provides a clear, accessible introduction. It explains how CDC works, its key benefits and challenges, and the different design approaches emerging in the UK. Whether you are exploring CDC for the first time or looking to build your understanding, this guide offers a practical starting point.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Whole of life CDC</strong></div>

<div>In the years before retirement, a typical DC scheme follows a &quot;lifestyling&quot; strategy i.e. gradually reducing investment risk in advance of retirement to prepare for annuity purchase or drawdown. This level of derisking is not necessary in a whole of life CDC scheme where <strong>there is no change in benefit at retirement</strong>.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>After retirement, a whole of life CDC scheme does not provide a guaranteed level of income and so is able to continue to invest in return-seeking assets longer into retirement before more gradually derisking. The extended exposure to growth assets means significantly higher outcomes can be expected &ndash; by up to around 55%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Retirement CDC</strong></div>

<div>For members joining a Retirement CDC scheme i.e. purchasing a CDC pension at retirement, post-retirement assets can also remain invested for longer, leading to higher expected outcomes. Additionally, even though members could be in the same DC scheme pre-retirement, their investment strategy would sensibly stay &quot;on risk&quot; for longer if it is known that the strategy is to move into CDC rather than to purchase an annuity. Overall, we estimate this approach would deliver on average 40% higher expected outcomes compared to an annuity, of which around 15% relates to pre-retirement investment strategy. We explain this more in our white paper from 2024: <a href="https://www.wtwco.com/en-gb/insights/2024/10/reimagining-pensions-in-the-uk">Reimagining pensions in the UK.</a></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Q. How are CDC scheme pension increases worked out?</strong></div>

<div>A. When you join a CDC scheme you will be told what the target, sustainable level of pension increases is &mdash; this will typically be linked to CPI inflation, and is the rate of increase that is expected to be able to continue to be paid each and every year into the future based on the current population. The level of pension increase is not guaranteed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Each year, the scheme checks whether its assets are sufficient to cover the expected cost of pensions already built up, using the current target pension increase and best estimate assumptions. If the value of the assets is higher than the cost of providing the pensions, then pension increases rise (both the current increase and the target for future years). Similarly, if the value of the assets is lower than the cost of providing the pensions, then pension increases reduce.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For example, if a scheme was fully funded and had target pension increases of CPI, but then suffered a market shock, leading to, say, a 20% fall in asset values. Assuming the average term to payment of pensions was 20 years, this 20% asset loss could be made good by applying increases of CPI less 1% going forward, rather than CPI, for the scheme to remain fully funded. This mechanism is how scheme experience is smoothed over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Q. What happens if CDC schemes are closed to new members or accrual?</strong></div>

<div>A. Because pension increases are always set on the current population, and increases are calculated based on what is affordable over the lifetime of the current scheme, with sufficient scale they can cope with closure by running on without affecting current income levels. If a CDC scheme became too small to be cost effective to run on, it could wind up &ndash; providers must hold assets to meet the expenses of this.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Q. Do other countries have CDC pensions?</strong></div>

<div>A. Yes. Several countries already operate CDC pension arrangements or similar, particularly in retirement CDC. Canada has long-standing Retirement CDC arrangements, most notably the University of British Columbia Faculty Pension Plan, which has paid variable lifetime incomes for decades. Recent legislative changes have also enabled new longevity-pooling (tontine-style) products.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Netherlands has used collective risk sharing pensions for many years and, under its new pension system, will continue to provide variable incomes for life through collective pools in retirement. Although labelled as DC, these arrangements function as Retirement CDC schemes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Australia does not formally use CDC, but policy and regulation are increasingly encouraging retirement income products that pool longevity risk, and collective lifetime income solutions are an active area of development. So while the terminology differs, CDC-style risk sharing schemes already exist internationally, particularly to provide lifetime income in retirement, and they offer useful lessons for the UK.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Q. How is CDC different to &lsquo;with profits&rsquo; annuities?</strong></div>

<div>A. With profits schemes have been widely criticised for being opaque &ndash;  and in the past, the increases or bonuses awarded were on a largely discretionary basis allowing room for commercial judgements to be made. CDC is more transparent for a number of reasons:</div>

<div><em><strong>The approach to setting increases is mechanistic.</strong> A CDC scheme always pays increases based on its funding position, so that the assets equal the liabilities at each valuation &ndash;  there is no scope for discretion to pay any more or less. Communication around this is very clear &ndash;  there is no expectation that CDC is guaranteed</em></div>

<div><em><strong>The assumptions for calculating the increase must be set on a 'central estimate' basis.</strong> The regulations require no bias or discretion in the way the increases are calculated. There is no allowance for prudence, or buffers, and less scope for commercial judgement</em></div>

<div><em><strong>There are various documents that have to be published around annual increase determinations.</strong> These must be publicly available, allowing scrutiny of the underlying assumptions, the calculations and the increase awarded. This makes the determination very transparent</em></div>

<div><em><strong>All decisions are made by Trustees. </strong>This creates a layer of independence, particularly with the latest draft regulations making clear the Trustees cannot be involved in the commercial operation of a CDC scheme</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Q. Why is the collective nature of the scheme important?</strong></div>

<div>A. The collective nature of the scheme means that investment and longevity risk is shared between large groups of members. This enables the provision of a smoothed income over the whole of each member's retired life and the potential to invest in return-seeking assets for longer, meaning a higher expected outcome.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>It also means that like a defined benefit (DB) scheme, some members will get greater benefit from being part of the scheme than others. For example, those that live longer will receive more pension payments in total i.e., short lived members subsidise the long lived, a &quot;cross subsidy&quot;. All members benefit from the safely net a lifetime pension provides.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Single-employer CDC designs are also like DB schemes in that older members build up pensions of higher actuarial value than younger members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>When there are periods of higher or lower asset returns, the effect of these is spread over time, and affects younger members more than older members. In single employer schemes it also affects members who built up pensions at different times.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/frequently-asked-questions-on-cdc-26827.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pic Complete Buyin For Royal Institute Of British Architects</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The Royal Institute of British Architects (&ldquo;RIBA&rdquo;), was established 190 years ago, representing and championing a global community of architects, their practices and aspiring students. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ann Rigby, Chair of the Trustees for the Scheme and representing BESTrustees, said:</strong> &ldquo;We&rsquo;re really pleased to have completed this transaction with PIC. Its team were innovative and flexible as we addressed the complexity of the Scheme&rsquo;s benefit structure. Fully securing the benefits of our members within the insurance regulatory framework has been our long-term objective, and with RIBA&rsquo;s support we are proud to have achieved this for our members.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jake Stanbridge, Origination Actuary at PIC, said:</strong> &ldquo;We&rsquo;re delighted to have been chosen by the Trustees to secure their members&rsquo; pensions. The Scheme had a particularly complex benefit structure which required us to work closely with the Trustees to ensure that their needs were met. Tailoring bespoke solutions to complex situations is something that PIC has a long track record of achieving and we are very pleased to have been able to apply our experience to help the Trustees in this instance.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Joanna Davies, Senior Consultant at Aon, said:</strong> &ldquo;Using our Pathway approach (Aon&rsquo;s streamlined process for bulk annuity transactions on which we partner with Eversheds-Sutherland) made this transaction straightforward, allowing us to focus on the areas that really mattered to the Trustees and enabling insurers to apply some of the innovation more typically seen on bigger transactions to this Scheme &ndash; all to the benefit of the members.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The transaction was led by Aon, with the Trustees receiving actuarial and investment advice from Mercer and legal advice from Eversheds Sutherland LLP. Addleshaw Goddard advised PIC.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pic-complete-buyin-for-royal-institute-of-british-architects-26826.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Blueprint For The Future Dc Pensions Market</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The UK&rsquo;s pensions system is entering a critical phase of transformation, as the focus shifts from shaping the Pension Schemes Act to delivering stronger outcomes for savers and the wider economy via its implementation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>New research published today by Standard Life, in partnership with WPI Economics - <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Standard-Life-From-scale-to-impact-June-2026.pdf"><strong>&lsquo;From scale to impact: A blueprint for the future DC pensions market&rsquo;</strong></a> , sets out how one of the Act&rsquo;s critical initiatives, a move to fewer, larger defined contribution (DC) pension schemes with a greater focus on long-term value, can be successfully implemented through the adoption of eight key principles. It highlights the potential benefits for savers and the UK economy with changes to investment strategy helping people&rsquo;s pension savings increase by up to 20% while supporting significant business and job creation across the UK.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A step change in outcomes for savers</strong></div>

<div>The research finds that a more diversified investment approach, particularly through greater allocation to private market assets, could materially improve long-term returns for pension savers. Achieving these outcomes will require a significant structural shift to a more consolidated pensions market, with 10-15 large &ldquo;megafunds&rdquo; expected to emerge by 2035. Greater scale would enable schemes to invest more effectively across a wider range of assets, particularly private markets, where allocations could rise from around 2-4% today to 15-30% during the growth phase in future default funds.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Under the proposed approach:</strong></div>

<div><em>Pension pots could increase by between 4% and 20% at retirement</em></div>

<div><em>An early-career saver could have up to &pound;49,000 more in their pension pot</em></div>

<div><em>A mid-career saver could see up to &pound;17,000 additional savings</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Benefits are most pronounced when applied early in a saver&rsquo;s working life but improvements are evident across all saver types and remain resilient across a wide range of market conditions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Unlocking investment into the UK economy</strong></div>

<div>Alongside improved outcomes for savers, the research highlights the potential for pensions to play a much greater role in financing UK growth. By 2035, the DC pensions market is expected to reach up to &pound;1.8 trillion in assets. Between &pound;40 billion and &pound;200 billion could be invested in UK private markets under the proposed approach, significantly higher than today.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This could support infrastructure investment generating up to &pound;115 billion in GDP, that in turn would underpin 333,000 jobs, and increase investment in UK businesses, supporting thousands of SMEs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>From direction to delivery</strong></div>

<div>With recent Government policy and regulation paving the way for radical pension scheme reform, the report sets out the principles necessary to facilitate a new era of value-focused retirement saving. How these changes are implemented will be critical to delivering the full benefits to savers and the economy. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>To support this, it sets out eight principles:</strong></div>

<div><em>Establishing a clear, consistent and outcome-focused regulatory framework</em></div>

<div><em>Equal levels of protection for all membersShifting from a cost-focused to a value-focused approach, enabling investment across a wider range of assets, including private markets</em></div>

<div><em>Ensuring intermediaries drive competition and value</em></div>

<div><em>Strengthening governance through highly skilled trustees</em></div>

<div><em>Aligning pensions with wider economic and industrial strategy</em></div>

<div><em>A system that supports all to save</em></div>

<div><em>Supporting effective and sustainable access to retirement income</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Together, these changes could help the pensions system deliver stronger outcomes for savers while supporting wider economic growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Joe Ahern, Director of Policy at WPI Economics, said:</strong> &ldquo;Our analysis shows that greater scale and more diversified investment strategies, particularly increased exposure to private markets, can deliver higher returns for savers while supporting infrastructure, businesses and economic growth. The evidence points to a significant opportunity to improve outcomes but realising this will require coordinated action across the market and a regulatory framework focused on delivering higher net value for members.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Addressing the retirement savings challenge</strong></div>

<div>The research comes as concerns continue to grow about retirement adequacy in the UK, with millions of people not saving enough for later life. Building on its previous review of UK pension adequacy, WPI Economics highlights the need to strengthen both contribution levels and investment strategies, noting that current approaches may be limiting the growth potential of pension savings.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Andy Briggs, Group CEO, Standard Life plc, said:</strong> &ldquo;The UK pensions system is at a critical juncture. While auto enrolment has transformed participation, too many people remain at risk of falling short in retirement. &ldquo;The next phase must focus on how reforms are implemented in practice, ensuring that pension savings are translated into better outcomes through greater scale and a stronger emphasis on long-term value. Getting this right is essential to improving financial security in retirement while also ensuring pensions can support long-term investment in the UK economy.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/blueprint-for-the-future-dc-pensions-market-26825.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Dwp Launches State Pension Age Comms Action Plan</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The action plan focuses on learning lessons from the PHSO&rsquo;s investigation into historical communications on women&rsquo;s State Pension age and sets out how DWP intends to acknowledge lessons learned in State Pension communications, with a focus on State Pension age and complaints handling.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&quot;The DWP's action plan is a positive step towards ensuring people receive clearer, more personalised information about their State Pension age and any future changes. Good communication is essential, particularly given the importance of the State Pension in many people&rsquo;s retirement incomes and it suggests lessons have been learned from previous changes to the State Pension age.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The action plan is published at an interesting time for pensions policy and the State Pension, in particular. With a new Prime Minister soon to be in place and the independent State Pension age review expected to report in the near future, scrutiny is likely to intensify around the long-term affordability of the State Pension itself. An ageing population, rising State Pension costs at a time of fiscal strain and the continued commitment to the triple lock mean there will be increasing focus on whether future increases to the State Pension age should be accelerated.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;If changes are ultimately recommended, effective communication cannot be an afterthought, so it is pleasing to see policymakers getting ahead of the game and rising to the challenge. People need as much certainty and notice as possible to make informed decisions about work, retirement and long-term financial planning.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While the State Pension provides an important foundation for retirement income, it is not on its own designed to address pensioner poverty which is where targeted support, such as Pension Credit and housing-related benefits, have a critical role to play. Ensuring communications around these benefits are effective and take-up is high will be just as important as decisions on the headline level of the State Pension itself.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/dwp-action-plan-state-pension-age-communications-and-complaints-handling/department-for-work-and-pensions-dwp-action-plan-how-dwp-will-learn-lessons-following-the-parliamentary-and-health-service-ombudsmans-phso-inves#overview"><em>https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/dwp-action-plan-state-pension-age-communications-and-complaints-handling/department-for-work-and-pensions-dwp-action-plan-how-dwp-will-learn-lessons-following-the-parliamentary-and-health-service-ombudsmans-phso-inves#overview</em></a></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/dwp-launches-state-pension-age-comms-action-plan-26828.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 25 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Car Insurance Premiums First Quarterly Rise In Over 2 Years</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Since motor insurance prices peaked at &pound;995 in December 2023, prices had steadily decreased for nine consecutive quarters. However, the rate of price deflation has slowed significantly in 2026, with rises in three out of the first five months of the year: May (0.3%), April (2.3%) and February (0.4%).</p>

<p>While the data shows a price rise between March and May this year, car insurance premiums still recorded an annual fall of 5% (&pound;38), with prices decreasing from &pound;757 to &pound;719, according to the longest established and most comprehensive car insurance price index in the UK. The index is based on price data compiled from over six million customer quotes per quarter.</p>

<p><strong>Tim Rourke, EMEA P&C Leader, Insurance Consulting and Technology, said: </strong>&ldquo;After a prolonged period of price reductions, this latest uptick suggests the market may be approaching an inflection point. While premiums remain below last year&rsquo;s levels, underlying claims cost pressures have not gone away.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Insurers continue to face repair cost inflation driven by vehicle complexity and supply chain disruption, as well as continued pressure from credit hire costs. If these cost trends persist, market profitability will come under even greater strain without premium increases over the remainder of 2026.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Comprehensive Car Insurance &ndash; Quarterly Price Trends</strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_WTWQuarterly12406261.jpg" style="height:124px; width:558px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: WTW / Confused.com Car Insurance Price Index. *Average values rounded to the nearest whole number.</em></span></p>

<p>Inner London was the only region where drivers experienced a price fall (0.4%) during the three months since February 2026, reducing their premiums from &pound;1,093 to &pound;1,088. All other regions across the UK recorded price increases over the same period.</p>

<p>Drivers in Northern Ireland saw the largest percentage increase in the cost of comprehensive car insurance, with a quarterly rise of 8% (&pound;73) with average premiums increasing from &pound;947 to &pound;1,020. This is the first time average premiums in the region have passed the &pound;1,000 mark since December 2023. The smallest quarterly increase was seen in the West Midlands, where drivers saw a rise of 0.1%, with average premiums now costing &pound;860.</p>

<p><strong>Most Expensive Regions in the UK</strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_WTWQuarterly22406261.jpg" style="height:171px; width:547px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: WTW / Confused.com Car Insurance Price Index. *Average values rounded to nearest whole number.</em></span></p>

<p>More locally focused data shows motorists in West Central London benefited from the biggest quarterly fall in car insurance premiums. Prices dropped by 6% (&pound;77), with premiums decreasing from &pound;1,349 to &pound;1,272, although it remains the country&rsquo;s most expensive postcode. Drivers in Enfield saw a quarterly fall of 3% (&pound;31), with average premiums now at &pound;912 compared to &pound;943 three months ago.</p>

<p>Despite a sharp quarterly rise of 8% (&pound;33) in Llandrindod Wells, the Welsh town continues to be the cheapest place in the UK with prices on average now costing &pound;471. Other towns where drivers continue to enjoy average premiums less than &pound;500 include Shrewsbury (&pound;498) and the South West England towns of Torquay (&pound;482), Dorchester (&pound;489) and Exeter (&pound;490).</p>

<p>Drivers aged 50 and 51 saw the biggest quarterly price increases of 5% (&pound;29) and 6% (&pound;36) respectively, taking their average premiums to &pound;611 and &pound;610. At the other end of the spectrum, younger drivers benefited from some of the most substantial price falls. Drivers aged 22 benefited from a 5% quarterly price decrease, reducing their average premiums by &pound;73 from &pound;1,465 to &pound;1,392. Drivers aged 17 saw the next biggest reduction in quarterly prices of 3% (&pound;46), taking their average premiums to &pound;1,695.</p>

<p><strong>Steve Dukes, CEO at Confused.com comments: </strong>&ldquo;While car insurance prices are still lower for customers shopping around now, our data shows this window is narrowing. Prices have been increasing now for a few months, and drivers could soon start to see this when they shop around or renew, which is when competitive pressure across the market will intensify.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Claims payouts have increased since 2020, and that pressure isn't easing anytime soon. This makes it a critical moment for insurers to maximise their data capabilities, to be more competitive, more responsive, and better placed to win customers who are actively seeking value. The insurers who have invested seriously in data will be the ones who come out ahead.&rdquo;</p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>1 This latest quarterly data release by the WTW/Confused Car Insurance price Index covers the three-month period March 2026 to May 2026.</em></span></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/car-insurance-premiums-first-quarterly-rise-in-over-2-years-26823.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Just Give Me A Wason Just A Little Bit  039 s Enough</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Alex White, FIA C.Act, Global Head of Quantitative Modelling at Gallagher</strong></u></p>

<p>On average, only about 5% of people get it right (though I suspect - and hope - my sample of Actuarial Post readers will show meaningful selection bias and outperform). It&rsquo;s clear that you need to turn over the A. Many people assume you need to turn over the 7, but there&rsquo;s no reason every 7 must have an A on the other side, so it doesn&rsquo;t help. But the 8 might have an A on the other side, which would disprove the theory.</p>

<p>Now there are plenty of general takeaways for cognitive biases more broadly, especially confirmation bias- but it hints at a perspective that we&rsquo;re not as a species instinctively wired to look for counterexamples. We&rsquo;re better at asking &ldquo;what does it mean if this is right?&rdquo; than &ldquo;what does it mean if this is wrong?&rdquo; Popperian thinking often takes conscious effort and built in processes. But at first glance, this doesn&rsquo;t translate directly to finance- after all, if we examine data to test whether P implies Q, we can simply look for every time P has happened and check that way.</p>

<p>The trouble is, the data is finite. The history is what happened, or if you prefer, what happened to happen. It wasn&rsquo;t inevitable, or the only way things could have gone. And that means that the thought process of stress testing your beliefs and trying to prove them wrong is still valuable.</p>

<p>For example, take the hypothesis &ldquo;if IG credit does poorly, equities will do poorly too&rdquo;. It&rsquo;s easy to think of broad market crashes, such as 2008, where this is true, and that makes it seem very plausible. But if we think &ldquo;how might equities outperform credit in a downmarket&rdquo;, we might come up with more varied economic scenarios, such as dispersion. That is, if lots of companies do very badly and some do very well, equities will benefit from the upside of the latter group, while credit won&rsquo;t. And equities have outperformed credit in scenarios like this, such as in early 2022[1]. If AI companies do very well while traditional companies fail, we could see this effect more extremely.</p>

<p>As a softer point, I find this way of thinking also helps unearth more hidden assumptions. In the example above, the question is itself loaded, as it may not be like for like. An investor looking to earn around &pound;5 in excess returns, at current spread levels, might need to invest around &pound;800 in credit; or might expect the same returns from around &pound;170 in equity with &pound;630 in cash. On that basis, it&rsquo;s very easy to see a small equity holding losing less than a large credit holding.  </p>

<p>As an intriguing aside, people are much better at answering the problem when it&rsquo;s framed differently. For example:</p>

<div><em>You see 4 people.</em></div>

<div><em>Each person has an age and a drink</em></div>

<div><em>You see a beer drinker, a soda drinker, a 35-year old, and a 10-year old,</em></div>

<p>Now the question becomes whom you should check to make sure no one under 18 is drinking beer. Almost everyone sees very quickly that you need to test the beer drinker (card A) and the 10-year old (card 8). Abstracted, the logic is identical, but we&rsquo;re better at solving these problems when they&rsquo;re framed in terms of adhering to social norms than when they&rsquo;re framed in other terms. This is sometimes presented as evidence that we evolved our ability to do logic largely as a by product of increasingly complex social interactions, rather than any more straightforward path, such as the benefits of tool use. Whether that&rsquo;s true or not though, our faculties certainly didn&rsquo;t evolve for their ability to make strategic investment decisions, and we need all the mental tools we can get.</p>

<p> </p>

<p>[1] S&P 500 vs ICE C0A0 index.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/just-give-me-a-wason-just-a-little-bit--039-s-enough-26820.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Db Trustees Warning Over Conflict With Pension Surpluses</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>New findings from Barnett Waddingham (BW), part of Howden, reveal that as the DB pension scheme landscape increasingly moves beyond traditional buy-out approaches, trustees are feeling growing pressure over how any future scheme surpluses should be used.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research, &lsquo;The Retirement Runway&rsquo; - which surveyed 50 professional trustees of DB pension schemes - reveals a consensus among trustees that there is growing pressure from government or sponsors to utilise scheme surpluses in ways that may conflict with their fiduciary duty to members. One in five (20%) describe this pressure as significant, while the remaining 80% said it exists to some extent.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings also highlight how changing endgame strategies are bringing new questions around surplus generation to the forefront of trustee decision-making.  More than four in five (82%) professional trustees of all scheme sizes agree that low dependency is now a more appropriate long-term funding target than buy-out, while medium-sized schemes are now most likely to favour run-on with employer support (50%)<br />
<br />
Against this backdrop, nearly two-thirds (62%) of professional trustees said they would be more likely to consider run-on strategies to generate surplus under reforms now enacted through the Pension Schemes Act 2026.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings point to a significant shift in scheme strategy over the last 12 months, Among medium-sized schemes, 35% have moved from self-sufficiency to run-on, while two-thirds (67%) of large-sized schemes have shifted from buy-out to self-sufficiency.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Trustees indicate that run-on strategies are increasingly being viewed as a way to generate additional value from well-funded schemes. Among medium-sized schemes pursuing growth strategies, over half (58%) said they are exploring generating a &lsquo;super surplus&rsquo; for discretionary member benefit increases. An equal proportion said surplus generation could support refunds for the sponsoring employer.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Meanwhile, smaller schemes remain more focused on strengthening their funding positions: over half of trustees of these schemes (53%) saying growth-focused investment strategies are aimed at reducing deficits.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Alex Pocock, Managing Partner, Barnett Waddingham, part of Howden, comments:</strong> &ldquo;DB schemes are entering a new phase. Improved funding positions mean most trustees now have more options on the table than they did just a few years ago: whether that&rsquo;s buy-out, superfund, low dependency, self-sufficiency or run-on. In a sense it&rsquo;s not surprising at all - many schemes that wanted to buy-out have now done so, leaving those still in the market pursuing flexibility.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The debate around surplus use is a natural consequence of that progress. Trustees will recognise the opportunities that surplus capital can create, but our findings show that they&rsquo;re also firmly focused on their responsibilities to act in members&rsquo; best interests.<br />
<br />
&ldquo;It&rsquo;s understandable that policymakers want to create greater flexibility and make better use of surpluses, but that doesn&rsquo;t have to come at the expense of member outcomes. The recent surplus proposals are a positive step forward, but trustees will still need the confidence to make use of these new flexibilities while remaining aligned with their fiduciary duties. As more schemes weigh up these options, balancing member, sponsor and trustee interests will be critical.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/db-trustees-warning-over-conflict-with-pension-surpluses-26818.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mortgage Rate Rises May Cost You  268k In Retirement Savings</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Following last week&rsquo;s Bank of England decision to hold interest rates at 3.75%, many homeowners may be breathing a sigh of relief. But after a year of stubborn inflation and global instability keeping borrowing costs higher for longer, those nearing the end of cheaper fixed-rate deals are still facing a sharp jump in monthly outgoings &ndash; with potential knock-on effects for long-term retirement savings.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>New analysis from the retirement specialist Standard Life highlights the trade-off between managing higher costs today and protecting future financial security, showing how money absorbed by higher mortgage repayments could make a significant difference if directed into a pension instead.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With average five-year fixed mortgage rates rising from 4.91% at the start of the year to 5.63% as of June1, someone remortgaging onto a new &pound;500,000 repayment mortgage over 25 years today would pay around &pound;213 more each month than they would have done at the start of the year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The impact could be significantly greater for borrowers coming to the end of older fixed-rate deals secured when interest rates were much lower. Someone moving from a mortgage rate of 2.50%, secured in 2021, to 5.63% on a &pound;500,000 repayment mortgage over 25 years could see repayments rise by around &pound;866 a month.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The potential retirement trade-off</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While keeping up with mortgage repayments will naturally be the priority, higher monthly housing costs can reduce the amount available for other long-term savings, including pensions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Standard Life analysis2 finds that someone who began working at age 22 with a salary of &pound;25,000 and paid the minimum monthly auto-enrolment contributions throughout their career could build a total retirement fund of &pound;210,000 by age 68.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>If that person was able to contribute an additional &pound;213 a month into their pension between the age of 34 (average age of a first-time buyer) for 25 years (average mortgage repayment period) their projected fund could rise to &pound;276,000 - &pound;66,000 more in today&rsquo;s prices.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For someone able to contribute an additional &pound;866 a month. the equivalent of the increased payments when moving from a 2.5% to a 5.63% mortgage rate, the pension benefit is greater, with the final retirement pot reaching &pound;478,000 - &pound;268,000 more than with minimum contributions alone.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_StandardLifeMortgae2406261.jpg" style="height:194px; width:597px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>*Assumptions: Starting salary &pound;25,000, rising by 3.5% each year, 5% employee and 3% employer monthly contributions, 5% annual investment growth. Figures are reduced to take effect 2% inflation. Annual Management Charge of 0.75% assumed. The figures are an illustration and are not guaranteed. Earning limits not applied.</em></span></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life, said:</strong> &ldquo;The Bank of England&rsquo;s decision to hold rates may provide some reassurance for borrowers, but with rates still expected to stay higher for longer, many homeowners refinancing this year are still facing a sharp jump in monthly repayments compared to the deals they&rsquo;ve become used to.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For those coming off lower fixed-rate mortgages taken out before the recent rise in interest rates, the increase in costs can be significant. That&rsquo;s putting real pressure on household budgets at a time when many people are already contending with higher day-to-day expenses, and may lead them to reassess their wider finances.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For many people, buying a home is a key part of their long-term financial security. But as mortgage costs rise, households may have less flexibility to save elsewhere, including into their pension.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;If someone needs to adjust their finances, reducing pension contributions may feel like a quick way to free up income. However, stopping altogether can make it harder to stay on track for retirement. Where possible, maintaining some level of saving can help protect your long-term retirement savings.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery shares his tips on how to balance saving for your future with living now when costs are high:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Make your money work as hard as possible: </strong>&ldquo;When budgets are tight, it&rsquo;s important to get as much value as possible from what you can afford to save. Pensions benefit from tax relief, meaning the government effectively adds to your contributions - for example, &pound;80 is typically topped up to &pound;100 for basic-rate taxpayers. If you pay higher- or additional-rate tax, you can usually claim back more through your self-assessment tax return or by contacting HMRC, reducing the true cost further.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;How this works depends on your scheme. Some workplace pensions use salary sacrifice, where contributions are taken before tax, so you get the benefit straight away. In others, the top-up is added by your provider, and you may need to claim any extra relief yourself. Many employers also match your contributions, boosting your savings further - so it&rsquo;s worth checking how your scheme works to avoid missing out. Over time, these combined boosts, alongside investment growth, can make a meaningful difference to your retirement pot. Investments can go down as well as up, but if retirement is some way off, staying invested gives your money longer to recover and grow.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Stay consistent &ndash; even if you need to adjust:</strong> &ldquo;If costs rise, it can be tempting to pause pension saving altogether. But that can mean missing out not just on tax relief, but on valuable employer contributions too - effectively turning down part of your pay. If you can, consider reducing contributions rather than stopping completely, so you maintain the habit and keep money flowing into your pension. Even small, regular payments can help avoid a much bigger catch-up later.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Track down old pension plans: </strong>&ldquo;Finding old pensions can give you a clearer picture of your overall retirement savings and help you understand whether you&rsquo;re on track. It&rsquo;s worth using the government&rsquo;s Pension Tracing Service if you&rsquo;ve changed jobs, moved house or had more than one pension.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Review your wider outgoings:</strong> &ldquo;Before cutting long-term savings, look across your regular spending to see whether there are areas where you can reduce costs. Setting a budget can help show where money is going and where there may be opportunities to shop around or cut back.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Know where to go for help:</strong> &ldquo;If you&rsquo;re struggling to keep up with costs, support is available. MoneyHelper has useful tools and guidance, and your pension provider may also have resources to help with debt, life events, health and other issues that can affect your ability to save.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/mortgage-rate-rises-may-cost-you--268k-in-retirement-savings-26821.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tech Sell off Stabilises But Investors Remain Nervous</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The global tech sell-off appears to have started to stabilise, but investors remain super-cautious, nervous that high valuations could be chipped away at again. Even a fresh easing of the energy crunch, with oil prices dipping further, isn&rsquo;t lifting sentiment much. The Footsie has had a flat start with investors searching for a sense of direction. Losses are still being nursed from the big tech names who&rsquo;ve sucked up investors' savings this year.</p>

<div><strong>SpaceX burns off steam</strong></div>

<div>SpaceX has come down to earth with a bump, burning off most of its post-launch steam. The sell-off may have been partly triggered by the confirmation that it was planning a bond sale, expected to be around $20 billion. Issuing debt at such a heady valuation raises questions about cash flow for this hugely capital-intensive venture.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Chipmaker valuation concerns</strong></div>

<div>There are concerns that risky trading has led to a surge in valuations, with South Korean chipmakers hit particularly hard in the sell-off this week, which has spread to other markets. A warning from South Korea's Financial Supervisory Service warned about the popularity of leveraged, single-stock exchange-traded funds, which track memory chip companies. There&rsquo;s also nervousness about whether there could be too much supply in the market for memory chips. Although South Korean giants SK Hynix and Samsung have recovered in trading today, valuations are still sharply down on last week.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tech results set tone for Nasdaq</strong></div>

<div>The skittishness has spread, bringing down Micron Technology which plunged 13%. Investors are nervously awaiting its results update for the third quarter. The Nasdaq is expected to open slightly higher after the two-day rout, but the big question is whether this correction has passed or if it is a pause before a further fall. Micron is expected to post eye-watering revenues of around $25.5 billion, a 280% year-on-year increase. But given how high expectations have shot up about mega revenue hauls stretching far into the future, any weakness in outlook could set off another round of selling. Growing expectations that the Federal Reserve will hike interest rates this year have also unnerved investors, given that higher rates reduce the value of future earnings, which so much of these heady valuations are based on.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Brent crude falls further</strong></div>

<div>The FTSE 100 hardly shifted in early trade, as a decline in oil prices has weighed on the listed energy giant. Brent crude, the benchmark, is heading back towards the level it was before the crisis erupted. It&rsquo;s currently trading around $76, just 7% higher than pre-war levels. With tanker traffic rising through the key Strait of Hormuz and big oil-producing nations increasing output, it&rsquo;s lifting hopes that energy shortages will be eased more quickly. </div>

<p>However, economies still won&rsquo;t have felt the full effects of the surge in prices in the Spring feeding through. There are also concerns that tolls could be imposed on the Strait of Hormuz, given that Iran and Oman are in discussions about how to manage the waterway going forward. This would add to shipping costs for the longer term and add to pressures for importers.</p>

<div><strong>Speculation swirls about Streeting as Chancellor</strong></div>

<div>Meanwhile speculation continues to swirl about the direction of UK economic policy if Andy Burnham gets the keys to Number 10. Rachel Reeves, seen as a stable figurehead at the Treasury by investors, looks set to be ousted. Wes Streeting, the former Health Secretary, is seen as the frontrunner to replace her. Amid the ongoing rumours, the pound has lost ground, trading under $1.32 against the dollar. However, this is also likely to be due to the strengthening of the greenback amid expectations of rate hikes from the Fed.</div>

<p>From any new Chancellor, financial markets would initially be looking for stability and signs of action aimed at stimulating sustainable growth, and Streeting is likely to initially try to project reassurance and a business as usual attitude aimed at reassuring investors and keeping a lid on high government borrowing costs.</p>

<p>Streeting is unlikely to have much scope for broad-based tax cuts, particularly if the government remains committed to fiscal discipline, given that there&rsquo;s so little leeway in public finances. Although he is likely to be seen as a more pragmatic chancellor, there is still concern that he would seek to raise revenue through changes to property or wealth taxation, which could stymie much needed investment.</p>

<p>If Streeting can convince investors that extra public investment is being directed towards projects that genuinely improve productivity and expand the economy's potential, markets may be prepared to give the government greater leeway. He has been a strong advocate for NHS modernisation and digital transformation and is likely to demand that government departments make efficiency drives to trim budgets and overall spending.</p>

<p>Welfare spending is set to come under intense scrutiny under a new Chancellor. He does look more likely to pursue reforms aimed at increasing labour market participation; markets may view this positively, particularly given concerns about economic inactivity and the long-term cost of welfare commitments.</p>

<p>The UK has struggled for years with weak productivity, underinvestment and sluggish economic expansion. Although Burnham's supporters argue that a more interventionist approach, focused on infrastructure, skills and regional development, could help unlock stronger growth across the country and Streeting would find it hard not to toe the PM's line. However, there will be concern that this will be prioritised; the dial won't move enough on tax relief to incentivise investment.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tech-sell-off-stabilises-but-investors-remain-nervous-26819.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Isa Rules Add Complexity But Not The Real Barriers To Saving</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Yet again, the government is trying to shoehorn individuals into investing without really addressing the underlying issues of financial literacy and confidence. By simply taxing cash in Stocks & Shares ISAs, while reducing the Cash ISA allowance for under-65s to &pound;12,500, it has fundamentally failed to address the root causes of poor financial decision-making when it comes to long-term planning and investment.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Although this will increase the tax take for HMRC, it is a flawed approach to encourage individuals to invest. It creates yet more complexity in a world where many people already struggle either to access financial advice or understand its value - admittedly, as much a reputational challenge that we as an industry must continue to address. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;With a new government due to take office in a matter of weeks, retail investors will already be nervous about what could be hit with new taxes next. HMRC has signalled that Cash ISAs are in play by substantially reducing the allowance for under-65s, and there is a risk that more cautious savers may become less inclined to use these wrappers if they perceive that Cash ISAS - or ISAs holding cash and cash-like assets - could be subject to further tax raids in the future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;A fundamental shift in policy towards educating individuals - whether at school, later in life, or ideally both - would do far more to prepare people for some of the biggest financial decisions they will ever make: how to save, how to invest, how to protect themselves and their families, and how to prepare for retirement. Tweaking the tax treatment of cash held within ISAs, or limiting the amount of cash people can hold in them, will no address the elephant in the room. The government continues to overlook the underlying issues of financial confidence and education that prevent many people from engaging with investing in the first place.&quot; </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/isa-rules-add-complexity-but-not-the-real-barriers-to-saving-26822.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 24 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Travel Insurance Prices Show No Middle East Crisis Spike</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>New Defaqto analysis indicates that while travel insurance prices have edged upward during 2026, there was no sudden pricing response in March following the escalation of the crisis in the Middle East. Median top-five prices by cover level remained broadly stable between February and March, suggesting the market did not immediately reprice travel cover in response to the geopolitical situation, or since.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The call follows recent industry research suggesting UK travellers are increasingly prioritising quality cover over the cheapest policy when arranging insurance for overseas trips.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Defaqto analysis of the travel insurance market found that 42% of annual multi-trip products and 46% of single-trip products hold a 5 Star Rating. When 4 and 5 Star products are combined, the figures rise to 74% of annual multi-trip products and 76% of single-trip products.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Defaqto&rsquo;s month-by-month pricing analysis also shows that travel insurance remains reasonably priced for consumers. For annual multi-trip cover rated 5 Star or above, the median top-five price moved from &pound;99 in January to &pound;103 in February and &pound;104 in March, before remaining at &pound;104 in April and falling back to &pound;99 in May. For single-trip cover rated 5 Star or above, the equivalent price was &pound;44 in January and February, &pound;46 in March, &pound;45 in April and &pound;43 in May.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Lower and mid-level cover also showed no evidence of a sharp spike in March or Aprli. Annual multi-trip cover rated 3 Star or above was &pound;70 in January, &pound;76 in February, &pound;76 in March and April, and &pound;73 in May. Single-trip cover rated 3 Star or above moved from &pound;30 in January and February to &pound;31 in March and April, before easing to &pound;29 in May.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings suggest that consumers who are placing greater emphasis on quality and cover levels are not facing a sudden price shock linked to recent geopolitical events. Defaqto&rsquo;s analysis also indicates that choosing higher-rated cover does not necessarily mean a significant increase in cost. The median top-five price for 5 Star annual multi-trip cover was &pound;99 in May, compared with &pound;73 for products rated 3 Star or above. For single-trip cover, the equivalent figures were &pound;43 for 5 Star products and &pound;29 for products rated 3 Star or above.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That means the gap between 3 Star-or-above cover and 5 Star cover in May was &pound;26 for annual multi-trip policies and &pound;14 for single-trip policies.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This supports the view that, from a consumer perspective, travel insurance remains a relatively affordable purchase even where holidaymakers choose higher-quality cover.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Frances Luery at Defaqto, said: </strong>&ldquo;The recent focus on geopolitical risk is a timely reminder that travel insurance is there to protect people when plans change, when medical treatment is needed abroad, or when disruption creates unexpected costs.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What is striking in our data is that the market has not seen a sudden price reaction to the crisis in the Middle East. Prices have been edging upward during 2026, but there was no sharp movement in March. In fact, the month-by-month figures suggest a relatively stable pricing environment for consumers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Quality cover is also widely available. Nearly half of the products we analysed carry a 5 Star Rating, and the price difference between 3 Star-or-above cover and 5 Star cover is not as large as many consumers might assume.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;That matters because in travel insurance, the cheapest policy may not be the best answer. Consumers should consider whether the cover fits their trip, their destination, their health, the value of their holiday and the risks they are most concerned about. Price is important, but it should not be the only factor.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Defaqto said the findings are particularly relevant as holidaymakers review their insurance needs against a more uncertain international backdrop. While recent diplomatic developments between the US and Iran may have reduced some immediate fears around the Middle East crisis, travellers still need to consider the practical implications of disruption, medical emergencies, cancellation, curtailment, baggage, delays and exclusions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Defaqto&rsquo;s Star Ratings are designed to help consumers and advisers compare the quality of financial products at a glance. Travel insurance was one of the areas on which Defaqto built its reputation, making the latest findings a timely reminder of the importance of product quality in a market where consumers can be tempted to focus heavily on price.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Defaqto said the data shows that quality and affordability do not have to be competing priorities. With no evidence of a sudden March price spike, and with many higher-rated products available at only a modest premium, consumers should be encouraged to choose travel insurance based on the cover they need rather than price alone.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/travel-insurance-prices-show-no-middle-east-crisis-spike-26816.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Treasury To Levy 22  Interest On Cash In Stocks   Shares Isa</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Rob Hillock, Head of Personal Financial Planning at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;The Government is clearly fully committed to ensuring more of savers&rsquo; money is invested in the UK stock market. By making cash holdings within stocks and shares ISAs less attractive and restricting movement back into cash ISAs, policymakers are creating a stronger incentive for individuals to actively manage their money and keep it invested for longer.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For many savers, particularly younger investors with wider time horizons, the hope is that this will significantly improve long-term returns. However, there is a risk that some individuals become uncomfortable holding investment risk if they feel their ability to move back into cash has been reduced.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The key challenge will be ensuring savers understand both the opportunities and risks involved, so that investment decisions are driven by personal circumstances and financial goals rather than tax considerations alone.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Source: <a href="https://www.ft.com/content/f13b5bba-1f79-45e3-a6c8-5c8182ca6c2e?syn-25a6b1a6=1">https://www.ft.com/content/f13b5bba-1f79-45e3-a6c8-5c8182ca6c2e?syn-25a6b1a6=1</a></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/treasury-to-levy-22--interest-on-cash-in-stocks---shares-isa-26817.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Next Pm Must Confront Triple Lock Sustainability Challenge</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Cameron says growing scrutiny of State Pension funding should prompt a wider debate about the future of the triple lock. While reaffirming the State Pension's importance to millions of retirees, he argues policymakers should look beyond a simple choice between retaining or abolishing the triple lock and instead consider reforms that preserve its core aims while improving long-term affordability.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Steven Cameron, Pensions Director at Aegon, said: </strong>&quot;The next Prime Minister &ndash; whether or not Andy Burnham - will inherit many pressing challenges, and on that list is the future of the State Pensions triple lock.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;While avoided by successive governments, politicians across the spectrum as well as think tanks are now increasingly questioning its long-term future and today&rsquo;s political change creates the opportunity for an open and honest debate. Importantly, it&rsquo;s not a simple case of keep it or scrap it &ndash; there are other options worthy of proper consideration.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The State Pension remains the bedrock of retirement income for millions of pensioners. Under the triple lock, the state pension increases each year by the highest of earnings growth, price inflation or 2.5%. While remaining popular amongst pensioner voters, retaining and often boosting their purchasing power, the mathematics just aren&rsquo;t sustainable in the current form over the decades ahead.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Recent comments from Burnham, reaffirming he if Prime Minister, would retain support for the triple lock, may provide short-term reassurance to today&rsquo;s pensioners. But what&rsquo;s needed from all major political party leaders is a longer-term vision for how the State Pension can remain fair, affordable, and sustainable not for the next three years but for the next 30 years and beyond.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s clear is that public finances are under huge and increasing pressure. There&rsquo;s no magic pot of money sitting to pay for state pensions &ndash; they&rsquo;re paid for by today&rsquo;s workers on a &lsquo;pay as you go&rsquo; basis. With an ageing population and fewer workers supporting more pensioners, the current system is already creaking at the seams and without reform, the triple lock will place an unprecedented burden on working-age taxpayers, raising serious questions around intergenerational fairness.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Aegon has long supported an amended form of the triple lock which would retain the principle of pensioners sharing in rises in the nation&rsquo;s prosperity while introducing greater stability. Recently, year on year inflation and earnings growth have been unpredictable and volatile. A fairer approach might be to provide inflation increases as a minimum with a further uplift if earnings growth has exceeded inflation over say three years.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This would smooth out volatility, provide greater predictability for public finances and preserve fairness for pensioners. Done properly, reform could be the saviour of the triple lock&rsquo;s aims rather than an end. The debate now needs leadership, honesty and a genuine commitment to finding common ground across both political parties and generations.&quot;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/next-pm-must-confront-triple-lock-sustainability-challenge-26814.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Health Innovations May Trigger Longevity Challenge</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Breakthrough GLP-1 and metabolic health treatments have the potential to reshape future mortality trends. However, nearly nine-in-ten (88%) defined benefit pension trustees have not yet had the opportunity to assess the impact of this uncertainty on scheme liabilities, according to new Standard Life research.</p>

<p>With 75% of DB schemes in surplus on a low-dependence basis, these positions may come under pressure if mortality improves faster than expected, particularly given preventable mortality may not yet be fully reflected in long-term assumptions. Obesity is one of the UK&rsquo;s leading risk factors for premature mortality, driving deaths through related long-term conditions.</p>

<p>While recent modelling studies suggesting GLP-1 treatments could under different scenarios, lead to reductions in mortality of around 1.8% to 5.1% over the longer term, outcomes vary widely and depend on uptake, access and long-term effectiveness.</p>

<p>In addition, Standard Life research shows that 69% of DB trustees have not yet had the opportunity to consider the impact of these weight-loss drugs on life expectancy and benefit payment.</p>

<p>Improved health outcomes could extend how long pensions are paid, creating new considerations for schemes approaching buy-in or buyout. Longer lifespans may also influence pricing, investment horizons and the long-term affordability of benefits, making it essential for trustees to understand the impact on future cashflows.</p>

<p>Longevity hedging tools, such as longevity swaps, remain an important tool for schemes that are not yet ready for buy-in, with many trustees now exploring the novation of existing swaps into future buy-ins to maintain flexibility and protection against future mortality shifts.</p>

<p><strong>Claire Altman, Managing Director &ndash; Pensions Risk Transfer & Individual Retirement at Standard Life, said:</strong> &ldquo;For many years, life expectancy assumptions were built around a relatively steady pattern of improvement, but that narrative has been challenged in recent years by the pandemic. While headline mortality rates are beginning to normalise, there is now greater uncertainty around future improvements, with healthy life expectancy at its lowest level since records began in 2011, at around 60 years old for men and women.5  </p>

<p>&ldquo;While health innovations could still support longevity gains, the outcomes are far less predictable than historic models suggest. Uncertainty itself is becoming a key risk factor, as trustees navigate a more complex and less predictable environment, particularly when thinking about long-term liabilities.  </p>

<p>&quot;While strong funding positions offer schemes some breathing room, they can change quickly if members live longer than expected. These dynamics can affect benefit duration, liability assumptions and the timing of derisking decisions, while increasing the complexity of modelling future outcomes, particularly for schemes with geographically diverse memberships. For schemes that are transaction ready, buy-in will remain the most effective way to secure long-term certainty for members, trustees and sponsors.&rdquo;  </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/health-innovations-may-trigger-longevity-challenge-26815.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 23 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Inflation Uncertainty Returns As Pricing Pressures Shift</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>Richard York-Weaving, Senior Consultant and Katie Garner, Senior Consultant, LCP</strong></u></p>

<p><strong>Inflation and geopolitics</strong></p>

<p>Since the start of the Iran conflict, the spot rate on one-year inflation swaps has increased by around 1.5% pa, together with upward pressure on longer-term inflation expectations. While the ultimate impact remains uncertain and depends on how the conflict develops, insurers are once again having to consider the risk of inflation re-accelerating.</p>

<p>For now, there is limited evidence of significant inflation emerging within claims experience. Current inflation appears primarily energy-driven, feeding through gradually into other areas. This differs materially from the inflation spike in 2022, where disruption to parts availability and global supply chains increased costs and extended repair times.</p>

<p>Supply chains now appear more resilient. Although shipping routes remain under pressure, supply chains have generally adapted by rerouting around disrupted areas, including via the Cape of Good Hope. The current risk is therefore more linked to sustained cost pressure than supply chain disruption.</p>

<p>For motor insurers, bodily injury inflation remains more nuanced, with wage inflation typically a more significant driver than headline CPI. Wage growth has been cooling into 2026 and, although the conflict may place some upward pressure on earnings, a repeat of the post-pandemic inflation spike in general wages appears less likely given weaker labour market conditions.</p>

<p>For home insurers, inflationary pressures remain closely linked to contractor availability, labour rates and material costs, with sustained energy price increases still likely to place upward pressure on rebuild costs.</p>

<p>Overall, while the current environment does not yet resemble the disruption seen in 2022, it does represent a meaningful increase in inflation uncertainty. For insurers, this may place renewed pressure on pricing adequacy and could shorten the duration of the recent softening cycle.</p>

<div><strong>Pricing</strong></div>

<div>The chart illustrates the path of motor and home insurance premiums since the start of 2019, alongside cumulative CPI inflation over the same period. The market has moved from COVID-driven premium reductions, through a sharp repricing cycle in 2022 and 2023, into renewed competitive pressure more recently.</div>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_LCPPersonal2206261.jpg" style="height:388px; width:589px" /></p>

<p>Although both motor and home premiums are materially higher than in early 2019, the increases have been lower than broader inflation over the same period. Average premiums for both product lines are currently around 20% above 2019 levels, compared with a 32% increase in CPI.</p>

<p>The route to this position has differed between the two markets. Motor insurance saw much larger premium reductions during 2020 and 2021 as insurers reacted to exceptional reductions in claims frequency during COVID-19 lockdowns. It then saw a sharper repricing phase during 2022 and 2023 in response to severe claims inflation. Home insurance experienced a more moderate cycle overall, with less pronounced movements in either direction.</p>

<p>More recently, the market has remained highly competitive, as insurers compete for growth and retention following easing inflationary expectations. There are, however, signs that the motor market may be beginning to turn. ABI data for 2026 Q1 showed average motor premiums increasing by 0.2% following a 1.5% increase in 2025 Q4. While modest in isolation, seasonality matters: Q4 typically sees a premium uplift, whereas Q1 usually experiences a decrease. Against that backdrop, the small increase in Q1 indicates that the softening cycle may have bottomed out.</p>

<p>There is less evidence of a turning point in home insurance pricing. ABI data for 2026 Q1 shows a 1.1% decrease in average buildings and contents premiums.</p>

<p>Historically, motor pricing has reacted more quickly to changing claims conditions and inflationary pressures, reflecting faster claims emergence, shorter pricing feedback loops and the highly price-sensitive nature of the market. Home insurance pricing cycles have generally been more gradual, with insurers typically slower to respond to changing cost trends in either direction.</p>

<div><strong>Frequency trends</strong></div>

<div>If inflation explains why claims cost more, and pricing explains how insurers respond, frequency tells us whether the underlying risk is changing.</div>

<p>For motor, the story is one of relatively contained frequency, with no clear sign of returning to higher claims numbers. Even after a degree of post-pandemic normalisation in driving patterns, the market is not facing a wholesale return to pre-2020 claims frequency. This reflects a combination of factors, including persistent changes in travel behaviour due to hybrid working, ongoing improvements in vehicle and road safety, and lower claims propensity as higher excesses and premium sensitivity discourage claims for smaller losses.</p>

<p>For home, frequency in recent years has been shaped by weather volatility. Subsidence was the standout story of 2025, following the UK&rsquo;s warmest and sunniest year on record. While wetter conditions in late 2025 and early 2026 may have offered some short-term relief, they do not remove the underlying risk. Subsidence surges no longer appear isolated: 2018, 2022 and 2025 all saw elevated activity. For insurers, subsidence is no longer a one-off aftershock from an exceptionally hot year but, increasingly, a recurring underwriting and pricing issue.</p>

<p>Taken together, the picture is not one of a simple return to the conditions of 2022, nor one of a stable market. Inflation uncertainty has risen again, motor pricing may be approaching a turning point, and weather-driven volatility continues to make frequency unpredictable. For personal lines insurers, the challenge is not just to respond to higher costs, but to recognise how quickly the balance of risks can change.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/inflation-uncertainty-returns-as-pricing-pressures-shift-26812.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Fca Publishes Sipps Consultation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Most SIPP providers are already doing the right thing and providing a good service to their customers. However, the FCA has historically found cases of poor due diligence, weak record keeping and gaps in how firms protect money and assets.  </p>

<p>To drive greater consistency, the FCA is proposing clear standards of due diligence. This is intended to secure better outcomes for consumers by improving consistency and adequacy of due diligence across all SIPP operators.</p>

<p>The FCA is also proposing stronger requirements for the handling of pension scheme money and assets. The targeted and proportionate proposals reduce the risk of consumer harm when firms fail or wind down. </p>

<p>The proposals will bring greater certainty to the industry, improve confidence in the SIPP market and help ensure consumers can invest through SIPPs with greater confidence. They complement the Consumer Duty by making clear what good practice looks like.</p>

<p><strong>Charlotte Clark, director of cross-cutting policy and strategy at the FCA, said: </strong>'SIPPs provide consumers with flexibility and choice. Many firms are doing the right thing, but we want to help consumers invest with greater confidence by ensuring standards are consistent.'  </p>

<p> </p>

<div><em>Read the FCA&rsquo;s Consultation Paper - <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publication/consultation/cp26-20.pdf">CP26/20: Adapting our rules for a changing market: self-invested personal pensions (PDF)</a>. </em></div>

<div><em>The consultation closes on 24 August 2026.The FCA is committed to improving the regulatory framework in the SIPP market as part of broader work on modernising pensions and long-term savings under its Pensions Regulatory Priorities - <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publication/regulatory-priorities/pensions-report.pdf">Regulatory Priorities: Pensions report</a>. </em></div>

<div><em>Read the Discussion Paper on the proposed changes to SIPPs - <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publication/discussion/dp24-3.pdf">DP24/3: Pensions: Adapting our requirements for a changing market.</a></em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-fca-publishes-sipps-consultation-26813.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pm Under Pressure As Hopes Revive For Peace In Middle East</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The pound remains under pressure as political chop and change is back on the agenda in the UK. Prime Minister Sir Keir Starmer is widely tipped to step down, as challenger Andy Burnham appears to be securing deep support. If the former Mayor of Manchester is given an easy path to Number 10, Britain will have had seven Prime Ministers in roughly a decade. This level of political churn is making investors increasingly nervous about the consistency of economic policy and the challenges ahead.</p>

<p>The pound has dipped to levels not seen for almost three months, trading below $1.32, while government borrowing costs remain elevated. Although 10-year gilt yields have slipped below the hot levels seen during the most intense phase of the Iran conflict, they are still hovering around 4.84%, sharply higher than international peers. Investing in UK assets continues to carry a risk premium given the bouts of political instability seen since Brexit, and there is little sign of that easing.</p>

<p>There's a distinct lack of direction for the FTSE 100 at the start of the week, and it hasn't been helped by conflicting signals about a peace deal between the US and Iran. Brent crude had pushed higher as concerns resurfaced about the conflict flaring up again, given the ongoing tensions between Hezbollah and Israel. However, there does appear to be further progress being made during talks in Switzerland towards a lasting settlement, and oil prices have dipped again. A statement from Qatar and Pakistan, which are leading negotiations in Switzerland, has indicated that the US and Iran have agreed to follow a roadmap towards peace. However, it is clear there is still a long way to go, and more obstacles may emerge before a long-term deal is signed, sealed and delivered.</p>

<p>For now, though, Brent crude has fallen back below $80 a barrel. Tankers are moving through the bottleneck of the Strait of Hormuz and, with key oil-producing nations across the Gulf going all out to boost output, the supply crunch is easing quickly, helping to calm inflationary worries.</p>

<p>Shares in easyJet have surged higher as the US private equity firm eyeing the airline has doubled down on efforts to take over the company. It has taken its offer public after the board rejected its third takeover approach. Its latest proposal came at a 59% premium to the closing share price before investors became aware of its interest. Castlelake is attempting to appeal directly to shareholders through this approach, given that management clearly opposes the bid.</p>

<p>The airline has been battling headwinds from escalating tensions in the Middle East, which have rattled consumer confidence, driven up fuel costs and cast a shadow over the outlook for European travel demand. As a result, its valuation had fallen to a level not seen for more than three years, leaving the company looking vulnerable despite its strong liquidity position.</p>

<p>Castlelake clearly believes the market may be underestimating easyJet&rsquo;s longer-term earnings potential and the resilience of its network. The firm is well known for investing in aircraft leasing and aviation finance and already owns a small stake in easyJet. The airline also fits neatly within its broader portfolio. However, it remains unclear how easyJet would operate in its current form under private equity ownership.</p>

<p>This is fresh evidence that British markets are increasingly becoming a hunting ground for sophisticated institutional investors, particularly as sterling has weakened and UK-listed stocks continue to trade at lower valuations than many international peers.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pm-under-pressure-as-hopes-revive-for-peace-in-middle-east-26808.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Real time View Of Bond Market Activity Launched</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Until now, data on bond trades was scattered across multiple sources, making it difficult to get a clear and complete picture of market activity. The new service brings it all together in one place.</p>

<p>The launch builds on changes to the UK's bond market transparency rules that came into force in December 2025. Those changes have already made a real difference. The share of corporate bond trades reported in real time rose from under 5% to over 75%, and for government bonds from around 30% to approximately 80%. In some smaller parts of the market, real-time reporting increased more than 50-fold. The consolidated tape is the final step, giving users a single, comprehensive view of all that data.</p>

<p>The UK is the first country outside North America to launch a consolidated tape for bonds.</p>

<p><strong>Simon Walls, executive director of markets at the FCA, said: </strong>&quot;Good markets run on good information. Today's launch of a consolidated tape gives investors a clear, reliable and comprehensive view of UK bond trading for the first time. The UK is a global leader in fixed income issuance and trading, and this is another important delivery in enhancing the competitiveness of the UK as a leading centre of finance.&quot;</p>

<p>The service launches with 98% market coverage of in-scope bond trading. The FCA will supervise ETS Connect UK throughout its five-year contract to ensure data quality and reliability.</p>

<p> </p>

<div><em>The service covers post-trade transparency data for bonds admitted to trading on UK venues. Exchange-traded notes (ETNs) and exchange-traded commodities (ETCs) are excluded.</em></div>

<div><em>ETS Connect UK was appointed following a competitive two-stage tender process launched in March 2025.</em></div>

<div><em>A legal challenge to the contract award was discontinued by Ediphy in May 2026.</em></div>

<div><em>The service operates under a five-year contract, supervised by the FCA against standards on data quality, completeness and timeliness.</em></div>

<div><em>The FCA is also working at pace to deliver a consolidated tape for equities, choosing to start with bonds following consultations with market participants. The launch forms part of a wider programme to improve transparency, data quality and access across UK markets and builds upon the delivery of the near-50 measures set out in January 2025 to drive growth.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>David Raw, Managing Director for Markets, UK Finance, said: </strong>&ldquo;UK Finance welcomes today&rsquo;s milestone launch of the bond consolidated tape. As a leading global centre for bond markets, the UK stands to benefit significantly from this development. Our members have championed this consolidated tape which will strengthen bond markets by enhancing transparency, efficiency and liquidity. We stand ready to support the FCA with the future launch of an equity consolidated tape, an equally vital strand for UK capital markets.&rdquo;</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Bryan Pascoe, chief executive of the International Capital Market Association (ICMA) said:</strong> &ldquo;&quot;ICMA welcomes the launch of the UK&rsquo;s first bond consolidated tape. We have long supported the introduction of a consolidated tape as an accessible and affordable source of post-trade data. It will support improved execution assessment, richer analytics and broader participation across UK bond markets. ICMA is very pleased to have contributed actively throughout the consultation and implementation processes and we look forward to continuing to participate as an observer member of the ETS Connect UK Consultative Committee.&quot;</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Victoria Webster, Managing Director &ndash; Fixed Income at Association for Financial Markets in Europe (AFME) said: </strong>&ldquo;We welcome the UK bond consolidated tape as a major step for market transparency and access. It can improve price discovery, support liquidity and strengthen efficiency. With high-quality, usable data, it could become a cornerstone of a more transparent, efficient and globally competitive bond market.&rdquo;</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Hugo Gordon, Head of Capital Markets at the Investment Association, said:</strong> &ldquo;The Investment Association welcomes the launch of the bond consolidated tape, a significant moment in the development of UK capital markets. This tape will enhance transparency and liquidity, and increase the ability of a wide range of bond investors to access the data they need to inform their investment decisions. We look forward to continuing to work with the FCA ahead of the future launch of the equity and ETF tape.&rdquo;</em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/real-time-view-of-bond-market-activity-launched-26809.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Prime Minister Resigns  What It Means For You And Investors</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>&ldquo;While Andy Burnham appears to be in pole position to take the helm, whoever ultimately takes power will inherit the same difficult fiscal backdrop and quickly discover there are no easy wins. Sluggish growth, stretched public services and strained public finances mean difficult choices have been deferred, not avoided.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The UK faces a challenging set of public finance constraints, with limited room for additional spending and persistent questions about how future commitments will be funded. Fears remain that spending cuts, tax rises, or a bitter cocktail of both could be required to pay for any flagship policies. At this stage, however, there is still so much we do not know.</p>

<p>&ldquo;For markets, the identity of the next prime minister may matter less than the credibility of the policies they pursue. Investors, businesses and households will be looking for signs of how the government intends to balance growth ambitions with the realities of the public finances. The key questions are likely to centre on taxation, pensions, ISAs, public spending, inflation and the future path of interest rates.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Until there is clarity from a new prime minister and chancellor, households, businesses and investors are left guessing about the direction of travel. The longer the wait for firm policy signals, the longer uncertainty is likely to hang over financial prospects.</p>

<p>&ldquo;While our personal finances cannot be disentangled from what happens in Westminster, knee-jerk reactions based on speculation are likely to do more harm than good. History suggests that political drama often moves faster than economic reality. Policies can take months to emerge and years to have a meaningful effect on household finances, which is why reacting to every twist and turn in Westminster rarely proves a successful financial strategy.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Whatever the direction of travel from the new administration, it remains good practice to make full use of tax-efficient wrappers such as ISAs and pensions, maintain a diversified investment strategy, and focus on the fundamentals that remain within our control. Governments come and go, but the principles of good financial planning remain remarkably constant.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Wealth tax worry</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Charlotte Kennedy, says: </strong>&ldquo;A particular concern among many people we speak to is that a new Labour government could look to lean more heavily on taxes on wealth, property and capital. Our analysis suggests that as much as &pound;100bn of wealth could either leave the UK or be redirected into less productive assets from a tax perspective if a levy on the wealthy were introduced.</div>

<p>&ldquo;We have come across highly paid professionals who are considering relocating to more tax-efficient jurisdictions, or are actively reviewing their options. For some, the introduction of a wealth tax could prove to be the tipping point.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>Burnham-led government would likely shift policy leftwards</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>On the prospect of Andy Burnham as prime minister, John Wyn-Evans, Head of Market Analysis at Rathbones, says:</strong> &ldquo;Andy Burnham&rsquo;s by-election victory removes a key political hurdle, but for investors the immediate takeaway is how little has changed. Markets tend to focus less on rhetoric and more on fiscal credibility, and so far the reaction has been notably muted.</div>

<p>&quot;While a Burnham-led government would likely shift policy leftwards, there are clear constraints. The UK&rsquo;s fiscal position remains tight, and recent experience has reinforced just how quickly bond markets can respond to perceived policy missteps. In that context, investors appear reassured by signs that Burnham is mindful of those constraints. Gilt yields and sterling have moved largely in line with global trends rather than reacting sharply to domestic politics, underlining the extent to which international factors continue to dominate market direction.</p>

<p>&ldquo;For now, the bigger story is one of uncertainty rather than disruption. Until there is greater clarity on policy direction&mdash;particularly around taxation and spending&mdash;markets are likely to remain in a holding pattern.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Amid the renewed bout of volatility in British politics,  investors should resist the temptation to act on speculation. We&rsquo;ve seen before that pre-emptive decisions based on political noise can be costly, and maintaining a long-term investment approach remains the most sensible course.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/prime-minister-resigns--what-it-means-for-you-and-investors-26810.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>1 In 3 Unconfident Of Coping With Unexpected Financial Shock</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>New data from UK health and life insurer The Exeter&rsquo;s Consumer Health and Finance Tracker, has found that nearly a third (29%) of UK adults are not confident that their household would be financially secure should something unexpected happen to them, up from 23% in 2025.  </p>

<p>Only one in five (19%) of those surveyed by The Exeter reported feeling &lsquo;very confident&rsquo; in their family&rsquo;s financial resilience, a drop from 22% in 2025. In fact, 15% believe day-to-day living costs would be the hardest thing for their family to manage if the worst happened. </p>

<div><strong>Financial confidence drops amongst all age groups </strong></div>

<div>Confidence declined across every age group in 2026, not just those typically considered financially vulnerable. In 2025, UK workers aged 25-34 were the most assured age group, with three-quarters (75%) confident they could cope with a financial shock. A year on, that figure has dropped to just two-thirds (67%).  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>&lsquo;Sandwich generation&rsquo; hit the hardest  </strong></div>

<div>On the other end of the scale, the &lsquo;sandwich generation&rsquo; of those aged 45-54 are feeling the pinch most. Just one in ten (11%) said they feel 'very confident' their family would be financially secure &ndash; the lowest of any age group &ndash; while more than a third (36%) are not confident their family would be secure.  </div>

<p>Over half (53%) of this age group were worried that, in the event of their death, their loved ones would find it difficult to manage day-to-day bills, financial affairs, mortgage payments or funeral costs.  </p>

<div><strong>The disparity between men and women persists </strong></div>

<div>Men continue to report higher financial confidence than women. Nearly two-thirds (62%) of men believe their families would be financially secure in the event of a shock, compared to just half (49%) of women. Women are also more likely than men to feel less financially secure than they did six months ago, at 39% compared to 34%, which may reflect the fact that they save less each month on average, putting away &pound;252 to men's &pound;404. </div>

<p><strong>Jack Southcott, Head of Protection Proposition at The Exeter, comments:</strong> &ldquo;It&rsquo;s not uncommon for many people to overestimate how secure their family finances would be in the event of an unexpected event or income shock, but today&rsquo;s data shows that financial resilience is weakening across the UK. Nearly a third of adults are now concerned about unexpected shocks and for many it would only take a single illness, injury or period out of work to turn that worry into reality. </p>

<p>&ldquo;While the industry has made strong progress in improving customer outcomes under Consumer Duty, there remains a significant gap between those who would benefit from financial advice or protection and those who actually seek it. Closing that gap will be critical to improving financial resilience across the UK.&rdquo;   </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/1-in-3-unconfident-of-coping-with-unexpected-financial-shock-26811.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 22 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>New Marine War Risk Consortium For Strait Of Hormuz Shipping</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The new marine war risk consortium will issue primary policies for vessels and cargo. It will provide up to $200 million of capacity separately for hull and P&I risks, with an additional $200 million of dedicated cargo capacity.</p>

<p><strong>Evan Greenberg, CEO of Chubb, said: </strong>&ldquo;As a global leader, Chubb is actively working to provide coverage and organize needed capacity as vessels begin moving through the Strait of Hormuz. We are proud to lead this consortium, which provides our brokers and clients with a simple, efficient solution to their insurance needs while highlighting the importance our industry plays in supporting global commerce.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Patrick Tiernan, Chief Executive of Lloyd&rsquo;s, said: </strong>&ldquo;We welcome the launch of this new marine war risk consortium, which will increase the depth and breadth of solutions available to brokers and clients as they respond to a complex and evolving situation in the Middle East.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Lloyd&rsquo;s will work closely with Chubb and participating syndicates to help mobilise additional specialist capacity swiftly and responsibly in support of ships, crews and cargo moving through the Strait of Hormuz.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This is a clear example of the Lloyd&rsquo;s market&rsquo;s role in bringing together specialist underwriting expertise, claims capability and global market capacity to support the resilience of marine supply chains.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/new-marine-war-risk-consortium-for-strait-of-hormuz-shipping-26805.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Smart Isn t Enough Insurers Must Scale Operations To Succeed</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Neil Chapman,Global Radar Leader, Insurance Consulting and Technology, WTW</strong></p>

<p>For insurers, this translates into a simple truth: being smart isn&rsquo;t enough &mdash; you need scalable operations to turn insight into impact. It&rsquo;s also the line that separates the Leaders from the Learners &mdash; and ultimately, the frontier insurers from the rest of the market.</p>

<div><strong>The scalability challenge in insurance pricing</strong></div>

<div>The industry is rich with advanced analytics and clever pricing models, but even the most sophisticated actuarial logic is worthless if it can&rsquo;t be deployed quickly and broadly. With the growth of analytics, pricing failures rarely stem from poor risk insight; they arise from fragmented processes, manual workflows, and outdated systems that can&rsquo;t keep pace with modern demands. Many insurers still rely on spreadsheets and legacy systems. These tools lack the speed, governance, and scalability demanded in a digital-first world.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The result?</strong></div>

<div><em>Slow, months-long rate change cycles</em></div>

<div><em>Creeping errors that quietly erode competitiveness</em></div>

<div><em>Lost opportunities due to sluggish execution</em></div>

<p>Market agility is no longer optional. Pricing teams face mounting pressure to manage frequent adjustments, complex models, and vast data sources &mdash; all while responding to inflation spikes, regulatory shifts, and competitor moves in near real-time. Success now means rolling out new rates in hours, not months, and handling peak quote volumes without performance hiccups. Those bottlenecked by unscalable operations risk missed opportunities and shrinking market share.</p>

<div><strong>Collaboration: The hidden accelerator of scale</strong></div>

<div>Scalability isn&rsquo;t just about technology: it&rsquo;s about cross-functional alignment. Pricing cannot operate in a silo. Actuaries, data scientists, IT, underwriters, and product owners must work in lockstep. Each brings a piece of the puzzle: analytics teams design models, IT maintains systems, business leaders approve rates. If these stakeholders can&rsquo;t collaborate seamlessly, the process grinds to a halt.</div>

<p>Industry leaders advocate breaking down silos and centralizing technical functions.</p>

<div><strong>When teams align, scalability enables:</strong></div>

<div><em>Shared data and models across teams</em></div>

<div><em>Transparent interactions between underwriters and pricing models</em></div>

<div><em>Richer AI and ML algorithms powered by integrated data</em></div>

<div><em>A continuous, collaborative pricing lifecycle &mdash; not a linear handoff</em></div>

<p><strong>Technology enablers powering scalable pricing: Cloud, Automation, and AI</strong></p>

<p>Fortunately, technology is rising to meet the scalability challenge. Three critical enablers stand out:</p>

<div><strong>Cloud & Elastic Compute</strong></div>

<div>Moving rating engines to the cloud delivers virtually unlimited scalability and reliability. Platforms like WTW&rsquo;s Radar &trade;, deployed on Microsoft Azure, handle hundreds of millions of quotes per day with millisecond response times - without insurers investing in hardware.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Automation & Workflow Integration</strong></div>

<div>Modern pricing platforms automate deployment, version control, and governance. Rate changes that once took weeks now go live in hours, reducing costs and protecting revenue.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>AI & Machine Learning</strong></div>

<div>AI accelerates model development and monitoring. Radar, for example, uses machine-led modeling and generative AI to refine models and flag emerging trends - acting as a tireless analyst that scales your team&rsquo;s capacity without adding headcount. Together, these technologies enable insurers to deploy pricing changes faster, with more accurately, and with stronger governance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Scalable pricing in practice</strong></div>

<div>Leading insurers are already adopting scalable pricing platforms that deliver:</div>

<div><em>Proven scalability across hundreds of millions of quotes daily</em></div>

<div><em>End-to-end integration across analytics, deployment, and monitoring</em></div>

<div><em>Externalized rating for real-time updates across channels</em></div>

<div><em>Robust workflows and permissions that strengthen governance</em></div>

<div><em>AI-driven monitoring that detects issues and opportunities earlier</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Turning insight into impact</strong></div>

<div>In a fast-moving market, operational scalability is the linchpin of success. Smart strategies must be paired with decisive execution. Insurers that invest in scalable operations&mdash; powered by cloud technology, automation, and advanced AI &mdash; achieve greater agility, resilience, and speed. The message is clear: They move from Learner to Leader, and from Leader to frontier insurer.  Being smart is essential. But being scalable is what wins.</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/smart-isn-t-enough-insurers-must-scale-operations-to-succeed-26807.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Flat Start For Footsie With No Change From Burnham Win</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;There has been no Burnham bounce for UK assets following Labour's victory in the Makerfield by-election, but equally there has been no battering from uneasy investors. Financial markets are taking the political developments largely in their stride. It&rsquo;s been more of a &lsquo;meh&rsquo; reaction as investors appear to have got used to political shenanigans at Westminster and appear to have already factored in the likelihood of a leadership challenge.</p>

<p>The FTSE 100 is flat in early trade, while sterling has edged down against major currencies and gilt yields have ticked higher. The muted moves suggest investors are still weighing up what the result means for the future direction of economic policy. For now, that may be because Andy Burnham has promised to be more cautious about spending by largely sticking to fiscal rules. He also appears willing to tackle the large benefits bill, arguing that welfare reform should focus on helping more people into work. His pledge to bring down huge welfare costs, partly to fund higher defence spending, is a signal that he is positioning himself closer to the political centre, which may be providing some reassurance.</p>

<p>The latest government borrowing snapshot highlights the tricky fiscal tightrope he&rsquo;ll have to walk if he does get the keys to Number 10. UK borrowing increased in May by almost a third compared to the same month last year, reaching &pound;23.3 billion. Interest payable on government debt shot up to &pound;11.7 billion &ndash; the highest ever recorded for the month. It highlights the need to keep bond markets on side and demonstrate that his policies will be aimed at bringing down long-term borrowing, with credible plans for reviving growth.</p>

<p>For now, investors are balancing the political uncertainty which is swirling against signs of a bit more resilience in the UK economy. Retail sales came in stronger than expected in May, offering fresh evidence that consumers are spending a little more than expected despite higher borrowing costs and ongoing pressure on household finances. The figures provide some encouragement that consumer demand is holding up better than anticipated. Nevertheless, confidence remains fragile. Although the latest GfK survey showed consumer sentiment holding steady rather than deteriorating further, households continue to face a challenging backdrop of elevated living costs and sluggish economic growth.</p>

<p>The modest rise in gilt yields may also indicate that investors are reassessing the outlook for interest rates following the stronger retail sales data. While the Bank of England left rates unchanged, evidence of resilience in consumer spending may reinforce expectations that policymakers will remain cautious about higher prices being given freer rein to filter through.</p>

<p>Attention also remains focused on the agreement between the United States and Iran. Although the deal appears to be a step towards greater stability in the Middle East and a potential boost to global energy supplies, there is still a risk it hands Tehran significant economic benefits without securing stronger concessions. Brent crude has recovered to just under $80 a barrel, suggesting traders remain wary about the balance between increased supply and the risk of tense geopolitics flaring up again.</p>

<p>Wall Street ended the trading week on another surge of AI enthusiasm. Markets are closed today to mark Juneteenth National Independence Day, and investors were in a holiday mood, snapping up technology companies. The Nasdaq surged 1.9%, while the S&P 500 climbed 1.1%, as investors piled back into stocks focused on artificial intelligence developments despite concerns that valuations are becoming increasingly stretched. With hopes that the Iran conflict is in the rear-view mirror and inflationary pressure will start to calm, there are also hopes that borrowing costs won&rsquo;t be pushed higher despite signs of dissent around the Fed table.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/flat-start-for-footsie-with-no-change-from-burnham-win-26802.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Icswg And Tswg To Work Closer In 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>This collaboration reflects the fact that many of the sustainability challenges faced by trustees and advisers are shared. Greater alignment between the two groups should lead to more practical and impactful action.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Each group has a clear, focused set of priorities for 2026. </div>

<div><strong>The ICSWG</strong> is focused on three areas: building shared understanding of sustainability issues; strengthening climate and biodiversity insights; and supporting a more aligned approach to stewardship. Its Influence workstream will continue to engage policymakers and regulators to help shape a more effective sustainability framework.</div>

<div><strong>The TSWG</strong> is focused on translating sustainability into practical, trustee-led action. Its priorities include proportional and purposeful sustainability reporting; narrowing the perception gap around sustainable investment; and developing scalable solutions for schemes of all sizes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These priorities are distinct but complementary, creating a strong foundation for joint work.  The groups will work together throughout the year, meeting quarterly to share progress, support each other&rsquo;s objectives and identify areas for joint action. A closer working relationship represents an important step towards a more coordinated, effective approach to sustainability in pensions and investment.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Bobby Riddaway, Chair of the Trustee Sustainability Working Group, said: </strong>&ldquo;This collaboration is ultimately about improving outcomes for pension scheme members. By aligning expertise, strengthening stewardship, and promoting scalable solutions, the ICSWG and TSWG can aim to ensure that sustainability is embedded in a way that is both practical and impactful.  This can support long-term financial resilience while contributing to broader environmental and societal goals.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Simon Jones, Co-Chair of the Investment Consultants Sustainability Working Group, said: </strong>&ldquo;The ICSWG and TSWG share a common goal: to promote consistent and practical approaches to sustainability.  By coordinating our efforts and sharing insight on what works, we can drive improvements in the consideration of sustainability by trustees and advisers.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/icswg-and-tswg-to-work-closer-in-2026-26804.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cgt Receipts Down In May But Iht Receipts Up Again</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Mark Jephcott, Senior Relationship Manager at Utmost commented:</strong> &ldquo;Although CGT receipts for May were lower than the same month last year, revenues remain at historically elevated levels following a record year for Treasury receipts. The higher rates introduced at the Autumn Budget 2024, combined with fiscal drag, are drawing ever more individuals into the CGT net and are likely to drive a sustained increase in receipts over the coming years. &ldquo;While CGT continues to generate significant revenues for the Treasury, it continues to undermine the UK's competitiveness among internationally mobile investors and entrepreneurs. Increasing numbers are looking at relocating to jurisdictions that are more welcoming to wealth creators and offer more attractive tax regimes, risking leaving the UK with a smaller overall tax base.&rdquo;</div>

<div>
<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mark Jephcott commented:</strong> &ldquo;Inheritance Tax continues to generate historically high tax revenues for the Treasury as frozen thresholds and rising asset values bring more families within scope of the tax. The nil-rate band has remained unchanged at &pound;325,000 since 2009 despite property prices increasing by more than 75% over the same period. The Autumn Budget 2025 maintained this freeze until 2031, and the scope of IHT continues to widen following reforms to business property relief that came into effect on 6 April 2026 and with unused pension pots due to be brought within the scope of inheritance tax from April 2027. As a result, the number of estates expected to be caught by IHT is forecast by the OBR to almost double by 2030. While these measures are increasing tax receipts, it is making the UK a less competitive destination for entrepreneurs, investors and internationally mobile wealthy individuals, who make an outsized contribution to the tax take.&rdquo;</div>
</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cgt-receipts-down-in-may-but-iht-receipts-up-again-26806.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ipt Receipts Hit 2 12bn In May</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>It follows the record 2025/26 financial year total of &pound;9.04 billion revealed in March, exceeding the 2024/25 full year total of &pound;8.88 billion by &pound;157 million.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Office for Budget Responsibility&rsquo;s Spring Statement forecasts indicate that IPT is now expected to raise &pound;57.8 billion between 2025/26 and 2030/31, marking a &pound;500 million upgrade from estimates made after the Autumn Budget in November (&pound;57.3 billion), as continued demand for health-related insurance products drive growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cara Spinks, Head of Life & Health at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;IPT receipts have begun the new financial year at a slightly more measured pace compared with the very strong levels seen throughout 2025/26. Appetite for health insurance remains strong - both employers and individuals continue to value faster access to healthcare services as pressures across the NHS persist, which is helping to sustain demand and place upward pressure on premiums, evidenced by record employer-funded insured admissions in 2025.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The Government&rsquo;s recent plans to refresh the fit note system and MSK care, and to strengthen support for people returning to work, reflects the growing connection between health outcomes and workforce participation. Moving the emphasis from signing employees off work to providing better support for staying in, or returning to, employment definitely reflects a broader policy drive to address economic inactivity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Against this backdrop, many organisations still see health insurance as an important part of their employee benefits offering. Rising premiums, however, could make cover less accessible, despite continued demand, at a time when encouraging workforce participation remains a key priority for policymakers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As IPT receipts continue to trend upwards over the longer term, questions remain over whether the current tax treatment of health insurance is fully in step with the Government&rsquo;s wider objectives. Improving access to preventative healthcare and early intervention services, especially through employer-sponsored cover, could help more people remain economically active while also reducing pressure on public healthcare provision.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ipt-receipts-hit-2-12bn-in-may-26803.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 19 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Pensions Commissions Report  What Employers Need To Know</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Hannah English, Partner and Head of DC Corporate Consulting and James Smith, Senior DC Consultant, Hymans Robertson</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>And that matters. It signals that these challenges are no longer just market conversations. They are now firmly part of the national policy direction. The Commission&rsquo;s recommendations will follow in 2027. But employers do not need to wait. Much of what sits in this report already points clearly to where focus is needed. Below, we set out the themes we think matter most for corporate sponsors.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>1. The participation gap is a design question</strong></div>

<div>The report is clear about who the system does not serve well. The gaps are significant, and in some cases widening. Median private pension wealth for those aged 55 to 59 stands at &pound;156,000 for men and &pound;81,000 for women. That points to a gender pensions gap of 48%. Participation is also much lower for some ethnic groups, with around one in four working-age Pakistani and Bangladeshi adults saving into a pension, compared to more than one in two for the White working-age population. For disabled people, the picture is equally stark. More than half have no private pension wealth by their mid-40s.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These are not abstract policy concerns. Employers will recognise these patterns in their own workforce data. A useful starting point is simple: who is actually in your scheme? Looking beyond headline participation rates often reveals a more uneven picture. Eligibility rules, opt-out rates and contribution behaviour can vary materially across demographic groups. Lower-paid and part-time workers are often underrepresented, but the gaps are rarely limited to those groups alone.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report also pushes the conversation beyond traditional employment models. The UK now has a large and growing population of workers outside standard employment structures. Contractors, agency workers and the self-employed are a routine part of many organisations&rsquo; operating models.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Here, the data is striking. Only 17% of the UK&rsquo;s 4.4 million self-employed people are saving into a pension. That falls to just 4% for those whose income comes purely from self-employment. At the same time, the structure of self-employment has shifted. The &lsquo;solo&rsquo; self-employed now account for 86% of the total, up from 73% in 2001.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These individuals sit outside automatic enrolment by design. That means the question for employers is not one of compliance. It is more fundamental. Are you taking a consistent approach to long-term financial wellbeing across your workforce, or accepting different outcomes for different groups?</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>2. The contribution shortfall is a different design question</strong></div>

<div>Participation is only part of the story. Contribution levels matter just as much. Automatic enrolment was designed as a starting point. The expectation was that minimum contributions would provide a foundation, with additional voluntary saving building on top. In practice, that has not happened at scale.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Around a third of eligible private sector employees contribute only at minimum levels. Among lower-paid workers, that rises to around half. Above the minimum, additional saving is limited. The median employee contributes just 1.7% more than the statutory baseline. Crucially, where higher contributions do exist, they are typically driven by employer design rather than individual choice. In effect, the statutory minimum has become the norm. This creates a different kind of design challenge. Increasing participation is not enough if contribution levels remain low. Employers do not need to wait for policy change to act here. The levers are already clear:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>Move from qualifying earnings to full pay, increasing contributions across the board.</em></div>

<div><em>Redesign matching structures to make higher employee contributions more attractive.</em></div>

<div><em>Use defaults more actively, for example by enrolling new joiners at higher contribution levels.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>These are practical design decisions. They can be modelled, tested and implemented now. Waiting until minimum contribution rates increase risks creating a more abrupt and less controlled transition later.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>3. Financial resilience and the housing challenge</strong></div>

<div>Two related themes run through the report that often sit outside traditional pensions conversations. The first is low financial resilience among working-age savers. The second is declining home ownership. The projections are clear. Home ownership among those aged over 65 is expected to fall from just under 80% today to below 70% by 2050. At the same time, the proportion of pensioners in poverty who are renters is expected to rise sharply.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Financial resilience during working life remains uneven. Many people have limited capacity to absorb financial shocks, which in turn affects their ability to save consistently for retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For members, these issues are closely linked. Retirement saving, housing costs and day-to-day spending all compete for the same income. For younger workers in particular, this creates real trade-offs. If pension design does not recognise these trade-offs, members will manage them themselves. That often leads to outcomes such as opting out of pension saving, reducing contributions, or making suboptimal financial decisions more generally.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>There is no single solution to this. But there is a clear implication. Pension strategy cannot sit entirely in isolation from broader financial wellbeing. Employers can start by recognising the interaction between short-term and long-term financial needs. Designs that support both are more likely to be effective. Sidecar savings models, such as those trialled by Nest Insight, are one example of how this balance can be approached. But the wider point is about designing with a realistic view of how members manage their finances in practice.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>4. Working longer is a workforce issue, not just a pensions one</strong></div>

<div>The Commission is clear that longer working lives will play a central role in future retirement outcomes. Its modelling shows the scale of the impact. Retiring at 57 rather than 68 reduces a projected pension pot by around 55%. At the same time, labour market data shows a sharp rise in inactivity through the 50s and early 60s. Health and long-term sickness are key drivers, particularly in the early 50s.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This presents a complex challenge for employers. Extending working lives is not simply a pensions issue. It touches on job design, working patterns, career progression and health support. There are real operational implications. Adjusting roles, supporting flexible working and managing workforce transitions all carry cost and complexity. These are not quick wins.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, the direction of travel is clear. Waiting is unlikely to make the challenge easier. Employers should begin by asking what longer working lives could realistically look like in their organisation. That includes:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>How roles can adapt to changing capabilities over time.</em></div>

<div><em>What support is needed to manage health-related absence and return to work.</em></div>

<div><em>Whether career structures support longer, more varied working lives.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Commission also highlights what older workers themselves say would help. More flexibility, reduced hours and additional leave all feature strongly. These insights provide a useful starting point, even if the practical implications will vary significantly by employer.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>5. Entry to work and the risk of being left behind</strong></div>

<div>At the other end of working life, the report highlights a different kind of risk. Too many young people are not entering stable employment at all. Around one million people aged 16 to 24 in the UK are not in education, employment or training (NEET). That represents 12.8% of this age group, above both EU and OECD averages. The composition of this group has also shifted over time. A larger proportion have never had a job, and more report health-related barriers to work, particularly linked to mental health and neurodevelopmental conditions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The long-term implications are significant. Early access to the labour market plays a critical role in building pension wealth. Missing these early years of saving has a lasting effect, given the role of compounding over time. For employers, this is not a pension design issue in isolation. It raises broader questions about how people enter and progress within the workforce. Practical considerations include:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>The effectiveness of apprenticeship and early careers programmes.</em></div>

<div><em>The accessibility of roles for people with different needs, including neurodiversity and mental health conditions.</em></div>

<div><em>Recruitment approaches that focus on potential as well as experience.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The workforce is changing. Employers that engage early with these shifts are more likely to build inclusive and sustainable workforce models over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>6. Charges and investment still matter</strong></div>

<div>The report reinforces a familiar but important message. Investment returns and charges remain central to outcomes.</div>

<div>Investment growth can account for up to two-thirds of a final defined contribution pension pot. Even relatively small differences in annual returns can have a material impact over time. A 1% increase in annual returns could result in a pension pot that is around 30% larger at retirement.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Charges also accumulate. Even at the 0.75% charge cap, the report estimates that a member could lose around &pound;15,000 over their working life. Lower charges improve outcomes, but the impact remains meaningful. At the same time, member awareness is low. More than half of respondents to the Financial Conduct Authority&rsquo;s Financial Lives Survey reported that they did not know charges applied to their pension at all. For employers, this remains core governance. But the context is evolving.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Policy initiatives such as the Pension Schemes Bill, the Value for Money framework and proposals for greater consolidation are all designed to improve outcomes. The expectation is that scale will deliver better value for members. However, scale alone is not enough. The benefits need to flow through.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>One area highlighted in the report is differential pricing. Around two-thirds of multi-employer schemes operate pricing structures where similar members pay different charges depending on their employer. This is an area where employers can and should challenge. More broadly, &ldquo;we are on the default&rdquo; is no longer a sufficient position. The default strategy itself, including its cost and performance, needs to be actively assessed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>7. Decumulation places too much responsibility on individuals</strong></div>

<div>The report&rsquo;s treatment of decumulation is one of its most important contributions. The current system places a high level of responsibility on individuals at the point of retirement. Someone who has been auto-enrolled for most of their working life is suddenly expected to make complex decisions about:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>How and when to draw their pension.</em></div>

<div><em>Investment strategy in retirement.</em></div>

<div><em>Tax implications.</em></div>

<div><em>Longevity risk.</em></div>

<div><em>Inheritance planning.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>This represents a significant shift from passive saving to active decision-making. The evidence suggests this approach is not working well for many people.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Behavioural outcomes reflect this. Annuity purchases have fallen sharply since the 2014 reforms. A large proportion of pension pots are fully withdrawn at the point of access, particularly for smaller pots. Over the next ten years, around &pound;500 billion is expected to flow out of defined contribution workplace pensions. The Commission&rsquo;s view is clear. A system that relies heavily on engagement and decision-making is unlikely to deliver consistent outcomes across the population.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Instead, there is a need for stronger default pathways in retirement. Initiatives such as Guided Retirement, proposed under the Pension Schemes Bill, point in this direction. But their effectiveness will depend on how they operate in practice, particularly for members who do not actively engage. For employers, this shifts the focus of provider selection and oversight. Accumulation remains important, but it is no longer the whole picture.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Key considerations now include:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>How the provider supports members at retirement.</em></div>

<div><em>The design and robustness of default decumulation pathways.</em></div>

<div><em>How non-engaging members are protected over time.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>These questions are likely to become increasingly central as more members reach retirement with defined contribution savings.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>So, what does this mean for employers?</strong></div>

<div>None of the issues raised in the report are entirely new. But the weight of evidence behind them is now much stronger. This matters. It signals that these challenges will continue to move up the policy agenda. It also provides a clearer framework for employers to assess their own position. The key message is simple. There is no need to wait for the Commission&rsquo;s final recommendations. Much of the direction of travel is already clear. For employers, the focus is on practical action:</div>

<div><em>Improving participation and understanding who is excluded.</em></div>

<div><em>Addressing contribution adequacy through scheme design.</em></div>

<div><em>Supporting financial resilience alongside long-term saving.</em></div>

<div><em>Reviewing value for money, including charges and investment performance.</em></div>

<div><em>Strengthening governance around retirement outcomes, not just accumulation.</em></div>

<div><em>Thinking more broadly about workforce design, including entry to work and longer working lives.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Taken together, these actions move beyond compliance. They reflect a more holistic view of what good pension provision looks like today.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-pensions-commissions-report--what-employers-need-to-know-26800.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 18 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Sentiment Stays Subdued Amid Interest Rate Worries</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;Sentiment is subdued after interest rate worries caused a wobble on Wall Street, with shares in big tech dropping sharply. The Footsie is on the back foot in early trade as investors await the Bank of England interest rate decision, with no change expected but no relief for consumers and businesses dealing with higher borrowing costs.</p>

<p>Stable inflation numbers have seen the rumour mill grind to a halt, with a pause looking like it's in the bag. For now, there appear to be enough deflationary forces pulsing through the economy to stop higher prices, caused by the energy shock, from bedding in more widely. The weakening labour market and sluggish economy are keeping a lid on investment and making consumers more cautious. Nevertheless, markets are still pricing in another rate hike this year, but forecasts could be revised depending on the tone of the Bank's statement.</p>

<p>Progress towards a peace deal in the Middle East isn't helping inject much more optimism into trading. Oil prices have eased further, with Brent crude dropping to trade around $77 a barrel. The digital signing of the interim agreement between the US and Iran, ahead of an official ceremony on Friday, is exerting a fresh downward force on prices, as new supplies are expected to hit the market just as demand has been weakened by rationing and energy-efficiency measures.</p>

<p>A British glass-half-empty attitude - expecting the worst but hoping for the best - appears to be influencing sentiment. But it's also mainly to do with the make-up of the FTSE 100. A fall in oil prices impacts big energy companies, which constitute around 10% of the index. The FTSE 100 is light on tech and misses out on much of the enthusiasm surrounding AI advancements.</p>

<p>In the United States, it's a different story, with big tech names dominating indices and optimism riding high. It's why a perceived change in the monetary policy stance can cause more volatility. Even though the Fed, as expected, voted to keep rates on hold, half the policymakers around the table signalled that they expect an interest rate hike this year. Kevin Warsh, the new governor, abstained from putting his forecast on the dot plot, but with others leaning towards a rate hike, it has unnerved investors.</p>

<p>SpaceX stumbled for the first time since its stellar IPO performance amid a rush of profit-taking. It's not surprising, given how high prices have climbed, that volatility is proving so prevalent.</p>

<p>However, US stocks are set for a rebound amid this somewhat erratic sentiment. Wall Street is expected to take cues from Asia, where indices stepped higher amid ongoing enthusiasm for semiconductor names. The unveiling of a new product from chip manufacturer SK Hynix has lifted sentiment, especially with demand for memory chips so strong that prices are soaring. Samsung Electronics also rose sharply, helping propel the Kospi higher.</p>

<p>A push-pull in attitudes is bedding in, with investors hoping, on one hand, for big future returns and, on the other, becoming nervous about whether valuations can be justified, especially in a higher-interest-rate environment.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/sentiment-stays-subdued-amid-interest-rate-worries-26798.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 18 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments As Bank Of England Holds Interest Rates At 3 75 </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc said:</strong> &ldquo;With yesterday&rsquo;s inflation data coming in lower than expected at 2.8%, and the recent de-escalation in US-Iran tensions also easing oil price pressures, it&rsquo;s not surprising to see the Bank of England take a pause and hold rates 3.75%. For now, this suggests rates may be close to their peak, even if the path from here remains uncertain. Markets are currently expecting one more rate rise this year, but that could change if oil prices remain under control and inflation eases. Even so, with inflation still above the Bank&rsquo;s 2% target, policymakers are likely to want clearer evidence that price pressures are stabilising before considering any cuts. For many households still feeling the impact of higher bills and mortgage costs, this period of uncertainty continues to make financial planning more difficult. For borrowers, today&rsquo;s hold may offer some reassurance given recent speculation around a possible hike, but the reality is borrowing costs are still staying higher for longer. Around 1.8 million fixed-rate mortgages are due to come to an end this year, with roughly one million of those coming off low-interest deals taken out before rates began rising in 2022*. For many, that means a significant jump in monthly repayments, so anyone approaching the end of a deal should plan ahead and explore their options early. For savers, rates staying higher for longer can support returns on cash, but inflation means headline rates do not tell the full story. Cash has an important role for short-term needs and emergency savings, but for those saving for the longer term, investing through vehicles such as pensions and ISAs may offer greater potential for real returns over time, allowing savings to benefit from compound investment growth and tax relief.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>George Brown, Senior Economst at Schroders said: </strong>&quot;For now, the Bank is playing for time rather than going on the attack. Rising inflation expectations have earned a yellow card from a couple of hawkish dissenters, but the majority are content to wait. We think the bar for hikes remains high. A softer labour market and weak growth should help limit second-round effects, and progress on reopening the Strait of Hormuz should also reduce some of the more extreme upside risks to energy prices. But the Bank cannot afford to be complacent. If inflation expectations continue to drift higher, it may yet be forced to step in.&quot;</p>

<p><strong>Lindsay James, investment strategist at Quilter: </strong>&ldquo;As was well telegraphed, the Bank of England has kept interest rates at 3.75%, with markets more concerned about whether hikes are still likely this year or if the narrative can shift back to cuts. Clearly the memorandum of understanding between the US and Iran has changed the landscape somewhat, but the benefits of this and a return to normality still seem a long way off. Whilst inflation was below expectations in May and currently under 3%, it is still likely to jump closer to 4% later in the year due to the coming impact a higher energy price cap. Furthermore, despite recent falls in the oil price, it remains higher than it was last year and the Bank of England will feel nervous about cutting rates in that scenario even with a stuttering labour market and uninspired growth. Furthermore, members acknowledged that a weaker labour market reduced the chances of the recent bout of inflation leading to higher wage demands, some felt that households are more aware than ever of how one has led to the other in recent years - a case of once burnt, twice shy. Like the Federal Reserve, therefore, they will probably be inclined to sit on the fence for a while yet and wait for further data as to how the Middle East situation resolves itself. You also have the added complication of political instability hitting the UK at the same time, with Andy Burnham expected to win the Makerfield byelection. Should we see Burnham win and a leadership contest that results in a lurch to the left, the growth hurdles facing the UK may become increasingly harder to clear and thus make the BoE&rsquo;s job even more difficult than it already is today.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-as-bank-of-england-holds-interest-rates-at-3-75--26801.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 18 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai To Improve Efficiency And Expand Access To Guidance</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>More than 400 pension professionals attended the event and were asked what they see as the greatest opportunity for positive impact from AI in pensions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Nearly half (42%) said that the greatest opportunity would be &ldquo;Improving operational efficiency and cost&rdquo;, followed by just over a third (34%) who opted for, &ldquo;Supporting member advice and guidance (helping close the advice gap)&rdquo;. Around one in ten thought that the biggest opportunity presented by using AI was either &ldquo;Enhancing data quality and analysis&rdquo; (12%) or &ldquo;Improving advice quality and reducing manual error and rework&rdquo; (11%). Only 1% chose &ldquo;Faster issue identification and resolution (e.g. complaints, breaches).&rdquo;                     </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>SPP member and Partner at LCP, Helen Howell, who chaired the event, said: </strong>&ldquo;The results of this industry polling highlight that pension professionals see AI not simply as a new technology, but as a practical tool for addressing some of the sector&rsquo;s most pressing challenges. While improving operational efficiency and reducing costs remain the most immediate priorities, it is particularly encouraging that so many pension professionals also recognise AI&rsquo;s potential to support member guidance and help close the advice gap. As AI adoption becomes universal across the pensions industry, the focus is increasingly shifting from whether firms should use AI to how they can use it responsibly and effectively to deliver better outcomes for schemes, employers and members.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-to-improve-efficiency-and-expand-access-to-guidance-26799.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 18 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Price Pressure Relief As Uk Inflation Stable And Oil Falls</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The Footsie is flat in early trade as the easing of oil prices weighs on energy giants, but consumer-focused stocks are rising as there&rsquo;s light at the end of the tunnel for households dealing with a deluge of higher bills. Clothing retailers, housebuilders and airlines have nudged higher as the chances of rate hikes ease off and hopes are high that consumers may have a bit more to spend than expected.</p>

<p>The pressure cooker of prices is off the boil with inflation staying stable and oil prices retreating further. May&rsquo;s surprise inflation reading for the UK will add to hopes that the cost-of-living scare induced by the Middle East crisis will be shorter-lived. It shows that despite higher energy costs infiltrating fuel prices and air fares, underlying price pressures are easing across the economy.</p>

<p>While inflation remains above the Bank's 2% target, disinflationary forces are creeping in. Housing and household services inflation eased to 2.7% from 3%, while food and non-alcoholic beverage inflation slowed further to 2.2% from 3%.</p>

<p>This reinforces expectations that the Bank of England will press pause tomorrow and keep interest rates at 3.75%. It&rsquo;s likely to mean policymakers will hold off on increasing rates until later in the year. It would give more time to assess if higher energy costs are being passed on, or if this is a temporary external force that will ease off more quickly. There&rsquo;s even a small but growing chance that interest rate hikes could be taken off the table.</p>

<p>With the economy struggling, the labour market looking weaker, and consumers staying wary, conditions are likely to continue to exert downward pressure on inflation, without tinkering with monetary policy.</p>

<p>The latest drop in oil prices, which have fallen for the fifth session in a row, will also reassure policymakers that acute price pressures are easing. With the signing of the Iran deal set for Friday and more details coming through, Brent crude, the benchmark, has edged down to $78 a barrel, the lowest level since early March. Traders are increasingly pricing in the prospect of a significant boost to global supplies.</p>

<p>The deal is set to include broad economic incentives for Tehran, including the immediate resumption of oil exports. At the same time, tanker traffic through the Strait of Hormuz is expected to start to normalise, although shipping companies remain wary about whether the agreement will hold and whether disruption could be sparked again. With repairs still ongoing to facilities across the Gulf region, this may also limit flows. This is why crude is still trading around 30% higher compared with January levels, before tensions in the Middle East began to ratchet up.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/price-pressure-relief-as-uk-inflation-stable-and-oil-falls-26790.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Dc Assets Set To Reach  1 Trillion And Overtake Db By 2031</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Based on the DWP&rsquo;s estimated projections, DC pension assets are forecast to increase from approximately &pound;772 billion in 2026 to around &pound;1.24 trillion by 2035, an increase of roughly &pound;464 billion over the period.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_LumeraDWP11706261.jpg" style="height:314px; width:547px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>In contrast, DB pension assets are projected to continue their long-term decline with the vast majority now closed for new business. Assets in DB schemes are estimated to fall from around &pound;1.17 trillion in 2026 to approximately &pound;524 billion by 2035, more than halving with a total decline of around &pound;646 billion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The projections suggest a pivotal transition point for the UK pensions landscape occurs in 2030, when DC assets are estimated to overtake DB assets for the first time. In that year, DC assets are projected to reach approximately &pound;987 billion, compared to around &pound;924 billion in DB schemes. Meanwhile, DC assets are set to hit the trillion mark for the first time in 2031, reaching &pound;1.04 trillion.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Despite the strong expansion in DC savings, total private sector pension assets are projected to edge lower overall across the period, declining from approximately &pound;1.94 trillion in 2026 to around &pound;1.76 trillion by 2035. This represents a net fall of around &pound;181 billion, or an average decline of approximately &pound;20 billion per year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While DC assets are growing rapidly, contribution levels from both employers and employees into DC pensions tend to be lower than the historical contribution rates that supported many legacy DB schemes. It means that the expansion of DC will not fully offset the scale of asset depletion occurring across mature DB arrangements during this transition period for the UK pensions system, demonstrating the significance of the Pension Commission&rsquo;s inquiry into adequacy.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Maurice Titley, Commercial Director of Data and Dashboards at Lumera, commented:</strong> &ldquo;These projections from DWP underline the speed of the current evolution taking place across the UK pensions market. With the vast majority of DB schemes having been closed to new members for some time, DC assets are now forecast to become the foremost component of pension wealth in the UK by 2030 and exceed &pound;1 trillion in 2031.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;It highlights the scale of transformation that the DC market is currently undergoing and the challenge that lies ahead for providers. Millions more members are saving into DC pots at a time of rapid regulatory change, AI development and growing focus on outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This sustained growth in the DC market is inevitably increasing demand for highly scalable, digital-first platforms capable of delivering better engagement, more efficient operations and improved retirement outcomes at scale. The pace of change now means operational resilience, clean data and modern technology are becoming increasingly central to how pension schemes compete, evolve and manage this transition over the next decade.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>[1] Pensions Commission, <a href="https://view.officeapps.live.com/op/view.aspx?src=https%3A%2F%2Fassets.publishing.service.gov.uk%2Fmedia%2F6a2ad1f915f2a70fac7e5dff%2Fsecond-pensions-commission-report-underlying-data.ods&wdOrigin=BROWSELINK">Interim Report</a>, Evidence pack: p.19</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/dc-assets-set-to-reach--1-trillion-and-overtake-db-by-2031-26792.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Inflation Comes In Lower Than Expected At 2 8  In May</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life plc said:</strong> &ldquo;Today&rsquo;s unchanged 2.8% inflation reading may offer some relief to many across the UK, with a rise to 3% broadly expected. That said, the figure still sits above the Bank of England&rsquo;s 2% target, and many households will continue to feel the strain. The recent US-Iran truce could help ease pressure on oil prices later this year if it holds, but with the July energy price cap change on the horizon, household bills are likely to stay under pressure over the summer.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;This context makes tomorrow&rsquo;s Bank of England decision especially important. Rates are widely expected to be held at 3.75%, but the outlook from here is less straightforward as policymakers balance signs of a softer labour market against the risk of persistent above-target inflation. While a sustained easing in global pressures could reduce the need for further tightening, the Bank will be watching the data closely.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For households and those planning for retirement, the squeeze may not ease quickly. Just because the figure has not increased month on month, prices are still rising, and over time that can steadily reduce spending power, particularly for people approaching retirement. When essential costs rise, pension contributions can feel like an easy place to cut back, but doing so can mean missing out on tax relief, employer contributions and potential investment growth. Where affordable, keeping contributions going, or restarting them when possible, can help people stay on track.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/inflation-comes-in-lower-than-expected-at-2-8--in-may-26791.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Insurer Innovation Leading To Faster Db Risk Transfer Windup</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>It argues that innovations such as insurer led data and GMP work, investment in digital capabilities and improved processes are decreasing the time of the post transaction phase of DB scheme buy-out journeys, with the potential to solve the issue of delays to winding up schemes. It says that around 75%* of wind-up projects suffered delays, leading to uncertainty and increased costs for the sponsor. Now, by taking advantage of the increasing insurer-led innovations, more schemes may be able to reach buy-out faster, giving more certainty on cost and timelines. The leading pensions and financial services consultancy is calling on trustees to review their wind-up strategy to ensure they are taking advantage of these ongoing innovations for the benefit of their scheme members.</p>

<p><strong>Commenting on insurer innovation in the bulk annuity risk transfer market, Joanne Gyte, Partner, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&ldquo;Over the two years, we&rsquo;ve seen post-transaction delays become one of the most significant challenges for schemes targeting buy-out. While securing a transaction remains a key milestone, the real test increasingly lies in getting schemes through the final stages efficiently and with confidence. Despite recently seeing the most buy-outs ever completed, many schemes are still in the post-transaction phase. Around three in four of these projects have delays.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Trustees and sponsors are beginning to recognise that a good transaction is no longer just about securing a deal at the right price, but also getting through the subsequent phases quickly, predictably and without costly delays. Without a clear and aligned approach to delivery, DB schemes risk delays that can increase costs, create uncertainty and impact member experience. It&rsquo;s encouraging to see the market responding to this.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Insurers are starting to take a more active role in addressing the practical challenges that have historically slowed progress. This includes piloting insurer-led approaches to GMP equalisation, introducing &lsquo;fast-track&rsquo; journeys from buy-in to buy-out, and investing in digital capabilities such as data interrogation tools and member-facing platforms. While it&rsquo;s still early days for some of these innovations, they have the potential to make a meaningful difference. If the market can continue to evolve in this way, we&rsquo;re optimistic that DB schemes will be able to reach buy-out faster, with greater certainty on costs and outcomes.</p>

<p>&ldquo;For trustees and sponsors, this highlights the importance of thinking beyond the transaction itself. Having a clear plan in place, with aligned objectives and a well-defined approach to handling key risks and operational challenges, will allow a scheme to take full advantage of the emerging innovations and be critical to avoiding delays and ensuring a smoother path to buy-out.</p>

<p>&ldquo;While improving speed is important, it should be balanced with maintaining robust processes and strong governance throughout the post-transaction phase. A well-managed journey is one that works towards what we call FAST: frictionless, aligned, streamlined and timely. This will ultimately deliver better outcomes for trustees, sponsors and members alike, particularly where clear timelines and expectations can be maintained.&rdquo;</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/Hymans-the-future-of-post-transaction-journeys-2026.pdf"><strong><em>Hymans Robertson - The future of post-transaction journeys</em></strong></a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/insurer-innovation-leading-to-faster-db-risk-transfer-windup-26797.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Inflation Nation Cash Savers Underestimate Inflations Impact</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Over half (52%) of Brits believe cash savings are less risky than investing, yet two-thirds (66%) aren&rsquo;t aware that money invested in the stock market grows more over the long-term than the interest on cash savings, according to new research from Alliance Witan. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>When surveying those who do not currently invest, a quarter (24%) cited the risk of losing money as the biggest barrier. This is particularly true for people who have no intentions of investing (28%), compared to 23% of those who do still intend to start. The general risks associated with investing were also cited as the aspects that confused non-investors the most (27%). </div>

<div> </div>

<div>While fears of the perceived risks with starting investing is a significant barrier for many, there is a lack of awareness of the risks of holding savings in cash accounts over the longer-term. Three in 10 (28%) Brits believe cash always holds its value over time, while a third (32%) are unsure if this is true, showing a general lack of understanding of the impact inflation has on the value of cash deposits. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>18% of Brits believe that the interest rate on cash accounts always stays above the level of inflation, while 37% weren&rsquo;t sure whether this is the case. Similarly, 18% believe that cash savings aren&rsquo;t at risk from inflation, while 32% are unsure. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Awareness of the benefits of income investing is also worryingly low, as nearly half (46%) of Brits believe you only make money from an investment if the share price rises. The research shows a significant lack of awareness of the value which dividend-paying companies and funds can add to a portfolio, and how reinvesting dividends can bolster the effects of compounding. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mark Atkinson, Managing Director, Willis Towers Watson, which manages Alliance Witan, comments:</strong> &ldquo;While investing always carries a degree of risk, it remains the most effective way of building long-term wealth and preserving the real value of savings against the ravages of inflation. Our research suggests that many people either underestimate this benefit or place too much emphasis on short-term market fluctuations, leading them to favour cash holdings that may gradually lose purchasing power over time. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;If you&rsquo;re thinking about taking your first steps into investing, it&rsquo;s important to find a comfortable  home for your money that aligns with  your risk tolerance and time horizon. Resources like our <a href="https://www.alliancewitan.com/learning-zone">Learning Zone </a>are free and informative, highlighting the importance of diversifying your portfolio and taking a long-term perspective.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/inflation-nation-cash-savers-underestimate-inflations-impact-26793.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Commission Focuses On Self employed Pensions Crisis</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Commission's interim report, published in May, found that just one in 25 wholly self-employed workers is actively saving for retirement. It explicitly identified the self-employed as a priority group requiring urgent policy attention, and flagged the inadequacy of the current system in reaching those outside traditional employment. For PensionBee, it was a moment of recognition and a call to go further.</p>

<p>When the campaign launched, PensionBee's research found that 74% of self-employed people without a pension were unaware their contributions attract tax relief, that 61% expressed willingness to save if they had the right support, and that someone earning &pound;25,000 who spends thirty years outside Auto-Enrolment could could potentially miss out on around &pound;70,000 due to an absence of employer contributions benefiting from investment growth alongside personal contributions. These numbers are indicative of the depth of the savings gap and the lack of support.</p>

<p>The Commission's interim findings have validated the central argument of the Invisible Workers campaign: that the self-employed pension participation gap is not a behavioural problem but a structural one - one that requires structural solutions. PensionBee has consistently called for three of them: </p>

<div><strong>Expanding Auto-Enrolment eligibility </strong></div>

<div><strong>Embedding pension prompts within the Self Assessment tax return process </strong></div>

<div><strong>Updating the statutory pension transfer deadline to make consolidation genuinely possible</strong></div>

<p>The Commission is expected to publish its final recommendations later this year. PensionBee is calling on it to translate its interim diagnosis into concrete, enforceable reform, and to treat the invisible workforce not as a footnote to the main employed workforce discussion, but as a central challenge that the next generation of pension policy must answer.</p>

<p><strong>Lisa Picardo, Chief Business Officer UK at PensionBee, said: </strong>&ldquo;What has changed in the past year is that this is no longer a fringe argument. The Commission has put the self-employed at the centre of its work, and the political conversation has shifted accordingly. What has not changed is the reality facing the millions of people this campaign is about: the freelancers, the carers, the gig workers who are still navigating retirement saving entirely alone, without the safety blanket of default saving mechanisms of a workplace scheme, the impact of employer contributions, or the structural prompts that employees take for granted.</p>

<p>&quot;The Commission's final report is an opportunity to close that gap. We will be watching closely to see whether it produces the concrete, actionable recommendations the evidence demands. Despite the need to boost saving among those outside the net of Auto-Enrolment, the solution has always remained the same; the self-employed, carers, freelancers and gig workers should be saving into a personal pension as often as they can afford to. Starting immediately, and putting aside small amounts when possible, enables those deposits to benefit from tax relief and compound interest.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-commission-focuses-on-self-employed-pensions-crisis-26794.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Post brexit Decline Of Home Bias</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div> &quot;Over the past decade, the UK equity market has undergone a prolonged period of relative underperformance, with Brexit acting less as a root cause and more as a powerful accelerator of existing structural trends. Prior to 2016, the UK market already faced headwinds; declining domestic pension demand, a sector mix skewed toward old-economy industries such as energy and financials, and limited exposure to high-growth technology companies. These factors left the UK poorly positioned for a decade dominated by US-led growth stocks. Brexit acted as a confidence shock at a critical moment, amplifying these weaknesses and accelerating capital reallocation away from the UK.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The relative earnings growth and multiple expansion of the US technology sector has meant that the US has become the dominant allocation within the MSCI All Country World Index. For instance, the UK's weight within the MSCI ACWI Index has reduced from around 7% in 2015 to approximately 3.3% at the end of 2025. The increasing shift towards passive, index-tracking funds has been a major driver behind this trend, as passive portfolios move in line with global indices, reducing the weight of UK stocks from previously unrepresentative levels.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;When comparing the UK market with the US, the UK remains heavily weighted towards value sectors such as financials, energy and consumer staples, with relatively little exposure to technology stocks. As tech-heavy global indices have outperformed, the UK has lagged, and this persistent underperformance has led many investors to reconsider their UK home bias.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Institutional investors have accelerated the shift:</strong></div>

<div>&quot;We are seeing similar trends within the institutional market, with many of our UK defined benefit (DB) and defined contribution (DC) scheme clients moving from a significant home bias to a more global approach. This has reduced the reliance on UK equities as a key driver of returns within equity portfolios.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;An additional headwind has been the broader de-risking of pension schemes away from equities. This trend has accelerated in recent years as many schemes approach their long-term funding targets and transfer liabilities to insurers. These transactions are typically backed by a mixture of cash, gilts and corporate bonds rather than equities. As a result, allocations to UK equities within domestic institutional portfolios have been in long-term structural decline, reaching historic lows in recent years.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Implications for long-term asset allocation:</strong></div>

<div>&quot;For Isio, our long-term strategic asset allocation within equities is designed to provide diversified exposure broadly in line with the investable global equity universe. We do not believe there is a strong rationale for moving significantly away from a broad market-cap benchmark, such as the all-world investable market universe, and our allocations reflect this view.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;We believe it would take an allocator with a significant amount of skill, resources and luck to consistently make successful macro allocation calls over long periods. As a result, we favour maintaining broad global diversification rather than making substantial active bets on individual regions or markets.&quot;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-post-brexit-decline-of-home-bias-26795.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Health Shocks Leave 1 In 4 Unable To Pay Their Mortgage</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Millions of UK mortgage holders are just one health shock away from missing a payment according to new research from MetLife UK. More than a quarter (28%) of homeowners have already fallen into financial difficulty resulting in them missing a mortgage payment due to illness or injury.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In many cases, the impact is not a one-off. One in 14 (7%) say they have missed mortgage payments multiple times after being unable to work - highlighting how quickly financial pressure can spiral.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The crisis is most stark among younger borrowers. Half of Gen Z mortgage holders (50%) report they have already missed payments as a result of illness or injury, pointing to a generation particularly exposed to income shocks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>With the typical mortgage bill now exceeding &pound;1,000 a month, pressure on household finances is high and raises the stakes if income suddenly stops.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While 71% of mortgage holders say they have savings to fall back on, the reality is far less reassuring. On average, these savings would last just six months - and for many, far less. One in five (20%) have no savings at all, leaving them with no buffer from day one.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>When the money runs out, most are forced to rely on others. A third (34%) would turn to family, and a quarter (24%) to a partner. Just 17% say they would rely on insurance, while 15% would consider taking on more debt through short-term loans. Worryingly, one in 10 (10%) say they have no one to turn to, and 8% admit they would simply miss mortgage payments.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research also exposes a sense of hindsight and misunderstanding around protection. Nearly one in 10 (9%) say they regret not taking out cover after experiencing illness or loss of income, while 8% assumed they were already protected when they were not. A similar proportion (8%) admit they only think about protection once it is too late, and 6% believe they simply will not fall ill or suffer a serious accident.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The findings lay bare a stark reality: for many households, a single accident or illness could trigger an immediate financial crisis - yet protection is still too often overlooked until the consequences hit.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Phil Jeynes, Head of Individual Protection at MetLife UK, comments:</strong> &ldquo;Homeowning Brits are facing a perfect storm of higher-for-longer rates, sticky inflation and economic uncertainty with ongoing geopolitical conflict and disruption to global energy markets.        </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;When illness or injury stops income, we see how quickly mortgage payments can become a struggle, with many relying on limited savings or family support. Protection is there to help provide a financial safety net when life doesn&rsquo;t go to plan.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/health-shocks-leave-1-in-4-unable-to-pay-their-mortgage-26796.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 17 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai Agents Set To Reshape Insurance Renewals</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The survey of 25,000+ consumers across 16 countries found that 82% of insurance consumers now use Gen AI, while 72% expect AI to influence at least half of their insurance shopping within the next 12 months, rising to 86% among Gen Z and Millennials.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The data also points to a potential shift in distribution. Gen AI platforms have already overtaken price comparison websites as an insurance research source among Millennials (27% vs 16%) and Gen Z (26% vs 11%).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>WHAT:</strong> AI is coming for the home and car/auto insurance renewal - and over 70% of consumers say it will shape how they purchase cover within 12 months (NEW Accenture data)</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>BACKGROUND:</strong></div>

<div>The insurance industry has historically been one of the most complex categories for consumers - from confusing policy small print to huge volumes of documentation and an often overwhelming research and purchase journey. Comparison sites and brokers have undoubtedly made it simpler, but many consumers still tend to renew rather than switch providers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Accenture's latest global survey of 25,000+ consumers across 16 countries, presented in the report, &quot;Talk to my AI Agent&rdquo; finds that AI is already reshaping how consumers find, compare, and think about home and car/auto insurance, and that the sector's traditional competitive advantage, inertia, will be challenged.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>That has profound implications not just for insurers, but for the entire distribution chain. If an AI agent can read the small print, compare every policy on the market, and switch on the consumer's behalf at renewal - what role remains for comparison websites and brokers in home and car/auto insurance, and how can insurers adapt their products, offerings and service when their new customer is increasingly an AI agent?</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>KEY FINDINGS:</strong></div>

<div><em>82% of insurance consumers are now Gen AI users, with 72% expecting AI to influence at least half of their insurance shopping within 12 months - rising to 86% of Gen Z and Millennials. AI isn't arriving in insurance - it's already here, and it's moving faster than most of the industry has planned for.</em></div>

<div><em>37% say Gen AI has already encouraged them to consider insurers they weren't previously considering, and 47% say it has helped them find better products than they would have found on their own. 70% of insurance consumers agree that Gen AI tools help them make better decisions faster.</em></div>

<div><em>Price comparison websites face a growing disintermediation threat from AI - Gen AI platforms have already overtaken them as a research source among Millennials (27% vs 16%) and Gen Z (26% vs 11%), the consumers who will define the market.</em></div>

<div><em>Consumers aren't just using AI to cut costs - 46% trust AI recommendations for insurance and want it to surface quality and claims reliability alongside price. Propositions that are legible to an AI agent will win; those that aren't will be bypassed.</em></div>

<div><em>33% say they'd want a personal AI agent to manage customer service on their behalf - including making claims, rising to 43% of Millennials. For a sector where the claims moment is where relationships are made or broken, this represents both opportunity and risk.</em></div>

<div><em>Only 8% want a personal AI agent to handle all insurance steps fully autonomously. The majority of consumers want collaboration, not delegation - AI that works alongside them, cuts through the complexity, and hands back control at the moments that matter. 42% say they want to understand and review options themselves before any agent takes action: transparency and explainability are no longer just regulatory requirements in insurance, they are consumer expectations.</em></div>

<div><em>Payment remains the hardest boundary: 31% won't let an AI agent near a payment decision, and of those who will, strong security and fraud protection is the #1 requirement - cited by 41% in their top three, ahead of transaction visibility or the ability to cancel.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Will Pritchett, Insurance Lead for Accenture in the UK & Ireland commented: </strong>&ldquo;Price comparison websites have shaped how most people in the UK buy home and motor insurance for years, but that&rsquo;s clearly starting to shift.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What we&rsquo;re seeing now is the emergence of AI agents that can do far more than compare quotes &ndash; they can scan the whole market, understand policy detail and act on a customer&rsquo;s behalf. That puts real pressure on insurers to make sure their products are visible and easily understood by AI, or risk not being considered at all.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;But this isn&rsquo;t just a better price comparison tool, it has the potential to reshape how people buy insurance. AI-led journeys could make the process faster, more intuitive and better tailored, helping people focus on the cover they actually need rather than defaulting to the lowest price. For insurers, that&rsquo;s a once-in-a-generation opportunity to shape how their brand is viewed. Those that make their products clearer, more personalised, and easy for AI to interpret, can stand out in a much more competitive market.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-agents-set-to-reshape-insurance-renewals-26784.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>G7 Summit Opens With Iran Deal Under Scrutiny</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club:  </strong>&lsquo;&rsquo;The immediate euphoria following the Iran deal is wearing off, but there is relief that central bank moves to constrain inflation don&rsquo;t look too onerous. London&rsquo;s FTSE 100 looks set to largely tread water in early trade, while investors on Wall Street look set to be in a more cautious mood after yesterday&rsquo;s spate of buying.</p>

<p>Attention is being trained on the G7 summit in Evian-les-Bains, where the intricacies of the agreement are expected to be explored amid concerns that, if it&rsquo;s too limited in nature, tensions could flare up again. The agreement establishes a 60-day framework for broader negotiations over Iran's nuclear programme. But the location of Iran's highly enriched uranium stockpile remains unclear, and the limited ability of inspectors to monitor future activities is prompting worries that a hastily negotiated deal could leave Tehran with a pathway to rebuild its nuclear capabilities.</p>

<p>The operational realities of policing the deal are also in focus. The UK and France have already been pushing the need for a multinational naval mission to keep the Strait of Hormuz safe for shipping, although right now it looks unlikely that such a plan would get Tehran&rsquo;s support. With mines still littering the Strait, and very precise routes needing to be followed to avoid them, flows of crude are still likely to be reduced in capacity while insurance costs are set to remain high. There also remain concerns that tolls could be imposed on the Strait by Iranian authorities, which would keep shipping costs elevated.</p>

<p>Oil prices, for now, are hovering at the lowest level in two months, with Brent crude around $82 a barrel, but it&rsquo;s still trading at a premium compared to pre-conflict levels, demonstrating the ongoing uncertainties about supplies. The Bank of Japan has raised its key interest rate to a 31-year high as a precaution, to try and stop energy costs being embedded more deeply across the economy. The move &ndash; increasing the short-term policy rate to 1% from 0.75% &ndash; was widely expected, but it&rsquo;s a step-change in monetary policy for Japan, given it pushes borrowing costs to levels not seen since 1995. There was some relief that the move wasn&rsquo;t more hawkish, with even a 50-basis-point hike having been mooted. That&rsquo;s why investors responded with relief and stocks rallied even higher. There are expectations that the Fed and the Bank of England will hold off from rate hikes this week and adopt a wait-and-see stance instead, which may help keep the general market mood buoyant.</p>

<p>Defence stocks are likely to be in focus this week amid all the talk among G7 leaders about geopolitical tensions and efforts to end conflict. Ukraine is expected to be one of the central topics at the summit, and while a breakthrough is not expected, European leaders will be trying to secure continued US engagement and demonstrate ongoing Western unity in support of Kyiv. The discussions come at a time when attacks have been intensifying, but diplomatic efforts have failed to build a path towards a ceasefire.</p>

<p>European leaders are likely to press President Trump to maintain military and financial backing for Ukraine while preserving pressure on Russia through sanctions. For Europe, the conflict remains a critical security issue that has implications for defence spending, fiscal policy, energy security and long-term economic resilience. The row over the military budget in the UK will be an embarrassing issue for Keir Starmer&rsquo;s government, and may justify the Trump administration&rsquo;s jibe that Europe needs to spend a lot more on its own defence rather than going cap in hand to the US.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/g7-summit-opens-with-iran-deal-under-scrutiny-26783.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mortality   What Lgps Funds And Employers Must Know For 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Hagen Eichel, Associate and Consulting Actuary and Katherine Fossett, Associate and Longevity Consultant, Barnett Waddingham</strong></p>

<p>Small changes in assumed life expectancy can translate into meaningful changes in liabilities over time. As part of the 2025 actuarial valuation, the BW specialist longevity team carried out in-depth mortality and longevity analysis for our LGPS clients. This bespoke analysis allows actuaries to take each Fund&rsquo;s unique membership profile into account when setting assumptions, rather than relying on generic &ldquo;one-size-fits-all&rdquo; approaches.</p>

<p>This article initially looks back at the mortality experience observed at the 2025 actuarial valuation and summarises the resulting outcomes for mortality assumptions. We then outline what Funds and employers can expect for the March 2026 accounting exercise, where these assumptions will be updated.</p>

<div><strong>Experience observed at the 2025 valuation</strong></div>

<div>Mortality experience over the inter-valuation period was mixed and varied significantly by Fund.</div>

<div><em><strong>Experience differed between Funds:</strong> Some Funds experienced lighter mortality (fewer deaths than expected), while others saw heavier mortality (more deaths than expected) relative to their assumptions.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>For the most part, experience was minor: </strong>The deviations from expected deaths were generally modest and, in most cases, well within the range of normal volatility.</em></div>

<p>Taken together, this indicates that the mortality assumptions set at the previous valuation in 2022 remained broadly reasonable. The limited scale of experience gains and losses also reinforces the importance of analysing experience over a sufficiently long period and avoiding over-reacting to short-term fluctuations.</p>

<div><strong>Future mortality assumptions</strong></div>

<div>Similarly, the updates made to the mortality assumptions and estimated life expectancies varied. While on average life expectancies have remained broadly the same since 2022, most Funds have seen <strong>an increase or decrease in assumed life expectancies</strong> reflecting their individual mortality assumptions. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Below we have illustrated the change in life expectancies for 85 LGPS Funds between 2022 and 2025. The results once again highlight that there is <strong>no single &ldquo;LGPS mortality story&rdquo;</strong>.</div>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BWAge1606261.jpg" style="height:354px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>Ultimately, changes in future assumptions come down to each Fund&rsquo;s unique membership profile and past mortality experience. This underlines the importance of bespoke longevity analysis. Tailoring assumptions to individual Fund experience helps ensure that liabilities are neither understated nor overly prudent, supporting sound funding decisions for both Funds and employers.</p>

<div><strong>COVID-19 and mortality modelling</strong></div>

<div>Future mortality projections are based on the CMI mortality projection model, which is developed and maintained by the Continuous Mortality Investigation (CMI), a body within the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries (IFoA).</div>

<p>The model is updated annually, with the move from CMI_2023 to CMI_2024 being particularly important. This update included a significant overhaul of the model to better reflect the unusually high excess mortality observed during the COVID-19 pandemic. No significant changes were required to the structure of the model for the latest version, CMI_2025, which compared to CMI_2024 shows a small increase in life expectancies on average. </p>

<p>At the 2025 valuation, projected life expectancies are the highest seen since the pandemic, reflecting a degree of normalisation following the severe disruption of 2020&ndash;2022. That said, life expectancy projections remain lower than pre-pandemic expectations. The long-term effects of COVID-19, coupled with broader health and societal trends, continue to influence mortality assumptions.</p>

<p><strong>Implications for employer accounting</strong></p>

<p>Mortality changes will be reflected in employer accounting disclosures in two key ways:</p>

<div><strong>Experience gains and losses</strong></div>

<div>First, mortality feeds into the experience item in employers&rsquo; liabilities shown in the accounting reports, capturing differences between expected and actual outcomes over the last three years.</div>

<div><em>More deaths than expected typically reduce liabilities, as pensions are not paid as long as assumed.</em></div>

<div><em>Fewer deaths than expected generally increase liabilities, as pensions are expected to be paid for longer.</em></div>

<p>Mortality experience will differ between employers as it is dependent on each employer&rsquo;s unique membership experience observed over the intervaluation period.</p>

<p>Mortality experience is only one part of the experience item shown in the accounting report. The item also represents factors such as differences in expected and actual retirement ages, withdrawal rates, and commutation behaviour, among others.</p>

<div><strong>Changes in demographic assumptions</strong></div>

<div>Second, the impact of changing mortality assumptions forms the central part of the change in demographic assumptions item affecting each employers&rsquo; liabilities.</div>

<p>At this year&rsquo;s March 2026 accounting exercise, employer mortality assumptions will be updated to align with the now-complete 2025 actuarial valuation. In addition, most employers are expected to update the mortality projection basis further, moving to the recently released CMI_2025 model.</p>

<p>As a general rule of thumb, higher life expectancy increases liabilities, while lower life expectancy reduces them, as benefits are expected to be paid over a longer or shorter period. However, the magnitude of the accounting impact will vary between employers and depends on several factors:</p>

<div><em>The valuation assumptions adopted by the Fund in which the employer participates,</em></div>

<div><em>the employer&rsquo;s bespoke membership profile, as changes in life expectancy differ by gender and age group, and</em></div>

<div><em>the assumptions used at the current and previous accounting exercises, noting that employers have some discretion over how frequently they update the CMI model.</em></div>

<p>The impact on liabilities of these changing life expectancies linked to updating the mortality assumptions for the 2025 valuation depends on each Fund&rsquo;s membership profile. However, overall, the changes illustrated above will lead to a change in liabilities within the range of -2.5% to +2.5%.</p>

<p>In addition to this, updating the CMI model from CMI_2024 (used at the 2025 valuation) to CMI_2025 will on average increase liabilities by 0.5%.</p>

<p>To support employers and auditors, we have prepared additional information within our <a href="https://lgpsaccountingfaqs.bwllp.co.uk/Accounting_March_2026_Briefing_Note.pdf">March briefing note</a> and accounting <a href="https://lgpsaccountingfaqs.bwllp.co.uk/Accounting_Glossary_FAQs.pdf">FAQs</a>. </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/mortality---what-lgps-funds-and-employers-must-know-for-2026-26787.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Inheritance Mismatch  Gen Z Betting On Parents Payouts</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>A disconnect is emerging between younger generations expecting to inherit, and parents balancing their own retirement lifestyle and needs, according to new research from the retirement specialist Standard Life.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In an increasingly uncertain world, with many younger people facing high housing costs and ongoing cost of living pressures, nearly one in four (23%) Gen Z (born between 1997 and 2012) say they are not prioritising retirement saving because they expect to inherit money or property. This view is also common among millennials (born between 1981 and 1996), with one in five (20%) of this generation saying the same.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However, inheritance is never guaranteed. Separate Standard Life research highlights that parents are increasingly reassessing what they plan to pass on, with one in seven parents (15%) planning to prioritise enjoying their money and living for today over leaving an inheritance for their children or family.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This comes as upcoming policy changes continue to influence retirement spending decisions. From April 2027, most unused pension funds and pension death benefits will be brought within the value of a person&rsquo;s estate for inheritance tax purposes. Against this backdrop, nearly three in 10 parents (29%) say the changes will affect how they plan to use their pension in retirement. One in 10 (10%) say they are now more likely to spend their pension savings during retirement rather than leave them behind, while an additional one in five (22%) say they are now more likely to gift money during their lifetime instead.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery, Retirement Savings Director at Standard Life said: </strong>&ldquo;Inheritance can play an important role in family finances, but it is risky for younger people to build their retirement plans around money or property they may never receive. At a time when many are dealing with higher living costs and financial pressures, it&rsquo;s understandable that some may look to inheritance as part of the picture - but it&rsquo;s far from guaranteed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;With people living longer and later-life costs rising, many parents may understandably want or need to use more of their savings during retirement. As highlighted by our research, recent policy changes are also prompting some to reassess how they use their pension savings. With this in mind, inheritance should be seen as a possible bonus, rather than a substitute for building your own retirement pot.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For Gen Z and millennials, the best approach to saving for retirement is to focus on what is in their control. Starting to contribute to a pension as early as possible, making the most of workplace pension schemes and increasing payments when your salary rises can all help savings benefit from long-term compound investment growth.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mike Ambery shares his key tips for maximising your pension savings and building your own financial future:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Treat inheritance as a bonus, not the plan </strong>&ndash; &ldquo;Money or property passed down can make a real difference to people&rsquo;s finances, but it&rsquo;s never guaranteed. Circumstances can change, parents may need to use more of their savings in retirement, and later-life costs can be unpredictable. Focusing on your own pension savings gives you greater control over your future and reduces the risk of being caught short later&rdquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Make the most of employer contributions </strong>&ndash; &ldquo;Workplace pensions can be a powerful way to build long-term savings, especially where an employer offers to increase their contributions when you increase yours. If this is available and affordable for you, making the most of it can help grow your pension faster without relying only on your own payments.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Regularly check in on what you&rsquo;re already saving</strong> &ndash; &ldquo;It&rsquo;s harder to plan for the future if you don&rsquo;t know where you stand today. Checking your pension balance, projected retirement income and contribution levels can help you understand whether you&rsquo;re on track. If you&rsquo;ve had several jobs, you may also have old pension pots that should be traced so you have a full overview.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
Use key money moments to increase contributions &ndash; &ldquo;Pay rises, bonuses and finishing major expenses can all create opportunities to review what you pay into a pension. You don&rsquo;t need to make dramatic changes but gradually increasing contributions when your finances allow can help build momentum and strengthen your pot over time.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Review where your pension is invested </strong>&ndash; &ldquo;Your pension is designed to grow over the long term, so the way it&rsquo;s invested also matters. The value can rise and fall but short-term market movements should be seen in the context of a longer savings journey. Checking whether your investments still match your goals, age and attitude to risk can help keep your pension working in the right way for you.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Make use of pension tax relief</strong> &ndash; &ldquo;Pension saving comes with valuable tax advantages, effectively giving your contributions a government top-up. For a basic-rate taxpayer, every &pound;80 contributed from take-home pay is boosted to &pound;100 in a pension. Higher-rate taxpayers can benefit even more, with additional relief available either through a tax return or via payroll, particularly where salary sacrifice is used.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Over time, this upfront boost, combined with long-term investment growth, can make a meaningful difference to your retirement savings. It&rsquo;s worth checking how your pension is set up, to ensure you&rsquo;re making the most of all the relief available.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/inheritance-mismatch--gen-z-betting-on-parents-payouts-26786.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>80  Of Employers In The Dark About Pensions Dashboard</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Everywhen&rsquo;s research shows that just one in five employers (20%) said they know a lot about the Pensions Dashboard. While 38% said they know a bit about it, 20% had heard of it but know nothing about it, and 21% have not heard of the Pensions Dashboard at all.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Sorangi Shah, client director and pensions expert at Everywhen, said:</strong> &ldquo;We encourage employers to keep track of the Pensions Dashboard developments as it will be a powerful way of boosting pension engagement for their employees.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Pensions Dashboard is a government initiative to allow individuals to view all their pensions &ndash; state, personal and workplace &ndash; in one place, online. Joining the Pensions Dashboard is mandatory for all UK occupational pensions schemes with 100+ members and FCA-regulated personal and stakeholder pension providers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The legal responsibility for connection and compliance sits with pension scheme trustees and providers. Whilst employers themselves have no direct legal obligations under the Pensions Dashboards framework, they can play a valuable supporting role by maintaining accurate employee data and helping raise awareness among employees.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Benefits for employers</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;While the Pensions Dashboard is fundamentally there to ensure individuals have a full view across their various pension plans, it is also a valuable tool for employers to be able to present the details of the workplace pension schemes they are providing and their worth,&rdquo; explains Sorangi Shah.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Pensions Dashboard ecosystem is delivered by the Money and Pensions Service, with the public dashboard hosted by their consumer service, MoneyHelper. This is a Government-backed system with a secure log-in process. The digital tools aim to help individuals to keep track of different pensions schemes, to locate lost schemes, and to better plan for their retirement.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Financial education and engagement</strong></div>

<div>The implementation of the Pensions Dashboard is a good opportunity for employers to support the financial wellbeing of their employees. They may choose to take advantage of this change to implement financial education themselves as part of their employee benefits programme. The Pensions Dashboard aims to improve the trust employees have in workplace pension schemes and to help increase employee engagement with pension and retirement plans. This makes it the ideal time for employers to raise awareness of the pension schemes they offer and the value they provide.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Action points</strong></div>

<div>There is very little input required from employers but they play an important role in supporting data accuracy, which will improve member matching. By ensuring their pension scheme records are up-to-date and complete with employees&rsquo; names, date of birth, address and National Insurance numbers, this will help to make Pensions Dashboard a success.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Sorangi Shah concludes:</strong> &ldquo;This is a transformative time for pension holders and for employers offering workplace pension schemes. For the first time, employees will be able to view all their pension schemes online, in one place, including accrued benefits and projected income. This is a big step forward in making workplace pension schemes transparent and easily accessible so that employees can understand the true value of this crucial employee benefit.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/80--of-employers-in-the-dark-about-pensions-dashboard-26785.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>10 Years On From Brexit   5 Ways Its Affected Your Finances</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Sarah Coles, head of personal finance at AJ Bell, comments: </strong>&ldquo;The impact of Brexit in the 10 years since the referendum is hard to untangle from everything else that has been going on over the past decade. We&rsquo;ve faced a global pandemic, runaway inflation prompted by war, and a bond crisis precipitated by a disastrous mini-Budget. However, there are some aspects of our finances that were clearly impacted by the vote to leave Europe.</p>

<div><strong>1. The pound fell &ndash; making travel pricier</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Immediately after the vote, the pound saw its biggest single day drop for 30 years. Traders sold out of sterling, worried about a period of uncertainty and instability, plus the economic impact of making trading with Europe more difficult. There were subsequent falls after the 2017 general election and after Boris Johnson became prime minister in 2019, raising the possibility of a &lsquo;no-deal&rsquo; Brexit.</div>

<p>&ldquo;The pound also started to drop ahead of the vote itself, as traders anticipated the impact. Back in November 2015 a pound was worth 1.42 euros, and by August 2019 it fell as low as 1.09. It has remained volatile since and on 11 June 2026 was trading at 1.16 euros.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This has been making holidays more expensive in some popular destinations ever since, because not only does your holiday money not go as far, but the exchange rate also makes anything priced in euros or dollars more expensive, which can include everything from the hotel to the flights or dinners out.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>2. The falling pound fed into inflation</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;When the pound falls, it makes things more expensive to import. It has been estimated that this increased consumer prices by 2.9% at the time of the vote. This was exacerbated by the additional friction on imports, and the associated costs.</div>

<p>&ldquo;As a result, inflation rose in the aftermath of the Brexit vote. In June 2016 it was at just 0.5%, hitting 1.6% by December the same year and then 2.6% in the following June. By December 2017 it had hit 3%, before gradually decreasing again. Of course, in the years following the pandemic, the financial support pumped into the economy combined with the impact of the war in Ukraine meant inflation of a completely different order.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>3. Staff shortages pushed prices higher</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s also been the inflationary impact of higher staff costs. The new points-based immigration system makes it more difficult for UK firms to recruit from the EU. People wanting to work in the UK have to meet new standards, ranging from wages to language skills. Those industries that typically employed a large number of EU workers &ndash; like care and haulage &ndash; have found it more difficult to replace them. A smaller workforce in these areas has put pressure on wages, which in turn fed through into higher prices.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>4. Sluggish growth meant lower interest rates &ndash; hitting savers</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Interest rates were already at just 0.5% at the time of the vote, as the world was still reeling from the after-effects of the financial crisis. However, they dropped in the summer to 0.25% and remained there for over a year, as the country struggled with modest growth and a slowdown in spending. The resurgence of inflation prompted rates to rise to 0.75% before the Covid cut in 2020 to 0.1%. From this point onwards, the economic distortions of the pandemic dominated movements.</div>

<p>&ldquo;For anyone relying on savings to produce an income, there was more than a decade of misery between 2008 and 2022, when rock bottom savings rates produced derisory sums. Things have picked up significantly over the past four years, when savings have been more rewarding. However, it was a salient demonstration for anyone using assets to produce an income how much more rewarding investing can be over the long term, and how key it is to consider investments as part of a portfolio.&rdquo;</p>

<div><strong>5. It helped push more people towards fixed rate mortgages</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;Years of lower rates mean we have seen the rise and rise of fixed rate mortgage deals, as people locked in lower rates. In 2016, fixed deals accounted for around 90% of all new mortgages and by 2022 it reached 97%. It means there&rsquo;s a far longer lag between the Bank of England raising rates and it hitting our finances. On the plus side, short-term ups and downs have less of an impact. On the downside, when we have significant rate hikes over time &ndash; as we did in 2022 and 2023, the pain is felt in one fell swoop at the time of a remortgage, so it&rsquo;s vital to plan effectively for the jump in expenses.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/10-years-on-from-brexit---5-ways-its-affected-your-finances-26788.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pra Signals Simpler More Competitive Line On Captive Regime</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>While much of the underlying policy direction has already been outlined through HM Treasury and PRA/FCA engagement, the speech marks an important shift in tone, emphasis and regulatory intent. The focus is increasingly moving from policy design towards delivery - with greater emphasis on creating a proportionate, commercially viable and internationally competitive framework that can support firms looking to establish captives in the UK.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For businesses assessing whether to participate in the PRA&rsquo;s expected pipeline of applicants ahead of a planned mid-2027 launch, the message is that the regime is moving from concept towards an actionable framework, with early engagement likely to be important as the final proposals take shape.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on today&rsquo;s speech, Cormac Bradley, Senior Actuarial Director at Broadstone, said:</strong> &ldquo;The speech doesn&rsquo;t fundamentally change the architecture of the proposed UK captive regime, but it does something important, it provides much greater confidence in how the PRA intends to deliver it in practice and the type of regime it is seeking to build.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The emphasis on simplicity, proportionality and flexibility, particularly around capital, sends a clear signal that the UK is aiming to build a regime that is commercially viable and genuinely competitive, rather than a light-touch version of Solvency II.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For UK and international groups, the key takeaway is that the regime is now moving from concept towards an actionable framework. The PRA is clearly signalling that it wants to develop a pipeline of credible applicants ahead of launch, and those that begin assessing how a UK captive could support their wider risk management strategy will be best placed to shape and benefit from the regime as it evolves.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;With a consultation paper expected this summer and implementation targeted for mid-2027, attention will now turn to the detailed proposals and how firms can engage with the PRA to help shape the final framework. The success of the regime will depend on whether the PRA can translate this clearer, more commercially focused tone into a practical and competitive supervisory framework capable of attracting both UK and international captive formations.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pra-signals-simpler-more-competitive-line-on-captive-regime-26789.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 16 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Don t Get Wound Up By Data   Get Your Data Ready For Wind up</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Sarah Greenwood,Senior Director, Retirement and Alice Fletcher,Director, Project and Data Solutions, WTW</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Common challenges include missing data not needed for business as usual (BAU) administration but essential for insurers (like contingent spouses' pensions), benefit rectification projects being identified, and overlapping projects competing for time and budget. Start early, sequence smartly, and you'll avoid bottlenecks and additional costs later.</div>

<div>With increasing demands on administration teams, many are feeling stretched. Consider making use of a data specialist to work alongside the BAU administration team to get the job done without disruption to core member services.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Data underpins everything</strong></div>

<div>Setting aside the trustees' fundamental duty to pay the right pension to the right person at the right time, having present and accurate data can also:</div>

<div><em>Improve your members' experience</em></div>

<div><em>Get you better insurer engagement and better pricing</em></div>

<div><em>Give more certainty over the affordability of a transaction, and any remaining surplus</em></div>

<div><em>Reduce the time to buyout and ultimately wind-up</em></div>

<div><em>Increase efficiency of member options exercises</em></div>

<div><em>Reduce the incidence of costly and disruptive member disputes</em></div>

<div><em>Protect against future claims</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Strategy first. Data follows</strong></div>

<div>Lead with strategy. Map key data tasks, define dependencies, and sequence work logically. Bring in specialist expertise where needed - this helps prioritise effectively and avoids last-minute firefighting or an inefficient piecemeal approach. Don't rely solely on your busy BAU administration team: using dedicated project resources allows workstreams to run in parallel, cutting delays and improving outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Having a single party responsible for overall oversight can ensure tasks are properly coordinated, overlaps are identified, issues are communicated, and dependencies are managed in the correct order. An experienced buyout transition specialist in this role can help to reduce residual risks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Focus area: Rectification</strong></div>

<div>Problems often surface when the benefit specification is prepared for a transaction. Getting ahead of these issues with an early benefit audit and legal review of a scheme's rules can be invaluable. Do it early and you can build the benefit specification alongside this work so it's ready to go when you need it, with no unwanted surprises.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Where rectification is required, trustees should balance accuracy, proportionality and member impact, with clear input from their actuarial and legal advisers. Addressing overpayments early can help to minimise disruption for members and mitigate the financial impact on the scheme, especially where recovery proves challenging.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Examples of issues uncovered</strong></div>

<div>Common data issues include incorrect pension increases, overlooked underpins and unclosed Barber windows. It's also common for such issues to be uncovered alongside Guaranteed Minimum Pension (GMP) and other data rectification projects, complicating the implications for members and increasing pressure on teams working through the changes. By planning upfront, overlapping changes can be considered together to reduce disruption and allow a single, clear member communication covering all issues.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Focus area: Contingent spouse pension data</strong></div>

<div>It's very common for administration systems not to hold contingent spouse pension (CSP) data. Insurers will, however, always ask for it and expect it to be calculated and provided to them. Pensions Administration Standards Association's April 2026 guidance is clear: calculate it early and store the data on member records.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Bulk CSP calculations aren't always straightforward. They often intersect with GMP and other benefit corrections, so sequencing is critical to avoid rework. Manual methods can be slow, resource intensive and expensive. A better approach combines digitisation and purpose-built calculation tools supported by clearly documented trustee decisions, delivering robust, auditable results. When supporting schemes through these exercises, our process has helped to reduce insurer premiums (in one case by over &pound;10m) and solve complex data gaps within post-buy-in data cleaning windows.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Wind-up: What else to plan for</strong></div>

<div>You only get one shot at winding-up a pension scheme - so get it right. Watch for:</div>

<div><em><strong>Member tracing:</strong> This can be time-consuming, especially for estates or historical cases - start early</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Legacy annuities: </strong>Reassigning policies can be slow, particularly when dealing with insurers closed to new business</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Multiple records:</strong> These complicate exercises like Winding-up Lump Sums - clean up these records early to maximise value and improve member experience</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Conclusion</strong></div>

<div>The smoothest wind-ups consider data early, plan end-to-end, and run workstreams in parallel using the right mix of resources. Get a hold of your data and you control the process - not the other way round. WTW has supported schemes of all sizes through wind-up. Our buyout transition experts and Data Solutions team have deep experience in all areas of scheme wind-ups and can provide trustees and scheme sponsors with support throughout the whole wind-up journey.</div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/don-t-get-wound-up-by-data---get-your-data-ready-for-wind-up-26781.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Tpr Announces Three New Appointments To Its Board</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Minister for Pensions Torsten Bell has appointed TPR&rsquo;s Executive Director, Market Oversight, Ben Gunnee to the Board, alongside new Non-Executive Directors Tracey McDermott and Chris Hitchen.</p>

<p><br />
They join the Board at a pivotal time with the Pension Schemes Act 2026 set to significantly reshape the market with a focus on scale, value and good outcomes for members, while the Pensions Commission has recently published its interim report setting out the key challenges facing the system, ahead of its final recommendations in 2027. Following, consultation, TPR plans to publish a refreshed five-year strategy next month setting out the principles and outcomes that will drive its work in this rapidly evolving landscape.</p>

<p><strong>TPR&rsquo;s interim Chair Kirstin Baker said: </strong>&ldquo;I am delighted to welcome Ben, Chris and Tracey to the TPR Board. They bring strong leadership experience and deep pensions, regulatory and financial services expertise that will complement existing Board skills and support our new Chair Emma Douglas when she joins next month.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>Ben Gunnee, Executive Director, Market Oversight, said: </strong>&ldquo;People expect a secure, sustainable income in retirement. At this vital moment for pensions, I welcome the opportunity to help deliver essential reforms and shape a system that drives strong outcomes for members.</p>

<p>&ldquo;My focus will be on ensuring market participants have the highest standards of governance, employing a forward-looking and proactive supervisory model to stop harms before they arise.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Tracey McDermott, Non-Executive Director, said: </strong>&ldquo;I look forward to joining TPR at this important time in pensions, and to using my financial services and regulatory experience to help TPR deliver on its core mission and priorities.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Chris Hitchen, Non-Executive Director, said:</strong> &ldquo;My longstanding experience representing the pensions industry and working across large, complex schemes, has forged my commitment to better long-term outcomes for pension scheme members, their employers and for the UK as a whole. I look forward to working with the Board and industry colleagues to deliver strong, flexible governance and high standards across the sector.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/tpr-announces-three-new-appointments-to-its-board-26782.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Nearly 75 Percent Of Lgps Funds Face Resourcing Issues</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The polling was conducted on an Aon webinar attended by representatives from 36 different LGPS funds across the UK. The attendees were asked these questions:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Do you feel that your LGPS organisation has sufficient staff with the required skills to carry out your day-to-day operations?</strong></div>

<div>Nearly three-quarters of respondents indicated that they do not have sufficient resource, while a further</div>

<div>16 percent said they had the right staff and skills for now, but not for what lies in the future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Do you feel that the pay and reward package offered by your LGPS organisation is sufficient to attract and retain staff?</strong></div>

<div>More than half of the respondents &ndash; 60 percent - identified pay as a barrier, either in its own right or when coupled alongside the wider benefits offered as a reward package.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Craig Payne, LGPS talent solutions lead in the UK for Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;Despite the good news around the LGPS in relation to improved funding levels and reduced employer contributions, the administering authorities are clearly aware of wider pressures. Their internal teams face specialist skills gaps and capacity restraints, while also having to deal with increasing regulatory and reporting demands.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;These people and capacity pressures create real operational risks. Those range from delays in processing member cases and responding to employers, through to challenges in implementing regulatory change and managing complex projects such as McCloud, pensions dashboards and implementing the updated and backdating of survivor&rsquo;s benefits. Any shortcomings in these areas can result in a worse member experience.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Laura Caudwell, director of public sector pensions in the UK for Aon, said: </strong>&ldquo;There are obvious challenges but the LGPS regulatory and pooling changes, along with Local Government Reorganisation, also represent a real opportunity. There is the chance to take stock and ensure stronger operational resilience, starting with appointing the LGPS senior officer. But this success can only come through investing in people and processes, ensuring teams have the skills to make their fund &lsquo;fit for the future&rsquo; &ndash; and making certain that the member experience keeps pace with rising expectations.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/nearly-75-percent-of-lgps-funds-face-resourcing-issues-26779.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Iran Deal Lifts Equity Markets</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global equity markets are starting the week firmly on the front foot, with futures pointing to positive opens across the board after President Trump announced that a deal with Iran had been reached. The move has given investors a clear reason to dial back some of the geopolitical risk premium that has hung over markets, especially as the Strait of Hormuz is expected to reopen and oil prices move sharply lower. Energy prices have been one of the clearest transmission channels from Middle East tensions into inflation, bond yields and equity sentiment, and there is likely to be a concerted effort to get prices down even further once this deal is finalised. There are still details to be ironed out before markets can fully trust the agreement, but for now the direction of travel is clear: lower oil, calmer nerves and a renewed appetite for risk.</p>

<p>Oil prices have taken another leg lower, but this hasn&rsquo;t come completely out of the blue. Oil has been sliding for much of the past month, a sign that markets had already started to price in a decent chance of a breakthrough between the US and Iran before President Trump&rsquo;s latest announcement. The confirmation of a deal has still added fresh downward pressure, with traders now looking for evidence that the Strait of Hormuz reopens smoothly and energy flows return to something closer to normal.</p>

<p>Interest rates are now back in focus as lower oil prices give central banks a little more breathing room, but not enough to change the picture overnight. Markets are currently pricing in something close to a coin toss on a US rate hike by year-end, while the UK looks more firmly tilted toward a move higher, likely toward the back end of the year if the markets are to be believed. That reflects the balancing act on both sides of the Atlantic: weaker energy prices help the inflation story, but policymakers will still want evidence that the shock has not worked its way into wages, prices and broader inflation.</p>

<p>This week is a big one for macro watchers, with new Fed Chair Kevin Warsh&rsquo;s first meeting on Wednesday and the Bank of England expected to hold rates steady on Thursday. We already know that Warsh wants to rethink how the Fed communicates, with the future of dot plots and heavy forward guidance likely to come under scrutiny, but markets will be more focused on his read of inflation and jobs. Any suggestion that war-driven inflation is transitory could help calm rate expectations, though investors will naturally remain cautious about any transitory comments given how wrong that narrative turned out to be during the Covid saga.</p>

<p>Earnings are relatively light this week, but Thursday brings two UK consumer bellwethers worth watching. Whitbread&rsquo;s update will test whether Premier Inn can keep pushing forward despite UK cost inflation and a potential wobble in international travel demand, while Germany&rsquo;s improving momentum still needs to translate into more meaningful profit contribution. Tesco should offer a cleaner read on the UK consumer, with sales likely to remain in growth mode, but the focus will be on whether oil-led pressure on household budgets is accelerating downtrading and whether its scale can keep margins and full-year profit guidance on track.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/iran-deal-lifts-equity-markets-26777.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>More Men Must Act Earlier On Cancer Signs</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>As Men&rsquo;s Health Week highlights the importance of prevention and early action, claims data shows that Aviva paid out over &pound;43m for prostate and testicular cancer claims across its individual critical illness and life insurance products in 2025. However, Aviva&rsquo;s consumer research suggests many men are still not recognising early warning signs or seeking help promptly.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Aviva&rsquo;s latest claims data shows that prostate cancer remains one of the most significant drivers of male protection claims. Between 2023 and 2025, the number of critical illness claims relating to prostate cancer increased by around 65%.2 In 2025, prostate cancer accounted for around a third (29%) of Aviva&rsquo;s individual cancer related critical illness claims made by men.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In total, Aviva paid over &pound;38m across its individual critical illness and life policies for prostate cancer in 2025, underlining the vital financial support available to customers and their families. Testicular cancer, while less common, continued to affect men of all ages, with around &pound;5 million paid in critical illness and life claims in 2025.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While Aviva&rsquo;s claims data demonstrates the value of protection products, Aviva&rsquo;s recent consumer research suggests many men are still not taking steps to detect cancer early.3</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Consistent with Aviva&rsquo;s previous research in 2024, around one in three (29%) say they check areas of their bodies - such as their testicles - for new lumps or changes once a year or less. One in five (20%) of these men say that they never check their testicles.  The proportion who never check themselves rises to around a quarter among men aged 45+, when incidence of testicular cancer rises.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Just 17% of men say they are aware of all symptoms of prostate cancer. Around one in five (21%) don&rsquo;t know any symptoms at all, rising to 23% among those aged 45+.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Awareness of common prostate cancer symptoms including blood in urine, frequent urination and difficulty urinating has also declined slightly compared to 2024 levels. Around a third (31%) of men have delayed visiting a GP in the past year, despite experiencing concerning symptoms.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Jacqueline Kerwood, claims philosophy manager, Aviva Protection says: </strong>&ldquo;Men&rsquo;s Health Week is an important reminder that, while financial protection is making a real difference when serious illness strikes, there is still more to do to encourage men to take a preventative approach to their health through regular checks, understanding the symptoms to look out for and seeking support from a GP if something doesn&rsquo;t seem right.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;We&rsquo;re seeing rising claims for conditions like prostate cancer, yet many men still don&rsquo;t act on potential symptoms or seek help early enough. Early detection can make a significant difference to outcomes, particularly for cancers such as testicular and prostate cancer.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/more-men-must-act-earlier-on-cancer-signs-26780.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Is Your Portfolio Constructed Like A Winning World Cup Team</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Rob Morgan, Chief Investment Analyst at Charles Stanley Direct, part of Raymond James Wealth Management</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Balance is key to a winning team</strong></div>

<div>A well-rounded team, which has the right balance of players of diverse types, is likely to provide a better chance of consistent performance and advancement through the rounds. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Likewise, a balanced investment portfolio comprised of a variety of assets with different attributes, some with more risk and others with less, is likely to provide a good outcome over the longer term while dampening the market highs and lows. It should also avoid catastrophic losses that can&rsquo;t be recovered from &ndash; and an exit from the investing &lsquo;tournament&rsquo;. The process of construction involves some tough decisions, perhaps choosing between investments of similar types, but a portfolio should always be a well-judged compromise between focus and diversification.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Remember too that team selection is only half the job. As the manager of your own portfolio the selection of appropriate assets prepares you for the match ahead, but you&rsquo;ll also need to manage the game as it unfolds to capitalise on opportunities and avoid vulnerabilities. Rebalancing your portfolio can maintain its shape, just as football players need the discipline to keep their formation. Meanwhile, not all portfolio players are worth keeping for the 90 minutes, and the tactical use of substitutes can add impetus to the performance at the right moment. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>As the &lsquo;coach&rsquo; of your own portfolio how can you balance the different &lsquo;players&rsquo; to perform distinct roles? </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Central midfield</strong></div>

<div>Midfielders are all-rounders and must regularly be involved in both attacking and defensive roles. Their utility is rather like the role of broad global equity investments, providing the exposure to share markets that helps propel long term returns with little fuss. A defensive midfielder might equate in a portfolio to global equity income funds that invest in more stable, dividend paying shares that tend to provide more dependable returns aided by regular income. Meanwhile, a more probing, attacking midfielder skilled at unpicking defences, might represent a more growth-orientated strategy. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Defence</strong></div>

<div>Defenders won&rsquo;t typically be the most skilful players on the pitch. Instead, they need to be steadfast to prevent opposition goals and provide a platform on which the team can play out from the back. More dependable and defensive investments such as bonds play a similar role in a portfolio. Often it is safer and more predictable to lend to a business through bonds than be a part owner through shares. Although returns from bonds in the form of interest payments can be unexciting, they can provide steady, incremental returns and a relative anchor compared with riskier share-based investments. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Defenders can occasionally pop up with goals for the team too &ndash; a bullet header from a corner can change the game when the strikers aren&rsquo;t firing. Likewise, bonds could provide stronger returns for investors should inflation be tamed quicker than anticipated, keeping interest rates lower.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Striker</strong></div>

<div>A team comprised of only strikers would lead to footballing disaster, and similarly investors need to avoid fielding eleven Harry Kanes on the pitch. There should only be a modicum of higher risk, specialist investments in a portfolio. Yet for longer term investors happy with the risks some exposure to some structural growth themes such as technology or emerging healthcare could help capitalise on particular opportunities and drive returns. Well-timed individual flair in and around the box can make all the difference. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Goalkeeper</strong></div>

<div>All successful teams need a confident and capable keeper between the sticks, just like all financial plans need a cash reserve to fall back on. You never know what is around the corner and even in the most secure situations there could be a need to dip into cash reserves. You don&rsquo;t want to have to sell investments or, even worse, borrow money in the event of an emergency such as an urgent car or home repair. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The extent of the shot stopping prowess you&rsquo;ll need depends on how leaky your defence is &ndash; what could go wrong and by how much? As a rule of thumb, you should keep enough to pay your essential expenses for three to six months in case of unemployment or ill health. You should be able to cover costs like energy, mortgage or rent, travel and food costs. But every situation is different. You might need more if it&rsquo;s hard getting work in your area of expertise, or if you have potentially costly family or other commitments. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Remember, you&rsquo;ll need to ensure your emergency fund is easy to access. You can earn a decent interest on this balance in a savings account by shopping around, but don&rsquo;t be tempted by a fixed-term interest rate or accounts with long notice periods for this purpose. Money locked away for a year is no good when you need cash quickly.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/is-your-portfolio-constructed-like-a-winning-world-cup-team-26778.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 15 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Connecting The Dots In The Fight Against Insurance Fraud</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Helen Richardson, insurance senior product manager, U.K. and Ireland, LexisNexis Risk Solutions</strong></u></p>

<p>The Fraud Strategy for 2026-2029 sends a clear message: every business has a role to play in tackling fraud in all its forms and for insurance providers, fraud takes many forms &ndash; from ghost broking and staged claims to identity manipulation and policy misrepresentation. It starts with knowing who they are dealing with at every point in the customer journey, from application through to claim.</p>

<p>No single organisation has the full picture, which is why data sharing, advanced analytics and email address intelligence have vital roles to play. However, one of the most powerful tools insurers already possess is their own customer data.</p>

<p>Best practice risk assessment relies on clean, accurate and connected customer data. Yet many insurance providers still struggle to maintain up-to-date and complete customer records. When data sits in silos across underwriting, pricing and claims systems, detecting patterns that may indicate fraudulent activity becomes significantly harder.</p>

<p>Data fragmentation can arise from mergers and acquisitions that introduce new customer datasets, legacy systems across product lines and inconsistent, outdated or incomplete customer records across policies and claims.</p>

<div><strong>Linking data to uncover anomalies</strong></div>

<div>Accurate identity resolution is essential for identifying inconsistencies or suspicious activity in real time. By linking customer data across all parts of their business, insurance providers can detect anomalies more quickly. For example, linking records may reveal that a customer applying for home insurance has previously had a series of motor claims repudiated at another address, or that information provided in a new claim contradicts data supplied in a previous policy application.</div>

<p>Beyond fraud prevention, linking customer data also delivers broader operational benefits. When insurance providers can resolve multiple records to a single identity, they gain a clearer view of their relationship with each customer, supporting more informed decisions across pricing, underwriting and claims.</p>

<p>This &ldquo;single customer view&rdquo; can improve customer outcomes and help insurance providers better understand customer needs across products and services while enabling them to identify additional product opportunities.</p>

<div><strong>Data linking as a foundation for smarter insurance</strong></div>

<div>As insurance providers continue investing in artificial intelligence and advanced analytics, the quality of underlying customer data becomes even more critical. AI-driven decisioning systems depend on accurate and structured datasets to function effectively.</div>

<p>Solutions such as LexID&reg; for Insurance can help insurance providers connect fragmented records to a unique identity, creating a more consistent, real-time view of each customer across the insurance lifecycle without the burden of maintaining complex internal data matching systems.</p>

<div><strong>Uncovering hidden fraud networks</strong></div>

<div>Data linking can also reveal fraud patterns that would otherwise remain hidden. By connecting individuals, policies, claims and third parties across multiple records, insurance providers can identify potential fraud rings or coordinated activity.</div>

<p>For example, linking datasets across business lines may uncover duplicate policies associated with the same individual, repeated claims involving connected parties, inconsistent customer details across products, or suspicious patterns emerging across multiple policies.</p>

<p>These insights can help insurers enhance their fraud detection models while supporting broader industry efforts to disrupt organised fraud networks.</p>

<div><strong>Supporting the industry-wide fight against fraud</strong></div>

<div>At its core, The U.K. government&rsquo;s new approach to tackling fraud calls for greater data sharing, stronger enforcement, and more coordinated action across sectors. Helping to deliver on that ambition depends on how effectively the insurance industry can connect and use data.</div>

<p>Customer identity resolution is central to this effort. When combined with enriched datasets, particularly those built from industry-wide policy and claims history, it creates a far more complete and reliable view of risk. Layering in advanced analytics and complementary tools such as indicators of quote manipulation and email address intelligence, further strengthens this capability. The result should be more accurate fraud detection, stronger prevention and reduced friction for genuine customers.</p>

<p>For insurance providers, establishing a unified, connected view of the customer is a foundational step in fraud prevention. By breaking down data silos and improving identity resolution, firms can apply enrichment more effectively, sharpen their understanding of risk and deliver better customer outcomes. In doing so, they not only strengthen their own fraud resilience, but also contribute to a safer, more coordinated and more resilient insurance market overall.</p>

<p> </p>

<div><span style="font-size:11px"><em>[i] <a href="https://www.nationalcrimeagency.gov.uk/what-we-do/crime-threats/fraud-and-economic-crime">https://www.nationalcrimeagency.gov.uk/what-we-do/crime-threats/fraud-and-economic-crime</a></em></span></div>

<div><em>[ii] <a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/fraud-strategy-2026-to-2029">https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/fraud-strategy-2026-to-2029</a></em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/connecting-the-dots-in-the-fight-against-insurance-fraud-26776.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Stocks Rally On Fresh Iran Deal Hopes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;FTSE 100 futures are pointing to a strong open this morning, following a sharp rally on Wall Street last night and overnight gains across Asia, as investors latch on to signs that the conflict with Iran may yet be pulled back from the brink. The catalyst was President Trump pressing pause on planned strikes and suggesting a deal could be signed as early as this weekend, giving markets another reason to lean into risk after a tense few sessions. It has the feel of a classic &ldquo;escalate to de-escalate&rdquo; playbook. Still, with the US mid-term elections approaching and the economic stakes rising globally, there is a clear incentive on all sides to find a quick resolution.</p>

<p>Oil prices have eased back into the mid-$80s per barrel, their lowest levels in two months, as hopes of a diplomatic breakthrough take some of the immediate risk premium out of the market. But even if a deal is reached, getting supply back to normal will not be as simple as flicking a switch, with mines in the Strait of Hormuz to clear, idled production fields to restart, and damaged energy infrastructure to repair. That means oil markets may be breathing a little easier, but the path back to smoother flows could take us into the latter part of the year.</p>

<p>SpaceX&rsquo;s long-awaited IPO is set to be one of the biggest moments for markets today, with reports suggesting the offer is around four times oversubscribed. The real test comes once trading begins, because strong demand for an allocation does not always translate into the same willingness to buy in the open market, and long-term returns will still come down to the familiar mix of business quality, fundamentals and valuation. UK investors should also remember that US IPOs usually go through an opening auction at the start of the session, which can last a few hours, so SpaceX is unlikely to be available to trade straight out of the blocks.</p>

<p>UK GDP data added a softer tone beneath the market rally, with the economy shrinking 0.1% in April and showing the first real signs that the strong start to the year is beginning to crack. Services took most of the strain, with households cutting back on non-energy spending and activity falling across more than half of the major sub-sectors, while the boost from stockpiling in manufacturing looks unlikely to last. The figures leave the economy on course for a much weaker second quarter, and while inflation risks have not disappeared, the loss of momentum makes it easier to argue that the Bank of England will keep rates on hold.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/stocks-rally-on-fresh-iran-deal-hopes-26774.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Younger Workers Could Turn State Pension Cashout Into  1m</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Younger workers could potentially turn a proposed one-year State Pension cash-out into a retirement pot worth almost &pound;1 million, according to analysis from investing and trading platform IG.</p>

<p>Reports this week suggested ministers are considering proposals that would allow workers with at least 10 years of National Insurance contributions to exchange one year of State Pension entitlement for a lump sum payment of &pound;12,548.</p>

<p>IG analysed how that lump sum would have performed if invested in major stock market indices over the past 30 and 40 years. The analysis found that a 28-year-old investing &pound;12,548 and leaving it untouched until age 68 could have seen the money grow to &pound;984,179 if invested in the S&P 500. The same investment would have reached &pound;423,463 in the MSCI World Index and &pound;199,829 in the FTSE 100.</p>

<p>Even over a shorter 30-year investment horizon, starting from 1996, a &pound;12,548 investment would have grown to &pound;280,906 in the S&P 500, &pound;174,752 in the MSCI World and &pound;85,485 in the FTSE 100.</p>

<p>It should be noted that these figures are not adjusted for inflation. According to the Bank of England's inflation calculator, &pound;12,548 today would be equivalent to approximately &pound;25,862 in 1996 and &pound;38,484 in 1986. While the stock market returns shown above comfortably outpaced inflation over both periods, the comparison highlights the importance of considering the changing value of money when assessing long-term investment performance.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IGData1206261.jpg" style="height:155px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><em style="font-size:11px">*Data taken from xxx. Past performance is not an accurate indicator of future results</em></p>

<p>The findings highlight the long-term power of investing and compounding, particularly for younger savers with decades until retirement. While a guaranteed State Pension income provides certainty in later life, historical market returns suggest that some investors may have been able to generate substantially greater wealth by investing a lump sum over the long term </p>

<p><strong>Aaron Bright, Analyst at IG, said: </strong>&quot;The proposals currently being discussed raise an interesting question about how younger workers balance guaranteed retirement income against the opportunity to build wealth through investing.</p>

<p>&quot;For younger people with decades until retirement, time is one of the most valuable assets they have. History shows that investing over long periods has often delivered returns that outpace inflation and cash savings, thanks to the power of compounding. The purpose of this analysis is to illustrate the long-term trade-offs that younger workers may wish to consider if proposals such as these were ever introduced. Any decision would need to weigh the potential for investment growth against the value and certainty of future State Pension income.&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/younger-workers-could-turn-state-pension-cashout-into--1m-26775.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 12 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Call For Concerted Action From Industry To Protect Savers</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The call came as policymakers, the government, regulators, trustees and industry leaders gathered in London to discuss the future of the UK pensions system. Topics included the work of the Second Pensions Commission, the government&rsquo;s evolving reform agenda and how TPR and FCA are aligning their priorities.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Addressing the conference <strong>Helen Forrest Hall, Chief Strategy Officer at the PMI</strong>, acknowledged how much has been achieved across in the industry, from dashboards to policies designed to raise standards, but noted there is much to do to improve member outcomes, including ensuring guided retirement is a success. And she joined others to celebrate the positives, such as the growth of the Trustee Accelerator Programme (TAP).  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>She said:</strong> &ldquo;As the PMI marks its 50th year, it is clear the UK is entering a critical decade for pensions. Half a century after the PMI was founded, the stakes for savers have never been higher. The decisions we make now on regulation, investment, governance and system design will shape retirement outcomes for a generation. This is a moment that demands concerted action, sensible timing and genuine consensus across government, regulators and industry. Only by working together can we ensure today&rsquo;s savers do not face hardship in later life.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Celebrating new trustees: TAP certificate presentations </strong></div>

<div>A highlight of the conference was the presentation of certificates to 11 graduates of the pilot TAP scheme, led by Standard Life with the PMI to help new entrants break into trusteeship with confidence and capability. All 12 walked up to the stage to collect their certificates from <strong>Donna Walsh, Head of Standard Life Master Trust.</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>She said:</strong> &ldquo;The graduates are the real stars. They took a massive leap of faith into a new programme and fully embraced it. One of my proudest moments was at their mock trustee meeting &ndash; the questions they asked, their curious minds, they were all fantastic and we are immensely proud.&rdquo; More than 100 applications have already been received for places on the industry-wide TAP, launched earlier this year.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Minister for Pensions Torsten Bell also congratulated the Trustee Accelerator Programme at the start of his keynote speech, saying: &ldquo;The future diversity of trustees both in terms of the quality and volume is really important, so thank you for everything you are doing on that.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ministerial keynote </strong></div>

<div>In his speech, the Minister addressed delegates, outlining five &ldquo;big changes&rdquo; that are happening in the pensions landscape, such as the transfer from DB to DC, and what the government is doing to address each.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div> He used the conference to announce a consultation on draft regulations that would allow trustees of well-funded defined benefit (DB) pension schemes to release surplus funds to sponsoring employers.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The Minister also warned that the growth of defined contribution (DC) pension pots and consolidation in the sector will lead to an increased risk of pension fraud. He noted the government had this week published a consultation on proposed changes to pension transfer regulations, which include a targeted measure to address the risk of fraud within Small Self Administered Schemes (SSASs). It marks the first stage in a broader programme of work relating to pension scams and pension transfers.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Speaking after the conference, Helen Forrest Hall said:</strong> &ldquo;We have always supported proportionate, evidence-based measures to protect savers from scams, and the refinements to the overseas investment and incentive-related amber flags are a constructive step that will ease administrative burdens without weakening member protection.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The consultation also proposes additional safeguards for transfers into SSASs. While we recognise the need to address areas of heightened scam risk, our members will want to examine the detail carefully to ensure any new requirements are workable and do not impede legitimate activity.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Baroness Drake on the sector&rsquo;s vital role </strong></div>

<div>The conference concluded with a keynote speech from Baroness Jeannie Drake, offering reflections on the progress made across the pensions landscape since the first Pensions Commission in 2002, and the challenges that remain for the Second Commission.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Drawing on her extensive experience in pensions policy and advocacy, she shared insights on key priorities for the future, encouraging delegates to consider their role in driving better outcomes and shaping a more inclusive and sustainable system.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>She said: </strong>&ldquo;We know from the Turner report that durable outcomes from pension policy will be shaped by the extent of the broad consensus of the solutions that preceded them. So each of us in this room has a role to play, because success relies on our cooperation in delivering a pension system for the nation as a whole that is adequate, sustainable and intergenerationally fair, because life shows that problems, particularly in patients, tend to deliver lost opportunities.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Marking a landmark year for the PMI </strong></div>

<div>The conference marked the PMI&rsquo;s 50th anniversary, reflecting how it has supported trustees, raised professional standards, and strengthened governance since 1976. To mark the milestone, a special exhibition displayed items from the Pensions Archive Trust, including the PMI&rsquo;s original 1976 crest, correspondence from former presidents and CEOs to fellow industry stakeholders, policy papers and consultation responses that defined the issues of the day and photos that captured pivotal moments in the PMI&rsquo;s history, all illustrated on a giant timeline. </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/call-for-concerted-action-from-industry-to-protect-savers-26773.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Markets Wobble On Inflation Fears</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 has opened up, shrugging off weak sessions on Wall Street and in the Far East. Despite fresh strikes by US and Iranian forces in the Persian Gulf overnight, Brent Crude oil, which has traded as high as $96 per barrel in the last 24 hours, is now back below $94 as Washington and Tehran contradict each other on the status of the Strait of Hormuz.</p>

<p>US stocks suffered a bruising session yesterday as investors winced at the highest headline CPI inflation numbers in three years, and a throwaway &ldquo;I love inflation&rdquo; comment by President Trump. The 4.2% annual increase was driven by a 23.5% rise in energy. Beneath the surface, however, core inflation was more muted at 2.9%. The monthly rise of 0.2% came in a little cooler than forecasts of 0.3%. Taken together with last week&rsquo;s bumper non-farm payrolls data, there are some signs that the economy can accommodate a higher level of hiring without running red hot. Bond markets took a sanguine view with US 10-year yields broadly flat at 4.5%.</p>

<p>However, futures are still pointing to a quarter point rate hike by the Fed towards the end of year. Tech stocks had the worst of it yesterday with the NASDAQ losing 2% of its value. Some of this has been attributed to a redeployment of capital as investors look to fund their commitments to tomorrow&rsquo;s Space X IPO, which is targeting a fundraise of $75bn, the biggest primary issuance in history. However the fundamentals suggest there&rsquo;s plenty of life left in the AI trade yet. US futures are up this morning, with the NASDAQ showing a bigger rise than the broader market.</p>

<p>Later today, there are a couple of data points that could further influence the tug of war between borrowing costs, price rises and interest rates. Continuing jobless claims are expected to remain broadly flat at about 1.78 million, which is relatively low compared to historical norms. Last week&rsquo;s non-farm payrolls numbers pointed to structural pockets of hiring strength in sectors such as healthcare, and a bump in leisure and hospitality job creation ahead of the FIFA World Cup, which kicks off today. However, this is being offset by hiring freezes and limited job cuts in other sectors.</p>

<p>The bigger mover of today&rsquo;s market could be the US Producer Prices Index, which can be loosely seen as a forward indicator of the direction of consumer prices. The year-on-year print is expected to rise from 6.0% to 6.4%, although forecasts suggest the pace of change is slowing, with the monthly change expected to decelerate from 1.4% to 0.7%. With markets already twitchy, a meaningful surprise on either side is likely to see an amplified reaction.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/markets-wobble-on-inflation-fears-26770.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>What The New Iht Rules May Mean For Sipp And Ssas Clients</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Robert Hunschok, SSAS Consultant, Barnett Waddingham</strong></p>

<p>Where they expect IHT to be due on a pension fund, they can direct the pension scheme administrator to withhold up to 50% of the taxable benefits for up to 15 months from the date of the member&rsquo;s death. The aim of any IHT due to then be paid directly from the pension scheme to HMRC.</p>

<p>These are helpful from an administration perspective. They mean responsibility for calculating and reporting any IHT sits with the personal representatives, while giving scheme trustees time to value and, where necessary, realise pension scheme assets.</p>

<p>Additionally, where death benefits are subject to both IHT and income tax, the Finance Act 2026 provides for income tax deductions to offset IHT paid, helping to prevent double taxation.</p>

<div><strong>What assets does the pension scheme hold?</strong></div>

<div>Following the death of a member, the pension scheme trustees will need to value the scheme assets and, where applicable, calculate the member&rsquo;s fund split for the purpose of determining death benefits and reporting this to the member&rsquo;s personal representatives. With this in mind, SIPP and SSAS members should consider:</div>

<p>Whether the assets can easily be valued when the time comes. Cash holdings and quoted shares are usually straightforward to value, while unquoted shares and commercial property are likely to require input from professional third parties, such as qualified accountants and surveyors. Members may wish to explore this in advance.Whether the assets can be disposed of easily. If assets need to be sold to meet a tax liability, trustees should consider how long this could take.</p>

<div><strong>Can the tax bill be estimated or mitigated?</strong></div>

<div>As the timing of death is unknown, it is unlikely that any future IHT liability can be predicted with complete precision. However, with support from a regulated financial adviser, members may be able to estimate the potential tax position based on their wider wealth, how that wealth is structured, and the pension scheme assets. </div>

<p>This will also depend on whether any exemptions apply, such as where assets pass to a surviving spouse or civil partner.</p>

<p>A regulated financial adviser may also be able to help members consider steps to reduce a future IHT liability, such as making use of available IHT exemptions, making regular gifts from the estate, or updating their Will.</p>

<div><strong>How will the tax be paid?</strong></div>

<div>In some cases, an IHT bill on unused pension funds or death benefits may be unavoidable. Where this is likely, trustees should consider how any tax payable from the scheme would be funded.</div>

<p><strong>For example:</strong></p>

<div><em>Can assets be sold to help meet the liability?</em></div>

<div><em>Can the scheme borrow funds to cover the liability?</em></div>

<div><em>Can the trustees take out suitable life cover to meet the liability?</em></div>

<p>BW&rsquo;s SIPP and SSAS pension scheme administrators are not authorised to provide regulated financial advice in relation to these questions. Scheme members should therefore discuss their circumstances and agree a robust plan with their financial adviser.</p>

<p>Any queries about how these considerations relate to your pension scheme should, in the first instance, be directed to your usual client manager.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/what-the-new-iht-rules-may-mean-for-sipp-and-ssas-clients-26772.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Hmrc Should Further Refine Plans For Iht On Pensions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In its response to HMRC's technical consultation on the implementation of IHT on pensions from April 2027, the SPP highlights a range of operational, legal and practical concerns that it believes must be addressed before the new regime is introduced.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Among its key concerns, the SPP argues that pension scheme administrators and insurers cannot reasonably be expected to determine whether beneficiaries qualify for IHT exemptions, particularly where complex long-term residency rules apply. Instead, the SPP believes this responsibility should sit with Personal Representatives (PRs), who are already responsible for assessing the wider estate.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP is also calling for a significant simplification of reporting requirements, questioning why schemes should be required to provide information on benefits that fall entirely outside the scope of IHT and highlighting areas where reporting obligations appear inconsistent or duplicative.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP&rsquo;S consultation response further warns that several proposed deadlines are too restrictive and fail to reflect the practical realities of verifying identities, gathering information and obtaining valuations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>In addition, the SPP has identified a number of technical drafting issues and operational uncertainties, including concerns around withholding notices, payment notice processes, overseas estates, the treatment of joint Personal Representatives and the data protection implications and potential complications that could arise in cases of intestacy and revocation of withholding notices when dealing with a Prospective Personal Representative (as opposed to a Personal Representative).</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Shayala McRae, Chair of the SPP&rsquo;s Legislation Committee said: </strong>&ldquo;Although HMRC has made good progress in engaging with industry, further refinements are needed to ensure the system is workable, proportionate and does not create unnecessary delays for bereaved families.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The pensions industry is committed to helping make government reforms work, but the current proposals place significant responsibilities on schemes that are simply not practical in many cases. Determining inheritance tax exemptions often requires information that pension schemes simply do not have and cannot reasonably obtain.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The SPP&rsquo;s response therefore highlights a number of ways in which a framework that is both operationally realistic and effective can be delivered.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/SPP-IHT-on-pensions-10.6.26-1.pdf">The SPP consultation response is available here:</a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/hmrc-should-further-refine-plans-for-iht-on-pensions-26771.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 11 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Report Urges Market Protocol For Cyber Claims</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The IUA&rsquo;s new paper outlines how the layered structure of cyber towers currently pose a number of challenges for reviewing claims. So called &lsquo;split market reviews&rsquo; can be fragmented with duplicated effort and other wasteful procedures. Compared to traditional insurance sectors, like property, the cyber insurance sector is still relatively young and established protocols are still emerging. Many claim handlers are building their business interruption experience as the market grows.</p>

<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/IUA_Cyber-BITowers-2026.pdf"><strong>&lsquo;Split Market Reviews in Cyber BI Towers: Why It&rsquo;s Time for a Rethink&rsquo;</strong></a> has been published by the IUA together with the leading advisory, tax and assurance firm Baker Tilly. It argues that there is a growing appetite for reform.</p>

<p><strong>Joe Shaw, IUA Director of Claims, said: </strong>&ldquo;Each organisation, within often quite intricate insurance structures, is working towards the same goal &ndash; an efficient and fair resolution of the claim. Yet a lack of coordination can inadvertently introduce delays. A market protocol sitting within a tower policy wording, could provide clarity for all participants on what to expect if and when an incident occurs.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Ben Hobby, Partner at Baker Tilly, said:</strong> &ldquo;Business interruption is often perceived as one of the more challenging aspects of the cyber claim process. We are therefore delighted to partner with the IUA on this report, where we share some of our thoughts and observations, based on our own claims experience, of what a market protocol could include to help smooth the process for insurers and policyholders alike.&rdquo;</p>

<p>To build on the findings of the new report, the IUA will, in the coming months, be convening market practitioners to consider potential solutions and practical next steps for the cyber insurance market.</p>

<p>The association operates two formal discussion forums for cyber business in the London company market &ndash; a Cyber Underwriting Group and a Cyber Reinsurance Committee. </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/report-urges-market-protocol-for-cyber-claims-26767.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Government Launches Long Awaited Transfers Consultation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Adeline Chapman, partner at Sackers, commented:</strong> &ldquo;The transfer conditions were designed to help curb the number of pensions savers falling victim to scams. But the traffic-light system for transfers, with &ldquo;amber&rdquo; flags requiring pension savers to seek guidance and &ldquo;red&rdquo; flags stopping the process altogether in its tracks, have posed problems in practice.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Back in June 2023, the Government published a review into whether the regulations are &lsquo;working effectively and giving the maximum protection for pension savers&rsquo;, with feedback suggesting that certain provisions in the regulations, namely the overseas investments and incentives flags, were causing delays or preventing otherwise legitimate transfers from happening altogether.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Chapman continued: </strong>&ldquo;With the regulations already requiring trustees to assess whether the proposed receiving scheme includes investment features which might be a cause for concern (such as high-risk or unregulated investments), the current amber flag in relation to overseas investments will be removed. This will no doubt be very much welcomed by the industry, given that overseas investments are held by many pension schemes.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The red flag relating to incentives was also widely expected to be downgraded. But, with the Government clearly conscious that incentives and scams often go hand-in-hand, it has decided to keep this flag firmly in place. Instead, it has opted to broaden the circumstances in which trustees can go ahead with a transfer without engaging this extra level of due diligence. In future, therefore, trustees will be able to make a transfer to a scheme (even those offering some form of incentive) where they are satisfied, on the balance of probabilities, that the scheme is &lsquo;reputable&rsquo;.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<p><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/protecting-pension-savers-proposals-to-amend-the-occupational-and-personal-pension-schemes-conditions-for-transfers-regulations-2021/protecting-pension-savers-proposals-to-amend-the-occupational-and-personal-pension-schemes-conditions-for-transfers-regulations-2021#chapter-one-risks-and-trends-in-small-self-administered-schemes-operations"><em>Protecting Pension Savers - Proposals to Amend the Occupational and Personal Pension Schemes (Conditions for Transfers) Regulations 2021</em></a></p>
</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/government-launches-long-awaited-transfers-consultation-26766.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Caution As Inflation Takes Centre Stage</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;Fears about war fanning the fires of inflation are back front and centre as the US renews strikes on Iran amid evidence that energy stockpiles are shrinking fast. The worries have seen optimism seep away, with the Footsie set for a cautious start and Wall Street bracing for another wobble.</p>

<p>While the latest skirmishes between the US and Iran, including the downing of an American Apache helicopter, are proving unsettling. But the key market driver is set to be the US inflation data out later. The CPI numbers are set to show another painful rise in costs for consumers, who are already grappling with sharp increases in the costs of everyday goods. The expectation is that the headline rate will rise to 4.2% year-on-year with a 0.5% jump in May. The big concern is that elevated wholesale energy costs are spreading and settling into the broader economy. The latest attacks in the Middle East indicate that the conflict is entrenched and increasingly hard to solve.  Brent crude, the benchmark, has edged higher from yesterday&rsquo;s lows and is fluctuating as pessimism ebbs and flows. </p>

<p>Energy stockpiles are diminishing, as nations scramble for supplies. US industry data from the API showed US crude inventories fell by 9.1 million barrels last week to their lowest level in four months. </p>

<p>As the supply crunch continues, demand for energy, labour and materials is becoming more voracious amid the AI revolution. Tech giants are spending huge sums on building out the infrastructure to power artificial intelligence, and that&rsquo;s pushing up costs all over the place. Data centres are hungry for energy, and although longer-term productivity gains could lower costs, for now AI demand is adding to inflationary pressures. The hypervaluations we are seeing demand a mega build-out of infrastructure to support the promise of societal transformation.  </p>

<p>The AI space is increasingly crowded with companies priced for perfection jostling for investors' attention. Elon Musk is aiming to rocket higher than the rest with his SpaceX listing garnering huge attention. It&rsquo;s adding to the jitters which the market can&rsquo;t shake off, and it&rsquo;s likely that the SpaceX launch on Friday will ignite fresh volatility.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Ends </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/caution-as-inflation-takes-centre-stage-26764.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Governments Evolving Role In Catastrophe Insurance Systems</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Simon S&oslash;lvsten, Stuart Calam, Brooks Kaiser, Yanjun Liao and Zachary Whitlock, WTW</strong></p>

<p>A new working paper on synthesising arrangements across 13 countries and the US states shows that when private markets strain, governments consistently re-enter catastrophe insurance systems. Rather than replacing the insurers, they expand risk pooling and enable forms of cross-subsidization that sustain coverage. </p>

<p>The message is clear: keeping up will require upgraded public&ndash;private &ldquo;rules of the road&rdquo; for pooling, pricing signals, data/model governance, and incentives to reduce risk, not just more capital.</p>

<div><strong>Catastrophe insurability is becoming a shared public&ndash;private problem </strong></div>

<div>For much of the last century, catastrophe insurance has been treated as a question of capital and diversification. Spread risk widely enough, across geography, time and balance sheets, and the system could absorb the shocks.</div>

<p>That assumption is starting to break. In many markets, the practical question is no longer only &ldquo;can we model this?&rdquo; but &ldquo;can we keep offering cover at terms that are both viable and politically acceptable?&rdquo; Increasingly, the answer depends on shared arrangements between private markets and public institutions. Sometimes that&rsquo;s deliberate. Often it happens by default.</p>

<p>Two forces are driving this shift. First, catastrophe losses are becoming more severe and more correlated. Second, the underlying risk landscape is changing, as climate trends and exposure growth weaken the link between historical experience and future losses.</p>

<p>This is visible through higher premiums and deductibles, tighter limits, more exclusions, more non-renewals &ndash; alongside a wider gap between economic losses and insured losses.</p>

<div><strong>Why private capacity is under pressure</strong></div>

<div>Catastrophe risk has always been &ldquo;tail risk&rdquo;, but the uncertainty around the tail is increasing. Even with modern catastrophe models, insurers face two kinds of uncertainty:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>inherent randomness in hazard outcomes, and</em></div>

<div><em>epistemic uncertainty arising from incomplete data, evolving science, and measurement limitations.</em></div>

<p>As this uncertainty increases, it affects the entire risk-transfer chain. Reinsurance and insurance-linked securities are priced off the same loss distributions as primary insurance. If model risk and correlation rise, capital demands a higher return and becomes more selective.</p>

<p>As a result, reinsurance hardens; terms tighten; and those costs feed straight back into primary pricing and availability. In some high-risk regions, cover becomes economically unworkable even before you get to consumer willingness-to-pay.</p>

<div><strong>When private markets pull back, roles shifts</strong></div>

<div>When catastrophe insurance hits its limits, it rarely vanishes. What usually happens is a change in who carries which part of the risk.</div>

<p>Across jurisdictions, governments repeatedly assume roles as insurer, reinsurer, pool designer, or backstop, especially when catastrophe risk is highly correlated, politically sensitive, and economically destabilizing. The labels vary (&ldquo;temporary&rdquo;, &ldquo;exceptional&rdquo;, &ldquo;market stabilization&rdquo;), but in practice many of these arrangements behave like standing institutions.A helpful way to think about this is as four recurring public&ndash;private &ldquo;regimes&rdquo;:</p>

<p><strong>Four ways the public sector shows up</strong></p>

<div><strong>01 Public&ndash;private risk-sharing partnerships (embedded cover)</strong></div>

<div>Catastrophe perils are built into standard property insurance. Private insurers handle distribution and claims, while a publicly backed entity ultimately absorbs a defined share of catastrophe losses.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>02 Public provision of substitute cover</strong></div>

<div>Where private insurers largely withdraw from a peril, the state becomes the primary provider, directly or via a public programme administered through private carriers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>03 Residual market mechanisms(insurer of last resort)</strong></div>

<div>When private capacity shrinks in high-risk segments, residual schemes expand, often funded by assessments or pooling arrangements that spread deficits across the wider market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>04 Public reinsurance pools</strong></div>

<div>Government intervenes &ldquo;behind&rdquo; the primary market by providing (or mandating) a reinsurance layer intended to stabilize capacity and reduce volatility in the cost of risk transfer.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The common logic: pooling and redistribution</strong></div>

<div>Across these regimes, public involvement tends to do two things that competitive private markets struggle to do at scale.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>First: it enlarges the risk pool</strong></div>

<div>By pooling across insurers, regions, or sometimes perils, the system reduces the chance that one firm&mdash;or one segment&mdash;takes a solvency-threatening hit. It doesn&rsquo;t remove systemic risk. But it can stop systemic risk from breaking the market.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Second: it makes redistribution possible</strong></div>

<div>Cross-subsidy can sit inside the insurance system (levies, assessments, uniform surcharges) or outside it (public guarantees, fiscal backstops, debt forgiveness). Either way, it reflects a basic constraint: if you rely on strict risk-based pricing everywhere, you can end up with unaffordable cover, low participation, and a shrinking pool&mdash;which undermines the insurance function itself.</div>

<p>None of this is free. Residual pools can become concentrations of bad risk. Blunt subsidies can weaken incentives for mitigation or for moving out of harm&rsquo;s way. Public backstops can build liabilities that are politically invisible, until the event arrives.</p>

<p>The question is not &ldquo;should governments be involved&rdquo;? Experience suggests they will be. The real question is how the rules are set, and how often they are revisited as hazard and exposure keep shifting.</p>

<div><strong>Demand-side design matters more than most debates admit</strong></div>

<div>One of the most consistent patterns across countries is that insurability depends on participation, not just price. Where catastrophe cover is bundled into standard property insurance and tied to mortgage requirements, take-up is usually high and stable. Where it is offered as a voluntary add-on, take-up is persistently low, even when subsidies exist. This participation makes risk pooling harder, increases adverse selection, and accelerates affordability pressures. In that sense, insurability is as much an institutional design issue as it is a modelling or capital issue.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Governing uncertainty: models, data, and standards</strong></div>

<div>As uncertainty increases, differences in data and modelling capacity matter more. Large carriers can price finely; smaller ones often can&rsquo;t. That can widen information asymmetries and create instability: coarse pricing attracts the wrong risks, and the market gets less sustainable.</div>

<p>The goal isn&rsquo;t to eliminate disagreement about risk. It&rsquo;s to stop disagreement from becoming a source of fragility. Useful interventions include:</p>

<div><em>independent evaluation of catastrophe models for regulatory use,</em></div>

<div><em>shared or open modelling infrastructure that lowers barriers to entry,</em></div>

<div><em>and better data on property characteristics and resilience measures so mitigation can be verified and priced consistently.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Risk reduction cannot be substituted</strong></div>

<div>No pooling arrangement can outrun a rising loss trajectory forever. In high-hazard regions, the long-run viability of insurance depends on credible ways to reduce expected losses and tail risk.</div>

<p>But voluntary resilience investment is constrained; by liquidity, myopia, and coordination failures. In practice, sustained risk reduction usually needs a mix of:</p>

<div><em>insurance-linked incentives (premium credits tied to verified measures),</em></div>

<div><em>public support to reduce upfront costs (grants/subsidies),</em></div>

<div><em>enforceable building standards and land-use rules,</em></div>

<div><em>and public investment in protective infrastructure.</em></div>

<p>Crucially, these measures only help insurability if they are measurable, enforceable, and connected to underwriting and pricing decisions.</p>

<div><strong>What this means for strategy, and for insurance innovation</strong></div>

<div>Catastrophe insurance in many regions is moving beyond a purely private or purely public model.  Instead, it is increasingly a hybrid governance system in which risk is jointly allocated, priced, and managed across institutions.</div>

<p>For insurers and reinsurers, balance sheet strength and technical modelling still matter. However, strategic advantage increasingly comes from operating well inside these hybrid systems: engaging credibly with regulators and policymakers, helping shape workable pooling and subsidy rules, and turning &ldquo;resilience&rdquo; into something that can be verified, priced and rewarded.</p>

<p>For research and innovation-led partnerships such as the Willis Research Network, the opportunity is to make this debate less reactive. Catastrophe insurability under climate change isn&rsquo;t just a technical problem, but equally a governance challenge at the intersection of science, markets and public policy. Better frameworks, clearer trade-offs, and shared approaches to handling uncertainty can shape decisions before the next shock forces them.</p>

<p>Ultimately, the central question is not whether governments will be involved in catastrophe insurance, they already are. The question is how effectively these hybrid systems can be designed and governed as climate risk continues to evolve.</p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>*Source: adapted from RFF Working Paper, &ldquo;Co-Managing Natural Catastrophic Risks by the Insurance Industry and Government&rdquo;. A paper supported by the Willis Research Network.</em></span></p>

<p><em>Authors</em></p>

<div><em>Simon S&oslash;lvsten, Head of Organizational Resilience Hub, Willis Research Network</em></div>

<div><em>Stuart Calam, Program Director, Willis Research </em></div>

<div><em>Brooks Kaiser, Professor at University of Southern Denmark Department of Business and Sustainability</em></div>

<div><em>Yanjun Liao, Fellow at Resources For the Future</em></div>

<div><em>Zachary Whitlock,Senior Research Analyst</em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/governments-evolving-role-in-catastrophe-insurance-systems-26768.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments On Dwp Consultation On Db Surplus Release Framework</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Laura McLaren, Head of DB Scheme Actuary, Hymans Robertson, said: </strong>&ldquo;The Pension Schemes Act created the legal foundation for greater surplus flexibility - but left much of the real substance to secondary legislation. With today&rsquo;s consultation on the draft regulations, we&rsquo;re finally seeing that detail start to crystallise. Full funding on a low-dependency basis as the threshold for surplus extraction is no surprise; it&rsquo;s been well signposted. But the draft regulations now set out the framework trustees must follow before any surplus can be released, including actuarial certification and the required notifications to members and TPR. We support the core aim: strong member protection balanced with appropriate flexibility. But ongoing surplus sharing must be operationally workable. If trustees and sponsors see only governance drag, they won&rsquo;t view it as a viable long-term option. That&rsquo;s why the practicalities matter. The proposed three-year forward-looking test needs to be proportionate. And because trustees must notify members at least three months before any payment, the full process effectively stretches to around six months. That&rsquo;s a long cycle &ndash; and it makes the current framework feel less suited to more regular or frequent surplus distributions. Ultimately, getting the detail right is essential to give schemes, trustees and employers the confidence to engage &ndash; while safeguarding better outcomes for members. And with another piece of the puzzle now on the table, alongside TPR&rsquo;s accompanying statement, it&rsquo;s clear we&rsquo;ll see more of the picture come into focus over the months ahead.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<div><strong>Jon Forsyth, Chair of the Society of Pension Professionals (SPP) DB Committee said: </strong>&ldquo;The draft regulations appear to set out a largely sensible framework to make this policy work, but the devil will be in the detail and there is more to come with The Pension Regulator&rsquo;s guidance. As the SPP has often said, with many DB schemes now in surplus, enabling trustees to safely share surplus funding with employers and members could bring better outcomes for both, while also potentially supporting investment and economic growth. In practice, trustees are likely to want to consider safeguards beyond what is in the law, as well as how much of any surplus should be used for the benefit of members. Looking ahead, it will be interesting to see how this area develops and influences DB strategy - including how trustees, sponsors and indeed members react to this policy in practice.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<div><strong>Helen Forrest Hall, Chief Strategy Officer at the PMI, said: </strong>&ldquo;PMI welcomes the publication of the draft surplus regulations for consultation. The proposals give trustees a clear and central role in determining when surplus can be used, with decisions grounded in low-dependency principles consistent with the DB Funding Code. The move to a forward-looking test, rather than a single point-in-time assessment, provides a more practical basis for planning. The continued requirement for member notification maintains transparency, and the work alongside the FRC on supporting standards will help ensure consistency across the framework. This additional clarity will support schemes and employers as they consider their long-term funding and surplus strategies. It is a constructive step that enables schemes to begin preparing for implementation with greater confidence.&rdquo; </div>
</div>

<div> </div>
</div>

<div> </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-on-dwp-consultation-on-db-surplus-release-framework-26769.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Two Thirds Of A Million Turn To Private Healthcare In 2025</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Insurance-funded private health admissions hit a fourth record year in a row in 2025 - a period when NHS waiting lists for hospital treatment fell to lowest level in three years - according to the latest analysis of PHIN and NHS England data from Broadstone.</p>

<p>There were over two-thirds of a million (670,000) admissions funded by Private Medical Insurance (PMI) through 2025, the highest level ever recorded and 5,000 more than 2024 (665,000) - marking the fifth consecutive year of growth.</p>

<p>This was in part thanks to a record Q1, which saw the highest quarter ever of 175,000 PMI funded admissions, exceeding the previous record quarter of 170,000 in Q1 2024 by a significant 5,000 admissions. Q3 and Q4 2025  - 162,000 and 168,000 respectively - were also higher than 2024 levels.</p>

<p>PMI-funded admissions have risen by almost a fifth (16%) since pre-pandemic levels, when 579,000 PMI-funded admissions were registered in 2019.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneNHS1006261.jpg" style="height:261px; width:600px" /></p>

<p>Year on year growth in PMI-funded admissions has fallen from 31% in 2021, 14% in 2022, 11% in 2023 and 6% in 2024, to a mere 0.8% in 2025. As insured admissions are a key driver of overall admissions growth, this has also been reflected in total private admissions, with the rate of year on year growth falling from 45% in 2021 to just 0.6% in 2025.</p>

<p>Meanwhile, NHS waiting lists fell by 137,000 over 2025 to 7.29 million in December, hitting the lowest level in just under three years (February 2023 &ndash; 7.22 million). The first three months of 2026 have seen the NHS backlog for hospital treatment fall further, reducing to 7.11 million in March 2026 &ndash; the lowest level since August 2022.</p>

<p>There are concerns however that progress in reducing the waiting list for hospital treatment may be a &lsquo;false dawn&rsquo;, as data shows an increase in the waiting list for diagnostic tests. A record 1.92 million patients3 are now waiting for a diagnostic test in England, suggesting that progress in reducing the headline waiting list may be masking pressures that are building up elsewhere in the system.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The slowing rate of growth reflects the normalisation of PMI-funded admissions following the post-pandemic surge, and signals that claims inflation is beginning to cool. This will come as welcome news to employers who have seen PMI costs increase in recent years due to high claims costs.&rdquo;, <strong>said Brett Hill, Head of Health & Protection at Broadstone.</strong></p>

<p>&ldquo;Demand for workplace health benefits remains very much &lsquo;on the up&rsquo; however, and we&rsquo;re seeing this on the ground as employers continue to deploy PMI and other health benefits as part of a strategy to support workplace health and reduce sickness absence.</p>

<p>&ldquo;While the fall in the headline numbers for NHS waiting lists is welcome news it masks a more complex reality for many patients, with the waiting list for diagnostic tests having increased, and with many employees struggling to access treatment for conditions that commonly keep people off work, such as MSK and mental health conditions.</p>

<p>&ldquo;With the Keep Britain Working Review endorsing the role of businesses in fighting the UK&rsquo;s economic inactivity crisis, and cooling claims inflation easing pressure on premiums at renewal, it looks likely that we will soon breach 1 million private treatments every year as businesses fill the UK&rsquo;s healthcare gap with innovative PMI schemes.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/two-thirds-of-a-million-turn-to-private-healthcare-in-2025-26765.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 10 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Policy Expert Appoint Graham Wright As Chief Growth Officer</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Graham is a qualified actuary with more than 20 years' experience in personal lines insurance spanning underwriting, pricing, broking, consultancy and retail distribution. He joins from Allianz UK, where he served as Managing Director, Home, and interim Managing Director, UK Personal Broker, overseeing major personal lines portfolios across home, motor, and broker channels. He also spent several years at Saga, where he served as Chief Commercial Officer with responsibility across trading, marketing and broader commercial functions, following earlier leadership of the Saga Services pricing team. Prior to this, he spent 15 years at Willis Towers Watson leading on pricing, product, claims and underwriting.  At Policy Expert, Graham&rsquo;s leadership role will include the provision of strategic oversight across key trading and insurance functions within its home, motor, and pet insurance lines, ensuring the business continues to grow sustainably and remains resilient in an evolving risk landscape.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>His appointment follows that of Richard Kirby as Chief Operating Officer in March 2026, strengthening the business&rsquo; transformation, technology, data and product capabilities, after another year of profitable expansion. Policy Expert&rsquo;s results for the period ending 31 December reported revenue of &pound;210.3m, growth of 2.7% year-on-year. Its home insurance book remains the cornerstone of the portfolio, with more than 1.4 million active policies, &pound;350m in GWP and a 43% best estimate loss ratio, reflecting the strength of its underwriting approach and claims management capability.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Graham&rsquo;s appointment follows the decision of David Prior, Chief Underwriting Officer, to enter retirement after almost 14 years with the business.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Steve Hardy, Chief Executive Officer at Policy Expert, commented:</strong> &quot;Graham has an impressive depth of experience in underwriting and pricing in personal lines and will bring a new perspective, technical expertise and actuarial discipline as we look to maintain our market leading position and support great outcomes for customers. In turn, David&rsquo;s retirement follows a brilliant career &ndash; he helped shape the business to what it is today. We are enormously grateful for the significant role he has played and wish him a well-deserved retirement.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Graham Wright, Chief Growth Officer at Policy Expert, added:</strong> &quot;Policy Expert is a business with strong momentum, a clear customer focus, and a technology-underpinned model that gives it a stand-out proposition in the personal lines market. I'm delighted to be joining the team and look forward to supporting the next phase of growth.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/policy-expert-appoint-graham-wright-as-chief-growth-officer-26762.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 9 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Us israel iran Conflict  Environmental Implications</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Andr&eacute; Ranchin, Investment Consultant, Biodiversity Lead, Hymans Robertson</strong></p>

<p>This is likely to accelerate the broader shift towards a more fragile supply-side environment, where geopolitical tensions, rising climate-related disruptions, and a slowdown in globalisation are collectively making supply chains less resilient. The conflict is not just a geopolitical event, but a macroeconomic shock, transmitted through oil, gas, shipping and insurance costs. </p>

<p>For long-term investors, the significance of the US-Iran conflict lies not only in heightened near-term volatility but in its exacerbation of longer-term systemic risks. We explore three broad areas of impact, highlighting the key developments that investors should be aware of:</p>

<p><em>Global energy-system disruption</em></p>

<p><em>Food-system and supply-chain instability</em></p>

<p><em>Adverse effects on climate and the environment</em></p>

<p><em>Global energy-system disruption</em></p>

<p>Disruption is rippling through markets at an alarming rate, particularly when it comes to energy supply and demand. The effective closure of the Strait of Hormuz &ndash; a critical maritime corridor for around 20% of global energy trade, including seaborne oil and liquefied natural gas &ndash; has caused oil prices to rise, frequently reaching over $100 per barrel. This shock, or fluctuation in prices, is impacting global energy supply. In turn, this is driving energy-related inflation rises across major advanced economies. </p>

<p>In the short term, some governments are delaying phase outs or increasing fossil-fuel production to secure supply, increasing near term emissions exposure. But over the longer term, support for renewable energy could grow, with potential for new policies. At the same time, if the prices of fossil fuels continue to go up, this'll improve the relative economics of electric vehicles, solar, batteries and other clean energy technologies.</p>

<div><strong>Food-system and supply-chain instability</strong></div>

<div>Global supply chains are also being hit hard by the conflict. Shocks to shipping and energy inputs are elevating agricultural costs: high fertiliser prices and halts in production lines are amplifying global food security risks. <br />
The impacts are numerous: blocked agri-food shipments, surging freight costs (up 300&ndash;500% on some routes), higher transport expenses and disruptions to helium, specialised gases and petrochemicals. This volatility &ndash; spanning major sectors including energy, industrial, technology and manufacturing &ndash; directly impacts the broader global inflation picture. Since the onset of conflict, inflation levels have risen, prompting major central banks to hold, or raise, interest rates.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Adverse effects on climate and the environment</strong></div>

<div>Ongoing military operations, energy-infrastructure damage and shipping re-routing are all contributing to an increase in near term greenhouse gas emissions. This slows progress on national climate targets, including the move towards a low-carbon economy. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Early reporting indicates that the first two weeks of conflict alone produced roughly 5 million tonnes of CO2. To put this into perspective, the global carbon budget was drained more quickly by the conflict than by the combined activities of 84 countries.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Climate-damage incidents are rife. Three hundred cases of environmental damage have been reported, with the long-term pollution effects likely to last for years. And the conflict&rsquo;s effects on humans and ecosystems are clear. Attacks on oil depots and energy facilities have produced toxic &lsquo;black rain&rsquo;, releasing hydrocarbons, polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons and heavy metals over Tehran.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Summing up</strong></div>

<div>The conflict in the Middle East creates a vast range of implications for the environment and for investors. And geopolitical tensions show no signs of abating. The conflict presents a short-term climate setback, but there are also longer-term scenarios where it could act as a climate-transition catalyst. Disruption to food systems and global supply chains may have far-reaching sustainability effects. Meanwhile, energy-system fragility and greater inflation uncertainty underscore the importance of portfolio resilience and diversification across both geographies and asset classes.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/us-israel-iran-conflict--environmental-implications-26757.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 9 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Openai Joins The Listing Race But Caution Reigns Over Iran</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club:</strong> &ldquo;Investors are in a wary mood, with some opportunistic buying going on, but inflationary worries and concerns about AI valuations are bubbling in the background. The Footsie is set for a flat start in early trade but China&rsquo;s buoyant export figures will provide relief that the world&rsquo;s second-largest economy is proving resilient.</p>

<p>The race is on to extract money out of the roar of enthusiasm for companies providing the backbone to the artificial intelligence revolution. There&rsquo;s now a hat trick of mega listings on the cards, with OpenAI&rsquo;s filing for an IPO coming hot on the heels of Anthropic and SpaceX. The research company behind the hugely successful ChatGPT had first-mover advantage, buoyed by an early deal with Microsoft, but Anthropic has gained ground and is tackling adeptly from behind, winning reams of enterprise contracts.</p>

<p>The price of staying at the top of the game is eye-watering for OpenAI &ndash; it&rsquo;s estimated to be spending more than $100 billion a year on the infrastructure and processing power to support its services and power the next generation of AI models. To stay high and dry in its AI fortress, the company reckons that by spending at this level, it will create a moat too difficult to cross for the competition, enabling it to keep raking in revenues and eventually turn big profits. But this is a risk, especially with technological developments moving so fast, and future models not necessarily needing the capacity. The risk is that swathes of this infrastructure could become obsolete.</p>

<p>AI is a relatively new game, the rules have not been fully drawn up - with regulation still playing catch-up - so potential winners and losers are still hard to pin down. Investors should tread carefully amid the coming months of IPO fervour, and take part only if they are highly diversified, and with money they may be prepared to lose given the risks right now.</p>

<p>Inflationary fears are still swirling, which are set to continue to cause jitters around technology stocks, given the potential impact on interest rates. Attacks by Iran and Israel may have ceased, but significant progress is still needed in talks to find a longer-term resolution to the Middle East crisis. Brent crude, the benchmark, has fallen back to trade around $93 a barrel. But even at this level, prices are still 30% higher than before the conflict broke out, and continue to be a burden for companies and consumers around the world.</p>

<p>But China has turned another chapter in its story of resilience amid the fallout from the Middle East crisis and tariff turmoil. Exports have surged 19.4% year on year to a record $376.8 billion in May. The strength of its manufacturing sector is shining through amid concerns about global trade. It seems that concerns over supply chain disruptions and higher energy costs are encouraging firms worldwide to build up stocks, reinforcing China&rsquo;s role as the dominant supplier of industrial goods. Despite the tariff barriers repeatedly thrown up by the Trump administration, exports to the US strengthened, with shipments rising by more than 35%. There&rsquo;s little sign that the US is going to wean itself off dependence on Chinese manufacturing any time soon.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/openai-joins-the-listing-race-but-caution-reigns-over-iran-26755.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 9 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ppf Publish Latest Ppf7800 Figures For May 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p> A scheme&rsquo;s s179 liabilities represent, broadly speaking, the premium that would have to be paid to an insurance company to take on the payment of PPF levels of compensation. This compensation may be lower than full scheme benefits.   </p>

<p><strong>Highlights   </strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PPFIndex0906261.jpg" style="height:194px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Shalin Bhagwan, PPF Chief Actuary, said:</strong> &ldquo;During May, market sentiment continued to be shaped by the energy uncertainty from the conflict in the Middle East. Asset and liability values of the PPF-eligible DB universe increased over the month as bond yields eased slightly. Softer data releases and optimism on conflict resolution helped to bring down inflation expectations and reduced market confidence that central banks will tighten policy later in the year. At the same time, overseas equity markets continued to perform well, supported by resilient corporate earnings - particularly in the US - and ongoing investor optimism around AI-driven growth. </p>

<p>Against this backdrop, the PPF 7800 index recorded a &pound;5.3bn increase in the estimated aggregate funding position, taking it to a surplus of &pound;263.8bn. The funding ratio remained steady at 131.2 per cent, as both scheme asset and liability values rose by 2.0 per cent.&quot;  </p>

<div><strong>A note on changes to the PPF 7800 Index </strong></div>

<div>In our December 2025 update, we highlighted that the government had announced that it would legislate to allow us to pay prospective indexation starting from 2027 for service accrued pre-1997 for members of schemes who provided this as a right. As well as schemes that have already transferred to the PPF, this will also impact the s179 liabilities of schemes in the PPF universe. In April the Pension Schemes Act received Royal Assent. As we&rsquo;ve signposted, we&rsquo;ll reflect the impact from these changes in the PPF 7800 Index in due course.  </div>

<p>View the June update and see the supporting data on the 7800 Index for 31 May 2026 here: <a href="https://www.ppf.co.uk/ppf-7800-index">The PPF 7800 index | Pension Protection Fund.  </a></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ppf-publish-latest-ppf7800-figures-for-may-2026-26758.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 9 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mps Beats Traditional  bread And Butter  Multi asset Funds</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p> Model Portfolio Services (MPS) are leading the way when it comes to how clients&rsquo; investment solutions are being constructed, according to research from Charles Stanley, part of Raymond James Wealth Management.</p>

<p>Close to a third (32%) of financial advisers and IFAs say that when thinking about their clients' investment solutions within their Centralised Investment Propositions, it is MPS solutions that are the main building block. </p>

<p>Other ways investment solutions for clients are constructed include multi asset funds (27%), in-house investment portfolios (24%), or bespoke DFMs (17%). </p>

<p>Each service holds its own benefits to clients, though with MPS leading the way, this allows advisers to offer scalable and discretionary investment management to clients, with portfolios that are regularly rebalanced and aligned to specific risk profiles. In supporting advisers with investment considerations, it allows them to also focus on other areas of client service and better manage Consumer Duty regulations that impacted how they do business. </p>

<p>For example, 32% of advisers say that Consumer Duty has renewed the focus on what services or solutions they offer to clients, while the same number (32%) say they have become more selective in what strategic partnerships they use. Another 30% say consumer duty has helped advisers do more business, while 29% have needed to bring in external governance support to help them in how they do business. 28% revealed they&rsquo;ve needed to do a lot more training and development.</p>

<p>Following recent changes to the Capital Gains Tax (CGT) allowance, advisers report increased activity in reviewing and recommending investment solutions across client portfolios.</p>

<p>Within this broader shift, many are turning to model portfolios as part of how they construct and manage investment solutions (87% more likely to recommend model portfolios). This reflects a wider reassessment of portfolio construction, with MPS forming a core part of that mix.</p>

<p><strong>Rebecca Stein, Head of Product at Charles Stanley, part of Raymond James Wealth Management, comments: &quot;</strong>Advisers are undergoing a clear structural shift in how they construct and deliver client portfolios. While multi-asset funds continue to play a role, there is a growing preference for outsourced, centralised investment solutions.</p>

<p>MPS is increasingly moving to the core of these strategies, offering greater consistency, efficiency and governance, as well as freeing up time for advisers to focus on their clients.</p>

<p>Importantly, many advisers are looking to go further &ndash; moving beyond simply selecting portfolios, to shaping how they are constructed, to align more closely with an adviser&rsquo;s proposition and client needs. </p>

<p>At Charles Stanley, we partner with IFAs in a way that suits their needs, offering everything from off-the-shelf MPS to fully collaborative, co-manufactured solutions. This provides a structured, institutionally robust framework that enables advisers to design, deliver and defend a strong Centralised Investment Proposition &ndash; without compromising their independence or identity, which remains a key priority for many firms as they scale. </p>

<p>As the industry continues to shift towards greater personalisation and tailored solutions, we expect MPS to remain a core building block in client portfolios for years to come.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/mps-beats-traditional--bread-and-butter--multi-asset-funds-26756.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 9 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Perspectives  It s An Actuarial Valuation Special</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/72qGoRpjL6A?si=5W1XK2-1o-8Mwqfd" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-perspectives--it-s-an-actuarial-valuation-special-26759.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 9 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Intense Competition Is Driving Buyin Pricing For Db Schemes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>LCP attributes this to record insurer capacity exceeding short-term demand and a growing contribution from newer insurer entrants, increasing competition for transactions of all sizes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Buy-in pricing reached its most competitive levels yet in Q1 2026, as shown in the chart below. Pricing has remained broadly unaffected by the recent market turmoil stemming from the conflict in the Middle East, with attractive pricing continuing into Q2 2026 and many LCP clients securing even better pricing than was available in Q1 2026.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Buy-in pricing relative to yields available on gilts</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_LCPYields0908261.jpg" style="height:249px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Total buy-in volumes reached &pound;38.2bn in 2025. Looking forward, volumes in 2026 will depend on whether certain &pound;1bn+ buy-ins transact this year or next. LCP expects another year of high activity but not record volumes, meaning that insurer capacity should more than meet demand, with high competition continuing for the rest of the year.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Newer insurer entrants are contributing to the market's momentum. Royal London, Prudential and Utmost consolidated their presence, with their combined market share growing to 9% of volumes in 2025, up from only 3% in 2024. Together with Blumont*, they completed &pound;3.4bn across 46 transactions in 2025 &ndash; a significant increase on the &pound;1.5bn across nine transactions in 2024. This contributed to more than half of the growth in transaction numbers (up 23% from 298 in 2024 to 367 in 2025).</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Schemes are placing greater focus on non-price factors, with insurers&rsquo; member offerings now a key differentiator. The landmark Rolls Royce transaction, which placed member outcomes at its core, is a clear example of this shift. Insurers are enhancing the member experience through innovations such as online benefit modellers and end to end self service retirement journeys. At the same time, increased automation and more streamlined operating models are helping insurers to deliver faster, more efficient retirement quotations and improved support for member interactions, which is helping to ease recent delivery bottlenecks for some insurers.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Smaller schemes below &pound;100m are benefiting from current market dynamics and account for a growing share of the market (83% by number in 2025 compared to 54% five years ago). With increased insurer participation and fewer larger transactions in 2025 (and expected in 2026), this once under-served segment is now flourishing. All insurers wrote sub-&pound;100m transactions in 2025, with insurers&rsquo; streamlined offerings supporting expanded capacity to quote.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Charlie Finch, Partner at LCP, said: </strong>&ldquo;Twenty years on from the first buy-in, the UK pension risk transfer market is seeing record levels of competition and choice. Strong insurer capacity and heightened competition have driven the attractiveness of buy-in pricing for LCP clients to unprecedented levels in early 2026.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;For well-prepared schemes, the current market presents a compelling pricing opportunity and gives leverage to negotiate bespoke terms for the benefit of members.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Ruth Ward, Partner at LCP, added: </strong>&ldquo;Competition is no longer limited to the largest transactions, with smaller schemes benefiting from a wider range of insurers actively participating in this segment and improved access to the market. For trustees and sponsors, that creates a real opportunity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Whilst market conditions are favourable, it&rsquo;s important not to lose sight of the fact that hundreds of schemes are now seeking buy-in quotations. Good quality preparation is therefore critical to stand out from the crowd, achieve strong insurer engagement and ensure efficient post-transaction processes.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/intense-competition-is-driving-buyin-pricing-for-db-schemes-26760.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 9 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Comments On Latest Ppf7800 Index From The Ppf For May 2026</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>Jaime Norman, Senior Actuarial Director at</strong> <strong>Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Geopolitical uncertainty remained the dominant market feature through May as the conflict in Iran dragged on despite continued negotiations for a longer-term peace treaty. Nonetheless, easing inflation expectations and reduced confidence in interest rate rises from Central Banks supported easing bond yields while equities performed strongly. The passing of the Pension Schemes Act opens up further endgame opportunities for pension schemes alongside a busy insurance market as trustees look to secure the best possible outcomes for their members. The continued strength in funding levels will only increase the range of available options for trustees and we would expect a busy half-year of de-risking ahead.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<p><strong>Vishal Makkar, Managing Director, UK Wealth Consulting at Gallagher, said: </strong>&ldquo;The latest data from the PPF 7800 Index shows the strength of funding across the UK&rsquo;s defined benefit pensions sector. Many schemes are standing up to the headwinds despite market volatility, higher inflation expectations and wider credit spreads at the start of the year. However, strong funding positions should not be mistaken for a simple endgame. The pensions market is undergoing one of the most significant periods of change since the introduction of auto-enrolment. The sector is increasingly moving toward a time of managed run-off, and strategic decisions around endgame planning and member security are coming to the fore. With options for well-funded schemes expanding, from buy-ins and consolidation to run-on and potential surplus release, strong governance is essential. The Pensions Regulator&rsquo;s forthcoming guidance on surplus extraction will be closely watched, and schemes should use this time to ensure their governance, investment strategy and endgame planning are fit for the next phase of DB pensions.&rdquo;</p>
</div>

<div>
<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ppf-publish-latest-ppf7800-figures-for-may-2026-26758.htm"><strong>PPF-7800-index</strong></a></p>
</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/comments-on-latest-ppf7800-index-from-the-ppf-for-may-2026-26761.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 9 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Consultation Set To Protect Pension Savers From Ssas Scams</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Data from Report Fraud shows the terrible impact pension fraud has on victims, the average financial loss in 2024 to 2025 was &pound;18,400, and where an investment was identified as the primary vehicle for pension fraud, as is commonly observed in case studies relating to SSASs, the average loss per victim increases drastically to &pound;38,400.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This consultation sets out targeted measures to address the risk of fraud within SSASs and marks the first step in a wider, ongoing Government programme to tackle pension fraud, in alignment with the Government Fraud Strategy 2026 to 2029.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at leading independent pensions consultancy Broadstone, commented: </strong>&quot;The Government is right to maintain a laser focus on pension scams and developing a comprehensive and robust scam protection framework will be essential to ensuring savers are able to avoid the significant financial and emotional damage that these criminals can cause.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Small Self-Administered Schemes play an important role in creating retirement savings for many business owners and entrepreneurs. The proposal to move from an amber to a red flag where an employment link cannot be demonstrated is a targeted intervention that should help prevent transfers into arrangements that may not be operating for legitimate pension purposes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Importantly, these measures represent only the first stage of what appears to be a much broader Government focus on tackling pension scams and fraud. As DC pension savings continue to grow, increasingly large retirement pots are becoming more attractive targets for scammers. At the same time, fraudsters are continually adapting their methods, making greater use of sophisticated investment structures, digital channels and increasingly convincing approaches to gain savers' trust.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;It is therefore encouraging to see the Government signalling further work on scam prevention, transfer processes and member protections. The industry will need to remain vigilant and continue working closely with regulators, government and law enforcement to ensure safeguards evolve as quickly as the threats they are designed to combat. Protecting savers' confidence in the pensions system will be critical as more individuals take greater responsibility for their retirement decisions.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/protecting-pension-savers-proposals-to-amend-the-occupational-and-personal-pension-schemes-conditions-for-transfers-regulations-2021"><strong><em>https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/protecting-pension-savers-proposals-to-amend-the-occupational-and-personal-pension-schemes-conditions-for-transfers-regulations-2021</em></strong></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/consultation-set-to-protect-pension-savers-from-ssas-scams-26763.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 9 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>5 Insurance Musts For Renting Your Home As A Holiday Let </title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>As the staycation boom and major sporting events like Wimbledon and the British Open drive peak booking season, Go.Compare&rsquo;s home insurance experts are warning property owners that a simple assumption could cost them thousands. </p>

<div><strong>The gap in cover </strong></div>

<div><strong>Tamzin Metcalfe, home insurance expert at Go.Compare, explains: </strong>&ldquo;Many homeowners assume their standard home insurance will protect them if they rent out their home to short-term guests. In reality, relying on standard cover leaves you dangerously exposed. If a paying guest accidentally floods your bathroom, ruins your furniture, or slips and hurts themselves, a standard insurer will probably reject your claim. As well as any claims being rejected, you might even invalidate your policy, leaving you without cover.&rdquo; </div>

<p>This gap can leave you vulnerable to significant financial losses. Guest damage, theft, or related liability claims simply won't be covered by standard policies &ndash; and you might not discover this until it's too late.  </p>

<div><strong>Why specialist cover matters </strong></div>

<div>Before listing your property, Tamzin advises considering special Airbnb or holiday let insurance: &quot;It can be worth looking at specific holiday let insurance or a policy add-on designed for short-term rentals. The last thing you want to deal with is a costly repair or legal battle related to your holiday let. The right kind of property protection can give you peace of mind and save you thousands down the line.&quot; </div>

<p>Tamzin shares five insurance checks every homeowner should make before listing a holiday let: </p>

<p><strong>Review your existing policy wording carefully.</strong> Does your current home insurance package explicitly exclude short-term holiday lets? Read the terms and conditions word for word. Many standard policies don't cover lettings at all &ndash; and some only cover longer-term residential lets. Don't assume - double check. </p>

<p><strong>Understand what &lsquo;guest damage&rsquo; actually means.</strong> Guest damage isn't the same as general wear and tear. Your policy needs to spell out exactly what it covers. Will it pay out if a guest damages the shower screen, breaks a window, or damages furniture? What about accidental damage caused by negligence? Get clarity in writing. </p>

<p><strong>Check your public liability limits. </strong>Public liability insurance protects you if a guest is injured on your property &ndash; from misused hot tub to electrical faults. Make sure your policy includes this cover and that the limit is appropriate for rental property where multiple guests come and go. </p>

<p><strong>Declare your rental activity.</strong> You need to tell your insurer about any rental activity, even if it&rsquo;s just occasional. Failure to disclose this could mean any claim is rejected outright. Be transparent from the start. If your insurer isn't comfortable with holiday lettings, then shop around and find one that is &ndash; but never hide the activity. </p>

<p><strong>Compare specialist holiday let insurance.</strong> Short-term rental policies are designed specifically for this purpose and might be cheaper than you think. They often cover guest liability, damage caused by guests, loss of income if you have to cancel bookings, and even legal costs. It's worth getting quotes from dedicated holiday let insurers alongside your standard home insurance provider. </p>

<p><strong>Tamzin Metcalfe concludes:</strong> &quot;Letting out a room in your home can be a great money maker, but make sure you have all the protections in place before you start. Check your cover level before you list your property. It takes ten minutes and could save you thousands.&quot; </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/5-insurance-musts-for-renting-your-home-as-a-holiday-let--26752.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Broadstone Appoint Simon Grout As Senior Actuarial Director</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>His expertise includes acting as Independent Expert on Part VII transfers and s166 reports, actuarial and commercial due diligence, design and implementation of finance, capital and risk management frameworks, and mergers & acquisitions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The new hire strengthens Broadstone&rsquo;s capabilities in its growing Insurance Advisory & Remediation unit, which is adding expertise across the life, non-life, and the Lloyd&rsquo;s and London markets. In his new role, Simon will compliment Broadstone&rsquo;s existing actuarial offering helping to broaden out its client services into further risk, governance and regulatory offerings</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Simon Grout, Senior Actuarial Director at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;I am really looking forward to working with my new colleagues bringing practical and pragmatic solutions to help our clients&rsquo; strategies. Broadstone is a growing business with a developing reputation across the insurance market for high-quality independent advice.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Cara Spinks, Head of Life & Health at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;We are delighted to have brought Simon to Broadstone as we continue to build out our team of outstanding talent throughout the Insurance Advisory & Remediation division. Simon brings significant experience of the insurance industry and will be a pivotal addition to expanding our offering across risk, governance and regulatory services.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Simon started his career in 1987 at Bacon & Woodrow before joining William M. Mercer&rsquo;s UK Life Insurance Practice in 1995 and he was made a Partner of Mercer in 1996. Upon the purchase of Oliver Wyman by Marsh McLennan in 2003, he transferred to Oliver Wyman&rsquo;s EMEA Insurance Practice working principally in the UK, Middle East and Nordic Regions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Full details of the new hire &ndash; and a headshot &ndash; are attached to this email and please get in touch if you have any questions.</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/broadstone-appoint-simon-grout-as-senior-actuarial-director-26748.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Pension Schemes Act Has Passed Now The Real Work Begins</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><u><strong>By Dale Critchley, Workplace Policy Manager, Aviva</strong></u></p>

<p>Trustees and providers who may have measured their default against alternative benchmarks will now need to ensure their default measures up against their peers. VfM will also look at charges and service metrics and may expand to include metrics on engagement and support.  Efficiency and engagement will impact retirement incomes, and both can be improved through economies of scale. </p>

<p>The Act retains the requirement for automatic enrolment qualifying schemes to operate at least one main scale default arrangement with &pound;25bn or more invested. If a scheme becomes non-qualifying, all employees will need to be enrolled into a new scheme. While the market and voluntary mergers may avoid this scenario, regulation is likely to focus on the run up to 2030 and how orderly exits are managed. </p>

<p>An override to contractual terms for workplace personal pension scheme members will allow transfers without consent, where there is a reasonable expectation of a better outcome in a new scheme or default arrangement. The key rules will cover the &ldquo;best interest test&rdquo; and the role of the &ldquo;independent expert&rdquo; required to approve transfers, potentially creating a new role for actuaries</p>

<p>Better returns, lower charges and consolidation into more efficient schemes that can invest in better service and engagement will potentially drive bigger pension pots, but poor decisions and lack of support at retirement could undermine all that hard work.</p>

<p>The proposals to transform the at-retirement journey might be the final piece of the Pension Schemes Act jigsaw. It&rsquo;s also an area where rules and regulations could make a significant difference. Since the 1990&rsquo;s when savers were routinely expected to take an annuity with their workplace pension provider, the emphasis had been on encouraging choice and shopping around. Rules and regulations will need to be carefully considered to ensure that savers are allocated to the right cohort, that good value default solutions meet their needs and that the overall process results in better decision making and a sustainable retirement income.</p>

<p>The Pension Schemes Act has the potential to significantly improve the lives of future pensioners by making the most of every pound saved. What the Act and pensions schemes can&rsquo;t control is how many pounds are saved in the first place.  The Pensions Commission is looking at how to address under-saving and improve retirement adequacy, adding that final piece of the workplace pensions puzzle.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-pension-schemes-act-has-passed-now-the-real-work-begins-26750.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Inflation Fears And Renewed Middle East Conflict</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>''The spectre of high interest rates has seen investors finally take fright, and the slide is being exacerbated by renewed Middle East conflict. While markets had been surprisingly stoic through the Iran war and a painful energy crunch, sentiment is now more fragile. Iran has fired missiles at Israel, sparking fresh worries about the inflationary impact of the war. Brent crude has risen sharply, up 4%, trading above $97 a barrel as supplies in the region stay stranded. The prospect of borrowing costs staying higher for longer, if the prices stay elevated, has shattered the optimism which had pushed indices to record highs.</p>

<p>There had been hopes that the US economy might stay in Goldilocks territory &ndash; not too hot and not too cold &ndash; but inflation concerns have reared up again, and the bears are back on the prowl.</p>

<p>Friday's US jobs report sparked a firestorm of selling, with big tech bearing the brunt of the wobble in confidence. Indices in Asia have been hit by the contagion of pessimism, with semiconductor stocks falling sharply. South Korea's Kospi plunged more than 8%, triggering a market-wide circuit breaker. The slide looks set to continue, with Wall Street bracing for another sell-off and European indices also caught up in the downbeat sentiment. The FTSE 100 is also set to trade lower, as wary sentiment spreads and investors in the internationally focused index fret about the prospects for global growth.</p>

<p>Markets are now pricing in a growing likelihood of a rate hike from the Fed this year, and potentially another next year. The Bank of England also looks on track to raise rates at least twice, given the repercussions of the Middle East crisis.</p>

<p>Higher interest rates reduce the value of future earnings and, given how heady tech valuations have become, it's not surprising that investors are reassessing allocations and opting for companies with more reliable income streams and dividends.</p>

<p>There had already been undercurrents of worry about the surge in tech stock prices and fears that today's insatiable demand for the apparatus needed to support AI products and services would eventually wane.</p>

<p>Fears of higher interest rates come just as tech giants, which have some of the deepest cash pockets, are seeking fresh funding to help finance eye-watering capital expenditure plans. The demand is voracious right now, but there is concern that assets being invested in today, at a time when the technology is so expensive, could become obsolete further down the road.  So, tech is starting to fall out of fashion, while companies operating in the 'real economy' may be more sought after - those selling consumer staples, providing healthcare, or keeping the lights on through utility services.</p>

<p>Bonds may provide more reliable returns, but they too are suffering as interest rate expectations have been sharply adjusted, particularly in the US. Treasuries have sold off and gilts have continued to come under pressure, illustrated by the rise in yields, especially for longer-duration bonds. Investors don't want to be locked into lower rates for an extended period when they can secure higher returns from new issuances.</p>

<p>This is a treacherous tide which risks lifting other governments into more perilous waters, with UK gilt yields also rising as competition for returns intensifies across markets. With government borrowing costs climbing, public finances are set to become that bit more precarious. Another worry which, for now, is percolating in the background.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/inflation-fears-and-renewed-middle-east-conflict-26749.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Transfer Delays Due To Obscure Scam Flag Alerts</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The FOI data obtained from the Money and Pensions Service (MaPS) by PensionBee, a leading online retirement savings provider, revealed the reasons behind the 51,417 Amber flags since November 2021:</p>

<div><em><strong>46%</strong> (23,542 cases) are recorded as &lsquo;unknown&rsquo; or &lsquo;blank&rsquo; - categories that do not exist in legislation;</em></div>

<div><em><strong>35%</strong> (18,135 cases) relate to &lsquo;overseas investments&rsquo; - a category regulators have already acknowledged is being misapplied; and</em></div>

<div><em><strong>18%</strong> (9,497 cases) relate to genuinely high-risk investments, or other flag categories specified in legislation, such as unclear fees. </em></div>

<p>The data also shows that almost 53,000 mandatory Pension Safeguarding Guidance (PSG) sessions have been carried out by the MaPS over the past four years. Despite this, they hold no data on how many of those sessions identified a genuine scam, led to a referral to Report Fraud, or resulted in a saver being advised not to proceed with their transfer.</p>

<p>The findings suggest that the bulk of transfers are slowed down unnecessarily - a frustrating process which can put savers off transferring their pensions - and one which could be significantly quicker with reform of the flag system, which PensionBee has called for as part of its <a href="https://www.pensionbee.com/uk/10-day-switch-guarantee">10-day Pension Switch Guarantee campaign</a>.<br />
<br />
<strong>Lisa Picardo, Chief Business Officer UK at PensionBee, said:</strong> &quot;These findings are difficult to defend. After more than 51,000 Amber flags have been raised, those responsible for the implementation of the scam flag system are not clear on why almost half of Amber flags were raised, nor whether any scams were prevented. </p>

<p>&quot;The cost falls on the ordinary savers trying to engage with their retirement savings - people who are trying to make better decisions about their retirement and are being forced through unnecessary bureaucratic hoops. What should be a simple and straightforward switch becomes a drawn-out ordeal, and that erodes trust in financial services and puts people off engaging with their retirement altogether.</p>

<p>&quot;This is not what the well-meaning legislation was designed to do. The government's own stated intention, when it introduced these rules in 2021, was to protect savers from scams whilst allowing the majority of transfers to proceed without undue delay. Its own 2023 review confirmed that is not what is happening in practice. Until the rules are tightened, providers will still treat routine transfers as potential scams, and savers will keep paying the price.&quot;</p>

<div><strong>A known problem, left unresolved</strong></div>

<div>The presence of &lsquo;overseas investments&rsquo;, a standard feature of almost all pension schemes, is listed as a reason for triggering an Amber flag in the Occupational and Personal Pension Schemes (Conditions for Transfers) Regulations 2021. This reason alone accounts for approximately 35% of all Amber flags. </div>

<p>Within months of implementation, the Department for Work and Pensions (DWP) and The Pensions Regulator issued a joint statement acknowledging concerns. And the DWP's own 2023 review found the overseas flag &lsquo;is not clearly defined&rsquo; and that savers &lsquo;are being referred to MaPS unnecessarily.&rsquo; However the recommended consultation has not been introduced, three years later.</p>

<p>Some pension scheme trustees are choosing to follow the letter of the legislation rather than applying sensible risk-based judgments, pushing a huge number of consumers into a route which should be preserved for identifying and protecting against real scams. The difference in approach between schemes can lead to an inconsistent use of flags and a confusing experience for consumers.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-transfer-delays-due-to-obscure-scam-flag-alerts-26751.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>5 Financial Considerations For Cohabiting Couples</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>1) Wills and Intestacy </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean McCann said:</strong> &ldquo;Too many people put off writing a will but it&rsquo;s especially important for cohabiting couples as the laws of intestacy don&rsquo;t provide for unmarried partners. If someone dies without a will, their partner has no automatic right of inheritance, and this is the case regardless of how long the couple have lived together or whether they have children. The surviving partner would need to make a claim on their late partner&rsquo;s estate, which can be a time consuming and expensive process, with no guarantee of success. Claims must normally be made within six months of the grant of representation in England and Wales and within six months of the death in Scotland. To ensure their partner is able to benefit from their estate, it&rsquo;s vital that cohabiting couples have valid up to date wills in place.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>2) Property ownership </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean explained:</strong> &ldquo;It&rsquo;s important for any cohabiting couple that own a property together to check how they own it. If the property is held as &lsquo;Joint tenants&rsquo; this means that on the death of one of the partners, their share in the property will pass to the survivor. If it is held as &lsquo;Tenants in common&rsquo; each is free to leave their share to whoever they wish in their will. Issues can arise if one of the partners dies without a will and their share of the property passes under the laws of intestacy to children, parents, siblings or other relatives. Ownership can be changed from &lsquo;Tenants in common&rsquo; to &lsquo;Joint tenancy&rsquo; but it&rsquo;s important to seek legal advice.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>3) Tax </strong></p>

<p><strong>- Inheritance Tax </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean explained:</strong> &ldquo;Married couples can normally pass assets to each other free from inheritance tax, but cohabiting couples don&rsquo;t benefit from this exemption. This can trigger an inheritance tax charge on any assets left to the surviving partner after the other passes away.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>- Capital gains tax </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean explained:</strong> &ldquo;Giving property and investments to a cohabiting partner can also trigger a capital gains tax charge. <br />
&ldquo;This can make it more difficult to utilise two annual exemptions of &pound;3,000 or take advantage of a partner&rsquo;s lower tax rate when selling or giving away second properties or investments.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>-Income tax </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean said:</strong> &ldquo;The marriage allowance allows non-taxpayers to transfer up to &pound;1,260 of their unused personal allowance to their basic rate tax paying spouse or civil partner. It&rsquo;s worth up to &pound;252 this tax year and claims can be backdated but is not available to cohabiting couples.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>4) Pensions </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean said:</strong> &ldquo;If one or both partners are current or deferred members of Defined Benefit schemes, it&rsquo;s important to check what level of survivor&rsquo;s pension would be payable to a cohabiting partner as this will vary between schemes. With regards to defined contribution schemes, trustees can&rsquo;t normally make death benefit payments to an un-named non-dependant where there is a living dependant. This can cause issues if the deceased partner leaves a dependent child and didn&rsquo;t name their partner on the expression of wish form. Similarly, issues may arise with &lsquo;Death in service&rsquo; schemes provided by an employer, where the deceased has left other dependants but not named their partner as a potential beneficiary.&rdquo; </p>

<p><strong>5) Life insurance in trust </strong></p>

<p><strong>Sean said: </strong>&lsquo;&rsquo;The advantage of putting life insurance policies into trust is that the proceeds are normally free from Inheritance tax and the money can be paid out quickly on production of a death certificate. If your policy isn&rsquo;t in trust, most insurance companies can provide the necessary forms free of charge.  Most trusts provided by insurers have standard classes of beneficiaries that include spouse, children and grandchildren. Trusts should be checked to establish if benefits could be paid to the cohabiting partner. This is particularly important if the life insurance policy predates the beginning of their relationship.&rdquo; </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/5-financial-considerations-for-cohabiting-couples-26754.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Guided Retirement Could Be Critical For Retirement Decisions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The report, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PPI-designing-guided-retirement-2026.pdf"><strong>&ldquo;Designing Guided Retirement Solutions: Meeting Member Needs&rdquo;</strong></a>, sponsored by now:pensions (part of Mercer), The Pensions Regulator, Royal London, Scottish Widows and WEALTH at work, outlines how the Guided Retirement framework will need to operate in order to provide a new and effective layer of support for individuals reaching retirement. The research shows that solutions will need to use partial information, grouping individuals into broad, data-informed categories based on characteristics that schemes can reasonably observe or infer.</p>

<p>The study states that segmentation will need to be placed at the centre of solution design, balancing the competing objectives of using available information to design meaningful pathways, while also remaining simple enough for members to engage with.</p>

<p>In addition, the report notes that while the recently passed Pension Schemes Act emphasises the provision of a regular income, it does not specify the extent to which solutions should seek to mitigate risks such as longevity, inflation, or investment volatility, or the degree to which schemes and providers should guide member  choice. The analysis reveals that related objectives such as income security, flexibility, simplicity, and the ability to respond to changing circumstances over time cannot all be maximised simultaneously, meaning different approaches to design will reflect these varying priorities among memberships.</p>

<p>As a result, Guided Retirement may need to operate as an ongoing, dynamic pathway, rather than a one-off decision at the point of access, creating implications for when the pathway begins, how it evolves over time, and how members are supported to navigate shocks and revisit decisions. The investigation also finds that member communications will play a critical role in this area, underlining more widely that the effectiveness of Guided Retirement will be shaped by how it interacts with existing and emerging forms of support, including Pension Wise, targeted support, and regulated financial advice.</p>

<p>The examination provides a new independent evidence base to better understand the implications of the new changes for stakeholders across the sector.</p>

<p><strong>Mariana Garc&iacute;a Requejo, PPI Senior Policy Researcher and lead author of the report, commented: </strong>&ldquo;Guided Retirement has the potential to play a critical role in improving how individuals navigate retirement income decisions, but many questions lie ahead over its design and implementation. Competing objectives such as income security, flexibility, and simplicity present clear challenges for default solutions to meet a diverse range of member needs. In order to meet them as best as possible, it&rsquo;s vital these solutions are understood as a gradual development towards a new layer of retirement support within the UK pensions system, rather than a single product innovation. During this crucial next phase of regulatory development, the PPI is delighted to deliver new independent insights to support informed Guided Retirement policy decision-making.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Lizzy Holliday, Director of PA and Policy at Mercer&rsquo;s now: pensions, said: </strong> &ldquo;Guided Retirement represents an important step forward in supporting savers at retirement but there is further work to do to enable successful delivery. The report highlights how the risks faced by DC savers at retirement interact with key policy concepts. For example, the &lsquo;default&rsquo; nature of the solution, regular income requirement, engagement and communications. We hope this report provides useful insights for government, regulators and industry - who are working hard to turn concepts into good outcomes for all savers.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Joey Patel, Director of Policy, Pensions Reform, at The Pensions Regulator, said:</strong> &ldquo;Members need more help to turn a savings pot into a sustainable retirement income and default pension benefit solutions have the potential to make a real difference. We urge schemes to start preparing now by getting to know their members, improving their data and considering how they will design and implement defaults that truly deliver better outcomes for members.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Jamie Jenkins, Director of Policy at Royal London, said:</strong> &quot;The decisions people make at retirement about their pension savings can shape their quality of life for decades. Good decisions can ensure financial security, but poor decisions could expose people to running out of money, reliant on the state for a basic level of support in their later years. In an ideal world, professional financial advice would be available to everyone, but this simply isn't the reality for most people reaching retirement today. The alternative idea of guiding people through their retirement choices therefore becomes crucial, and the Pensions Policy Institute&rsquo;s report provides a rich source of analysis and represents an important contribution to the debate.&quot;</p>

<p><strong>Carolyn Jones, Retirement Director, Scottish Widows, stated:</strong> &ldquo;Individuals are now facing an increasingly complex range of decisions at retirement, as they balance longer life expectancies, rising costs and often modest pension savings. Well-designed guided retirement solutions can play a critical role in helping people simplify the decisions they need to make about how to use their pot to provide a sustainable income.  Guided retirement needs to sit alongside other support and advice to ensure people can make retirement choices that meet their needs.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Jonathan Watts-Lay, Director, WEALTH at work, added:</strong> &ldquo;Retirement decisions are complex and highly personal, and experience shows most people want support with this. A generic default pathway risks people sleepwalking into choices that don&rsquo;t fit their circumstances or meet their needs, particularly as many retirees are likely to have multiple pension pots with varying amounts saved into each. The PPI&rsquo;s research highlights how Guided Retirement can potentially improve outcomes; however, many members will need personal guidance to help them understand the options available and ensure they make an informed decision across all of their pensions.</p>

<p>We have had a lot of interest shown in Retirement Guidance services as a means of helping individuals to understand their options prior to making any decision. This type of support, alongside digital services and tools, are likely to become best practice as Guided Retirement solutions are launched. Specialist workplace providers who can deliver tailored, high-quality and robust retirement support at scale will be key to its success.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/guided-retirement-could-be-critical-for-retirement-decisions-26753.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 8 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cautious Mood Ahead Of Us Jobs Figures And Iran Stalemate</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The mood is cautious at the end of the week, which has seen hopes rise and fall about a resolution in the Middle East conflict and nervousness creeping in about breathtakingly high AI-powered valuations. Although the FTSE 100 is set to edge higher at the open, investor sentiment remains fragile as the drawn-out conflict between the US and Iran continues to cloud the outlook. The longer it continues, and energy supplies and other commodities are snarled up, the greater the inflationary pressures will be. Key US jobs figures out later for May will be closely watched for the effect the conflict is having on business sentiment, with employers appearing increasingly cautious about taking on new staff. The non-farm payrolls report is expected to show a decline in new hires to around 85 thousand, as the jobs market cools down from 115,000 in April. </p>

<p>In the UK, house prices dipped back in May as the war-induced energy crunch took a toll. Worries about rising household bills and fears that interest rates will be hiked this year have dampened demand. While on an annual basis prices are still up 0.5%, month-on-month they fell 0.1%. The shortage of properties in sought-after locations is likely to have kept big pockets of the market more resilient, but the downward trend is evident.</p>

<p>On the geopolitical front, conflicting messages from both Iran and the US have seen sentiment turn erratic. For now, oil prices are managing to stabilise around $95 a barrel, in the absence of a big reignition in the US military campaign. But there remain big questions about how negotiations can meaningfully progress, especially with Israel&rsquo;s actions in Lebanon such a sticking point. Hezbollah rejected proposals for a ceasefire, and although there are now reports it's seeking fresh talks with the US, this will be a highly complex situation to resolve. The US military action in Iran has opened a can of worms, with a slippery mix of geopolitical tensions escaping diplomatic attempts at containment, and threatening to unsettle markets further.</p>

<p>Usually, a crisis of this kind would have had a more crushing effect on valuations given the inflationary risks it brings. A fifth of the world&rsquo;s energy supplies are still facing huge disruption due to the closure of the Strait of Hormuz. However, the bright lights of AI have been bleaching out the geopolitical worries on the world stage. But doubts are beginning to creep back in about the durability of mega revenue streams, which has led to a spate of profit-taking. This has been prompted by chipmaker Broadcom&rsquo;s update. Although the huge earnings it's raking in are highly impressive, a very high bar has been set, and expectations for future sales were missed. The company is standing by its $100 billion AI revenue forecast for fiscal 2027 and didn&rsquo;t upgrade it. While this is a mega number, Broadcom shares are around nine times the level they were at before the groundbreaking launch of ChatGPT in 2022. With such a rapid ascent, it's not surprising there are wobbles at this height. Shares slid more than 12%, prompting falls for other tech stocks in Asian trade. While it's clear there is voracious demand for AI products and services, the extent to which spending by companies is being front-loaded is not clear.</p>

<p>There is also a longer-term risk that the huge capital expenditure projects being unleashed could weigh down innovation-focused tech companies with mega infrastructure assets which risk becoming outdated in the future.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cautious-mood-ahead-of-us-jobs-figures-and-iran-stalemate-26744.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 5 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Retirement Crisis Is Not Emerging It Is Already Here</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By James Jones-Tinsley, Self-Invested Pensions Technical Specialist, Barnett Waddingham</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The interim findings may not contain many surprises, but they do provide something arguably more important: confirmation that the UK&rsquo;s retirement adequacy problem is both substantial and increasingly urgent.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Participation is not the same as adequacy</strong></div>

<div>For years, industry conversations have focused heavily on pensions participation. Auto-enrolment has rightly been viewed as a success story, dramatically increasing pension membership and normalising workplace saving. However, the Commission&rsquo;s message is clear: participation alone is no longer the primary challenge. Adequacy in retirement is.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The headline numbers are significant. Around 15 million people are currently estimated to be under-saving for retirement, with projections suggesting this could rise further without intervention. At the same time, millions of working-age adults remain entirely outside any form of pension saving. This reinforces an important reality: mandatory minimum pension contributions should increasingly be viewed as a starting point, rather than a target.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Minimum contributions should not be seen as the target</strong></div>

<div>The Commission&rsquo;s findings point to the need for more sophisticated ways of assessing retirement adequacy. This is important because traditional replacement rate models can sometimes overstate problems for higher earners, while underestimating risks elsewhere. The direction of travel is clear. Retirement modelling, contribution adequacy discussions, and long-term income planning are likely to become even more central to advice conversations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Auto-enrolment&rsquo;s success may also have unintentionally created a behavioural problem. Many individuals assume that if they are enrolled into a workplace pension and contributing at minimum levels, they are &ldquo;doing enough&rdquo;. </div>

<div>Increasingly, policymakers and industry commentators are concerned that this false reassurance may be contributing to future retirement shortfalls.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This challenge is particularly acute for low and middle earners, where minimum contributions may deliver significantly lower retirement outcomes than many expect. For advisers and paraplanners, this increases the importance of contribution escalation strategies, regular review processes, and clearer communication around expected outcomes versus desired lifestyles.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>The self-employed saving gap is becoming harder to ignore</strong></div>

<div>Perhaps the strongest theme emerging from the Commission&rsquo;s findings is concern around self-employed retirement saving. Pension participation among self-employed workers has deteriorated dramatically over recent decades, with pension saving rates now sitting at extremely low levels among those working solely for themselves.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Self-employed individuals often experience irregular income patterns, greater earnings volatility and weaker engagement with long-term saving. At the same time, growth in flexible working and gig economy employment means the size of this working cohort continues to increase. Traditional pension approaches designed around stable monthly earnings and employer payroll systems are increasingly misaligned with modern working patterns.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>For financial advisers, this is an important area to watch. The need for flexible, accessible and better-understood retirement saving options is likely to become more prominent as policymakers consider how to improve pension engagement among the self-employed.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Inequality remains a major retirement risk</strong></div>

<div>The Commission also repeatedly highlights persistent inequalities in retirement outcomes.</div>

<div>Women, individuals with interrupted careers, lower earners and those with inconsistent employment patterns continue to face heightened retirement risks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The gender pension gap remains particularly prominent, driven partly by career breaks, part-time working and increasing numbers of women participating in lower-paid flexible employment. These are not necessarily problems that structural reform alone can solve. Instead, advisers may increasingly need to focus on identifying vulnerable client segments earlier and incorporating greater flexibility into planning assumptions around career patterns, contribution gaps and income interruptions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Decumulation needs more attention</strong></div>

<div>While much attention focuses on pensions accumulation, the Commission also raises concerns about decumulation behaviour. Since Pension Freedoms were introduced in April 2015, several themes have become increasingly clear:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>High levels of full pension encashment</em></div>

<div><em>Significant reliance on tax-free cash withdrawals</em></div>

<div><em>Concerns around decumulation charges</em></div>

<div><em>Heavy dependence on unadvised individuals making complex pension decisions</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div> </div>

<div>There also appears to be growing concern that many individuals approaching retirement underestimate their longevity and misunderstand sustainable income withdrawal rates. This creates a difficult reality for individuals: pension flexibility remains valuable, but flexibility without engagement can create poor outcomes. For advisers, this strengthens the case for retirement income modelling, cashflow planning and more structured decumulation conversations.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Reform is likely, but advice conversations cannot wait </strong></div>

<div>The Commission&rsquo;s initial conclusions suggest that future reform pressure is building across multiple areas. Potential future changes could include higher auto-enrolment contribution rates, revised qualifying earnings structures, greater support for self-employed saving and possible changes to how pension access operates. However, the emphasis throughout the report is on gradual, affordable and durable reform, rather than rapid policy change.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Advisers therefore face an interesting challenge. Waiting for final recommendations may create missed opportunities, but reacting prematurely to uncertain reforms creates different risks. The more practical approach may be to focus on what is already clear today.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What this means for advisers and paraplanners</strong></div>

<div>Perhaps the most important conclusion from the Commission&rsquo;s interim work is that the retirement crisis is not emerging. It is already here. The pensions industry largely understands the problems:</div>

<div> </div>

<div><em>People save too little</em></div>

<div><em>Many individuals misunderstand their retirement income needs</em></div>

<div><em>Minimum contributions create false confidence</em></div>

<div><em>Behavioural barriers remain powerful</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>None of these issues need to wait for the final report in 2027.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-retirement-crisis-is-not-emerging-it-is-already-here-26747.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 5 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Conflict Tops Financial Threats For Europe</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>British consumers are among the most pessimistic in Europe about their finances in the year ahead, as instability and conflict in the Middle East tops the list of the biggest financial concerns across the continent.</p>

<p>New Europe-wide research from CRIF reveals that half of all European consumers (50%) cite Middle East instability as a key concern affecting their personal finances over the next 12 months.</p>

<p>The conflict has created ongoing disruption to shipping routes and fuel supplies, causing significant global supply chain and energy shocks that are being felt acutely across the UK and Europe.</p>

<p>In the UK specifically, the conflict is now joint-top with ongoing high inflation and rising costs (both 51%) as the biggest concern for consumers, and far ahead of other economic and geopolitical issues including the war in Ukraine (29%) and strained relations with the US (30%).</p>

<p>For European businesses, the Middle East conflict ranks as the second biggest threat to their business after rising inflation and costs (39%). In the UK, it ranks as the third biggest threat at 34%, behind inflation and domestic economic slowdown (both 37%) and ahead of concerns over slowdown globally (28%) and in Europe (26%).</p>

<p><strong>Top UK consumer and business concerns</strong></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_CrifThreat0506261.jpg" style="height:176px; width:614px" /></p>

<div><strong>UK consumers now among the most pessimistic in Europe</strong></div>

<div>The research shows British consumers are now among the most downbeat about their personal financial situations. Two in five UK consumers (39%) expect to have less money left at the end of each month over the next 12 months &ndash; ahead of the European average of 35%. Reflecting the rising cost of fuel because of the Middle East conflict, one in five (20%) UK consumers are now worried about being able to pay their bills in the next 12 months.</div>

<p>The pressure is also shaping business financial decision making. A third of UK businesses (34%) have already revised their growth plans, a quarter have prioritised cost-efficiency (26%) and even more have paused hiring (28%). On the consumer side, nearly a third (32%) have reduced the amount they put into savings, while 17% have increased their use of credit services like Buy Now, Pay Later.</p>

<div><strong>The role of financial services</strong></div>

<div>While 58% of UK consumers say financial services have a duty to offer affordable products during times of hardship, just a three in ten (30%) think providers are currently doing enough to support financial well-being during uncertain times. UK consumers are also the most likely in Europe to have been turned down for credit, with almost one in ten (8%) having been turned down since January 2025.</div>

<p><strong>Sara Costantini, Regional Director for the UK & Ireland at CRIF, said:</strong> &quot;Geopolitical shocks are no longer distant headlines for European households and businesses &ndash; they are directly shaping how people spend, borrow and plan for the future.</p>

<p>&ldquo;In the UK in particular, the picture is downbeat. British consumers are now among the most pessimistic in Europe about their personal finances for the year ahead, with more than half already planning to cut back. Tighter affordability, rising fraud risks and growing uncertainty mean many households and businesses are finding it harder to access the support they need, just as financial pressure is intensifying.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Financial services remain highly valued, but confidence in delivery is fragile. For banks and lenders, rising credit risk across mortgages, SME lending, and consumer credit is likely to drive more conservative underwriting, lending and investment strategies. The providers best placed to navigate this period will be those that combine stronger, data-led decision-making with a genuinely human understanding of the pressures their customers are facing &ndash; ensuring that risk management does not come at the expense of access, trust and financial resilience.&quot;</p>

<p>The findings form part of CRIF&rsquo;s upcoming 2026 Banking on Banks report series. The first report, to be published in June, will look at the biggest financial pressures currently facing European consumers and businesses.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-conflict-tops-financial-threats-for-europe-26745.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 5 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Simpler Climate Reporting Rules Could Save Firms Millions</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The FCA estimates it could deliver these savings by replacing detailed product-level reports based on the <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/policy-statements/ps-21-24-climate-related-disclosures-asset-managers-life-insurers-regulated-pensions">Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)</a> with simpler, more targeted information for retail investors, in line with the Consumer Duty.</p>

<p>The changes aim to give investors clearer insight into how climate risks &ndash; such as floods, storms and other extreme weather events &ndash; could affect investment performance, while reducing unnecessary costs to firms.</p>

<p><strong>Michelle Beck, director of wholesale buy-side at the FCA, said: </strong>'As part of being a smarter, more proportionate regulator, we&rsquo;re cutting complexity in our rules for asset managers, while keeping the focus on clear, useful information for investors.</p>

<p>'These proposals will make it easier for firms to communicate with their customers in ways that genuinely inform and engage them.'</p>

<p>The proposals follow a <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/multi-firm-reviews/climate-reporting-asset-managers-life-insurers-fca-regulated-pension-providers">review</a> of how the current rules are working. The FCA found that while the rules have improved firms&rsquo; awareness of climate risks, product-level reports are often seen as too complex by investors and not widely used.</p>

<p>The FCA is seeking views from asset managers, asset owners, trade bodies, and consumer groups to make sure the proposed rules work in practice and support growth.</p>

<p> </p>

<div><em>The consultation is open until 13 July 2026. The FCA aims to finalise and implement the rule change in the autumn.</em></div>

<div><em><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/consultation-papers/cp26-17-quarterly-consultation-paper-no-52">Read the consultation paper (CP26/17) and see details on how to respond.</a></em></div>

<div><em>The FCA estimates the proposals could save firms around &pound;20m a year, based on its analysis which drew from feedback from industry on reporting costs and a voluntary survey of a sample of firms. </em></div>

<div><em>The proposals form part of the FCA&rsquo;s wider work to streamline sustainability reporting requirements for asset managers and FCA-regulated asset owners.Under the proposals: </em></div>

<div><em>Retail investors would receive relevant information on how material climate risks could affect a product&rsquo;s financial performance.</em></div>

<div><em>Institutional clients would be able to request key emissions data from firms, but this would no longer need to be published in full reports.</em></div>

<div><em>The proposals complement the FCA&rsquo;s <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/policy-statements/ps23-16-sustainability-disclosure-requirements-investment-labels">Sustainability Disclosure Requirements</a> for asset managers, which aim to help retail investors navigate the market for sustainable investment products and reduce greenwashing.</em></div>

<div><em><a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/publications/policy-statements/ps-21-24-climate-related-disclosures-asset-managers-life-insurers-regulated-pensions">TCFD product reporting</a> was introduced in 2021 as part of the UK&rsquo;s approach to climate disclosures. </em></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/simpler-climate-reporting-rules-could-save-firms-millions-26746.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 5 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Underestimating Earthquake Losses From Sonic Boom Blind Spot</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Insurance catastrophe models are failing to factor in a little-known class of earthquake despite it being linked to two thirds of industry losses from seismic events in the last decade, according to a new study by MS Amlin.</p>

<p>Researchers at the Lloyd&rsquo;s insurer found so called &ldquo;supershear&rdquo; earthquakes accounted for 66% of insured losses from earthquakes since 2016 &ndash; equivalent to $13.2 billion - yet are absent from seismic hazard models, building design codes and insurance catastrophe models. </p>

<p>The paper, published in the Journal of Catastrophe Risk and Resilience, warns this blindspot could have significant implications for capital and pricing decisions, particularly in major earthquake zones such as California &ndash; leading to calls for urgent action to be taken by risk carriers and catastrophe model vendors. </p>

<p>Supershear earthquakes occur when rupture along a fault travels faster than usual creating a shockwave similar to a jet aircraft&rsquo;s sonic boom. The result can be far stronger ground shaking, alongside a &ldquo;double punch&rdquo; effect caused by successive seismic waves.</p>

<p>According to the paper, supershear earthquakes can produce &ldquo;unusual torsional forces&rdquo; on buildings, particularly taller structures, while also creating stronger shaking that travels further away from the fault.</p>

<p>While supershear earthquakes were once considered rare, they are being identified more frequently as seismic technology improves.  Around 36% of major strike slip earthquakes globally since 2010 have involved supershear rupture.</p>

<p><strong>Luke Wedmore, Senior Research Analyst at MS Amlin, who co-authored the study alongside William Sturgeon, Research Analyst, said:</strong> &ldquo;There are still lots of things we don&rsquo;t know about supershear earthquakes, but the evidence now suggests they are more common - and potentially far more damaging - than previously understood. </p>

<p>&ldquo;The sonic boom produced by these ruptures can cause more intense and widespread damage &ndash; yet the impact is significantly underestimated in models used for capital and pricing decisions for earthquake risks.&rdquo;</p>

<p>The researchers pointed to the magnitude 7.7 Myanmar earthquake in 2025 - identified as a supershear event - which produced a surface rupture stretching 475km, around 230km longer than estimates would have predicted.  This materially increases the area exposed to shaking, the paper said.</p>

<p>The findings carry particular relevance for California, the world&rsquo;s largest earthquake insurance market, where the San Andreas Fault is vulnerable to supershear. The 1906 San Francisco earthquake has since been identified as a supershear event.</p>

<p><strong>Wedmore said:</strong> &ldquo;Given the higher shaking intensities caused by supershear earthquakes, there is a significant chance that earthquake risk in California is markedly underestimated.  With California potentially experiencing its longest major earthquake drought in 1,000 years, now is a critical moment for the industry to address this blindspot.&rdquo;</p>

<p>MS Amlin modelled the impacts of supershear effects on representative insurance and reinsurance portfolios, finding that losses at a 200-year return period increased by 5% to 10%. At 500-year return periods, losses jumped between 30% and 60%.</p>

<p>Wedmore urged insurers to move quickly to ensure supershear risks are captured before the next generation of catastrophe models is finalised.</p>

<p><strong>Wedmore added: </strong>&ldquo;We have already updated our catastrophe models and view-of-risk to incorporate supershear effects and better understand the potential impacts on our portfolios.</p>

<p>&ldquo;As the scientific evidence continues to strengthen, the wider industry must urgently do the same to incorporate supershear ruptures and their consequences.</p>

<p>&ldquo;With major model vendors preparing to update US earthquake models following revisions to the national seismic hazard framework, a narrow window is open for the industry to close this gap.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Insurers and catastrophe model vendors could begin addressing the issue immediately through stress tests and enhanced sensitivity scenarios to assess the risk in the short term, the paper said.</p>

<p>Among the steps proposed were identifying long strike-slip faults capable of supershear rupture and testing alternative shaking patterns within catastrophe models.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The next steps need to involve collaboration between scientists, engineers, risk practitioners and the (re)insurance industry to advance the science and simultaneously produce practical solutions, regulations and guidance,&rdquo; the paper said.</p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Supershear Earthquakes &ndash; An insurance blind spot, by MS Amlin researchers Luke Wedmore and William Sturgeon, is published in the Journal of Catastrophe Risk and Resilience.</em></span></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/underestimating-earthquake-losses-from-sonic-boom-blind-spot-26743.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 4 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Scheme Funding Stays Steady Despite A Volatile May</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index &ndash; a monitor of how various pension scheme strategies are performing on their journeys to low dependency &ndash; posts its latest update.</p>

<p>The Broadstone Sirius Index has published its May tracking for a &lsquo;growth focused&rsquo; and a more conservative &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; investment strategy against a low dependency basis. Both schemes started 90.0% funded at the start of 2026.</p>

<p>Reporting its update for May 2026, the Broadstone Sirius Index found that the growth focused scheme performed best through the month, increasing the funding level by 0.5 percentage points to 92.2%. This was accompanied by funding level volatility, with a 1.7% difference in the maximum and minimum funding levels achieved in May,</p>

<p>The funding level of the &lsquo;matching focused&rsquo; scheme decreased by 0.3 percentage points from 89.7% at the end of April to 89.4% at the end of May. It was a less bumpy ride, though, with the difference in the maximum and minimum funding level being 0.9% during the month.</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneLow0406261.jpg" style="height:288px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>Chris Rice, Head of Trustee Services at Broadstone, commented:</strong> &ldquo;Pension schemes largely held their funding positions throughout May. The higher growth asset exposure performed better but this was accompanied by funding level volatility.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This is all well and good when growth assets are performing well. In the face of global political and economic uncertainty, however, this could quickly reverse and trustees should consider whether their employer covenant supports this exposure.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It also raises the questions of surplus erosion if conditions reverse with surplus maintenance becoming an increasingly important challenge for trustees.&rdquo; </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-scheme-funding-stays-steady-despite-a-volatile-may-26740.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 4 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Stocks On The Back Foot As Markets Look For Fresh Catalysts</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Geopolitics are back at the wheel of global markets after fresh clashes between the US and Iran put Asian stocks under pressure overnight. That&rsquo;s also weighing on FTSE 100 futures this morning as investors consider the recessionary risks of a prolonged conflict.</p>

<p>The OECD has called the Middle East disruption the dominant force in its latest economic outlook. The report paints a relatively strong backdrop, with &ldquo;output boosted by strong AI-related investment, production and trade, lower tariff barriers and supportive financial and fiscal conditions.&rdquo; So, while global growth forecasts for this year have been revised downwards from 3.4% to 2.8%, 2027 forecasts have been held at 3.1%. However, its prolonged disruption scenario sees pressure on both inflation and growth, with Asian energy importers likely to feel the worst of it. In this scenario, global growth is set to turn negative by the end of 2026 before recovering over the course of 2027.  </p>

<p>Oil traders, however, appear to be holding on to hopes that the current situation will be transient rather than permanent. Brent Crude prices are down slightly at close to $97 per barrel. While the Strait of Hormuz remains technically closed, around 10% of normal traffic volumes are still making it through. Meanwhile, President Trump has made further suggestions that a deal could be reached within days.</p>

<p>US stock futures are down this morning after Wall Street backed off from record highs yesterday. Most of the weakness came from big tech shares, with healthcare and consumer staples enjoying a rally as investors sought to top up on defensive positions.</p>

<p>Custom chip designer Broadcom saw its shares fall around 14% in after-hours trade. First quarter revenue grew by 48% to $22.19 billion, with both top and bottom-line numbers landing close analyst forecasts. Q2 revenue guidance also came in ahead of market expectations but with the stock up 38% so far this year investors clearly wanted more. Management has kept its longer-term powder dry too keeping its 2027 guidance of above $100 billion for AI chip sales unchanged despite strong progress on the ground with customers such as Meta, Alphabet, Open AI and Anthropic.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/stocks-on-the-back-foot-as-markets-look-for-fresh-catalysts-26739.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 4 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pensions Facing Governance Gap As Admin Scrutiny Intensifies</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>The study, which surveyed trustees from 119 UK pension schemes across both DB and DC, found that while 38% of schemes are actively planning or considering an administration review or replacement, a significant majority remain stagnant, potentially increasing risks around member outcomes and regulatory compliance.</p>

<p>The findings come in the wake of The Pensions Regulator&rsquo;s (TPR) updated guidance (December 2025), which reinforces that trustees remain legally responsible for administration quality, even when outsourced.</p>

<p>According to the data, 38% of schemes are taking action, 16% are benchmarking, and 14% are conducting service reviews, while 8% are actively looking to replace their provider. Of those seeking a new provider, 80% cite poor service - particularly in project delivery - as the primary driver. 62% of schemes also have no plans to review or benchmark their administration.</p>

<div><strong>Endgame focus may create oversight risks</strong></div>

<div>The research highlights a notable trend regarding schemes approaching buy-out or consolidation. Of the schemes not planning a review, 37% cited their endgame focus as the reason. This could be a missed opportunity. Prioritising administration and data integrity ahead of a transition is proven to drive endgame efficiencies and secure better outcomes for members. Neglecting oversight at this stage can lead to costly delays and diminished member experiences during the transition.</div>

<p><strong>Sankar Mahalingham, Head of Pensions Growth at Law Debenture, commented: </strong>&quot;Member expectations have been fundamentally reshaped by the digital world. Accustomed to frictionless service in banking and retail, members now apply those same standards to their retirement. When administration falls short - through poor communication, data errors or slow processing - the impact is often felt during the most emotionally and financially significant moments of a members life.&quot;</p>

<p>&ldquo;While the level of activity is encouraging on the surface, much of it remains reactive. For many schemes, administration only rises to the top of the boardroom agenda when risks or failures have already manifested - often when it is too late to prevent member harm.</p>

<p>&quot;The question facing trustees is no longer simply whether their administrator is performing, but whether they have the governance frameworks in place to properly assess and oversee that performance&quot;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pensions-facing-governance-gap-as-admin-scrutiny-intensifies-26741.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 4 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Mega listings May Put Private Market Valuations To The Test</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div> </div>

<div>&quot;Historically, those conditions would encourage more companies to seek public listings, allowing founders and investors to crystallise value. If we now see a wave of major IPOs, it could provide an important test of whether private market valuations stand up to public market scrutiny. The challenge is that many of today's most anticipated listings are being valued on future growth opportunities that remain difficult to quantify. Investors are increasingly being asked to place a value on businesses whose most significant earnings streams may still be years, or even decades, away. That inevitably raises questions around valuation certainty and how accurately future expectations are being reflected in today's prices.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;There is also a broader market implication. Global equity indices are already heavily concentrated in a relatively small number of mega-cap technology companies. If more businesses enter public markets at substantial valuations, that concentration could increase further, particularly within market-cap-weighted indices.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Implications for DC pension schemes</strong></div>

<div>&quot;For defined contribution pension schemes, this presents a growing challenge. Many savers are invested in passive strategies that automatically allocate more capital to the largest companies. While that approach has benefited from the strong performance of large-cap technology stocks in recent years, it also means pension outcomes are becoming increasingly reliant on a relatively small number of companies continuing to deliver exceptional growth.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;As a result, trustees and providers are having to think carefully about how they balance the efficiency of market-cap-weighted investing against the need for diversification across different regions, sectors and sources of return.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;The revival of the IPO market is therefore about more than new listings. It is a test of private market valuations, a gauge of investor appetite for long-term growth stories and an important reminder of the concentration risks that continue to build across global equity markets.&quot;</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/mega-listings-may-put-private-market-valuations-to-the-test-26742.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 4 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Goal den Rules For Travel Insurance Ahead Of The World Cup</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>In 2024 alone, travel insurers paid out &pound;35 million to help their customers visiting the USA and Canada cover the cost of medical bills and other unexpected losses. Considering the cost of medical care is significantly higher across the pond, insurance is something fans won&rsquo;t want to forget.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Ahead of the tournament, the ABI has shared five top tips to help people understand the key features of travel insurance and choose a policy that suits their needs. <br />
 </div>

<div><strong>Buy before you fly. </strong>Most policies won&rsquo;t be valid if you buy them after you&rsquo;ve started your trip, which means you won&rsquo;t be able to make a claim should something go wrong overseas.  It&rsquo;s always best to take out insurance as soon as you&rsquo;ve booked a trip, as this will ensure you're covered if you need to cancel. We recommend shopping around and choosing a policy that meets your specific needs, considering factors such as your destination, the length of your trip, and any planned activities. <br />
<br />
<strong>Declare any pre-existing medical conditions.</strong> Doing so will help you get the right level of medical cover for your individual circumstances, giving you peace of mind that you're protected abroad. The primary purpose of travel insurance is to cover the cost of what can be incredibly expensive emergency medical treatment overseas. In 2025, one of our members paid out &pound;500,000 to a customer who required emergency surgery in the USA and medical repatriation back to the UK, demonstrating just how costly these situations can be and why disclosing conditions is vital to make sure you have the right cover. If you&rsquo;re unsure what you need to disclose, speak to your insurer.<br />
<br />
<strong>Make a &lsquo;claim plan&rsquo;</strong>. Keep your insurance policy and your provider&rsquo;s contact details to hand in case anything goes wrong on your trip.  It can also help to share these with a trusted friend or family member travelling with you, as well as someone at home. Should you need to make a claim, contact your insurer as soon as possible. Many insurers will have a 24/7 phone number you can call for support. <br />
<br />
<strong>Follow FCDO travel advice. </strong>This advice is there for your safety, and travelling against it could invalidate your insurance. You can sign up to receive email alerts about changes to travel advice here, and the FCDO's Travel Aware campaign page also has important guidance on a range of topics, including travel insurance. Information specific to the World Cup is also available on Gov.uk Travel Advice pages for the USA, Canada and Mexico. <br />
<br />
<strong>Celebrate responsibly.</strong> While it might be tempting to raise a glass after a big win, consume alcohol responsibly. Insurers will expect you to take &lsquo;reasonable care&rsquo; on your trip, so if you&rsquo;re injured whilst drinking excessively, you may not be able to claim for any emergency medical treatment you need or other costs incurred.<br />
<br />
Don&rsquo;t forget it&rsquo;s illegal to consume alcohol in the USA if you&rsquo;re under the age of 21, so any related claims are unlikely to be covered by travel insurance. Most standard travel policies will also have exclusions for recreational drug use &ndash; even if the drug is fully legal in your destination. <br />
 </div>

<div><strong>Fraser Lyall, Policy Adviser for General Insurance at the ABI, said: </strong>&ldquo;We can&rsquo;t promise your team will win the World Cup, but our top tips can help you travel there like a champion. Given the higher cost of medical care in the US and Canada, travel insurance will be essential to protect your finances should you fall ill or be injured abroad. Don&rsquo;t get caught offside &ndash; check you&rsquo;ve got the right cover in place before your trip kicks-off.&rdquo;   </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/goal-den-rules-for-travel-insurance-ahead-of-the-world-cup-26738.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The Virgin Media Fix  A Legal And Actuarial Double Act</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><u><strong>By Anna Rogers, Founder of Arc Pensions Law</strong></u></div>

<div> </div>

<div>There are two technical legal difficulties:</div>

<div><em>identifying the true nature of a rule alteration; and</em></div>

<div><em>deciding whether it is a &ldquo;potentially remediable alteration&rdquo; (PRA).</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>One approach we have taken recently is what I describe as &ldquo;Lawyers First; Wide Net&rdquo;.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Lawyers First</strong></div>

<div>The TAG rightly emphasises that actuaries should not give legal advice. There is a risk in legal input being sought only if the actuary has identified a problem. Trustees or sponsors may see that as a cost-saving measure but it could turn out to be the opposite. The real effect of the amendment may be hidden. While adviser risk could be managed contractually, the purpose of the exercise is to resolve uncertainty, not preserve it. All parties benefit from establishing a firm foundation for the future.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The responsibility lies with trustees to specify the rule alterations they are asking the scheme actuary to confirm.  Some amendments are straightforward such as a single change applying only to future accrual. But it is not always safe to rely on the words on the page.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Complications commonly arise where an amendment:</div>

<div><em>is stated to have retrospective effect;</em></div>

<div><em>has been overridden by legislation or case law such as Walker v Innospec;</em></div>

<div><em>is affected by contractual arrangements outside the rules; or</em></div>

<div><em>is unclear or poorly drafted.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Confusion is also common where multiple amendments are made together or where the effects of A-Day deeds or merger deeds need to be analysed. The PSB excluding wound-up schemes was helpful, but mirror image bulk transfers do raise issues.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Replacing the entire trust deed and rules can be particularly challenging. Even when described as &ldquo;consolidation&rdquo; this often involves material wording changes. Identifying what changed can be difficult; even more so if the earlier rules are missing. The provisions being replaced could themselves be invalid. Starting with the legal advice might sound like a fee generation project for lawyers but read on &hellip;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Wide Net</strong></div>

<div>Rule alterations between 1997 and 2016 took many forms. How they interacted with contracting-out requirements can be complex. Pension lawyers may disagree on the analysis. However, a definitive legal conclusion is only required where it makes a difference.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Some clients have found it helpful to cast the legal net widely, erring on the side of inclusion and avoiding in-depth analysis that turns out to be unnecessary, working in partnership with the scheme actuary.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>What is a PRA? Clause 103(7) of the Bill defines it as an alteration that could not lawfully be made at the time unless regulation 42 was satisfied. Applying that definition raises several questions:</div>

<div><em>Was there an alteration of the rules? This appears to be a matter of form not substance. It is a different test from the section 67 &ldquo;modification of the scheme&rdquo;.</em></div>

<div><em>Did it &ldquo;relate to&rdquo; benefits? This catches more than alterations changing the benefit structure. A discretion allowing a spouse&rsquo;s pension to be diverted to a financial dependant relates to benefits (and could, at least in theory, affect the test).</em></div>

<div><em>Did those benefits constitute section 9(2B) rights? The question at this stage is not whether they were reference scheme benefits or relevant to the reference scheme test.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The TAG contains useful practical examples, but it is appropriately caveated and not a substitute for legal advice.</div>

<div>Taking a broad view produces a longer list of amendments for the scheme actuary to consider. However, under a &ldquo;RAG&rdquo; analysis, changes can be coded green if they appear capable of confirmation. Almost all can be confirmed based on understanding the nature of the change. It is not important to establish whether they are technically PRAs: the confirmation will validate those that are. Amber would mean data investigation is needed, and red would flag a legal concern about confirmation.  The actuary must form an opinion on each alteration, which means each one needs to be identified.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Experience to date suggests a long list typically results in only two or three amber items and possibly one red &ndash; often closure to future accrual.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Common problem areas</strong></div>

<div>Amber items requiring data investigation would include:</div>

<div><em>retaining a scheme-specific earnings cap at A-Day;</em></div>

<div><em>capping pensionable salary.</em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Some amber or red alterations may prompt the need for further legal analysis. It may be possible to conclude that they were not PRAs and take them off the list.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Rule amendments closing to future accrual remain puzzling. A scheme with no future accrual could not continue to contract out (although we have seen some with section 37 confirmations - a happy result which seems to work!). But surely contracting out did not entrench a right to future service accrual. Further clarification may emerge, possibly from the Verity ruling.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Where closure was achieved through contractual variation or active members opting out, there may be a so-called &ldquo;housekeeping&rdquo; rule amendment documenting the true underlying legal position outside the rules. Referring to overriding legislation (e.g. civil partners) is also housekeeping, though sometimes the rule amendment goes further than the minimum.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Favourable changes are rarely problematic. In most cases they can be re-made now with retrospective effect and past payments ratified, assuming a continuing amendment power and sponsor support. While invalidity could, in theory, allow sponsors to withdraw accidentally &ldquo;hard coded&rdquo; past improvements, we have seen no appetite for that in practice. If a putative PRA cannot be confirmed, it is time to drill down into whether it can be taken off the list. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Key points for scheme actuaries</strong></div>

<div><strong>Stay within the actuarial role. </strong>This does not include advising whether a change is a rule alteration, whether it was validly made, or whether it was overridden by law or contract. Keep your PI cover - don&rsquo;t be an accidental lawyer!</div>

<div><strong>Insist on proper scoping at the outset.</strong> Actuarial confirmations should relate only to clearly identified rule alterations provided by the trustees. Actuaries should not be expected to uncover, reconstruct or categorise historic alterations as part of this exercise.</div>

<div><strong>Expect uncertainty at the outset and simplification later. </strong>An initially long list of alterations typically narrows quickly once relevance is assessed.</div>

<div><strong>Focus effort where evidence is required.</strong> Most alterations can be easily confirmed. A much smaller subset may require data-driven analysis to assess potential impact on the reference scheme test.</div>

<div><strong>Anchor opinions to specific changes. </strong>However obvious the outcome may seem, this is how to make the actuarial confirmations effective. </div>

<div><strong>Use scoping as professional risk management.</strong>  It is not fair to ask actuaries to uncover or classify historic amendments. Clear instructions, explicit assumptions and well-defined boundaries protect actuaries and are reasonable to expect.</div>

<div><strong>Work hand in hand with scheme lawyers.</strong> Joined up advice is the best way to deliver cost-effective, sound and future-proof outcomes for our mutual clients.</div>

<div> </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-virgin-media-fix--a-legal-and-actuarial-double-act-26735.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Us Records  Nvidia Momentum  And Oil Risks In Focus</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;Global equity markets look set for a mixed start, with FTSE 100 futures pointing to an essentially flat open while US markets are expected to give back a little ground after the S&P 500 chalked up yet another record high last night. The latest moves suggest investors are still happy to chase the AI theme, with some profit-taking in software names after a strong run and money rotating back into the trusty hardware plays. The market tone is still broadly upbeat, despite oil prices ticking higher as investors try to make heads or tails of what&rsquo;s going on in the Middle East, with news of fresh strikes balanced with President Trump&rsquo;s insistence that talks are still ongoing.</p>

<p>Nvidia used one of the chip industry&rsquo;s biggest annual showcases, Taiwan&rsquo;s Computex conference, to underline a familiar point: the AI hardware race still runs through its technology. The key message was around AI factory economics, with Vera Rubin moving into full production and Nvidia arguing that lower running costs, faster output and longer useful life can matter more than headline chip prices. RTX Spark added another strand to the story, pushing Nvidia further into AI PCs with a Blackwell GPU and custom Grace-based CPU, though this is an incremental opportunity rather than a main driver. The bigger picture is that Nvidia is trying to show it can stretch beyond data centre GPUs without losing focus on the core engine of demand, and all signs point to a company executing on that strategy.</p>

<p>Gold&rsquo;s been out of the spotlight of late, struggling to regain its shine, with prices holding below $4,500 an ounce. Stronger US jobs data didn&rsquo;t help, denting hopes of near-term rate cuts. A jump in US job openings and a drop in layoffs point to a labour market that still has plenty of heat in it, giving the Federal Reserve more reason to keep interest rates higher for longer. Attention will now turn to Friday&rsquo;s non-farm payrolls report as the next indication of where the rate path might be headed.</p>

<p>Oil prices are slowly climbing, with Brent moving above $97 a barrel as fresh Middle East tensions added another layer of risk to supply expectations. Reports of Iranian missile launches and US retaliatory strikes kept the geopolitical premium firmly in place, even as President Trump insisted talks with Iran are still active. There was a tighter supply angle too, with industry data pointing to a 6.8 million barrel drop in US crude inventories last week, which would mark a sixth straight weekly draw if confirmed by official figures later today.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/us-records--nvidia-momentum--and-oil-risks-in-focus-26733.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Broadstone Advises On L gs Bulk Annuity Deal For Lowman</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Broadstone has advised on a full scheme buy-in for the Lowman Pension Scheme (&ldquo;the Scheme&rdquo;) with Legal & General (L&G) for a &pound;10m premium.</p>

<p>The scheme is sponsored by a mid-Devon based property management company, Lowman Manufacturing Limited (&ldquo;the Company&rdquo;).</p>

<p>The transaction secures the full benefits of all 115 uninsured members, comprised of 52 deferred members and 63 members with pensions in payment, and completed in March. The Company had set aside a reserve to meet any shortfall and the thorough preparation meant that pricing received came well within budget.</p>

<p>The Scheme&rsquo;s existing administrator did not have the experience and capacity to prepare for a bulk annuity market approach, so Broadstone&rsquo;s SM&RT Insure &ndash; Admin stepped in, adding to its existing actuarial, investment consultancy and recently appointed risk transfer advice services provided to the Scheme. Broadstone was able to provide insurer data within 3 months of the administration going live, enabling its SM&RT Insure risk broking team to work with L&G and rapidly transact the buy-in.</p>

<p>Having reviewed the wider market, the Trustees selected L&G&rsquo;s Flow solution for smaller pension schemes.</p>

<p><strong>Chris Rice, Deal Lead and Head of Trustee Services at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;When we started discussing a potential buy-in last year, with the Company setting aside funds to facilitate the transaction, it quickly became clear that dedicated and expert administration support was required. It is satisfying that Broadstone&rsquo;s administration could deliver market-ready data so quickly and facilitate this transaction with L&G at pace.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Bruce Beacham, Chair of Trustees, said:</strong> &ldquo;After two past buy-ins and a bulk transfer out of the defined contribution section, it is rewarding now to have secured the benefits of our remaining members. L&G was a natural partner to consider given they were already heavily involved in the Scheme. We are grateful to Broadstone for the administration support and helping to secure a price that was well within the Company&rsquo;s reserve.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Dominic Moret, Head of Origination and Execution, Institutional Retirement at L&G, added:</strong> &ldquo;This transaction demonstrates how our Flow proposition can deliver certainty, efficiency and smooth execution for schemes approaching their endgame. By novating the Scheme&rsquo;s existing L&G asset holdings, the buy-in price was directly aligned to those assets, effectively locking in pricing and giving Trustees confidence in the outcome. The approach helps minimise costs, remove unnecessary market risk, and supports schemes in achieving a well-matched, efficient transition to securing positive outcomes for their members.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/broadstone-advises-on-l-gs-bulk-annuity-deal-for-lowman-26734.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Growth Focused Dc Strategies Continue To Gain Favour</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Isio has published its latest analysis of the investment performance and asset allocation of 14 major UK DC master trust providers. The latest quarterly update highlights how providers are continuing to position members for long-term growth despite a more volatile market backdrop in Q1 2026.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Global equities declined over the quarter amid heightened geopolitical uncertainty and rising energy prices, with US equities particularly weak as technology stocks retraced following strong performance in 2025. Emerging markets proved more resilient, while UK equities delivered positive returns supported by higher oil prices and a weaker sterling.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>At the same time, rising inflation expectations pushed gilt yields higher, weighing on conventional bonds, while credit markets also delivered negative returns. Despite this more challenging environment, the quarter reinforced a broader structural trend across the DC market: providers are increasingly prioritising long-term retirement outcomes over short-term stability.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Providers maintain long-term focus through market volatility</strong></div>

<div>Periods of short-term volatility remain an expected feature of long-term investing, particularly for growth phase strategies with higher exposure to equities and other return-seeking assets.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Across the provider landscape, growth phase strategies experienced a wide dispersion of returns over Q1, ranging from +0.9% to -4.5%, reflecting differences in equity exposure, regional positioning and overall strategy design. However, longer-term outcomes remained significantly stronger, with three-year annualised returns ranging from 9.2% p.a. to 17.4% p.a. However, recent changes to many strategies mean historic performance should be interpreted with caution.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Performance to 31 March 2026 - Growth Phase (30 years to retirement)</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IsioStrategy0306261.jpg" style="height:255px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>The variation in outcomes highlights the increasing importance of strategic design decisions within default strategies. While equity allocations have been a key driver of returns in recent years, providers are also gradually introducing private market exposures and broadening diversification, which could lead to greater differentiation between strategies over time.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Importantly, providers continue to maintain a long-term approach despite periods of market stress. Recent member behaviour during episodes such as the Covid pandemic and tariff-driven volatility in 2025 has shown limited evidence of panic-driven disinvestment, supporting greater confidence in maintaining exposure to growth assets where appropriate.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Retirement strategies continue evolving beyond traditional de-risking</strong></div>

<div>The evolution in at-retirement strategy design also continued through Q1. While most at-retirement strategies delivered modest negative returns over the quarter, the narrower range of outcomes compared to the growth phase demonstrated the benefits of diversification in helping manage downside risk. Importantly, maintaining exposure to equities did not necessarily result in materially worse outcomes during the period.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Providers are increasingly designing retirement strategies to reflect longer retirement horizons and growing use of drawdown rather than focusing solely on capital preservation or annuity purchase.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>At Retirement Phase - Peer Group Asset Allocation (0 years to retirement)</strong></div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IsioStrategy20306261.jpg" style="height:275px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>This has led to a gradual shift toward retaining growth assets for longer, alongside broader diversification across fixed income and alternative credit assets. The move reflects increasing industry recognition that excessive early de-risking can raise the risk of inadequate retirement income over the long term.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Alongside this, providers are continuing to develop more holistic post-retirement solutions, including guided retirement approaches designed to support members as they transition from accumulation into decumulation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mark Powley, Head of DC Master Trust Research at Isio, said:</strong> &ldquo;Q1 was a reminder that periods of volatility are a normal part of long-term investing, particularly following a sustained period of strong market performance. What&rsquo;s notable is that providers have generally maintained a disciplined long-term approach rather than reacting to short-term market movements.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&quot;We continue to see strategies evolving to reflect changing retirement behaviours and the growing recognition that more members are likely to remain invested for longer into retirement. That is leading providers to retain growth assets for longer, while also broadening diversification to help manage downside risk more effectively.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The increasing dispersion in returns also highlights how important strategic design decisions are becoming across the DC market. As private market allocations continue to develop and retirement solutions evolve further, we expect differentiation between strategies to become even more pronounced over time.&rdquo;<br />
 </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/growth-focused-dc-strategies-continue-to-gain-favour-26736.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Football Clubs Warned About Questionable Sponsorship Deals</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>These unauthorised firms may be breaching UK financial services laws by providing financial services in the UK without authorisation. Fans using these firms risk losing all their money.</p>

<p>The FCA has written directly to football clubs, mainly in the Premier League, to warn about their relationships with these firms and remind them of their responsibilities to fans.</p>

<p><strong>Lucy Castledine, director of consumer investments at the FCA, said: </strong>'Millions of football fans trust their club&rsquo;s badge. Clubs should not let unauthorised financial firms exploit that loyalty by putting potentially dodgy products in front of millions of fans. A logo on a shirt means one thing: that firm paid for it. Fans should always check the firm using our Firm Checker tool before buying a financial product and help us show the red card to those that would risk your money.'</p>

<div><strong>For fans: what you need to know </strong></div>

<div>It doesn't matter how prominent the branding is, which club it sponsors or how professional the app looks. If the sponsoring firm provides financial services and is not on the <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/consumers/fca-firm-checker">FCA Firm Checker</a>, it is not regulated, and you will likely have no protection if things go wrong.</div>

<p>You should check any financial services firm before you use them.</p>

<div><strong>For clubs: what the FCA expects </strong></div>

<div>Sponsorship deals with unauthorised financial services firms don't just harm fans. They potentially expose clubs to legal liability, money laundering risks and serious reputational damage.</div>

<p>The FCA expects every UK football club to conduct proper due diligence on financial services sponsors before signing, and on an ongoing basis. Where the FCA has already identified concerns, it has spoken directly to the club. Where action is needed, the FCA will take it.</p>

<p>The FCA is engaging with the Government and external partners like the Premier League and the Independent Football Regulator to tackle this across the sport.</p>

<p> </p>

<div><em><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/FCA-sponsorship-arrangements-football-clubs-2026.pdf">Read the letter to football clubs</a> (PDF). </em></div>

<div><em>Consumers can check whether a firm is authorised by using the <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/consumers/fca-firm-checker">FCA Firm Checker</a>. </em></div>

<div><em>The FCA regularly publishes warnings about unauthorised firms and scams on our <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/consumers/warning-list-unauthorised-firms">Warning List</a>. </em></div>

<div><em>In the UK, firms must be authorised by the FCA &ndash; or have their adverts approved by an authorised firm &ndash; before they can <a href="https://www.fca.org.uk/firms/financial-promotions-adverts">promote financial products</a> or services to consumers.</em></div>

<div><em><strong>Sports Minister Stephanie Peacock said: </strong>'Sponsorship deals play a vital part in sustaining our football pyramid, but fans deserve to know that the companies associated with their clubs are responsible, accountable and safe to use.'</em></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/football-clubs-warned-about-questionable-sponsorship-deals-26737.htm</link>
<pubDate>Wed, 3 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Insurance Customers Borrowing More To Cover Premiums</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Consumer insurance customers are borrowing more to cover their premiums as cost of living pressures continue to bite, new research1 from the UK&rsquo;s leading premium finance company, Premium Credit, shows.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Premium Credit&rsquo;s Insurance Index, now in its seventh year, found customers using credit to pay for insurance estimate they borrow an average &pound;505 compared with &pound;400 in last year&rsquo;s index and &pound;302 two years ago.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The index found 76% of insurance customers use some form of credit to pay for one or more policies &ndash; unchanged on last year&rsquo;s index, but up on the 71% two years ago and 70% in March 2023.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The index, which monitors insurance buying and how it is financed, shows ongoing cost of living challenges are the main reason driving increased borrowing. More than half (53%) who borrowed more blamed the rising cost of living &ndash; double the 26% who pointed to insurance premium increases. Last year&rsquo;s index showed 43% highlighted cost of living and 24% pointed to premium increases.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>However nearly a quarter (23%) said they took on more credit as it is a more convenient way to pay for insurance and improves their money management.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>More than half (51%) who use some form of credit to pay for one or more insurance policies borrowed more than they had in the previous 12 months, compared with 43% in last year&rsquo;s index. Nearly two out of five (39%) said they have not borrowed more, slightly down on the 42% last year, while just 2% said they had borrowed less and 7% (11%) did not know or preferred not to say.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Premium Credit&rsquo;s Insurance Index found credit cards remain the most popular form of borrowing despite the potentially high cost. Around 55% rely on credit cards compared to 41% last year.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Relying on credit cards and other forms of unsecured borrowing is potentially risky, the index shows, with 11% who used credit to pay for one or more insurance policy saying they had defaulted on repayments during the past year. That was nearly double the 6% in last year&rsquo;s index. Around one in eight (12%) questioned said they had been turned down for credit cards in the past two years.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Premium Credit is advising customers to consider premium finance which, for a small charge, enables them to pay monthly for cover instead of in a lump sum. Spreading payments in such a way can help ease cash flow challenges and make paying for vital insurance more convenient.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The index shows widespread use of credit by consumers to pay for all types of insurance monitored as the table below shows. It is most used to pay for car and home insurance.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_PremiumCreditCards0206261.jpg" style="height:343px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Mona Patel, consumer spokesperson, at Premium Credit said: </strong>&ldquo;Insurance customers are borrowing more to cover their insurance payments due to cost of living pressures rather than insurance premium increases. However, it is notable that substantial numbers who are borrowing more are doing so because paying for insurance monthly is more convenient and better for their general budgeting in line with how they pay for other products and services.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Premium finance is specifically designed to help smooth out the impact of a single lump sum and improve cash flow. Spreading the cost of an annual policy into more convenient monthly payments works for many millions of UK consumers and businesses and it can be a good alternative to other forms of credit like credit cards or bank overdrafts.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Premium Credit&rsquo;s research found nearly a third (32%) expect their financial situation will worsen over the next 12 months compared with 19% who expect it will improve and 38% who believe it will be unchanged. Around 11% did not know or would not say.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/insurance-customers-borrowing-more-to-cover-premiums-26728.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Greater Flexibility In Retirement Cdc Could Improve Outcomes</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div> It argues that while CDC can meet the complex demands of members by improving pension outcomes and providing security, the broader pensions system falls short of providing the flexibility needed to make changes, particularly in the early years of retirement. The leading pensions and financial services consultancy is calling for current tax restrictions to be eased as they risk limiting the effectiveness of CDC for UK savers. It&rsquo;s urging policymakers to allow more flexible approaches to retirement CDC, including carefully designed transfer options, to ensure better retirement outcomes.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the issues facing the industry in designing pensions that provide members with security, long-term income and flexibility, Paul Waters, Head of DC Markets, Hymans Robertson, says: </strong>&ldquo;There&rsquo;s a broad challenge facing the pensions industry as it balances competing member priorities. Individuals are not one-dimensional and while they value security, they also want flexibility and control. At the same time they are looking for the highest possible retirement income. Meeting all these demands involves trade-offs that the industry is grappling with as it designs retirement propositions.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Automatically moving members into a retirement income product that protects against running out of money would be particularly successful at improving member outcomes at scale. This is already recognised and is the premise behind Guided Retirement&rsquo;s inclusion in the Pension Schemes Act. Defaults can also play a part by building in an element of security with longevity protection to prevent people from running out of money. It&rsquo;s helpful, however, that products allow for flexibility if the customer wants to do something else, especially in the early years of retirement.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Pension schemes and providers are trying to design options that meet all these requirements: default products that solve the challenge of the trade-off. The early flex-and-fix type of DC designs that have been developed have sought to address this tension but often involve complexity or compromise. Retirement CDC has the potential to be a major step forward in providing a solution. It can provide a secure income for life and help address the very real risk of individuals running out of money, it just doesn&rsquo;t score highly on flexibility.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the changes that are needed in regulation to allow greater flexibility for CDC, Paul continues: </strong>&ldquo;With the right design and appropriate safeguards, it should be possible to introduce greater flexibility into CDC without undermining the benefits of risk sharing. But policy change would be needed to enable this. The tax position needs to be looked at to enable someone receiving a CDC scheme pension to transfer to an income drawdown policy.  There are also logistical barriers when designing solutions that move customers from income drawdown to R-CDC under flex-and-fix designs which could be removed. And Financial Advisors will need clarity on their requirements when evaluating these types of decisions for their clients. From an actuarial scheme design point it can be managed, for example, some form of underwriting and the actuary setting terms that protect the risk sharing of the scheme from unhealthy members transferring out.&rdquo; </div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/greater-flexibility-in-retirement-cdc-could-improve-outcomes-26726.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Footsie Gains And Anthropic Joins The Ai Listing Party</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, Chief Investment Strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;The London market has lifted in early trade as oil prices have dipped back a little, and bargain hunters appear keen to buy the dip of recent days. There is no concrete progress in Middle East negotiations to hang a hat on, but investors appear broadly optimistic that a longer-term resolution will be reached. Even devastating attacks by Russia on Ukraine have not hit sentiment, with investors shrugging off tense geopolitics.</p>

<p>Instead, AI enthusiasm is still the talk of the town, with Anthropic is joining the listing party, filing paperwork for an IPO later this year. The company is clearly keen to capitalise on mega-enthusiasm washing through markets for artificial intelligence investments. It&rsquo;s hot on the heels of SpaceX&rsquo;s filing, and there are expectations that OpenAI will also go public pretty soon. Anthropic may attract particularly strong investor demand because it has built a reputation as one of the more enterprise-focused and safety-conscious AI firms. Its Claude models are considered to be strong performers for business use, especially among companies concerned about reliability, regulation and data security. Backing from major technology groups, including Amazon and Google, gives Anthropic access to enormous computing resources and distribution channels. Combined with growing enterprise adoption of Claude, this could make the company particularly attractive to investors seeking exposure to the AI infrastructure boom.</p>

<p>The listings are set to intensify excitement around AI, but they may also fuel concerns that parts of the market may be entering bubble territory. The huge investor appetite expected for these flotations underlines how strongly AI enthusiasm is creating mega valuations across the US technology sector. However, much of their explosive growth has happened away from public markets. By the time these firms eventually float, a large share of the value creation has often already been captured by early private investors, leaving retail investors at risk of jumping in after much of the lift-off has already occurred.</p>

<p>There are clear echoes of the dot.com era, when soaring optimism around the internet pushed technology stocks to dizzying heights before confidence collapsed as funding conditions tightened. Some of those parallels can&rsquo;t be ignored today as AI excitement has propelled Wall Street to record highs. However, today&rsquo;s AI leaders are generally stronger businesses than many of the speculative companies that dominated the dot.com boom. Firms such as Anthropic, SpaceX and OpenAI are building ecosystems around AI, data infrastructure and compute power which could shape the global economy for decades.</p>

<p>However, high-profile IPOs can still become turning points for market sentiment if valuations appear too detached from fundamentals. Any disappointment could trigger a wider reassessment across tech stocks, which have soared in value. But while some companies may not survive the hype cycle, others could ultimately justify today&rsquo;s lofty valuations, just as Amazon did after surviving the dot.com crash. The rules of the AI race are evolving so quickly that some of tomorrow&rsquo;s winners may still be under the radar. That&rsquo;s why investors need to remain selective, diversified and realistic about risk.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/footsie-gains-and-anthropic-joins-the-ai-listing-party-26725.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai At The Core</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Laura Carballo, Head of Advanced Analytics for South-West Europe and Luk&aacute;&scaron; Vermach,Director, ICT Insurance Management Consultancy Team, WTW</strong></p>

<p>There will be opportunities at every stage of the value chain - from product design and marketing to underwriting, pricing, claims reserving and customer service. The most forward-thinking insurers are therefore developing roadmaps for AI transformation, working across every business unit to identify new use cases and to move forward with implementation.</p>

<div><strong>Pricing and underwriting in focus</strong></div>

<div>AI transformation is proceeding at pace in two areas in particular at the core of the insurance sector: pricing and underwriting. There are multiple applications here.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Improving risk and underwriting efficiency</strong></div>

<div>AI enables insurers to dramatically improve their risk and behavioural models, detecting patterns and anomalies not previously visible in order to price with far more accuracy. It automates manual assessments with predictive models that deliver smarter decisions with greater speed to enhance underwriting efficiency.</div>

<div><strong>Monitoring trends and portfolio performance</strong></div>

<div>AI is also transforming monitoring work, with insurers now able to detect emerging trends in areas such as competitor activity, claims and customer behaviours. It supports more active portfolio management and provides insurers with intelligence on where to focus their efforts.</div>

<div><strong>Governance, explainability and compliance</strong></div>

<div>At the governance level, AI helps to address compliance, and insurers also now recognise the importance of responsible deployment. They are emphasising explainability, conscious of the need for bias detection, and ensuring human intervention.</div>

<p>Critically, insurers have started to put theory into practice, often with impressive results. For example, WTW worked with a large UK motor insurer that had become increasingly concerned about a rise in its lapse rates. Having identified the segment of the business where this rise appeared to be concentrated, it was possible to apply large language models (LLMs) to analyse transcripts from the insurer&rsquo;s call centre. This identified a recurring theme in conversations with customers; they complained that a specific area of the insurer&rsquo;s new business customer journey wasn&rsquo;t working as intended, making it difficult to renew their policies.</p>

<p>It&rsquo;s a good example of how AI can help insurers identify issues and opportunities that are hidden in plain sight. Using language embeddings to enable segmentation analysis, the LLMs were able to pinpoint the problem at the root of the increase in lapse rates. The insurer was then able to fix the issue at speed.</p>

<p>In another deployment, WTW worked with an Italian direct insurer that felt it should be making better use of its motor claims data to enhance underwriting, pricing and portfolio management. Using advanced modelling techniques to analyse this data more effectively, it proved possible to uncover new insights into risk patterns, these enabled the insurer to refine its underwriting and pricing activity.</p>

<p>The results observed so far are highly positive. The deployment is leading to better pricing, improved renewals and an enhanced loss ratio, and is becoming a key part of their active portfolio management process. The insurer also benefitted from improved underwriting workflows that increased operational effectiveness and profitability.</p>

<div><strong>AI for success</strong></div>

<div>As insurers enjoy these successes, their use of AI will inevitably grow, with each new model deployed running continuously to identify further refinements and improvements. Relatively quickly, insurers will end up with an evolving ecosystem of AI deployments capable of driving value.</div>

<p>That, however, brings a new challenge &ndash; the need to manage and monitor these models to ensure they deliver the maximum possible value. It&rsquo;s the same challenge that a farmer planting multiple crops faces &ndash; each one has to be nurtured and maintained for the harvest to be optimised.</p>

<p>What insurers need here is a means to manage ongoing advanced analytics, pricing, underwriting and portfolio management. New technologies and services now coming on stream make it possible to automate analysis of insurers&rsquo; emerging AI experience so that their growing crops of models continue to yield relevant business insight rapidly and efficiently. Such tools monitor expanding model portfolios, surface early signs of deterioration, and ensure models remain reliable, compliant and aligned with business objectives.</p>

<p>In practice, that means monitoring and managing all the models deployed so that any segments where model health is deteriorating can be quickly identified and rectified. In an environment where insurers will be increasingly dependent on those models for competitive advantage, managing the uncertainties and complexities around them will be an ever-more critical task. It will go beyond governance and oversight, enabling better risk control and more active portfolio management.</p>

<p>The bottom line? The potential of AI to transform insurance is clear &ndash; businesses not taking advantage risk being left behind. But as deployments accelerate, insurers will also need to monitor and manage growing numbers of models in order to maximise the value they create. That will be a key task in the transformation challenge.</p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-at-the-core-26731.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Savers Prioritise Precision Over Presentation</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>One in four savers (25%) now say accurate information is the single most important factor in building trust in pension providers, up sharply from 16.21% last year, according to the research. This marks the most significant movement across the dataset and highlights a clear shift in expectations, with greater emphasis being placed on clarity, transparency and reliability, particularly in a period of economic uncertainty and ongoing policy change. At the same time, the proportion of individuals who feel unable to judge their pension situation, whether in terms of trust, overall experience or retirement readiness, has increased by an average of 17.4%, underlining the growing need for clearer communication and more effective member support.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>While digital engagement remains important, the findings show it is no longer sufficient on its own to build trust. Although younger savers continue to value online access and self-service tools, the relative importance of digital features has declined. Instead, there is a stronger emphasis on the quality of information delivered through these channels. Savers increasingly expect digital platforms to combine convenience with information that is clear, reliable and easy to understand.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_TrafalgarHouseAccurate2026.jpg" style="height:253px; width:600px" /></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Other traditional trust-building elements, including face-to-face interaction, clear communication and digital self-service, have also declined in importance as primary drivers. This does not mean they are no longer valued, but rather that they are no longer seen as the foundation of trust. Instead, the data points to a clear realignment, with trust increasingly driven by the dependability of information rather than the method through which it is delivered.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Daniel Taylor, Client Director at Trafalgar House, said: </strong>&ldquo;On one level, it&rsquo;s no surprise that accuracy matters most. But what this research really highlights is just how fragile trust can be. Even small errors or inconsistencies can quickly undermine confidence, particularly when people are already unsure about their pension position.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Members aren&rsquo;t just looking for access or functionality anymore, they expect information to be precise, transparent and easy to understand every single time they engage. Digital tools still have an important role to play, but they need to reinforce clarity, not complicate it. For trustees and schemes, that puts the focus firmly on getting the basics right consistently, because trust is much easier to lose than it is to build.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Last month Trafalgar House announced that top-line figures for 2026 shows trust in the pensions industry has edged up slightly to 5.32 out of 10, compared with 5.23 in 2025. After several years of modest fluctuations, trust in pension providers has inched upwards from 4.63 in 2021 to 5.32 in 2026, with only a slight dip in 2025, suggesting a gentle, emerging upward trend.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/savers-prioritise-precision-over-presentation-26730.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Governance And Controls Critical For Pension Reforms With Ai</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Trustees and providers will require robust approaches to AI, alongside clear governance frameworks with strong controls and human oversight, to stay in line with best practice, emerging guidance and standards when deploying AI, because the UK is taking a principles-based approach to AI regulation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This means that individual industry regulators will provide guidelines for firms but otherwise trustees and providers will need to establish their own robust operating models, which include human oversight, and governance approaches.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This is significant given the centrality of AI reforms to implementing the swathe of pension reforms contained within the Pension Schemes Act, the newly launched Targeted Support regime and the further changes likely following the conclusion of the Pensions Commission.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Default retirement pathways, Value for Money assessments and small pots consolidation will all increase the need for providers to make better use of their data to support automated decision making and matching as well as standardised benchmarking.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This backdrop creates a clear expectation that providers will need to further their adoption of AI, but do so in a way that improves member outcomes while maintaining trust.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>To achieve this, providers will need to create their operating and governance models within the boundaries of data protection rules and regulations, and to have the flexibility to adapt their models as regulatory guidance evolves, such as the guidance on the responsible adoption of AI expected later in 2026 from the Pensions Regulator.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Operating models will need to cover a range of AI techniques, such as clustering to identify patterns in data, classification to support consistent decisions, and ongoing monitoring to identify changes in behaviour and inform appropriate actions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These models will need to ensure that all uses of AI follow a well governed path where human involvement is clearly defined - whether in the form of oversight activities, or through the incorporation of &lsquo;humans in the loop&rsquo; to regularly handle and review outputs. They will also include policy controls, routing decisions and guardrails to provide a tightly controlled governance framework with defined intervention points.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Sami Saadaoui, Head of AI Architecture and Operations at Lumera, commented:</strong> &ldquo;AI is set to become a critical enabler of the next phase of pension reform as the industry digests and begins to implement the Pension Schemes Act. Schemes and providers will need to leverage AI to deliver more personalised member outcomes, support automated processes at greater scale and improve the consistency of decision-making across increasingly complex datasets. However, the real challenge is not simply adopting AI, but deploying it within a robust governance and control framework. Pension providers and trustees will need clear accountability, strong human oversight and transparent decision-making processes to ensure AI is being used responsibly and in members&rsquo; best interests.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The UK&rsquo;s principles-based approach to AI regulation means firms cannot rely on prescriptive rulebooks alone. Instead, they will need to demonstrate that their operating models, controls and governance frameworks are sufficiently robust to manage risks around bias, data quality, explainability and consumer outcomes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The current swathe of reforms significantly increases the volume and complexity of data that needs to be processed and analysed. Firms need the scalable technology and human expertise to ensure that AI is unleashed to its full potential within defined guardrails. Those that manage this best will be best placed to capitalise on a new era of pension saving and access in the UK, delivering better outcomes and maintaining trust with members.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/governance-and-controls-critical-for-pension-reforms-with-ai-26727.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Savers Put  12 Billion Into Cash Isas In April Ahead Of Cut</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Charlene Young, senior pensions and savings expert at AJ Bell, comments: </strong>&ldquo;A new tax year brings a shiny new set of ISA allowances and savers certainly took advantage, depositing &pound;12 billion into Cash ISAs in April, the second highest monthly inflow on record. While April is always the height of ISA season, this year is the last chance for under 65s to pay in up to &pound;20,000 before their allowance is cut to &pound;12,000 from 6 April 2027.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Under 65s might be tempted to pile their full &pound;20,000 ISA allowance into the cash version while stocks last, but it&rsquo;s worth considering if a Stocks and Shares ISA could be a better home for money that you won&rsquo;t need in the next five years or more. We already had sticky inflation before the Iran conflict, and further surges are expected as the full impact of supply chain disruption and energy shocks filters through.</p>

<p>&ldquo;While it&rsquo;s important to have an emergency cash buffer at hand and to keep anything you&rsquo;re likely to need soon in cash, there&rsquo;s a significant risk inflation will eat into your interest returns on anything held in cash for the long term. History shows that investing in the stock market beats cash and inflation over the long term, so it could be worth investing money you don&rsquo;t need to call on for five years or more to give your wealth the best chance to grow.</p>

<p>&ldquo;There was a surge in money leaving interest-bearing accounts (&pound;13.1 billion), but rather than money being spent and leaving the system, this will largely be explained by the flight into Cash ISAs. There was also a slight increase in money added into accounts that pay no interest, which could be a symptom of the ongoing global uncertainty and worries over cost of living rises to come.&rdquo;</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_AJBellISA0206261.jpg" style="height:340px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><span style="font-size:11px"><em>Source: AJ Bell analysis of Bank of England data. Monthly changes of MFIs&rsquo; sterling Cash ISA deposits from households.</em></span></p>

<div><strong>Mortgage lending down, but market showing some resilience</strong></div>

<div>&ldquo;The property market and house prices have started to struggle in the face of falls in consumer confidence, rising unemployment and an energy price cap hike in the offing. Net mortgage lending was down in April to &pound;4.4 billion, from &pound;6.8 billion in March and below the &pound;5.1 billion average over the last six months.</div>

<p>&ldquo;But there is a glimmer of hope, as April&rsquo;s approval figures saw another increase to 65,900, above both the 64,000 seen in March and the six-month average of 63,100. This increase in future lending prospects will be down buyers looking to lock in deals as mortgage costs rise. April saw the effective rate on new lending start to creep up, to 4.08% from 4.03% in March.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/savers-put--12-billion-into-cash-isas-in-april-ahead-of-cut-26732.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Assessing Megafund Pension Reforms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The report, <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/PPI-assessing-megafund-pension-reforms-2026.pdf"><strong>&ldquo;Assessing megafund pension reforms: Insights from international experience&rdquo;</strong></a>, sponsored by SEI Master Trust and now:pensions (part of Mercer), includes a fresh analysis of international evidence that finds economies of scale typically stem from cost savings rather than higher investment returns. The PPI study identified important differences in factors such as market conditions, corporate structures, and population demographics, revealing that it is not clear-cut UK megafund reforms would necessarily deliver better returns.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Passed in late April, the government&rsquo;s Pension Schemes Act requires multi-employer Defined Contribution (DC) schemes to consolidate into megafunds with at least &pound;25bn of assets in their main default arrangement by 2030, with limited exceptions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The report provides a new independent evidence base to better understand the implications of the policy changes in terms of member outcomes, and to inform the details in final regulations, for stakeholders across the sector. (1)</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Key findings of the research include:</strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>There is no guaranteed correlation between pension scheme size and level of investment return:</strong> The growth strategies adopted by DC Australian Supers have led to lower returns during the five years to 2024 than those of their UK counterparts. Where scale is beneficial, savings typically stem from cost reductions, and while administration and investment fees are falling in Australia, they remain on average higher than the UK charges cap. While the megafund reforms aim to increase investment in domestic private markets, other countries&rsquo; experience suggests that the reforms alone may not be sufficient to achieve this.</div>

<div><strong>While some UK DC providers already access the benefits of scale, others may not have harnessed the benefits already available to them:</strong> UK pension providers may already access the benefits of scale because they are part of a larger organisation, or via investment opportunities through the use of asset managers with large pools of assets. Further issues to examine in this policy area include where providers fail to harness existing benefits of scale, typically due to not instituting structures enabling effective defaults and common investment strategies. Understanding how new regulations could build on efficiencies already achieved will also be important.</div>

<div><strong>Even before the megafund reforms, there has been consolidation in the UK DC market:</strong> Before the Royal Assent of the Pension Schemes Act, the megafund reforms prompted industry responses, with the number of Master Trusts decreasing from 38 to 31 between 2019 and 2025, and stakeholders expect this trend to continue.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Melissa Echalier, PPI Research Associate and lead author of the report, commented: </strong>&ldquo;There is no guarantee that UK megafund reforms will achieve the better returns for savers targeted by government. The PPI&rsquo;s new international analysis of similar measures, alongside data from stakeholder interviews, paints a more complex picture for return levels and other implications of the reforms. While learning from other countries can be insightful, differences between pension systems make it challenging to draw clear conclusions. In the UK&rsquo;s fragmented system, the introduction of megafunds will likely play out differently to countries such as Australia and Canada.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As the sector now prepares for the implementation of these pivotal reforms, this report delivers important new independent insights to the evidence base to support informed policy decision-making.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Steve Charlton, DC and Solutions Managing Director at SEI, said: </strong>&ldquo;This research makes a timely contribution to the debate on consolidation and scale in pensions. Too often, size is treated as a proxy for quality, when the evidence shows the relationship between scale, performance and outcomes is more complex than that. Scale can provide useful capabilities, but it is not an outcome in its own right. What ultimately matters is whether pension schemes deliver good value and more savings for members to spend in their retirement, and this research helps bring that focus back to the fore.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Lizzy Holliday, Director of PA and Policy at Mercer&rsquo;s now:pensions (part of Mercer), said: </strong>&ldquo;As the report shows there are lessons that can be learnt from international comparisons, but each country has differing systems, demographics and markets. The report highlights that scale, private market investment capabilities and cost efficiencies can be achieved in a number of ways. There are also a broader set of factors that influence domestic and private market investment that must be considered. It will be important to take these into account at the next stage of policy and regulatory development to support delivery of good member outcomes.&rdquo;</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/assessing-megafund-pension-reforms-26729.htm</link>
<pubDate>Tue, 2 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Fca Authorised Claims Management Firms Halves To 483</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>A freedom of information (FOI) request from Broadstone, a leading independent financial services consultancy, has revealed that the number of firms authorised to provide regulated claims management services has fallen markedly in recent years.</p>

<p>Since the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) took over regulation of the sector from the Claims Management Regulator (CMR) in April 2019, the number firms operating in this part of the market has fallen for every single one of the past seven years.</p>

<p>The number of firms authorised to provide claims management services in April 2026 is now just 483, nearly halving from 942 when the FCA started to regulate the market.</p>

<p>There was a particularly notable drop of 24% between April 2020 (923) and April 2021 (704). This is likely to have been a consequence of the new FCA authorisation, rules and fees regime and claims management companies (CMCs) pre-empting the FCAs later introduction of fee caps.</p>

<p><em>FOI made by Broadstone: the number of firms authorised to provide regulated claims management services since the FCA took over from the CMR on 1 April 2019.</em></p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_BroadstoneClaims0106261.jpg" style="height:186px; width:349px" /></p>

<p>The FOI was made by Broadstone after the FCA announced a review into the claims management sector in May 20261. The regulator said that the probe was launched &ldquo;following concerns that consumers are being failed by some CMCs and law firms.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Phil Smith, Head of Redress at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;The sharp decline in the number of authorised claims management firms since the FCA took over regulation reflects a market that has come under far greater scrutiny and regulatory pressure in recent years. Higher standards around governance, conduct and consumer outcomes have undoubtedly raised the bar for firms operating in the sector.</p>

<p>&ldquo;While increased oversight has helped drive out some poor practices, the FCA&rsquo;s decision to launch a fresh review highlights that concerns around consumer harm and poor behaviour have not gone away entirely. This has been reflected in the multiple warnings issued around the motor finance compensation scheme.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The challenge for the regulator will be ensuring consumers remain properly protected without reducing competition and access to redress services too far. Firms operating in this market will also need to demonstrate robust controls, transparency and clear value to consumers if they are to remain sustainable under the FCA&rsquo;s more intensive regulatory framework.</p>

<p>&ldquo;From a consumer point of view, people should fully understand what they are signing up to, what fees may apply and whether free-to-access routes such as the Financial Ombudsman Service are available before entering into agreements.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/fca-authorised-claims-management-firms-halves-to-483-26719.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Calum Cooper Elected As Next President Of The Spp</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>Calum&rsquo;s two-year term will begin on 1 June 2026, succeeding Sophia Singleton, Partner & Head of DC at XPS who has held the role since 1 June 2024.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Under Sophia&rsquo;s stewardship, the SPP has continued to grow both its reach and influence. High profile and successful collaboration with the APL, ACA and DWP helped ensure an industry informed solution to the challenges presented by the Virgin Media case; the SPP proved instrumental in ensuring the PPF&rsquo;s Admin Levy was abolished and was central to helping ensure flexibility around the general levy was included in the Pension Schemes Act; the SPP also worked effectively with HMRC to ensure an exemption for pension admin professionals in relation to the new HMRC tax adviser registration requirements. At the same time, the SPP&rsquo;s media profile has grown significantly and its membership base has continued to expand.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>This has helped the SPP continue growing as an influential voice for the whole UK pensions industry, furthering its track record of influencing the effective functioning of policy and leading debate within the sector.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Calum will seek to protect and build on the strong foundations Sophia has laid by ensuring the SPP continues to collaborate effectively, delivers meaningful and positive impact, and makes sure that industry voices are heard when it matters.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Calum Cooper, SPP President, said: </strong>&ldquo;It is a real privilege to take on the role of President of the SPP. I would like to thank Sophia for the strong foundations she has laid during her tenure. My priority is to protect and build on that progress, ensuring we continue to be a trusted and authoritative voice for the pensions industry, representing the professions in all their diversity.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over the coming year, I want us to focus on delivering real impact at this time of transformative change, making sure that the views and expertise of our members continue to be heard clearly when it matters most in shaping pensions policy and regulation.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Collaboration is also central to everything the SPP does and how we do it. As President, I want to build on SPP&rsquo;s strong relationships with colleagues across the industry, as well as with government, regulators, policymakers and other industry bodies. All in the spirit of togetherness, positively impacting peoples&rsquo; pension outcomes.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/calum-cooper-elected-as-next-president-of-the-spp-26724.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>June 2026 Edition Of The Actuarial Post Magazine</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/1"><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_APMagazineJune2026FrontCover.jpg" style="float:right; height:281px; width:199px" /></a>As one ceasefire follows yet another ceasefire followed by&hellip;. Not even the beginning of the end seems in sight in the Iran war meaning costs fluctuate seemingly in one direction upwards as inflation once more rises. Close to home the Pensions Commission has released its findings on retirement savings which seems to buck the current received wisdom of success and that there is significantly more work to be done across the pensions industry to provide innovative solutions for millions of people.</p>

<p>We look forward to welcoming you back next month.</p>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/6">News</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/8">Movers & Shakers</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/8">City Dealings</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/10">Rethinking Loss Trends in a Volatile Risk Environment by Adrian Mincher, Head of UK, Ireland & South Africa, Earnix</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/12">Pension Pillar by Dale Critchley from Aviva</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/12">Retirement Puzzle by Alex White from Gallagher</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/14">Inflation Uncertainty Returns as Pricing Pressures Shist by Richard York-Weaving, Snr Consultant and Katie Garner, Snr Consultant, LCP</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/16">Lights, Camera, Actuary! by Rupa Pithiya from Bolton Associates</a></div>

<div><a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/18">Information Exchange by Helen Richardson, Insurance Snr Product Manager, LexisNexis Risk Solutions</a><br />
<a href="https://library.myebook.com/ActuarialPost/actuarial-post-june-2026/6650/#page/20">Recruitment</a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/june-2026-edition-of-the-actuarial-post-magazine-26723.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Jittery Start To The Week Focus On Oil  Housing And Earnings</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Matt Britzman, senior equity analyst, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>Global equity markets are heading into the week with a split tone. FTSE 100 futures suggest London is in for a soft open, while the US is painting a brighter picture, with futures pointing higher. The tug of war for investors remains much the same: strong corporate earnings and AI-led optimism are still doing plenty of heavy lifting, but elevated bond yields, firm oil prices, and uncertainty over the path for interest rates are keeping a lid on the enthusiasm.</p>

<p>The housebuilding sector has a softer market signal to digest this morning, with Nationwide house price growth slowing to 1.7% in May and prices falling 0.6% month-on-month, the first monthly decline so far this year. The pressure is coming from a familiar place: higher energy prices and market interest rates have knocked confidence and cooled buyer demand, which matters for a sector still trying to rebuild momentum after a tough few years. But this does not look like a broken buyer backdrop just yet, with solid household finances, savings buffers and improving affordability suggesting weakness could prove temporary if energy prices settle and geopolitical tensions ease.</p>

<p>Oil has found its way back onto the worry list, as hopes for a cleaner US-Iran breakthrough run into fresh uncertainty. The market had started to price in some relief from a possible ceasefire extension and reopening of the Strait of Hormuz, but the risk premium has not disappeared, especially with the route still central to global energy flows. For equity markets, that keeps oil in an awkward spot: high enough to feed inflation and rate worries, but volatile enough to make any improvement in sentiment look fragile.</p>

<p>Earnings season is winding down, but there are still a few important names for investors to watch this week. BATS is unlikely to deliver major surprises after reiterating guidance last month. But the focus will be on whether full-year targets still look achievable given pressure on duty-free sales, tobacco volumes and consumer demand - with pricing, New Category sales and second-half profit delivery shouldering the responsibility for meeting guidance. Broadcom is the bigger growth story, with AI demand expected to drive another set of punchy numbers, but expectations are already high, so investors will be looking beyond any headline beat to the order book, future AI guidance, and whether margins can hold up as custom chips and networking become an even bigger part of the mix.</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/jittery-start-to-the-week-focus-on-oil--housing-and-earnings-26718.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Gen X Sleepwalking Into Retirement Shortfall</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Those born between 1965 and 1980 - the so-called Generation X - risk &ldquo;sleepwalking&rdquo; into an inadequate retirement, despite higher exposure to property, with nearly twice as many owning buy-to-let homes as Baby Boomers, according to new analysis from Rathbones, one of the UK&rsquo;s leading wealth and asset management groups.</p>

<p>The Pensions Commission&rsquo;s recent <a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/news/pensions-commission-findings-buck-received-wisdom-of-success-26666.htm">interim report</a> on the state of retirement saving in the UK identifies Generation X as one of the most at-risk cohorts. This reflects their timing: many entered the workforce as defined benefit pensions were disappearing, with fewer employers offering workplace schemes, and before automatic enrolment helped normalise consistent saving.</p>

<p>Where Baby Boomers largely benefited from both generous pension, Generation X faces a far more fragmented picture - one that appears to tilt towards property rather than liquid, tax-efficient investments.</p>

<p>A Rathbones survey of 3,092 UK adults - including 1,025 Gen Xers and 1,050 Baby Boomers - shows that while Gen Xers are more likely to have pensions - excluding final salary schemes - they are almost twice as likely to own a buy-to-let property (17% vs 9% for Baby Boomers).</p>

<p>However, they are less likely to hold tax-efficient investments such as ISAs (66% vs 78%) or other investment accounts (45% vs 52%).</p>

<p><strong>Rebecca Williams, Financial Planning Divisional Lead at Rathbones, says: </strong>&ldquo;Many Gen Xers are sleepwalking into retirement with far less financial security than their parents. They came of age as defined benefit pensions were disappearing and have since faced years of stagnant wage growth and repeated financial shocks, making it harder to build robust, long-term savings.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This cohort also represents a large part of the &lsquo;sandwich generation&rsquo;, juggling day-to-day costs while supporting both ageing parents and children. As a result, boosting retirement savings can be difficult amid ongoing financial pressures.</p>

<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s perhaps no surprise that property - particularly buy-to-let - has been seen as an alternative route to funding retirement. But relying on property as a pension can leave retirees overly exposed to a single, illiquid asset at a time when flexibility is most needed.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Rathbones&rsquo; &ldquo;<a href="https://www.rathbones.com/en-gb/wealth-management/knowledge-and-insight/slow-uk-property-growth-drives-investors-to-diversified-investment-portfolios">Don&rsquo;t Bet the House</a>&rdquo; research suggests the conditions that drove strong property returns in previous decades have already shifted. Between 1980 and 2016, UK house prices rose by around 6.7% a year (8.5% in London), comfortably outpacing inflation. Crucially, today&rsquo;s investors are unlikely to benefit from the same tailwinds. Since 2016, UK house prices have risen by just 3.7% annually - barely keeping pace with inflation - while London property has underperformed, rising by just 1.3% a year (to start of 2025).</p>

<p>Over the same period, stock markets have delivered significantly stronger returns: &pound;100 invested in London property in 2016 would today be worth around &pound;111, compared with &pound;174 if invested in equities.</p>

<p>Isabella Galliers-Pratt, Senior Investment Director at Rathbones says: &ldquo;The conditions that fuelled the property boom have long since changed. Property is less flexible than pensions or investments, and rental income can be less predictable&mdash;particularly as higher interest rates, tax changes and rental reforms have squeezed returns and added complexity for landlords. The idea that property is always a &lsquo;safe bet&rsquo; no longer holds true in many parts of the country.</p>

<p>&ldquo;By contrast, pensions benefit from upfront tax relief, tax-efficient growth and access to diversified investments, making them a more structured and effective way to build long-term retirement income. A more resilient approach typically involves balancing different asset classes, ensuring pensions, investments and property work together to meet income needs and align with personal risk tolerance.&rdquo;</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/gen-x-sleepwalking-into-retirement-shortfall-26721.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Debt Regret 1 In 5 Say They Spend Too Much On Everyday Items</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>With almost a third (32%) of respondents saying they would take financial advice from their employer, there is a good opportunity for organisations to help employees and strengthen workplace financial wellbeing offering. Against a backdrop of rising living costs, employers can review and adapt what they offer with financial wellbeing to help employees manage short-term pressures and build resilience. If worries about regret over spending can be reduced, this in turn can reduce the broader business impacts of financial stress, including absenteeism and reduced productivity.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research by the financial wellbeing firm found that 21% of people regret overspending on everyday &ldquo;consumables&rdquo; such as clothes and meals out, while 19% feel remorse about spending more than they earn. It also showed that debt and spending regret are not experienced evenly across the workforce, reinforcing the need for support targeted to specific needs. Nearly a third (32%) of 18&ndash;24-year-olds say they regret overspending on everyday items, while a quarter (25%) of those aged 45&ndash;54 regret building up credit card debt. These differences highlight the need for segmented financial wellbeing support, from budgeting and spending awareness for younger workers, to credit management and longer-term planning support for those in midcareer, helping employees build healthier financial habits and reduce financial regret over time. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the cost-of-living and what employers can do to reduce debt regret among employees, Ollie Le Farge, Corporate Client Manager, Hymans Robertson Personal Wealth, says: </strong>&ldquo;Everyday costs are unavoidable, but regret isn&rsquo;t. Employers can make a practical difference by improving employees&rsquo; awareness of where money is going, helping them understand the long-term cost of credit, and encouraging regular reviews of outgoings, supported by accessible guidance at the point people need it. Importantly, seeking guidance is not a sign of failure. Access to clear, tailored financial support can help employees make sense of competing pressures, rebuild confidence, and put practical steps in place to improve long-term financial resilience.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s particularly striking is how debt regret shows up differently at different life stages. Younger adults are more likely to look back and regret short-term, day-to-day spending, while those in mid-life are more likely to regret building up longer-term credit card debt. In both cases, the underlying challenge is the same: it&rsquo;s very easy to drift into unhealthy spending or borrowing habits, especially without clear financial education early on. One in ten (10%) adults say they did not receive any financial education growing up and now struggle to manage money. Ensuring employees can access practical tools, guidance and targeted support when money feels difficult to manage should be an important part of employer's wellbeing offerings. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The findings highlight that financial stress isn&rsquo;t spread evenly across the workforce. Rising living costs and past financial decisions are affecting employees in different ways at different life stages, meaning some groups feel certain pressures more acutely than others. What matters next is responding in a practical, proportionate way. That means offering support that reflects the realities people face at different stages of working life, from help building everyday money confidence and managing short-term pressures, through to support navigating more complex financial decisions later on. Clear, accessible guidance can play an important role when finances feel harder to manage, helping employees feel more supported without adding complexity or pressure.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/debt-regret-1-in-5-say-they-spend-too-much-on-everyday-items-26720.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>The New Nerds   The Never Ever Retiring Demographic</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>2.2 million young adults &ndash; one in eight (12%) &ndash; feel engaging with their pension is pointless because they don&rsquo;t think they&rsquo;ll ever be able to retire  </div>

<div>A third (36%) of young people say the financial services industry fails to communicate the benefits of saving for retirement well </div>

<div>Of these, one in five (20%) say financial services companies make pensions feel boring and irrelevant </div>

<div>As a result of the industry failing to connect with them, nearly half (47%) of Gen Zs admit they are not engaged with their pension   </div>

<div>Clear, practical, and upbeat pension messages were found to outperform scare tactics often used by financial services companies  </div>

<div>People&rsquo;s Pension says it&rsquo;s time to change the conversation: ditch the doom and jargon, and focus on positive practical steps that make a big difference </div>

<div> </div>

<div>A new generation of Nerds &ndash; The Never Ever Retiring Demographic &ndash; is emerging across the UK, with 2.2 million young adults or one in eight (12%) saying it feels pointless engaging with their pension as they&rsquo;ll never be able to retire. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>New research from People&rsquo;s Pension, the UK&rsquo;s largest workplace pension provider of its kind, reveals that almost half (47%) of young adults (Gen Z aged 18-27) are not engaged with their pension. And, despite having time on their side, one in eight (12%) have already switched off altogether from saving for retirement as they believe they&rsquo;ll have to work forever.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A call to change the conversation </strong></div>

<div>The research highlights a worrying disconnect between the financial services industry and the next generation of savers with a third (36%) of young people saying the financial services sector fails to communicate the benefits of saving for retirement well.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Of these people, one in four (27%) believe firms focus too much on selling products rather than educating people while one in five (16%) say they use complicated language/jargon. And one in five (20%) go further, saying financial companies make pensions feel boring and irrelevant. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>In stark difference to older generations, nearly one in three (29%) Gen Zs feel firms don&rsquo;t explain why pensions and savings matter for people their age &ndash; more than double that of their parents&rsquo; generation, Gen X and Boomers (13%). Meanwhile, four times as many Gen Zs believe firms don&rsquo;t use channels they actually engage with &ndash; 17% versus 4%.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>What actually works </strong></div>

<div>The study tested different pension messages with younger audiences, which found that clear, practical, and upbeat messages far outperformed scare tactics: </div>

<div><em>70% said they&rsquo;d act if told that starting to save in their 20s could double their retirement pot compared with starting in their 30s </em></div>

<div><em>66% said they&rsquo;d act on the idea that &pound;10 a week from age 25 could grow to &pound;76,000 by retirement </em></div>

<div><em>63% were motivated by learning that every 80p saved is boosted to &pound;1.60 through tax relief and employer contributions </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div>Marking a step change from savings tactics that have been receptive with their parents&rsquo; generation, young adults say the top five things that would make pension savings feel less overwhelming and more achievable are: </div>

<div><em>A simple goal tracker or progress bar - 31% versus 19% of Gen X and Baby Boomers </em></div>

<div><em>Knowing they can start with a small amount &ndash; 26% versus 15% of Gen X and Baby Boomers </em></div>

<div><em>Examples of what people their age are doing &ndash; 23% versus 16% of Gen X and Baby Boomers </em></div>

<div><em>Clear bite sized steps to follow &ndash; 22%, the same as Gen X and Baby Boomers (22%) </em></div>

<div><em>Light-hearted relatable stories &ndash; 19% versus 8% of Gen X and Baby Boomers </em></div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Kirsty Ross, Proposition Director at People&rsquo;s Pension, said: </strong>&ldquo;In a world where financial doom dominates pension conversations, young savers are tuning out. Our research shows they are not disengaged because they don&rsquo;t care, they are disengaged because the messages aren&rsquo;t working. Scare tactics and jargon are alienating the very people we need to reach.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What cuts through is honesty, simplicity and practical advice that shows how small steps today can have a huge impact tomorrow. That&rsquo;s why we&rsquo;ve launched our Pension Drop campaign: to change the conversation and show how taking small steps now can make a big difference tomorrow &ndash; giving people back a sense of control over their financial futures.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>People&rsquo;s Pension have launched their Pension Drop campaign to get more young people talking about pensions. With the help of social media influencers, lifestyle gurus and special events &ndash; the campaign is dropping helpful pension know-how where people wouldn&rsquo;t usually find it. It&rsquo;s the latest effort in People&rsquo;s Pension&rsquo;s long history of standing up for all savers, whatever their age and stage. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Iain Stirling, comedian TV presenter and Pension Drop ambassador says: </strong>&ldquo;On the face of it, people probably think I&rsquo;ve got it all sorted. I&rsquo;m on TV, so it must look like I&rsquo;ve got a perfect plan for the future. The truth is, I didn&rsquo;t. For years I only thought about the here and now &ndash; spending what I earned, saving for a house, maybe thinking one or two years ahead at best. Retirement? Didn&rsquo;t even cross my mind. I only started looking at my pension a couple of years ago, and I didn&rsquo;t even know who my provider was. That&rsquo;s how disconnected I was. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Looking back, I really wish I&rsquo;d started earlier. Putting something away in your 20s or 30s can make a massive difference later, we&rsquo;re talking tens of thousands of pounds. And I get it, people are really struggling right now, money is tight, and even small luxuries like a takeaway can feel like a big deal. But the reality is, your pension isn&rsquo;t all on you. Things like employer contributions and tax relief can give you a boost, so even small amounts go further than you think. It doesn&rsquo;t have to mean missing out today, just making smart moves so you don&rsquo;t miss out tomorrow.&quot; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Working with People&rsquo;s Pension, has helped me to clean up my pensions act &ndash; and pick up a few tips along the way.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Iain Sterling's small steps for a GOAT retirement, in partnership with People&rsquo;s Pension: </div>

<div><strong>Check who your pension&rsquo;s with </strong><br />
Sounds obvious, but loads of us don&rsquo;t even know. Step one is finding out where your pension actually is. Or if you have more than one! Take it further by spending 30 minutes reviewing your pension or setting aside a certain time each month to dedicate to future-you. It can make all the difference. </div>

<div><strong>Don&rsquo;t leave free money on the table </strong><br />
If you&rsquo;re over 18 and working, chances are you&rsquo;re already enrolled in a workplace pension. Your employer has to pay in too, and if you can afford to match them, you&rsquo;ll be saving more for future you, while also receiving more tax-relief. That&rsquo;s literally free cash for your future self. </div>

<div><strong>Think of pay rises as pension rises </strong><br />
Every time you get a pay rise, up your pension by 1% or 2%. You&rsquo;ll hardly notice it, but it adds up big time. </div>

<div><strong>Bonuses aren&rsquo;t just for blowouts </strong><br />
By all means enjoy some of it, but chuck a slice of your bonus into your pension pot, future you will thank you. </div>

<div><strong>It&rsquo;s about balance, not sacrifice </strong><br />
Save smarter not harder. You can still enjoy your Gails coffee and dinner with the lads or girls. Putting away small amounts today that don&rsquo;t impact your day-to-day pleasures, means making sure future-you can still enjoy them.  </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/the-new-nerds---the-never-ever-retiring-demographic-26722.htm</link>
<pubDate>Mon, 1 Jun 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Savers Back Pension Commission Findings</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>As part of a survey of over 2,500 DC savers, TPT found that only around two in five respondents believe they will have sufficient savings to cover the cost of their basic needs in retirement, while only around 30% believe they will have enough to live comfortably in later life. Fewer than one third (29%) believe their pension savings will last throughout their retirement.</p>

<p>The Pension Commission&rsquo;s Interim Report found that the UK has one of the lowest gross national savings levels (as % of GDP) against comparative economies, with around 15 million people currently under saving for retirement. This suggests that many savers share the Commission&rsquo;s concerns around the scale of the retirement savings challenge facing the UK, indicating there would be broad public support for measures aimed at improving retirement outcomes.</p>

<p>TPT&rsquo;s findings should therefore give policymakers confidence to pursue bold reforms to improve retirement adequacy.</p>

<p><strong>Ruari Grant, Head of Policy & External Affairs at TPT Retirement Solutions, said: </strong>&ldquo;Our research shows that the public agrees with the experts. Last week the Commission highlighted the scale of the under-saving problem, and while we might often imagine people are unaware of this, that is not the case, meaning the Commission has a clear mandate to pursue meaningful reforms.</p>

<p>&ldquo;Automatic enrolment has created strong foundations for retirement saving in the UK, but at current contribution levels many savers will still face inadequate outcomes in retirement. The focus should now turn to ensuring the pensions system delivers the retirement people expect and deserve.&rdquo;</p>

<p>TPT also welcomed the Commission&rsquo;s focus on decumulation. Improving retirement outcomes is not only about increasing contributions, but also about ensuring that the system people are saving into will deliver an adequate retirement.</p>

<p>TPT has previously found that nearly 70% of DC savers* would be interested in a solution that provides a sustainable inflation-linked income in retirement. With only a fifth (22%) of savers say they are willing to pay for financial advice, effective frameworks at the point of retirement are essential to improving outcomes.</p>

<p><strong>Grant added: </strong>&ldquo;Good retirement outcomes do not simply depend on how much people save during their working lives. Savers also need straightforward, reliable ways to access and use their pension savings in retirement, without having to navigate unnecessary complexity or make difficult financial decisions alone.</p>

<p>&ldquo;The debate has moved beyond encouraging people to save. The challenge now is ensuring the system people are saving into is capable of delivering a lasting retirement income.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/savers-back-pension-commission-findings-26715.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Wall Street At Fresh Highs Amid Deal Or No Deal Uncertainty</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Derren Nathan, head of equity research, Hargreaves Lansdown: </strong>&ldquo;The FTSE 100 is little moved this morning, failing to catch a breeze from Wall Street&rsquo;s record close on Thursday. The resumption of airstrikes between the US and Iran weighed on the London index yesterday, but a reported 60-day extension to the fragile ceasefire and a possible agreement to reach an agreement seems to have settled nerves today.</p>

<p>What all that actually means is anybody&rsquo;s guess, but oil traders are taking an optimistic view that the end could be in sight for disruption in the region, and Brent Crude oil prices have taken another step down to under $92 per barrel, around 20% off the peaks seen earlier in the month.</p>

<p>US stock futures have moved tentatively upwards after both the S&P 500 and NASDAQ touched new high-water marks on Thursday. Softer than expected core inflation (PCE) data for April (0.24% month-on-month) and an encouraging 0.11% in real personal consumption helped add a touch of confidence to market expectations that US base rates will remain stable for the rest of the year. According to CME&rsquo;s FedWatch, the probability of a quarter-point rise fell from 38.3% to 37.1%.</p>

<p>But a quarter point here or there is likely to make little difference to Dell whose shares are basking in the glow of a set of forecast-crushing first quarter earnings, as the company&rsquo;s ramp of its AI server business accelerates. AI server revenue growth of 757% helped underlying earnings per share more than triple to $4.86, racing past forecasts of $2.96. A 19% raise in full-year revenue guidance to around $167bn and $51.3bn backlog for AI servers suggests this is more than just a flash in the pan. Investors are rushing to get on board the AI super cycle train, pushing the shares up 39% in after-hours trading.</p>

<p>AI infrastructure companies have been a core driver of an incredible first-quarter earnings season for US stocks and can take much of the credit for the strong performance of the leading indices. With forward earnings multiples of the tech-led NASDAQ composite barely above the 10-year average, however, it feels like the bulls could still have further to run yet.&ldquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/wall-street-at-fresh-highs-amid-deal-or-no-deal-uncertainty-26712.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai Part Of The Engagement Solution</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The event was attended by over 150 pension professionals who were asked if they thought a greater focus on Artificial Intelligence (AI) providing guidance for pension scheme members could be a solution to closing the member engagement gap.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Almost one in five respondents (19%) said they believed that AI is going to be &ldquo;a core part of the solution&rdquo;, whilst an equal number (19%) said they did not think it would. The overwhelming majority (62%) felt that AI will be a part of the solution, but that care needs to be taken in addressing the risks.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Attendees were also asked which change could most improve retirement decision making by pension scheme members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Over a third (37%) answered that &ldquo;simplified choices and communications&rdquo; could do most to improve retirement decision making by members, followed by almost a quarter (24%) who said that &ldquo;earlier and more frequent engagement&rdquo; could be most impactful. One in five (20%) felt that &ldquo;more personalised guidance&rdquo; could be key, with more than one in ten (13%) highlighting the importance of &ldquo;lower cost advice solutions&rdquo;. Finally, 6% responded that &ldquo;implementing dashboards and small pot consolidation&rdquo; could most improve member decision making.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>SPP Member Priti Ruparelia, Trustee Director and Head of DC at the Independent Governance Group, who chaired the event, said: </strong>&ldquo;Ahead of the introduction of Default Pension Benefit Solutions and Targeted Support, these results highlight a growing consensus across the industry that improving retirement outcomes will require a combination of clearer communication, earlier engagement, and smarter support for members.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The AI polling was particularly revealing, with over 80% indicating it could play an important role in closing the member engagement gap. While AI may not be the whole answer, and its rollout must be balanced with any risks, it is increasingly seen as part of the toolkit for improving member engagement and retirement outcomes.&rdquo;</div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-part-of-the-engagement-solution-26716.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Cyber Security  Helping Schemes Go Beyond The Tick box</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><strong>By Helen Forrest Hall, Chief Strategy Officer at the Pensions Management Institute (PMI) </strong></div>

<div> </div>

<div>In its <a href="https://www.aon.com/uk-gprs-2025-26?title=Global%20Pension%20Risk%20Survey%202025%2F26&description=Please%20complete%20the%20form%20to%20access%20Aon%E2%80%99s%20Global%20Pension%20Risk%20Survey%202025%2F26.%20Fields%20marked%20with%20an%20asterisk%20%28*%29%20are%20required.&toggle=modal&modalTarget=gateModal">2025/26 Global Pension Risk Survey</a>, AON reported that the proportion of pension schemes impacted by cyber incidents has risen steadily from 3% in 2019 to 17% in 2025 and reflects growing concern across trustees and administrators.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>And despite better industry awareness, AON&rsquo;s survey reveals a slight reduction in activity around common cyber resilience measures. For example, only 41 percent of schemes have tested their incident response plans, down from 49 percent in 2023 </div>

<div>These figures are a wake-up call. Trustees and their advisers can no longer afford to treat cyber security as a tick-box exercise. It&rsquo;s a strategic priority that trustees must not ignore.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Recent cases highlight that pension schemes are not immune to cybercriminals, and the consequences of an attack can be devastating - financially, reputationally and operationally. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The pension sector continues to evolve rapidly, and one area where urgency must match pace is cyber resilience.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>In its <a href="https://www.thepensionsregulator.gov.uk/en/document-library/scheme-management-detailed-guidance/administration-detailed-guidance/cyber-security-principles">Cyber Security Principles</a>, the Pensions Regulator (TPR) makes its expectations clear: schemes must assess cyber risks, implement robust controls, and maintain dynamic incident response plans. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Cyber risk is now embedded in TPR&rsquo;s General Code of Practice and trustees are expected to review their cyber governance annually-or more frequently if operations change. This is not optional. It&rsquo;s a growing regulatory expectation. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Tackling the threat  </strong></div>

<div> To support the industry, we deliver cyber security training as part of our Introduction to Pensions training courses.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>And last year, we ran a brand-new Cyber Training programme tailored for pension professionals and delivered by experts from Crowe and Eversheds Sutherland. Topics included legal obligations, incident response, and embedding cyber policies into scheme governance.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>We spoke to Crowe and Eversheds Sutherland for their views on the importance of addressing cyber security as a priority issue in the current climate.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Daniel Sibthorpe, Director of Cyber Security and Counter Fraud at Crowe</strong>, said building cyber resilience starts from the frontline. He told us: &ldquo;Understanding the fundamentals of cyber risks and how they manifest should be something that is encouraged by all organisations, irrespective of industry, size or country that they&rsquo;re based in.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;As part of this, receiving tailored training sessions is imperative for identifying how cyber risks could impact your scheme and members. Pension schemes are built on trust and the safeguarding of its members&rsquo; financial future, meaning it is now more important than ever that trustees are proactively seeking to learn and educate themselves on emerging risks.&rdquo;  </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>A change of policy direction </strong></div>

<div><strong>Lorna Doggett, Partner, Data Privacy & Cybersecurity, at Eversheds Sutherland</strong>, said: &ldquo;From a legal perspective we know from experience that members look to the schemes themselves for help and for compensation claims when cyber incidents happen at service providers. Members are also claiming against administrators, including a number of class actions supported by claims management companies, but schemes remain accountable.  TPR has said it&rsquo;s a case of &lsquo;if not when&rsquo;, and breaches have attracted regulatory fines.&rdquo;   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Last autumn the ICO issued the first significant fine (&pound;14m) in relation to cyber security and pensions administration failings at an administrator. <strong>Lorna continued:</strong> &ldquo;Cyber security and data protection is about governance and control, crisis management rehearsals and preparedness in the face of a cyber threat landscape which is, exacerbated by increasing prevalence of AI (including deepfakes) and supply-chain vulnerability.  Nobody can avoid all cyber risk but what&rsquo;s more important is having a robust audit trail to demonstrate there are appropriate measures in place.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Lorna noted that the <a href="https://www.judiciary.uk/wp-content/uploads/2025/08/Farley-and-others-v-Paymaster-trading-as-Equiniti.pdf">Court of Appeal case of Michael Farley</a> helps us understand there isn&rsquo;t a &lsquo;de minimis&rsquo; (or minimal) threshold for distress claims and they can be successfully brought provided there&rsquo;s proof of that distress.   </div>

<div> </div>

<div>Financial losses can also be relevant especially if bank account details or fraud risk arises for members.  Lorna added: &ldquo;Cyber criminals understand what a rich source of data schemes have and that certain classes of member may be particularly vulnerable.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The <a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/consultations/ransomware-proposals-to-increase-incident-reporting-and-reduce-payments-to-criminals/outcome/government-response-to-ransomware-legislative-proposals-reducing-payments-to-cyber-criminals-and-increasing-incident-reporting-accessible">proposal from the Home Office to ban the public sector from paying ransoms</a> and to have all other organisations seek (in essence) approval before they pay any ransom indicates the direction of travel, though no primary legislation yet been introduced to enact these proposals.  The UK is a significant target for cyber-crime and pension schemes are no small part of that. There are lots of learnings from the ICO decision about fines recently in the sector as well.&rdquo; </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Gaining the right skills </strong></div>

<div>At PMI, we believe cyber security is a boardroom issue. It&rsquo;s about protecting members&rsquo; data, scheme assets, and public trust. I urge all pension professionals to ensure they have the right skills to properly assess the risk and take appropriate action.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>We have now published details of our <a href="https://www.pensions-pmi.org.uk/events/pmi-cyber-security-training-2026/">Cyber Training programme for 2026</a> and will announce more details in due course. For information about this and all training, please email training@pensions-pmi.org.uk  </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/cyber-security--helping-schemes-go-beyond-the-tick-box-26713.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>One In Five Regret Their Spending Beyond Their Means</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The poll* found that more than a fifth (21%) of people said they regret overspending on &ldquo;consumables&rdquo; such as clothes and meals out, and 19% felt remorse about spending more than they earned. As rising living costs make it harder to manage short-term pressures, the leading financial wellbeing firm says that it&rsquo;s never been more important for individuals to access tailored financial support to learn small steps about how to control their spending or these regrets are likely to grow.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>It isn&rsquo;t just spending that causes worry, as a fifth (20%) of those questioned regretted building up credit card debt, 13% were having second thoughts about making purchases on a pay-later basis, while a further 13% felt remorse about borrowing from friends or family. One in ten (11%) were also regretting taking out a payday loans.  </div>

<div> </div>

<div>The research showed that financial regret is hitting younger generations particularly hard, with social and lifestyle pressures having a role to play. Nearly a third (32%) of younger adults said they regret building up debt through overspending. More than a quarter (28%) among 18&ndash;24-year-olds. Concerningly, everyday spending decisions appear to be increasingly shaped by expectations and comparison, rather than affordability alone. Only one in five (19.8%) 18&ndash;24-year-olds said they felt no pressure to present a certain lifestyle or image, which could be leading to the extra expense. Having a clearer picture of where money is going can help people push back against these pressures. It&rsquo;s a small but important step towards healthier habits and less financial regret over time. </div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>Commenting on the cost of livings impact on debt regret, Georgia Hall, Chartered Financial Planner, Hymans Robertson Personal Wealth, says: </strong>&ldquo;Rising living costs provide an important backdrop to these findings, with spending on items many people would consider essential increasing sharply over a relatively short period of time. At the same time, the way we spend has changed.  Pay later schemes and card stored check out models mean everyday purchases are often broken into smaller, regular payments, which can make the true cost less visible in the moment. For many people, it&rsquo;s only in hindsight that the cumulative impact of this spending becomes clear, once financial commitments have already built up. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s particularly striking is how debt regret shows up differently at different life stages. Younger adults tend to regret everyday spending, while those in mid-life are more likely to regret longer-term credit card debt. But the root of the problem is often the same: many people drift into unhealthy habits without clear financial foundations, with one in ten (10%) adults saying they never received financial education and now struggle to manage their money. </div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Everyday costs are unavoidable, but regret isn&rsquo;t. Becoming more aware of where money is going, understanding the long-term cost of credit, and taking time to review regular outgoings can help people feel more in control. Importantly, seeking guidance is not a sign of failure. Access to clear, tailored financial support can help individuals make sense of competing pressures, rebuild confidence, and put practical steps in place to improve long-term financial resilience.&rdquo; </div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/one-in-five-regret-their-spending-beyond-their-means-26717.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Ai Resets Business government Relationship</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div><iframe allow="accelerometer; autoplay; clipboard-write; encrypted-media; gyroscope; picture-in-picture; web-share" allowfullscreen="" frameborder="0" height="315" referrerpolicy="strict-origin-when-cross-origin" src="https://www.youtube.com/embed/Q7sGmEpUscI?si=9EjaUychwMbefdRW" title="YouTube video player" width="340"></iframe></div>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/ai-resets-business-government-relationship-26714.htm</link>
<pubDate>Fri, 29 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>51  Of Planned Us Data Centres At Risk Of Destructive Storms</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>More than half (51%) of planned US data centre projects worth $670bn are being built in states at high risk of severe convective storms (SCS), according to research by specialty Lloyd&rsquo;s insurer MS Amlin.</p>

<p>The analysis of more than 670 data centre projects under construction or planned across the US found 320 facilities located in states classified as being at high risk of tornadoes, large hail and damaging winds.</p>

<p>Existing data centres in high-risk states for SCS are valued at almost $20bn, the study found, suggesting that future AI infrastructure in storm-exposed regions could be nearly 40 times the value of existing facilities.</p>

<p>SCS has become a major driver of insured losses.  Last year, SCS events generated $52bn in insured losses in the US &ndash; making it the costliest region and peril globally.  Swiss Re reports insured losses from such storms have grown by roughly 8% a year since 2008.</p>

<div><strong>MS Amlin&rsquo;s analysis found:</strong></div>

<div><em>Overall, 56% of 670 planned US data centres &ndash; representing nearly $800bn in investment &ndash; are in states highly exposed to either hurricanes, severe convective storms, earthquakes or winterstorms.</em></div>

<div><em>Some 27% of data centres, representing $440bn, are planned for states at high risk of winterstorm, which can disrupt power networks and create complex business interruption risks. </em></div>

<div><em>Nearly a quarter (21%) of planned data centres - amounting to $340bn of investment - are located in US states at high risk of hurricanes. </em></div>

<div><em>Data centres in high-risk earthquake states account for 3% and $12bn of planned facilities.</em></div>

<p>The findings underline the scale of investment flowing into states at risk of natural catastrophes as development of new hyperscale facilities shifts to southern regions where land and power are more favourable. </p>

<p><strong>Martin Burke, MS Amlin&rsquo;s Chief Underwriting Officer, said:</strong> &ldquo;These numbers highlight both the opportunity and the risk. Hundreds of billions of dollars of new digital infrastructure are being directed towards regions at higher risk of potentially destructive severe convective storms. When assets of this scale cluster in hazard prone regions, the potential loss severity from a single storm event can rise very quickly. This is a growth opportunity for the specialty insurance market, but the risks must be properly managed and understood.&rdquo;</p>

<p>Data centres are typically insured through multiple business lines including property, cyber and credit and political risk. Without careful oversight, insurers can unknowingly accumulate exposure to the same facility across multiple policies. </p>

<p>To address the risk, MS Amlin has developed a proprietary aggregation monitoring database to track data centre exposures across its underwriting portfolios.</p>

<p><strong>Burke added:</strong> &ldquo;As AI investment accelerates, insurers must adopt more advanced ways to manage aggregation risk. If the industry is slow to address this challenge, it could restrict the deployment of capital and roll out of AI infrastructure. </p>

<p>&ldquo;Our proprietary database of hundreds of US data centre projects lets us capture the risk not just from tightly clustered facilities but also from supporting infrastructure like power generation. This provides a far more accurate picture of overall exposure.</p>

<p>&ldquo;This visibility allows us to deploy capacity responsibly to support the sector&rsquo;s growth while maintaining underwriting discipline.  The ability to monitor aggregation risk is becoming increasingly important as this class continues to grow.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/51--of-planned-us-data-centres-at-risk-of-destructive-storms-26707.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Middle East Tensions Rise As Ai Boom Keeps Chip Stocks High</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>Susannah Streeter, chief investment strategist, Wealth Club: </strong>&ldquo;As the standoff in the Middle East grinds on, with fresh attacks reported once again, it&rsquo;s acting as a drag on indices. The FTSE 100 is in the red in early trade and Wall Street is also set to waver. The US has struck the port city of Bandar again, after tankers were reportedly stopped from passing through the Strait of Hormuz. There have also been reports of retaliatory drone attacks on a US base in Kuwait. For now, the fragile ceasefire appears to be holding, but hopes for a breakthrough in talks have been dented. The skirmishes have pushed oil prices higher, with Brent crude futures nudging $97 per barrel.</p>

<p>Control over the Strait of Iran appears to be at the centre of the tensions. Iran has now wielded such power over the key waterway that it may not want to give up control, which the US is deeming unacceptable. The Trump administration has placed sanctions on the newly formed Persian Gulf Strait Authority, which is attempting to impose a new maritime regime in the waters. It won&rsquo;t let ships pass without permission, but if ships deal with the Iranians they could be breaching these new sanctions. So, another impasse has developed and, if it isn&rsquo;t fully resolved, could remain a source of friction and trigger supply chain snarl ups in the future. With elevated energy prices on the move higher again, tensions are already fanning the fires of inflation. They are also set to weigh heavily on consumer demand, as household bills rise and shoppers tighten their belts across the world. </p>

<p>But the bigger tide washing over global markets remains the demand for AI, which continues to push up valuations as rapid earnings growth develops. Goldman Sachs&rsquo; estimates that Spring profits will keep powering the S&P 500 higher, after an exceptionally robust first quarter. Demand right now for the technology to build out the backbone for AI advances seems insatiable, but it&rsquo;s still unclear how long this appetite will remain voracious and when companies will have had their fill of technological spend.</p>

<p>For now, chipmakers are filling their boots with orders, and it&rsquo;s sending valuations sky high. Driven by the huge demand for chips, South Korean chipmaker SK Hynix also joined the trillion-dollar club on Wednesday, a day after Micron Technology became a member. The sharp surge in their valuations is likely to set off alarm bells, but for now there is an expectation of further earnings growth ahead.&rdquo;</p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/middle-east-tensions-rise-as-ai-boom-keeps-chip-stocks-high-26706.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Pension Credits Down 34  But Iran War Could Raise Awareness</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<div>The DWP said that it received 211,125 Pension Credit applications in 2025/26 &ndash; a 34% decrease or 109,910 fewer applications than 2024/25.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Through the 2025/26 period, it also cleared and awarded 138,165 Pension Credit claims &ndash; a decrease of nearly a quarter (24% or 42,805 fewer claims) compared to 2024/25.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>David Brooks, Head of Policy at Broadstone, commented: </strong>&ldquo;The sharp rise in Pension Credit claims following the Government&rsquo;s decision to link Winter Fuel Payments to Pension Credit eligibility shone a helpful spotlight on just how many retirees were missing out on valuable support to which they were entitled. However, as the issue declined in salience, claims activity is now falling back towards lower, more normal levels and there is a risk that awareness once again fades.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;However, the latest figures show there are still up to 910,000 families who were entitled to Pension Credit that are not claiming it, missing out on up to &pound;2.5 billion of financial support. This matters because Pension Credit is specifically targeted at lower-income pensioners and can be worth thousands of pounds every year. Moreover, it often acts as a gateway to a much wider package of support, including help with energy bills, housing costs and council tax.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;All of this could come back into sharper focus if geopolitical tensions once more drive up living costs, inflationary pressures and energy prices.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;The interim report from the Pensions Commission was another timely reminder of the challenge of retirement adequacy that the UK is facing. It highlighted the financial struggles that many people are likely to face in later life and the importance of maximising all the support and resources available to them.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>&ldquo;Ensuring pensioners understand and claim their entitlements will become an increasingly important part of supporting retirement incomes, particularly as cost pressures remain elevated and more people move into retirement with modest defined contribution savings.&rdquo;</div>

<div> </div>

<div><a href="https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/pension-credit-applications-and-awards-may-2026/pension-credit-applications-and-awards-may-2026"><em>https://www.gov.uk/government/statistics/pension-credit-applications-and-awards-may-2026/pension-credit-applications-and-awards-may-2026</em></a></div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/pension-credits-down-34--but-iran-war-could-raise-awareness-26709.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>How Insurance Can Help Make Ccs Projects Viable</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><strong>By Marie Reiter, Head of Global Broking Strategy Natural Resources, WTW</strong></p>

<p>However, complex risks exist along the value chain, which affect the bankability of CCS projects, and have slowed investment in the technology.</p>

<p>Insurance could play a critical role in bringing more CCS projects to market. Insurance products that work across the value chain and fill current coverage gaps can make investments in the technology more viable, as they open up financing options for developers.</p>

<p>Natural resources companies looking to develop CCS projects must understand the regulatory landscape as it stands and how the right insurance strategy can help them unlock protection for their carbon credits.</p>

<div><strong>The critical issue: A patchwork of regulation</strong></div>

<div>Investment in CCS depends on robust regulatory frameworks. Regulation determines when businesses can obtain carbon credits, which party is responsible for CO2 at different parts of the value chain, and for how long storage must be managed. Ultimately, these regulatory frameworks determine whether a CCS project is commercially viable.</div>

<p>&ldquo;There is a clear correlation globally between territories that have implemented clear CCS policies and pace of CCS development in these areas. The market demand for CCS is only there when legislation and regulatory policies are implemented by government. If the cost of CCS exceeds the tax savings/carbon credit value, or if the carbon credits are lost due to leakage or loss, then the project value proposition no longer stands up,&rdquo; <strong>says Marie Reiter, Global Head of Broking Strategy, Willis Natural Resources.</strong></p>

<p>No standard regulatory framework for CCS exists &ndash; instead, there is a patchwork of regulation across different geographies, which can directly impact the viability of a CCS project. But inconsistent or incomplete regulation across capture, transport, storage, and cross border movement directly amplifies the financial, operational, legal, and strategic risks that natural resources companies face when deciding whether to develop CCS projects. These elevated risks translate into slower adoption, deferred investment decisions, and difficulty securing financing.</p>

<div><strong>Risks associated with CCS projects:</strong></div>

<div><strong>Financial: </strong>Uncertain revenue models are harder to finance, leading to a higher cost of capital or the need to fund developments from equity</div>

<div><strong>Regulatory/compliance:</strong> Unclear future requirements (e.g., monitoring obligations) can increase the risk of stranded assets &ndash; carbon market volatility or policy change can make assets redundant</div>

<div><strong>Operational:</strong> Lack of harmonized safety, purity and transport standards create project integration challenges</div>

<div><strong>Strategic:</strong> Companies avoid committing to CCS investments until regulatory frameworks stabilize</div>

<div><strong>Slower ecosystem development:</strong> Infrastructure such as pipelines and storage networks cannot scale efficiently without regulatory alignment, slowing overall adoption</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>CCS regulation can behave as &lsquo;carrots&rsquo; or &lsquo;sticks&rsquo;:</strong></div>

<div><strong>Carrots:</strong> Government subsidies, carbon credits, grants and funding are some of the incentives for making decarbonisation financially attractive. They can boost early adoption of clean technologies, in turn making CCS and carbon markets more politically palatable and economically feasible. Carbon credit markets are expanding, but they do not exist in every country. Without these incentives, the economics would not work.</div>

<div><strong>Sticks:</strong> Carbon taxes, mandatory emissions reductions and penalties for non-compliance are among the disincentives for emitting carbon. Research shows that such &lsquo;sticks&rsquo; are necessary, as incentives alone cannot achieve the significant reductions in emissions required.</div>

<p>There is no one-size-fits-all approach to CCS regulation. As government involvement in CCS projects varies from country to country, so too do their regulatory frameworks. Jurisdictions with minimal government control, including Norway and the Netherlands, tend to rely on a combination of &lsquo;carrots&rsquo; and &lsquo;sticks&rsquo; to drive investment in the technology.</p>

<p>Clear and appropriate regulations not only reduce risk for natural resources companies, making CCS deployment financially viable, they are also strategically aligned with national decarbonization goals.</p>

<div><strong>A deeper dive: The CCS regulatory maturity scale</strong></div>

<div>Jurisdictions&rsquo; regulatory frameworks also vary in terms of their maturity. While some geographies, including Japan and the European Union, have more advanced regulatory frameworks (Japan&rsquo;s CCS Business Act is aimed at attracting private sector investment), others, such as Malaysia and Indonesia, are catching up fast. Over 2023 and 2024, Indonesia introduced four major CCS regulations, establishing one of the region&rsquo;s most detailed schemes.</div>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_WTWCCS2805261.jpg" style="height:358px; width:600px" /></p>

<p><strong>CCS development hotspots</strong></p>

<div><strong>Japan:</strong></div>

<div><strong>Key regulations:</strong></div>

<div>Japan&rsquo;s landmark &ldquo;Act on Carbon Dioxide Storage Business&rdquo; (CCS Business Act), effective August 2024</div>

<div><strong>The value:</strong></div>

<div>The most complete regulatory framework in Asia</div>

<div>Strong funding</div>

<div>Cross border legal clarity, and national coordination</div>

<div>Clear pathways for project to move forward</div>

<div>
<div> </div>

<div><strong>The European Union</strong></div>

<div><strong>Key regulations:</strong></div>

<div>International treaty: London Protocol (1996 + 2009 amendment)</div>

<div>CCS Directive (Directive 2009/31/EC)</div>

<div>Industrial Emissions Directive (IED) (Directive 2010/75/EU)</div>

<div>EU ETS Directive (Directive 2023/959/EU)</div>

<div>Renewable Energy Directive (RED II/III) (Directive 2018/2001/EU)</div>

<div>Removals & Carbon Farming Regulation (Reg. 2024/3012/EU)</div>

<div>Net-Zero Industry Act (Reg. 2024/1735/EU)</div>

<div>TEN E Regulation (Reg. 2022/869/EU)</div>

<div><strong>The value:</strong></div>

<div>Comprehensive regional regulation</div>

<div>Industrial strategy integration</div>

<div>Infrastructure coordination</div>

<div>Standardization of approach across multiple countries and jurisdictions</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<div><strong>United Kingdom</strong></div>

<div><strong>Key regulations:</strong></div>

<div>International treaty: London Protocol (1996 + 2009 amendment)</div>

<div>The Energy Act 2023</div>

<div><strong>The value:</strong></div>

<div>Robust regulation across transportation and storage</div>

<div>Actively addressing gaps (like non pipeline transport) and building market driven networks</div>

<div>Meaningful government support package for all value chain participants</div>

<div>Government acts as insurer of last resort</div>

<div> </div>

<div>
<div><strong>United States</strong></div>

<div><strong>Key regulations:</strong></div>

<div>Federal tax incentives &ndash; Inflation Reduction Act Section 45Q tax credit</div>

<div>EPA Underground Injection Control (UIC) Program &ndash; Class VI Wells</div>

<div>Federal policy framework such as Carbon Capture Coalition&rsquo;s Federal Policy Blueprint and Carbon Removal RD&D Priorities (FY2026)</div>

<div>Evolving EPA reporting requirements</div>

<div><strong>The value:</strong></div>

<div>Significant financial incentives reduce project costs and accelerate deployment</div>

<div>Flexible verification pathways (e.g., IRS Notice 2026-01 safe harbor) lower compliance risk and help projects maintain credit eligibility</div>

<div>Strategic roadmaps provide a clear, coordinated policy environment that de-risks scale-up</div>
</div>

<div> </div>
</div>
</div>

<div>
<div><strong>Canada</strong></div>

<div><strong>Key regulations:</strong></div>

<div>Federal CCS Investment Tax Credit (ITC)</div>

<div>Provincial carbon pricing & incentives such as Alberta&rsquo;s TIER - Carbon Sequestration Tenure Regulation, Alta Reg 68/2011 (Alberta), Carbon Capture and Storage Funding Act, SA 2009 cC-2.5 (Alberta, 2009, Carbon Capture and Storage Statutes Amendment Act, 2010, SA 2010, c 14 (Alberta), EOR Quantification Protocol (Alberta)</div>

<div>Regulatory frameworks for pore space, liability, and MMV. Federal and provincial funding programs such as Federal and provincial funding program including SIF, Carbon Capture Kickstart, ACCIP (12% capital incentive), and Saskatchewan Technology Fund</div>

<div><strong>The value:</strong></div>

<div>High-value capital incentives significantly lower upfront investment barriers</div>

<div>Provincial pricing systems create strong CCS revenue pathways</div>

<div>Federal and provincial funding programsprovide layered support across feasibility, FEED, and capital build phases</div>
</div>

<div> </div>

<div>These regulatory frameworks reduce risk for natural resources companies and make CCS deployment financially viable, scalable, and strategically aligned with national decarbonization goals.</div>

<div> </div>

<div><strong>How insurance can help protect complex disintegrated CCS value chains</strong></div>

<div>Although several parts of the CCS value chain fall within the scope of traditional insurance markets, coverage gaps remain. The insurance industry is working to fill these gaps to build more resilient protection for the CCS value chain.</div>

<div>No two CCS projects are alike, and no best practice yet exists for unlocking the value from carbon capture projects. The network of risks and complexities increase exponentially when spanning multiple jurisdictions and territories. Differing legal regimes, liability frameworks, carbon accounting rules, and permitting requirements can create misalignments between parties and introduce liability gaps. By assessing risks across the entire value chain in its entirety, parties can better map their liabilities and contractual obligations, and ensure suitable insurances are in place.</div>

<div>Natural resources companies should choose modular insurance solutions that are tailored to each project, and that have the flexibility to adapt to exposures across different regulatory regimes.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>CCS projects inherently contain significant interdependency risk, with any issue at one point in the chain causing delays and financial loss for the remaining parties. For example, a leakage occurring at the storage site could halt the injection of any additional CO2. The transport operator may then be unable to load or unload, preventing the emitter from capturing additional CO2 once their on-site storage becomes full, which could ultimately lead to curtailment of the asset.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>The viability of CCS projects depends on each part of the value chain aligning with the rest. Failures in any one link, whether that be through operational disruption, misaligned liabilities, or non-compliance with regulations, could cause the entire chain to unravel.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>Due to the interdependencies throughout the value chain, those developing CCS projects will need to collaborate with counterparties and their insurance providers to construct a solution that protects the entirety of the value chain, rather than considering individual siloed risks. This way developers can strategically align liabilities and insurance solutions.</div>

<div> </div>

<div>To make insurance as effective as possible, natural resources companies must involve specialist brokers early, allowing them to input into contract negotiations and allocate liability to optimize insurance protections and unlock bankability.</div>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/how-insurance-can-help-make-ccs-projects-viable-26711.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Bond Market Analysis Sizes Up The 2026 World Cup Contenders</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p>Rathbones Asset Management has applied a fixed income lens to the 2026 FIFA World Cup, analysing sovereign bond yields across qualifying nations to produce a forecast for who would make it to the finals if it were driven by the relative attractiveness of their government bond markets. Using two measures &mdash; the highest current 10-year government bond yields and the largest rise in 10-year yields over the past 12 months &mdash; the analysis identifies the teams whose bond markets may, in theory, offer clues to success.</p>

<p><br />
The first part of the exercise looked at which qualifying countries have seen the sharpest increase in 10-year government bond yields over the past year. On this measure, South Korea (+136bp), Colombia (+124bp), Japan (+110bp) and the Czech Republic (+79bp) came out on top. England, by contrast, ranked lower down the table, suggesting that despite perennial optimism among supporters, gilt market moves alone are not enough to carry the team to glory.<br />
<br />
The second measure focused on the highest current 10-year government bond yields among qualified nations. On that basis, Brazil (14.1%) and Colombia (13.5%) sit near the top of the field, alongside other high-yielding emerging markets including Argentina (9.4%) and Mexico (9.2%). Taken together, the two approaches produce a shortlist of likely contenders, with Colombia appearing in both camps and Japan and Brazil emerging as particularly compelling candidates.<br />
<br />
Based on the overlap between the two data sets, Rathbones&rsquo; notional semi-final line-up features South Korea, Colombia, Japan and Brazil, with Japan narrowly preferred to Argentina on the balance of the analysis. Applying a final active-management overlay, the team&rsquo;s forecast points to Japan meeting Brazil in the final<br />
<br />
<strong>Bryn Jones, Head of Fixed Income at Rathbones Asset Management, says: </strong>&ldquo;We wanted to take a familiar bond market framework and apply it to something far less conventional. Looking at both the level of 10-year yields and the scale of the move over the past 12 months gave us a playful way to compare teams heading into the tournament. On our numbers, Japan and Brazil stand out, while Colombia appears consistently strong across both measures. Sadly, England are ranked 7th from our analysis (+46bp and 5.1% across both measures) and so have no chance of winning in our version of the tournament.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
<strong>Lewis Elliot, analyst at Rathbones Asset Management, adds:</strong> &ldquo;England supporters may be disappointed that gilts do not point to a home victory, but the broader result is more interesting. Colombia scores well whichever way we cut the data, Japan shows strong recent momentum, and Brazil combines high yields with the pedigree you would expect from one of football&rsquo;s most successful nations. That left us with a Japan versus Brazil final.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
As with any investment model, there are caveats. Some nations were excluded because comparable 10-year bond data was not available. Jones continues with an example: &ldquo;Scotland do not have any government bonds at this time so can&rsquo;t compete in this world cup.  However, with Scottish government bonds, known as kilts, expected to come to the market in 2026/27, maybe by the next tournament Scotland will be a contender.&rdquo;<br />
<br />
Although this is not intended as a serious forecasting tool, it offers a way to show how market indicators can be interpreted, compared and debated &mdash; even when the subject is football rather than fixed income.</p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>

<p> </p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/bond-market-analysis-sizes-up-the-2026-world-cup-contenders-26708.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
	<item>
		<title>Uncomfortable Tensions In Gen Ai Era Must Be Confronted</title>
		<description><![CDATA[<p><a href="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/downloads/cat_1/IFoA-Its-Still-Not-Magic-2026.pdf"><strong>&lsquo;It&rsquo;s still not magic: Framing the risks facing financial services in the Gen AI era&rsquo; </strong></a>builds on its 2019 predecessor report. As part of the research, we surveyed senior financial services practitioners and observers and found that:</p>

<p>70% agreed &lsquo;risks arising from the use of AI are among the greatest risks facing my sector over the next five years&rsquo;.75% agreed &lsquo;the risks posed by AI to my sector have increased substantially since generative AI technologies have become widely available'.The top three risks highlighted were cyber threats, misleading outputs, and knowledge gaps.</p>

<p>Generative AI has fundamentally changed the risk landscape not only because it can &lsquo;hallucinate&rsquo;, or present false or misleading information that appears authoritative. It also makes AI widely accessible, persuasive, easy to use and embedded in every day financial workflows. As firms increasingly build AI into tools and infrastructure, many of the most complex risks are ecosystem risks. Decisions that appear sensible for individual firms can create hidden dependencies and shared points of failure across the financial system.</p>

<p>The report&rsquo;s AI risk framework identifies nine risks which are grouped into three broad categories: &lsquo;outcomes&rsquo;, &lsquo;operating environment&rsquo; and &lsquo;system&rsquo;. These provide a useful way to trace how AI risk moves through the financial services ecosystem: from the outcomes experienced by customers and society, to the environment in which firms deploy AI, to the system-level dynamics through which risks can scale and spread.</p>

<p>The framework treats AI risks as trade-offs, rather than standalone downsides. Often, the risks are the direct counterpart of AI&rsquo;s benefits &ndash; sharper prediction, deeper personalisation, greater scale and complexity, and more autonomous decision-making. Although risks cannot be eliminated altogether, the framework outlines how many can be moderated through better risk management, governance, and regulation.</p>

<p><strong>Keyur Patel, LFBF Research Associate and report author, said: </strong>&ldquo;The same characteristics that make AI useful in financial services also create many of the risks that make it so difficult to govern. The hard question, then, is not just whether these risks can be mitigated, but how much risk we are willing to live with in exchange for the benefits. That is why a recurring theme in this report is &lsquo;uncomfortable tensions&rsquo;: the same machinery can widen inclusion and sharpen exclusion; &lsquo;human in the loop&rsquo; is not the same as human control; and concentration is baked into how AI systems are built. Generative AI gives these tensions new force. It lowers barriers to use, makes AI feel relatable and trustworthy, and is increasingly embedded in how financial institutions think and work. That matters because AI outputs can be useful, confident and wrong at the same time &ndash; and &lsquo;mostly right&rsquo; can be dangerous.&rdquo;</p>

<p><strong>Paul Sweeting FIA C.Act, IFoA President, said:</strong> &ldquo;AI is a defining force of our time. The IFoA&rsquo;s Artificial Intelligence and Emerging Technologies Practice Board is exploring how transformative technologies are reshaping actuarial practice and influencing broader societal systems. It is also exploring what we need to do to seize the opportunities and manage the risks associated with AI-adoption. With our unique combination of technical skill, communication and professional oversight, actuaries must play a key role making sure that AI is working as it should.&rdquo;</p>

<p><img alt="" src="https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/images/pic_IFoAAIRiskMap2805261.jpg" style="height:556px; width:600px" /></p>
]]></description>
		<link>https://www.actuarialpost.co.uk/article/uncomfortable-tensions-in-gen-ai-era-must-be-confronted-26710.htm</link>
<pubDate>Thu, 28 May 2026 10:05:00 GMT</pubDate>
	</item>
</items>

